UC-NRLF
$B Efl? 4T3
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
IVIicrosoft Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/baconsessaysandcOObacorich
BACON'S ESSAYS
BACON SSAYS
( (JLOURS OF GOOD AND EVI
^-•^ '**•-' Jt.''' ' WITH
GLOSSARIAL INDEX
W. ALDIS WRIGHT M. A,
TRINITY COLtEGB CAMBRIDGE
A'Tf//' JiD/T/O.V.
Honljon
MILLAN AND CO 1885
A'/f^yj reservetf.]
BACON'S ESSAYS
AM©
COLOURS OF GOOD AND EVIL
NOTES AND GLOSSARIAL INDEX
W. ALDIS WRIGHT M.A.
TRINITY COLLEGE CAMBRIDGB
Honbon
MACMILLAN AND CO 1885
\All Rights reserved. \
Cambniige:
I'KINTEn BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AND SON. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FACE
Preface vii
Essays i
Colours of Good and Evil 243
Appendix 269
Notes 289
Appendix to the Notes - Ih^
Glossary .... ■ - l^f>
ivi59^879
FRANCIS BACON
Burn
Matriculated at Trin. Coll. Cam
bridge .... Admitted at Gray's Inn First sat in the House of Com
mons as Member for Melcombe Knighted by James i. King's Counsel . Solicitor General Attorney General Privy Councillor Lord Keeper Lord High Chancellor Baron Vei*ulam . Viscount St Alban . Sentenced by the House of Lords Died
2 2 Jan. 1560-1
10 June, 1573 21 Nov. 15/6
1584
23 July, 1603
25 Aug. 1604
25 June, 1607
26 Oct. J 61 3 9 June, 1 616
3 March, 161 6-;
4 Jan. 1617-8 July, 1618
27 Jan. 1620-1 3 May, 1621
9 Apr. 1626
PREFACE
UNDER the date 5 Feb, 1596 the following e)itry> oc- curs in the books of the Stationers'' Company. *^ Hufrey Hooper. Entred for his copie under thandes of Mr Fr* Bacon Mr D Stanhope Mr Barlowe, and Mr War- den Dawsojiy a booke intituled Essaies Religious medi- tations y places of perswasion and diswasion by Mr Fr. Bacon,"*"* This zvas the frst edition of Bacon'' s Essays. They were published in a small 8vo, volume^ of which the full title is as follows: *^ Essay es. Religious Medi- tations. Places of perswasion and disswasion. Scene and allowed. At London^ Printed for Humfrey Hooper, and are to be sold at the blacke Beare in Chauncery Lane. 1597." The dedication to Antoity Bacon occu- pies three pages. Then follow the table of Contents and the Essays, ten in number; i. Of stud ie. 2. Of dis- course. 3. Of Ceremonies and respe(fls, 4. Of fol- lowers and friends. 5. Sutors. 6. Of expence. 7. Of Regivient of health, 8. Of Honour and reputation, 9. Of Faclion. 10. Of Negociating, The Essays occupy thirteen folios y and are followed by the ^* Medi- tationes SacrcVy"^ or Religious Meditatiofis, in Latin^
b2
viii ^Preface
consisting of 15 folios besides the tiile^ and these by '* The Coulet's of Good and euiilj" which are the ''''places of perswasion and disyiuasion*'' already men- tioned. The nnmbering of the folios in the last two is consecutive, 32 /// all. This volume was dedicated by Bacon to his brother Anthony in the following Epistle.
The Epistle Dedicatorie
To M. Anthony Bacon
his deare Brother.
Louing and beloued Brother, I doe nowe like some that haue an Orcharde ill neighbored, that gather their fniit before it is ripe, to preuent stealing. These frag- ments of my conceites were going to print; To labour the stale of them had bin troublesome, and snbiecl to interpretation ; to let them passe had beene to adneture the wrong they mought receiue by vntrne Coppies, or by some garnishment, which it mought please any that should set theju forth to bestow vpon them. Therefore I helde it best discreation to publish them my selfe as they passed long agoe from my pen, withotit any fur- ther disgrace, then the weaknesse of the Author. And as I did euer hold, there mought be as great a vanitie in retiring and withdrawing mens conceites {except they bee of some nature) from the world, as in obtruding them : So in these particulars I haue played my selfe the Inquisitor, and find nothing to my vnderstanding in them contrarie or infedlious to the state of Religion, or manners, but rather {as I suppose) medicinable. Vnly I disliked now to put them out because they will
^preface ix
bee like the late new halfe-pence^^ which though the Siluer were goody yet the peeces were small. But since they would not stay with their Master^ but would 7ieedes trauaile abroade, I haue preferred thein to you that are next my sel/e. Dedicating them^ such as they are, to our loue, in the depth whereof {/ assure you) I sometimes wish your infirmities translated vppon my selfe^ that her Maiestie mought hatie the seruice of so adliue and able a mind, ^ I mought be with excuse confined to these cojitemplations 6^ Studies for which I am fittest, so commend I you to the preseruation of the diuine Maiestie, From my Chamber at Graies Inne this 30. of lanuarie. 1597.
Your entire Lotting brother.
Fran. Bacon.
The date of this letter, if not a printer'' s error, is evidently intended to be 1596-7, according to the then reckoning of the civil year, which began on the i^th of March. We have the entry at Stationers^ Hall on Feb. $; a memorandum on the title page of the copy in the British Museum that it was sold on the ^th of Feb., ^()Eliz. {i.e. 1596-7); and a letter of Anthony Bacon^s to the Earl of Essex, zvritten on the ^th of Feb. 1596, which appears to have accompanied a presentation copy of the Essays. There are MSS. of this edition in the British Museum (Lansd. MSS. 775), and the Cam- bridge Univ. Lib, (Nn. 4. 5). The latter I have
1 Coined for the first time in 1582-3, and used without in- terruption till i6oi. See Folkes, Table of English Silver Coins, p. 57, ed. 1745.
X Pretace
printed in the Appendix, A fragment containing the essays * 0/ Faction* and * Of N^cgoiiatinge'' is in the ' Harleian coUe(flion {no. 6797). In 1598 a second edi- tion was published by Ilnnifrey Hooper^ also in small SvOf differing from the first in having the Meditations in English^ and the table of Contents of the Essays at the back of the title page. A pirated edition 7uas printed for John Jaggard in 1606, and in 161 2 he was pre- paring afioiher reprint f when the second author's edition appeared. In consequence of this^ J^^ggdrd cancelled the last two leaves of quire 6", arid in their place sub- stituted ^^ the second part of EssaieSy^"" which contains all the additional Essays not printed in the edition of 1597. On the authority of a MS. list by Malone Mr Singer mentions an edition in 1604, but I have found no other trace of it.
During the summer of the year 161 2 Bacon himself had prepared and printed, in a small ^vo. volume of 24 1 pages J a second edition of the Essays by themselves, in which the original ten, with the exception of that ** Of Honour and repitation^'" 7vere altered and en- larged y and twertty-nine neiv Essays added. The title of this second edition is; " The Essaies of S' Francis Bacon Knight, the Kings Solliciter Generall. Imprinted at London by lohn Beale, 16 12." It was entered at Stationers* Hall on the \ith of 0(flober, as follo7vs. ** W"^ Hall, John Beale. Entred for their copy under the handcs of my Lo: Bysshopp of London & the Wardens A booke called The Essayes of S* Fr* Bacon knight the Ks Sollicitor gen^all.*'' It was Bacon" s in- tention to have dedicated it to Prince Henry, and the dedication was adually ivritten, but in consequence of
^xthtt xi
t/te Prince's death on the 6th of November, it was ad- dressed instead to his brother in law Sir John Con- stable^. A copy of the dedication to Prince Henry exists in the British Museum {Birch MSS. /^i<^(^,fol, 155), and is written on a single leaf which appears on examination to have belonged to an imperfect MS. of the Essays, preserved among the Harleian MSS. {no. 5106), which Mr Spedding describes as **<z volume undoubtedly authentic; for it contains interlineations in Bacon's own hand; and transcribed some time between 1607, when Bacon became Solicitor-general, and 1612, when he brought out a neiu edition of the Essays with further additions and alterations. It is unluckily not quite perfc<fl; one leaf at least, if not more, having been lost at the beginning; though other- wise in excellent preservation.
** The title page, which remains, bears the follo7uing inscription, very handsotncly luritten in the old English character, with flourished capitals: The writings of Sr Francis Bacon Knt. the Kinge's SoUicitor Gene- rail : in Moralitie, Policie, and Historie." (Bacon's Works, VI. /. 535).
The Essays in this MS. are thijiyfour in number, and include two, " Of Honour and Reputation'' and " Of Seditions and Troubles," which are not contained tn the edition of 1612, while in the printed edition six new Essays were added, ^^ Of Religion," *''' Of Cun- ning," '' Of Lone," '' Of Judicature," '' Of vaine glory" and " Of greatnes of Kingdomes." It is to this MS. I have referred in the notes, when quoting the
2 Sir John Constable married Dorothy Bamham the sister of Lady Bacon.
xii preface
MS. of the edition of 1612. The dedication to Prince Henry was as folioivs :
*' To the most high and excellent Prince Henry j Prince of Wales, D: of Cornwall and Earle of Chester
Yt may please your H
Having devided my life into the contemplative and adlivc parte, I am desirous to giue his M, and yo' H. of thefruiie of both, simple thonghe they be. To ivrite iust Treatises requircth leasure in the Writer, and leasnre in the Reader, aftd therefore are not so fitt, neither in regard of yo^ H: princely affaires, nor in regard of my continnall service, itf^ is the cause, that hath made me choose to write certaine breif notes, sett downe rather signifcajitlye, then curiously, w** / have called ESSAIES, The word is late, but the thing is auncienl. For Senacaes Epistles to Lucilius, yf one marke them well, are but Essaies, — That is dispersed Meditacons, thoughe conveyed in the forme of Epistles. Theis labors of myne I knoiv cannot be worthie of yo' H: for what can be worthie of you. But my hope is, they may be as graynes of salte, that will rather give you an appetite, then offend you "uf^ satiety. And althoughe they handle those things wherein both mens Lives and theire pens are most conversafit yet {What I have attained, I knowe not) but I have endeavoured to make them not vulgar; but of a nature, whereof a man shall find much i?t experience, litle in bookes ; so as they are neither repeticons norfansies. But howsoever, I shall most humbly desier yo" H: to accept them in gtntious part, and so contrive that if I cannot rest,
i^rcface xiii
but must shewe my dutifully and dez'oted affe(^ion to yo*^ H: in theis things ttf'' proceed from my self, I shalbe much more ready to doe it, in performance of yo' princely commaundmente ; And so wishing yo^ H: all princely felicitye I rest.
Yo" H: most htnnhle
Servant.^''
The dedication to Sir John Constable is more simple and natural,
** To my loving brother^ S"^ John Constable Knight.
My last Essaies I dedicated to my deare brother Master Anthony Bacon^ who is with God. Looking amongst my papers this vacation ^ I found others of the same Nature: which if I my selfe shall not suffer to be lostf it seemeth the IVorld will not; by the often printing of the former. Missing my Brother, I found you next; in respecfl of bond of neare alliance, and of straight friendship and societie, and particularly of communication in studies. Wherein I must acknow- ledge my selfe beholding to you. For as my businesse found rest in my contemplations ; so my contemplations euer found rest in your louing conference and iudge- ment. So wishing you all good, I remaine
Your louing brother and friend,
Fra. Bacon."
The Table of Contents gives a list of forty Essays but the last two were not printed, i. Of Religion. 2. Of Death. 3. Of Coodnes and goodnes of nature. 4. 0/
xiv preface
Cunning. 5. Of Marriage and single life. 6. 0/ Pa- rents and Children, 7. Of Nobilitie. 8. Of Great place. (). Of Empire. 10. Of Couftsell. \i. Of Dispatch,
11. Of Loue. 13. Of Friends hippe. 14, Of Atheisme. 15. Of Superstition. 16. Of Wisdome for a Mans selfe. J 7. Of Regiment of Health. 18. OfExpences. 19. Cy Piscourse. 20. Of Seeming wise. 21. Cy Riches.
12. Of Ambition. 23. Of Young men a?td age, 24. Cy Beautie. 25. (y Deformitie. 26. Of nature in Men. 27. Of Custome and Education. 28. Of For- tune, 29. Of Studies. 30. Cy" Ceremonies and respects. 31. Of Sutors. 32. Of Followers. 33. Of Negociating. 34. Of Fadlion. 35. Of Praise. 36. Of Judicature. 37. Of vaine glory. 38. Of greatnes of Kingdomes. 39. Cy //^^ publike, 40. Cy Warre and peace. Tlie second edition must have been published between the 6th of November, the date of Prince Henry's deaths and the I'jth of Dec. when Chamberlain wrote the let* ter which is quoted in the note to Essay 44,
/;/ 161 3 Jaggard published a reprint of this edition^ also i7i small Svo, containing the omitted Essay " Of Honour and Reputation" the Religious Meditations, and the Colours of Good and Evil; and in the same year another reprint was issued by the same publisher with a new title page and the printer's errors of the former corretfled. Copies of both these impressions are in the Cambridge University Library, to which they were presented i with a large colledlion of Bacon'^s works, by Basil Montagu, The latter is noted in Montagues Catalogue as having Bacoti's autograph, but the fly leaf containing it has been torn out^ apparently since it has been in the Library,
J3teface xv
In 1614 aiiothei' edition appeared^ piinied at Edin- burgh for A. Hart,
Malo7ie mentions an edition in 161 8, /;/ the dedica- tion to which, he says. Bacon ^^ speaks of several editions having been then printed''' {Priot^s Life of Malone, /. 424). If the date be corredl, which there is reason to doubt, this coidd only have been a reprint of the edition of 1612. In Reed's Catalogue {no. 1683) a copy is ineittioned with the date 16 19, and another {no. 1772) a quarto with the date 1622. Mr Singer says, but without giving his authority, " there were, it seems, editions in 1622, 1623, and 1624 in ^to.^^ I have been unable to find any of these.
In 1624 was published a reprint of yagga^-d's pirated editioti of 16 13, by Elizabeth jfaggard, probably his widow. All the above 7nentioned are in small Svo.
The third a7td last author* s edition, of which the pre- satt vohune is a reprint, was published in small ^to in 1625, the year before BacoiCs death. The number of Essays was increased to fifty -eight, of which tzventy were new and the rest altered or enlarged. The entiy at Statiofiers* Hall is dated the 13/// of March, 1624. ^*'Mr Whiteacre. Hanna Barrett. Entered for their copie under the handes of the lo. B. of London and Mr Lownes Warden. The Essayes dr» cotmsell morrall attd civill of Francis lo. Verulam Vicount St Albon^'' A copy ift the Cambridge University Library {xvii. 36. 14) was presented by Bacon to Sir JohJt Finch on the 30M of March 1625. // was therefore evidently pnib- lished some time in the latter part of March 1624 — 5.
The three editions of i$()'j, 1612, and 1^25 are the only ones which possess any authority, the rest appa-
xvi JPrefac^
rently having been issued without the author's super- vision or sauiflion. But in 1618 an Italian translation of the second edition was published by John Beale, which was made 7vith Bacon"* s knowledge^ if not at his reqtiest, Tlu author of the translation is not known, Mr Singer conje/lurcd that it was Father Fulgentio, but Air Spedding shcivs clearly, by an extraifl from the preface of Andrea Ciob\ who brought out a revised reprint at Florence in 16 19, that the translation was not the work of an Italian^ but of sonu foreigner^ in all probability of an Englishman. The volume in which it is contained is a small Svo, entitled, ** Saggi Morali del Signore Francesco Bacono, Cavagliero In- giese, Gran Cancelliero d* Inghilterra. Con vn^altro suo Trattato della Sapienza degli Antichi. Tradotti in Italiano, In Londra. Appresso di Giovanni Billio, 1618." The Saggi Morali occupy J02 pages, and are thirty-eight in number; the two Essays ^ Of Religion"* and ^ Of Superstition^ being omitted, and their place supplied by those ^ Of Honour and Reputation,'' and ^ Of Seditions and Troubles,' the latter of which had vot as yet appeared in English, The dedication to Cosmo, Grand Duke of Tuscany, was written by Mr Tobie Matthew, Baeon's intimate friend, but throws no light upon the autliorship of tlu translation. He merely says that he found the two works in the posses- sion of Sir William Cavendish, who presented tJiem to him with the Authors pennissiofi. That the transla- tion was published with Bacon's sanction is evident from t/ie f^fl that the Essay ** Of Seditions and Trou- bles,'' which then existed only in MS., was included in the volvme, and that a portion of the dedicatory letter to
i^reface xvii
Prince Henry was incorporated in Mailhezv's preface. The passage '* To write iust Treatises, . ./ansies" is trans^ lated nearly word for word, the change of person being of course observed. Of this Italian translation, aC' cording to Mr Singer, there were two editions bearing the same date, but differing in the titles of some of the Essays, As I have seen but one, I subjoin his descrip- tion. He says, ^^In one of the copies now before me the Essays contain 102 pages, the Wisdom of the An- cients 150 pages, and a list of Errata is appended to each. In the other copy the Essays comprise 112 pages, the last of which is blank; the Wisdom of the Ancients lid pages only, and there is no list of Errata. Beside the changes in the titles of the Essays, there are also some in the titles of the chapters in the Wisdom of the Ancients ; and it is probable that the text of the version is also revised y but I have not collated //^"
The French translation published in 16 19 was by Sir Arthur Gorges,
But the only translation to which any importance can be attached, as having in a great measure the impress of Bacon^s authority, is the Latin, From the dedica- tion of the third edition it is evident that, at the time it was written. Bacon had in course of preparation a jLatin translation of the Essays, which it appears to have been his intention to have published immediately, probably as part of the volume of which we find the entry in the books of Stationers' Hall, on the ^th of April, 1625, but which he did not live to bring out. The entry is as follows: '*Mrs Griff n, Jo. Havilond, Entred for their coppie ufider the hands of Do<T Wilson and Maihewes Lowius warden A booke called
xviii J^rcfacf
Operum Francisci Baronis Vemlami Vice Comitis Saftcfli Albani by S' Fran: Bacon.'' This was proba- bly intended to be the second volume of his works, the De Augmentis being the firsts and to have contained what were aftenmrds published by his chaplain, D> Rawley, in 1638, ufider the title Operum Moralium et Civilium Tomus. Amo?tg these were the Essays in their Latin dress: '"' Sermones fideles, sive interiora rerum. Per Fraitcisciun Baconuni Baronem de Verji* lamio, Vice-Comitem Sancli Albania The question then arises, by whom was the trarislation made ? In^ tenial evidmce is sufficient to shew that it luas the work 0/ several hands, but it is impossible from this alone to assign to each his work. Archbishop Ten i son, in his Baconiana {pp. 60, 6r, ed. 1679) ^^y^ of the Essays: " The Latine Translation of them was a Work per^ formed by divers Hands; by those of Do(flor Ilacket {late Bishop of Lichfield) Air. Benjamin Johnson {the learned and judicious Poet) and some others, whose Names I once heard from Dr. RslwIgj ; but / cannot now recal them. To this Latine Edition, he gave the Title of Sermones Fideles, after the mamier of the Jews, who calVd the words Adagies, or Observatiens of the Wise, Faithful Sayings ; that is, credible Propo- sitions worthy of firfti Assent, and ready Acceptance, And {as I think) he alluded more particularly, in this Title, to a passage in Ecclesiastes^, where the Preacher saith that he sought to find out Verba Delecflabilia, {as Tremellius rendreth the Hebrew) pleasant Words, {tliat is, perhaps, his Book of Canticles) ; attd Verba
* Eccles. xii. lo, ii.
i^reface xix
Fidelia {as the same Tremellius) Faithful Sayings; tneanijig, it may be^ his Colletflion of Proverbs. /;/ the next Verse, he calls them Words of the Wise, and so many Goads and Nails given Ab eodem Pastore, from the same Shepherd \ofthe Flock of Israel^^* The next direct testimony is that of Aubrey. Speaking of Hobbes of ATalmesbury, and his intimacy with Bacon, he says; ''''Mr. Tho. Hobbes {Malmesburiensis) was beloved by his Lo'. who was wojtt to have him walke with him in his delicate groves, when he did meditate : and when a notion darted into his mind, Mr. Hobbes was presently to write it downe, aftd his Lo*. was wont to say that he did it better tha?t any one els abozit him ; for that fnajiy tifnes, when he read their notes he scarce understood what they writt, because they understood it not clearly themselves'"^ (Letters, II. 222, 3). Again; ^^He assisted his Lordship in translating severall of his essay es into Latin, one L well remember is that. Of the Greatness of Cities: the rest 1 have forgott*^ (ll. /. 602). In another passage Aubrey is still more precise: ^^He told me that he was employed in translating part of the Essay es, viz. three of them, one whereof was that of the Greatnesse of Cities, the other two I have now forgotV'* (11. p. 234). The Essay here called ** Of the Greatnesse of Cities^"* is no doubt that which stands as Essay XXIX. ^^ Of the true Greatnesse of Kingdomes and Estates,^'' and which first appeared in Latin in the De Augmentis. // is certainly one of the best translated of all, and arguing from internal evidence, based on a comparison of it with the rest, I should be inclined to set down as the other two, which Hobbes translated but which Aubrey had forgotten, the Essays ''^ Of Simula-
C2
XX preface
tion and Dissimulation,^^ and ^^0/ Innovations.^'' This of course is a mere conjedure, but it seems a rea- sonable one. Who translated the others it is impossible to say. Among the Maloniana in Priory's Life of Ma- lone (/. 424, ed. i860), we find the following. *^It is not com7?ionly known that the translation 0/ Bacon"* s Essays i?ito Latin, which was published in 1619, was done by the famous John Selden; but this is proved decisively by a letter from N, N. {John Selden N.) to Camden {See Camden. Epistol., 4/^. 1691, /. 278). In the General Dicft. and several other books, this transla- tion is ascribed to Bishop Hacket and Ben Jonson,^"* The letter to which Ala lone alludes is anonymous, and the writer says that he had translated Bacon's Essays into Latin, after the correiflest copy published in Italian. The original is among the Cotton MSS. Julius C. 5, and is ez'idently a transcript in some hand not Selden'' s. In the heading as it stands in the printed volume, **iV. N. Clarissimo Viro Gulielmo Camdeno suo,'"' N. N. (i. e. non nominato) is added by the editor, who was certainly not aware that Selden 7vas the writer. What authority Malone had for speaking so positively upon the point I have been unable (0 discover. There is nothing contrary to probability in /he supposition that Selden may have translated the Essays in 16 19, but there is nothing to shew that his translation was ever published, as Malone asserts. It certainly is not indicated in the letter itself of which the following is the passage in question. ^^ Joannes Sarisburiensis e nostris pene solus est, qui rimatus arcana Ethices et Philologice puriora, monimentum reliquit metitis Philosophicce in libris de nugis Curia-
i^reface xxi
Hum; nuperrime vera viagnus ille Franciscus Ba^ conus in t€?itameniis suis Ethico-poliiicis, qua ex Anglico sermone ad correcflissimum, Italice editum, exemplar, in Latinum transtuli.^^ The date of the letter is ''Londini xiv Julii Anglorum CID.DC.XIX:'' There is o?te allusion in it which favours the supposi- tio7i that it may have been Selden^s, ''*' Propterea si sapientice et scientianim in Britannia nondum ccelitus edoda lineame?tta enucleatius exposuero in Historiis meiSf qualia apud priscos cum Druydes, turn Saxones {parentes nostros) ea extitisse comperero, haud perpe- ram ego aut inutiliter bonas horas trivisse judicer, utpote quce ad bonam mentem sua more fecerint.^* This may refer to his Analecfta Anglo-Britannica, and the Notes to Drayton"* s Polyolbion ; but upon such evidence it is impossible to decide.
There are strong indications of Bacon's supervision in the translation of the Essays ^^ Of FlantationSy** ^' Of Building,'" and '' Of Gardens,'' in which there are alterations and additions which none but the authof himself would have vefttured to make. In the other Essays the deviations from the English are not so re- markable, though even i7t these there are variations which are worthy of notice. The most important are given in the notes to the present Volume.
That the preparation of a Latin trajislation had been in Bacon's mind for two or three years before his death is clear, from a letter to Mr Tobie Matthew, written apparently about the ertd of June, 1623. * * // is true, my labours are now most set to have those works, which I had formerly published, as that of Advance- ment of Learning, that of Henry VII. that of the
xxii i^refacc
Essays, being retradate, and made more perfed^ well translated into Latin by the help of some good pens, which forsake me not. For these modern languages willy at one time or other, play the bankrupts with books : and since I have lost much time with this age, I would be glad, as God shall give me leave, to recover it with posterity^'' {Bacon's Works, xii. /. 448, ed. Montagu), But there is nothing to shew that any part of the translation was done by Bacon himself ; it is probable that he exercised only a general supervision aver it.
The Colours of Good and Evil were first published in 1597, in the volume already described as containing the first edition of the Essays. They were reprinted in the edition of 1598, and in the various pirated impres- sions of which account has been given, but never again in English with Bacons sandlion. They were incor- porated in the De Augmentis, where they appear in Latin in B. 6. c. 3, with some addition£ and alterations.
A few words remain to be said with regard to the present volume. L have endeavoured to give an acairate reprint of the edition of 162^, from a comparison often copies of that edition which, though bearing the same date, are all different from each other in points of no great importance. The variations of these copies are given in the Appendix to the Azotes. The only alter- ation I have made has beat the adoption of the modem usage with regard to the letters u and v. The Colours of Good and Evil are reprinted from the edition of 1597; the deviations from it are given in the Notes, and are merely corretflions of obvious errors. My chief objed in the Notes themselves has been to sheiv
i^refact xxiii
hcno the Essays have gtvwn into their present shape, and for this purpose I have marked all the variations from the previous editions of 1597, and 161 2, and have given indication of the manmr in which in ecuh successive edition the Essays were expanded and modi- fied. In addition to this I have quoted, where possible^ any parallel passages which I had met with in other works of Bacon, and which appeared either to contain the germ of an Essay, or to exhibit the same thought in another form. Throughout I have collated the Latin translation, and have given the results of the col- lation wherever it seemed to throw any light upon, or to contain anything which was not in the English Edi- Hon. The Glossary is intended, not so much to assist the English reader, who will find few difficulties in Bacon'' s language or style, as to record all the archaisms both of di(flion and construtflion which seemed worthy of note. With regard to the names of the plants con- tained in the Essay " Of Gardens'"* I have endeavoured as far as possible, by consulting the old herbals of Lyte, Gerarde, and Parkinson, to identify them with the more modem appellations, but I cannot hope, in all cases, to have been successful.
In conclusion, I have to express my thanks to the Stationers'* Company for permission to search their books for the entries of the three editions of the Essays published in Bacon's life time, and to Mr Spedding for the ready assistance he has always given me in all cases of doubt and difficulty upon which I have consulted him.
W. A. WRIGHT. Cambridge, 4 Sept., i86'i.
PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION.
In the present edition the text and notes have under- gone a complete revision, and some slight errors have been corrected.
The insertion of a few notes, and the addition of some words to the Glossarial Index are all the material changes that have been made.
W, A, IV,
Cambridge, 12 May, 1865.
THE
E S S A Y E S
OR
COVNSELS,
CIVILL AND
M O R A L L,
OF
FRANCIS LO. VERVLAM, VISCOVNT St Alban.
Newly enlarged.
LONDON,
Printed by lOHN Haviland for
Hanna Barret, and Richard
Whitaker, and are to be sold
at the signe of the Kings head in
Pauls Church-yard. 16-25.
xxviii '2ri)e €Fpt0tle i3cl)uatone
Latine Volume of them, (being in the Vniuersall Lan- guage) may last, as long as Bookes last. My Instaura- tio7i, I dedicated to the K'nig: My HistorieoiHENR V the Seue?tth, (which I haue now also translated into Latine) and my Portions of Naturall History'^ to the Prince: And these I dedicate to your Grace; Being of the best Fruits, that by the good Encrease, which God giues to my Pen and Labours, I could yeeld. God leade your Grace by the Hand.
Your Graces most Obliged and faithfull Seruant^
Fr. St. ALBAN.
THE TABLE
PAGB
T Of Truth I
1 Of Death 5
3 Of Vnitie in Religion .... 8
4 Of Reuenge . . . . . .14
5 Of Aduersitie 16
6 Of Simulation and Dissimulation . . 18
7 Of Parents and Children . . . • '23
8 Of Marriage and Single Life ... 26
9 Of Enuie -29
10 Of Loue 36
1 1 Of Great Place 39
12 Of Boldnesse ...... 44
13 Of Goodnessc^ and Goodnesse of Nature . 47
14 Of Nobilitie 51
15 Of Seditions and Troubles . . .54
16 Of A theism e 64
17 Of Superstition 68
18 Of Trauaile . . . ... 71
19 Of Empire 76
^o Of Cotinsell 82
XXX IZrje '^Me
I'AGE
2 1 0/ Delaics 89
22 Of Cunning . . . . . '91
23 Of Wisdome for a Mans Selfe ... 96
24 Of Iftnouatiojts ..... 99
25 Of Dispatch 10 1
26 Of Seeming Wise . . . . .104
27 Of Frendship 106
28 Of Expence 116
29 Of the true Greatnesse of Kingdomes and
Estates . . . . . . .118
30 Of Regiment of Health . . . .131
31 Of Suspicion 134
32 Of Discourse . . .136
33 Of Plantations 139
34 Of Riches 144
35 Of Prophecies 149
36 Of Ambition 153
37 Of Maskes and Triumphs . . .156
38 Of Nature in Men 159
39 Of Custome and Education . .162
40 Of Fortune 1 65
41 Of Vsur}' 168
42 Of Youth and Age 1 73
43 Of Beautie 176
44 Of Deformitie 178
45 Of Building 180
46 Of Gardens 186
47 Of Negotiating 195
48 Of Followers and Frends . . . . 1 98
49 Of Sutours 201
50 Of Studies 204
'^t^e ^able
XXXI
51 Of Fadion
52 Of Ceremonies and Respeds
53 Of Praise
54 Of Vain-Glory
55 Of Honour and Reputation
56 Of Judicature .
57 Of Anger
58 Q/" Vicissitude of Things .
PAGE 207 210
216 219 222 228
«3i
Of Fame ^ a fragment
239
ESSAYES
©f ®rut6
WHAT is Truth; said jesting P/to<f/ And would not stay for an Answer. Certainly there be, that delight in Giddinesse; And count it a Bondage, to fix a Beleefe ; Affeding Free- will in Thinking, as well as in Ailing. And though the Se<5ls of Philosophers of that Kinde be gone, yet there remaine certaine discours- ing Wits, which are of the same veines, though there be not so much Bloud in them, as was in those of the Ancients. But it is not onely the Difficultie, and Labour, which Men take in finding out of Truth; Nor againe, that when it is found, it imposeth upon mens Thoughts; that doth bring Lies in favour: But a naturall, though corrupt Love, of the Lie it selfe. One of the later Schoole of the Grecians, examin- eth the matter, and is at a stand, to thinke what should be in it, that men should love Lies; Where neither they make for Pleasure, as with Poets; Nor for Advantage, as with
B
2 lEi^^ajie^
the Merchant; but for the Lies sake. But I cannot tell ; This same Truths is a Naked, and Open day hght, that doth not shew, the Masques, and Mummeries, and Triumphs of the world, halfe so Stately, and daintily, as Candlelights. Truth may perhaps come to the price of a Pearle, that sheweth best by day : But it will not rise, to the price of a Diamond, or Carbun- cle, that sheweth best in varied lights. A mix- ture of a Lie doth ever adde Pleasure. Doth any man doubt, that if there were taken out of Mens Mindes, Vaine Opinions, Flattering Hopes, False valuations. Imaginations as one would, and the like ; but it would leave the Mindes, of a Number of Men, poore shrunken Things; full of Melancholy, and Indisposition, and un- pleasing to themselves? One of the Fathers, in great Severity, called Poesie, Vininn Dcemo- mnn; because it fiUeth the Imagination, and yet it is, but with the shadow of a Lie. But it is not the Lie^ that passeth through the Minde, but the Lie that sinketh in, and setleth in it, that doth the hurt, such as we spake of before. But howsoever these things are thus, in mens depraved ludgements, and Affedlions, yet Truth, which onely doth iudge it selfe, teacheth, that the Inquirie of Truth, which is the Love-making, or Wooing of it; The knowledge of Truth, which is the Presence of it ; and the Beleefe of Truth, which is the Enioying of it ; is the Soveraigne Good of humane Nature. The first Creature of God, in the workes of the Dayes, was the Light of the Sense ; The last, was the Light of Reason; And his Sabbath Work^
ever since, is the Illumination of his Spirit. First he breathed Light, upon the Face, of the Matter or Chaos ; Then he breathed Light, into the Face of Man ; and still he breatheth and in- spireth Light, into the Face of his Chosen. The Poet, that beautified the Sedl, that was other- wise inferiour to the rest, saith yet excellently well : // is a pleasure to stand upon the shore, and to see ships tost upon the Sea: A pleasure to stand in the window of a Castle, and to see a Battaile, and the Adventures thereof, below: But no pleasure is comparable, to the standing, upon the vatitage ground of Truth : (A hill not to be commanded, and where the Ayre is alwaies cleare and serene ;) A 7td to see the Errours, and Wandrings, arid Mists, and Ternpests, in the vale below : So alwaies, that this prospedl, be with Pitty, and not with Swelling, or Pride. Certainly, it is Heaven upon Earth, to have a Mans Minde Move in Charitie, Rest in Provi- dence, and Turne upon the Poles of Truth.
To passe from Theologicall, and Philosophi- call Truth, to the Truth of civill Businesse ; It will be acknowledged, even by those, that prac- tize it not, that cleare and Round dealing, is the Honour of Mans Nature ; And that Mixture of Falshood, is like Allay in Coyne of Gold and Silver; which may make the Metall worke the better, but it embaseth it. For these winding, and crooked courses, are the Goings of the Ser- pent; which goeth basely upon the belly, and not upon the Feet There is no Vice, that doth so cover a Man with Shame, as to be found false, and perfidious. And therefore Moun-
B2
4 ^^^ase^
taigny saith prettily, when he enquired the rea- son, why the word of the Lie^ should be such a Disgrace, and such an Odious Charge? Saith he, If it be well weighed^ To say that a ma?i. liethj is as much to say, as that he is brave to- wards Godj and a Coward towards Men. For a Lie faces God, and shrinkes from Man. Surely the Wickednesse of Falshood, and Breach of Faith, cannot possibly be so highly expressed, as in that it shall be the last Peale, to call the ludgemcnts of God, upon the Generations of Men, It being foretold, that when Christ com- methj He shall notjlftde Faith tipon the Earth.
II
MEN feare Death ^ as Children feare to goe in the darke : And as that Natural Feare in Children, is increased with Tales, so is the other. Certainly, the Contemplation of Death, as the wages of smne, and Passage to another world, is Holy, and Religious ; But the Feare of it, as a Tribute due unto Nature, is weake. Yet in Religious Meditations, there is some- times. Mixture of Vanitie, and of Superstition. You shal reade, in some of the Friars Books of Mortification, that a man should thinke with himselfe, what the Paine is, if he have but his Fingers end Pressed, or Tortured ; And thereby imagine, what the Paines of Death are, when the whole Body, is corrupted and dis- solved ; when many times. Death passeth with lesse paine, then the Torture of a Limme : For the most vitall parts, are not the quickest of Sense. And by him, that spake onely as a Philosopher, and Naturall Man, it was well said; Pompa Mortis viagis terret, qucim Mors ipsa, Groanes and Convulsions, and a disco-
6 tssJ^age^
loured Face, and Friends weeping, and Blackes, and Obsequies, and the like, shew Death Ter- rible. It is worthy the observing, that there is no passion in the minde of man, so weake, but it Mates, and Masters, the Feare of Death : And therefore Death, is no such terrible Ene- mic, when a man hath so many Attendants, about him, that can winne the combat of him. /?^z/<?«^^ triumphs ovox Death; Love slights it; Honour aspireth to it ; Griefe flieth to it ; Feare pre-occupatcth it ; Nay we reade, after Otho the Emperour had slainc himsclfe, Pitty (which is the tenderest of Affedions) provoked many to die, out of meere compassion to their Soveraigne, and as the truest sort of Followers. Nay Seneca addes Nicenesse &> Saciety; Cogita qtia7n ditl eadejn fcceris; Mori veile, no ft tantum Fortis, aut Miser ^ sed etid?n Fastidiosiis potest, A man would die, though he were neither valiant, nor miserable, onely upon a wearinesse to doe the same thing, so oft over and over. It is no lesse worthy to observe, how little Alteration, in good Spirits, the Approaches of Death make; For they appeare, to be the same Men, till the last Instant. Augustus CcEsar died in a Comple- ment; Livia, Coniugij nostri memor^ vive fir» vale. Tiberius in dissimulation; As Tacitus saith of him ; In7n Tiber iu7n Vires ^ ^ Corpus, non Dissifntilatio, deserebant. Vespasian in a lest; Sitting upon the Stoole, Ut puto Deusfio. Galba with a Sentence : Feri, si ex re sit populi Romani; Holding forth his Necke. Septifnius Severus in dispatch ; Adeste^ si quid mihi re- stat agendum. And the like. Certainly, the
Stoikes bestowed too much cost upon Deathy and by their great preparations, made it ap- peare more fearefull. Better saith he, Qui Ft- nem VitcB extremuin inter M inter a ponat Na- turcB, It is as Naturall to die, as to be borne; And to a httle Infant, perhaps, the one, is as painfull, as the other. He that dies in an earn- est Pursuit, is like one that is wounded in hot Bloud ; who, for the time, scarce feeles the Hurt; And therefore, a Minde fixt, and bent upon somewhat, that is good, doth avert the Dolors of Death : But above all, beleeve it, the sweetest Canticle is, Nunc dimittis ; when a Man hath obtained worthy Ends, and Expedla- tions. Death hath this also ; That it openeth the Gate, to good Fame, and extinguisheth Envie.
Extin^us amabitur idem*
Ill
IDELIGION being the chiefe Band of hu- •'■ *- mane Society, it is a happy thing, when it selfe, is well contained, within the true Band of Unity. The Quarrels, and Divisions about Re- ligion^ were Evils unknowne to the Heathen. The Reason was, because the Religion of the Heathen, consisted rather in Rites and Cere- monies ; then in any constant Beleefe. For you may imagine, what kinde of Faith theirs was, when the chiefe Do(flors, and Fathers of their Church, were the Poets. But the true God hath this Attribute, That he is a lealoiis God; And therefore, his worship and Religion, will endure no Mixture, nor Partner. We shall therefore speake, a few words, concerning the Ufiiiy of the Church; What are the Fruits thereof; what the Bounds; And what the Meanes?
The Fruits of U?tity (next unto the well Pleasing of God, which is All in All) are two ; The One, towards those, that are without the Church; The Other, towards those, that are within. For the Former; It is certaine, that Heresies, and Schismes, are of all others, the greatest Scandals ^ yea more then Corruption of
(Bi Hnttg in Heltgion 9
Manners. For as in the Naturall Body, a Wound or Solution of Continuity, is worse then a Corrupt Humor; So in the Spirituall. So that nothing, doth so much keepe Men out of the Church, and drive Men out of the Church, as Breach of Unity: And therefore, whensoever it commeth to that passe, that one saith, Ecce in Deserto; Another saith, Ecce i?t penetralibus ; That is, when some Men seeke Christ, in the Conventicles of Heretikes, and others, in an Outward Face of a Church, that voice had need continually to sound in Mens Fares, Nolite exire^ Goe not out. The Dodlor of the Gentiles (the Propriety of whose Vocation, drew him to have a special! care of those without) saith ; If an Heathen come in, and heare you speake with severall Tongties, Will he not say that you are mad? And certainly, it is little better, when Atheists, and prophane Persons, do heare of so many Discordant, and Contrary Opinions in Re- ligion; It doth avert them from the Church, and maketh them, To sit downe in the chaire of the S corners. It is but a light Thing, to be Vouched in so Serious a Matter, but yet it expresseth well the Deformity. There is a Master of Scoffing ; that in his Catalogue of Books, of a faigned Library, sets Downe this Title of a Booke ; The morris daunce of Heretikes. For indeed, every Se6l of them, hath a Divers Posture, or Cringe by themselves, which cannot but Move Derision, in Worldlings, and Depraved Politickes, who are apt to contemne Holy Things.
As for the Fruit towards those that are within; It is Peace; which containeth infinite
Blessings: It establisheth Faith; It kindleth Charity ; The outward Peace of the Church, Dis- tilleth into Peace of Conscience ; And it turneth the Labours, of Writing, and Reading of Con- troversies, into Treaties of Mortification, and Devotion.
Concerning the Bounds of Unity; The true Placing of them, importeth exceedingly. There appeare to be two extremes. For to certaine Zelajits all Speech of Pacification is odious, h it peace ^ lehu? What hast thou to doe with peace? tume thee behinde me. Peace is not the Matter, but Following and Party. Contrariwise, certaine Laodiceans, and Luke-warme Persons, thinke they may accommodate Points of Reli- gion, by Middle Waies, and taking part of both; And witty Reconcilements; As if they would make an Arbitrcment, betweene God and Man. Both these Extremes are to be avoyded ; which will be done, if the League of Christians, penned by our Saviour himselfe, were in the two crosse Clauses thereof, soundly and plainly expounded ; He that is not with 7is, is against us: And againe; He that is not against us, is with us: That is, if the Points Fundamentall and of Sub- stance in Religion, were truly discerned and dis- tinguished, from Points not meerely of Faith, but of Opinion, Order, or good Intention. This is a Thing, may seeme to many, a Matter triviall, and done already : But if it were done lesse par- tially, it would be embraced more generally.
Of this I may give onely this Advice, accord- ing to my small Modell. Men ought to take heede, of rending Gods Church, by two kinds of
&t ^nitg in i^leltgton ii
Controversies. The one is, when the Matter of the Point controverted, is too small and light, not worth the Heat, and Strife about it, kindled onely by Contradi(flion. For, as it is noted by one of the Fathers ; Christs Coat, indeed, had no seatne: But the Churches Vesticre was of divers colours; whereupon he saith. In veste varietas sit, Scissura non sit; They be two Things, Unity ^ and Uniformity. The other is, when the Matter of the Point Controverted is great ; but it is driven to an over-great Subtilty, and Obscurity ; So that it becommeth a Thing, rather Ingenious, then Substantiall. A man that is of Judgement and understanding, shall sometimes heare Ignorant Men differ, and know well within himselfe, that those which so differ, meane one thing, and yet they themselves would never agree. And if it come so to passe, in that distance of ludgement, which is betweene Man and Man ; Shall wee not thinke, that God above, that knowes the Heart, doth not discerne, that fraile Men, in some of their Contradidlions, intend the same thing ; and accepteth of both? The Nature of such Contro- versies is excellently expressed, by S*. Paul, in the Warning and Precept, that he giveth, con- cerning the same, Devita prof anas vocum Novi- tates, (2r* Oppositiones falsi Nominis Scientice, Men create Oppositions, which are not ; And put them into new termes, so fixed, as whereas the Meaning ought to governe the Terme, the Terme in effecfl governeth the Meaning. There be also two false Peaces, or Unities; The one. when the Peace is grounded, but upon an implicite ignor- ance; For all Colours will agree in the Darke:
' The other, when it is peeced up, upon a direifl Admission of Contraries, in Fundamental! Points. For Truth and Falshood, in such things, are Hke the Iroji and Clay, in the toes of Nabucadnezars Image; They may Cleave, but they will not Incorporate.
Concerning the Meanes of procuring Unity; Men must beware, that in the Procuring, or Muniting, of Religious Unity, they doe not Dis- solve and Deface the Lawes of Charity, and of humane Society. There be two Swords amongst Christians ; the Spirituall, and Temporal! ; And both have their due Office, and place, in the maintenance oi Religion. But we may not take up the Third sword, which is Mahomets Sword, or like unto it ; That is, to propagate Religion, by Warrs, or by Sanguinary Persecutions, to force Consciences ; except it be in cases of Overt Scan- dal!, Blasphemy, or Intermixture of Pra(fl;ize, against the State ; Much lesse to Nourish Sedi- tions ; To Authorize Conspiracies and Rebellions; To put the Sword into the Peoples Hands ; And the like ; Tending to the Subversion of all Gov- ernment, which is the Ordinance of God. For this is, but to dash the first Table, against the Second ; And so to consider Men as Christians, as we forget that they are Men. Lucretius the Poet, when he beheld the A(5l of Agamemnon, that could endure the Sacrificing of his owne Daughter, exclaimed ;
Tantum Relhgio potuit suadere malorum.
What would he have said, if he had knowne of the Massacre in France, or the Powder Treason
<Bi Sanitg in i^cKgiou 13
of England? He would have beene, Seven times more Epicure and Atheist, then he was. For as the temporall Sword, is to bee drawne, with ^reat circumspedlion, in Cases of Religion; So it is a thing monstrous, to put it into the hands of the Common People. Let that bee left unto the Anabaptists, and other Furies. It was great Blasphemy, when the Devill said ; I will ascend, and be like the Highest; But it is greater Blas- phemy, to personate God, and bring him in say- ing; / will descend, and be like the Prince of Darknesse; And what is it better, to make the cause of Religion,, to descend, to the cruell and execrable A6lions, of Murthering Princes, But- chery of People, and Subversion of States, and Governments? Surely, this is to bring Downe the Holy Ghost, in stead of the Liknesse of a Dove, in the Shape of a Vulture, or Raven : And to set, out of the Barke of a Christian Church, a Flagge of a Barque of Pirats, and Assassins, Ther- fore it is most necessary, that the Church by Dodlrine and Decree; Princes by their Sword; And all Learnings, both Christian and Morall, as by their Mercury Rod ; Doe Damne and send to Hell, for ever, those Facfls and Opinions, tend- ing to the Support of the same ; As hath beene already in good part done. Surely in Counsels, Concerning Religion, that Counsel of the Apostle would be prefixed ; Ira hominis non implet lus- ticiam Dei. And it was a notable Observation, of a wise Father, And no lesse ingenuously con- fessed ; That those, which held and per s waded, pressure of Consciences, were commonly inter- ess ed therin, themselves, for their owne ends.
IV
Of aaebenge
DEVENGE is a kinde of Wilde lustice; -^*' which the more Mans Nature runs to, the more ought Law to weed it out. For as for the first Wrong, it doth but offend the Law ; but the Revenge of that wrong, puttcth the Law out of Office. Certainly, in taking Revenge^ A Man is but even with his Enemy; But in passing it over, he is Superiour : For it is a Princes part to Pardon. And Salomon, I am sure, saith, // is the glory of a Man to passe by an offence. That which is past, is gone, and Irrevocable; And wise Men have Enough to doe, with things pre- sent, and to come : Therefore, they doe but trifle with themselves, that labour in past matters. There is no man, doth a wrong, for the wrongs sake ; But therby to purchase himselfe. Profit, or Pleasure, or Honour, or the like. Therfore why should I be angry with a Man, for loving himselfe better then mee? And if any Man should doe wrong, meerely out of ill nature, why? yet it is but like the Thorn, or Bryar, which prick, and scratch, because they can doe no
other. The most Tolerable Sort of Revenge^ is for those wrongs which there is no Law to reme- dy : But then, let a man take heed, the Revenge be such, as there is no law to punish: Else, a Mans Enemy, is still before hand. And it is two for one. Some, when they take Revenge, are Desirous the party should know, whence it com- meth : This is the more Generous. For the De- light seemeth to be, not so much in doing the Hurt, as in Making the Party repent: But Base and Crafty Cowards, are like the Arrow, that flyeth in the Darke. Cosnius Duke of Florence, had a Desperate Saying, against Perfidious or Negledling Friends, as if those wrongs were un- pardonable : You shall reade (saith he) that we are co77imanded to forgive our E^temies; But you never read, that wee are comjnanded, to forgive our Friends. But yet the Spirit of lob, was in a better tune ; Shall wee (saith he) take good at Gods Hands, and 7iot be content to take evill also? And so of Friends in a proportion. This is certaine ; That a Man that studieth Re- venge, keepes his owne Wounds greene, which otherwise would heale, and doe well. Publique Revenges, are, for the most part. Fortunate ; As that for the Death of Ccesar; For the Death of Pertinax; for the Death of Henry the Third of France ; And many more. But in private Re- venges it is not so. Nay rather, Vindicative Persons live the Life of Witches ; who as they are Mischievous, So end they Infortunate.
®f abbersitie
IT was an high speech of Seneca^ (after the manner of the Stoickes) That the good things, which belong to Prosperity, are to be wished; but the good things, that belong to Adversity, are to be admired. Bona Reriim Seciindarum, Optabilia; Adversanan, Mirabilia. Certainly if Miracles, be the Command over Nature, they appeare most in Adversity. It is yet a higher speech of his, then the other, (much too high for a Heathen) // is true greatnesse, to have in one, the Frailty of a Man, 6r» the Security of a God, Verl magfucfn, habere Fragilitatem Hojninis, Securitatein Dei, This would have done better in Poesy; where Transcendences are more al- lowed. And the Poets indeed, have beene busy with it ; For it is, in effe(fl, the thing, which is figured in that Strange Fi(5lion, of the Ancient Poets, which seemeth not to be without mystery ; Nay, and to have some approach, to the State of a Christian: That Hercules, whe?i hee went to unbifide Prometheus, (by whom Humane Na- ture is represented) j^//^^ ///^ length of the great
0! ^Dbn^iiie 17
Ocean, in an Earthen Pot, or Pitcher: Lively- describing Christian Resolution ; that saileth, in the fraile Barke of the Flesh, thorow the Waves of the World. But to speake in a Meane. The Vertue of Prosperities is Temperance ; The Ver- tue oi Adversity, is Fortitude: which in Morals is the more Heroicall Vertue. Prosperity is the Blessing of the Old Testament ; Adversity is the Blessing of the New; which carrieth the greater Benediction, and the Clearer Revelation of Gods Favour. Yet, even in the old Testa- ment, if you Listen to Davids Harpe, you shall heare as many Herselike Ayres, as Carols: And the Pencill of the holy Ghost, hath laboured more, in describing, the Affli(5lions of lob, then the Felicities of Salomon. Prospe7'ity is not without many Feares and Distastes; And Ad- versity is not without Comforts and Hopes. Wee see in Needle-workes, and Imbroideries, It is more pleasing, to have a Lively Worke, upon a Sad and Solemne Ground; then to have a Darke and Melancholy Worke, upon a Light- some Ground: ludge therfore, of the Pleasure of the Heart, by the Pleasure of the Eye. Cer- tainly, Vertue is like pretious Odours, most fra- grant, when they are incensed, or crushed : For Prosperity doth best discover Vice; But Ad- versity doth best discover Vertue.
VI
®f S'tmulati'on antt Bfssfmulatfon
rslSSIMULA TION is but a faint kind of -^^ Policy, or Wisdome ; For it asketh a strong Wit, and a strong Heart, to know, when to tell Truth, and to doe it. Therfore it is the weaker Sort of Politicks, that are the great Dissemblers. Tacitus saith ; Livia sorted well^ with the Arts of her Husband, 6-» Dissimulation of her So7i7ie: Attributing Arts or Policy to Augustus, and Dissi7nulation to Tiberius. And againe, when Muciaiuis encourageth Vespasian, to take Arms against Vitellius, he saith; We rise not, against the Piercing ludgmetit of Atigustus, nor the Extre?fie Cautioft or Closenesse of Tibe- rius. These Properties of Arts or Policy, and Dissi?fiulatio?i or Closenesse, are indeed Habits and Faculties, severall, and to be distinguished. For if a Man, have that Penetration of Judg- ment, as he can discerne, what Things are to be laid open, and what to be secretted, and what to be shewed at Halfe lights, and to whom, and when, (which indeed are Arts of State, and Arts of Life, as Tacitus well calleth them) to him, A
©f Simulation ant) JSijigimuIatCon 19
Habit of Dtssijnulati07i, is a Hinderance, and a Poorenesse. But if a Man cannot obtaine to that Judgment, then it is left to him, generally, to be Close, and a Dissembler. For where a Man cannot choose, or vary in Particulars, there it is good to take the safest and wariest Way in generall ; Like the Going softly by one that can- not well see. Certainly the ablest Men, that ever were, have had all an Opennesse, and Francknesse of deahng; And a name of Cer- tainty, and Veracity; But then they were like Horses, well mannaged; For they could tell passing well, when to stop, or turne: And at such times, when they thought the Case indeed, required Dissimulation^ if then they used it, it came to passe, that the former Opinion, spred abroad of their good Faith, and Clearnesse of dealing, made them almost Invisible.
There be three degrees, of this Hiding, and Vailing of a Mans Selfe. The first Closenesse, Reservation, and Secrecy; when a Man leaveth himselfe without Observation, or without Hold to be taken, what he is. The second Dissimu- lation, in the Negative; when a man lets fall Signes, and Arguments, that he is not, that he is. And the third Simulation, in the Affirmative ; when a Man industriously, and expressely, faigns, and pretends to be, that he is not.
For the first of these, Secrecy: It is indeed, the Vertue of a Confessour ; And assuredly, the Secret Man, heareth many Confessions ; For who will open himselfe, to a Blab or a Babler? But if a Man be thought Secret, it inviteth Disco- verie; As the more Close Aire, sucketh in the
C2
more Open: And as in Confession, the Reveal- ing is not for worldly use, but for the Ease of a Mans Heart, so Secret Men come to the Know- ledge of Many Things, in that kinde; while Men rather discharge their Mindes, then impart their Mindes. In few words, Mysteries are due to Secrecy. Besides (to say Truth) Nakediiesse is uncomely, as well in Minde, as Body ; and it addeth no small Reverence, to Mens Manners, and A(flions, if they be not altogether Open. As for Talkers and Futile Persons, they are com- monly Vaine, and Credulous withall. For He that talketh, what he knoweth, will also talke, what he knoweth not. Therfore set it downe; That an Habit of Secrecy, is both Politick, and Morall. And in this Part, it is good, that a Mans Face, give his Tongue, leave to Speake. For the Discovery, of a Mans Selfe, by the Tracfls of his Countenance, is a great Weaknesse, and Betraying; By how much, it is many times, more marked and beleeved, then a Mans words. For the Second, which is Dissimulation. It foUoweth many times upon Secrecy, by a neces- sity : So that, he that will be Sec7'et, must be a Dissejnbler, in some degree. For Men are too cunning, to suffer a Man, to keepe an indifferent carriage, betweene both, and to be Secret, with- out Swaying the Ballance, on either side. They will so beset a man with Questions, and draw him on, and picke it out of him, that without an absurd Silence, he must shew an Inclination, one way ; Or if he doe not, they will gather as much by his Silence, as by his Speech. As for Equivocations, or Oraculous Speeches, they
®f Simulation anU 39i^?{{muIation 21
cannot hold out long. So that no man can be secret, except he give himselfe a little Scope of Dissimulation ; which is, as it were, but the Skirts or Traine of Secrecy,
But for the third Degree, which is Simula- tion, and false Profession; That I hold more culpable, and lesse politicke; except it be in great and rare Matters. And therefore a gene- rail Custome of Simulation (which is this last Degree) is a Vice, rising, cither of a naturall Falsenesse, or Fearefulnesse ; Or of a Minde, that hath some maine Faults ; which because a man must needs disguise, it maketh him prac- tise Sijnulation, in other things, lest his Hand should be out of ure.
The great Advantages of Simulation and Dissifnulatioji are three. First to lay asleepe Opposition, and to Surprize. For where a Mans Intentions, are published, it is an Alarum, to call up, all that are against them. The second is, to reserve to a Mans Selfe, a faire Retreat: For if a man engage himselfe, by a manifest De- claration, he must goe through, or take a Fall. The third is, the better to discover the Minde of another. For to him that opens himselfe. Men will hardly shew themselves adverse; but will (faire) let him goe on, and turne their Freedome of Speech, to Freedome of thought. And there- fore, it is a good shrewd Proverbe of the Span- iard ; Tell a lye, and finde a Troth, As if there were no way of Discovery, but by Simulation. There be also three Disadvantages, to set it even. The first. That Si?nulation and Dissimu^ lation, commonly carry with them, a Shew of
22 1c)»i»ase^
Fearfulnesse, which in any Businesse, doth spoile the Feathers, of round flying up to the Mark. The second, that it pusleth & per- plexeth the Conceits of many ; that perhaps would otherwise co-operate with him ; and makes a Man walkc, almost alone, to his owne Ends. The third, and greatest is, that it de- priveth a Man, of one, of the most principall Instruments for Acflion ; which is Tms/ and Beleefe, The best Composition, and Tempera- ture is, to have Opennesse in Fame and Opi- nion; Secrecy in Habit; Dissitnulation in sea- sonable use ; And a Power to faigne, if there be no Remedy.
VII
©f patents anB (KjbflKun
THE loyes oi Parents are Secret; And so are their Griefes, and Feares : They cannot utter the one ; Nor they will not utter the other. Children sweeten Labours ; But they make Mis- fortunes more bitter: They increase the Cares of Life ; but they mitigate the Remembrance of Death. The Perpetuity by Generation is com- mon to Beasts; But Meniory, Merit, and Noble workes, are proper to Men : And surely a Man shall see, the Noblest workes, and Foundations, have proceeded from Childlesse Men; which have sought to expresse the Images of their Minds ; where those of their Bodies have failed : So the care of Posterity, is most in them, that have no Posterity. They that are the first Rais- ers of their Houses, are most Indulgent towards their Children; Beholding them, as the Contin- uance, not only of their kinde, but of their Worke ; And so both Children^ and Creattires.
The difference in Affe6lion, of Parents, to- wards their severall Children, is many times unequall ; And sometimes unworthy ; Especially
24 lEjJ^agejJ
in the mother; As Salomon saith ; A wise sonne reioyceth the Father; but ait ufigracious sonne shames the Mother. A Man shall see, where there is a House full of Childreii, one or two, of the Eldest, respe<51ed, and the Youngest made wantons ; But in the middest, some that are, as it were forgotten, who, many times, neverthelesse, prove the best. The Illiberalitie of Parents, in allowance towards their Childreii^ is an harme- fuU Errour ; Makes them base ; Acquaints them with Shifts ; Makes them sort with meane Com- pany ; And makes them surfet more, when they come to Plenty: And therefore, the Proofe is best, when Men keepe their Authority towards their Children, but not their Purse. Men have a foolish manner (both Parents^ and Schoole- masters, and Servants) in creating and breeding an Emulation between Brothers, during Child- hood, which many times sorteth to Discord, when they are Men; And disturbeth Families. The Italians make little difference betweene Children, and Nephewes, or neere Kinsfolkes; But so they be of the Lumpe, they care not, though they passe not through their owne Body. And, to say Truth, in Nature, it is much a like matter; In so much, that we see a Nephew, sometimes, resembleth an Uncle, or a Kinsman, more then his owne Parent; As the Bloud hap- pens. Let Pa7'ents choose betimes, the Voca- tions, and Courses, they meane their Children should take; For then they are most flexible; And let them not too much apply themselves, to the Disposition of their Children, as thinking they will take best to that, which they have
©f i^arent^ ant) CPIiflDren 25
most Minde to. It is true, that if the Affe6lion or Aptnesse of the Childre7i^ be Extraordinary, then it is good, not to crosse it ; But generally, the Precept is good; OptUnum elige^ suave ^ facile illud faciei Consuetiido. You7iger Bro^ thers are commonly Fortunate, but seldome or nev^er, where the Elder are disinherited.
VIII
r
HE that hath Wife and Children, hath given Hostages to Fortune; For they are Imped- iments, to great Enterprises, either of Vertue, or Mischiefe. ' Certainly, the best workes, and of greatest Merit for the Pubhke, have proceeded from the jirunarried, or Childlesse Men; which, both in Affedlion, and Meanes, have married and endowed the Publike. Yet it were great Reason, that those that have Children, should have great- est care of future times ; unto which, they know, they must transmit, their dearest pledges. Some there are, who though they lead a Single Life, yet their Thoughts doe end with themselves, and account future Times, Impertinences. Nay, there are some other, that account Wife and Children, but as Bills of charges. Nay more, there are some foolish rich covetous Men, that take a pride in having no Children, because they may be thought, so much the richer. For per- haps, they have heard some talke ; Such an one is a great rich Man; And another except to it ; Yea, but he hath a great charge of Children: As
©f i^arriaje ant) Singk 2ife 27
if it were an Abatement to his Riches. But the most ordinary cause of a Single Life, is Liberty ; especially, in certaine Selfe-pleasing, and hu--/' morous Mindes, which are so sensible of every restraint, as they will goe neare, to thinke their ',
Girdles, and Garters, to be Bonds and ShacklejJ ^ ^''\ \
Unmarried Men are best Friends ; best Masters ; (J^ ^t^J^^' best Servants ; but not alwayes best Subiedls ; '
For they are light to runne away ; And almost all Fugitives are of that Condition, i A Single Life doth well with Church men; For Charity ),>a^
will hardly water the Ground, where it must first '^ '
fill a Poole. It is indifferent for Judges and Ma- gistrates ; For if they be facile, and corrupt, you shall have a Servant, five times worse than a Wife. For Souldiers, I finde the Generalls com- monly in their Hortatives, put Men in minde of their Wives and Children: And I thinke the Despising of Marriage, amongst the Turkes, maketh the vulgar souldier more base._ Cer- *
tainly. Wife and Children, are a kinde of Disci- f^i^^ phne of Humanity: And single Me ft, though they be many times more Charitable, because their Meanes are lesse exhaust; yet, on the other side, they are more cruell, and hard heart- ed, (good to make severe Inquisitors) because their Tendernesse, is not so oft called upon. Grave Natures, led by Custome, and therfore constant, are commonly loving Husbands; As was said of Ulysses; Vetidain suam prcetiilit Immortalitati. ] Chast Women are often Proud, and froward, as Presuming upon the Merit of ^' their Chastity. It is one of the best Bonds, f/u't*-^-^ both of Chastity and Obedience, in the Wzfe, if
u.ft^
28 lE^^age^
She thinke her Husband Wise ; which She will never doe, if She finde him lealotis.i ' Wives are young Mens Mistresses; Companions for middle Age; and old. Mens Nurse^J So as a Man may have a^' Quarrell to marry, when he will. But yet, he was reputed one of the wise Men, that made Answer to the Question ; When a Man should marry? A young Man not yet, an Elder Man not at alhj Mt is often seene, that bad Husbands, have Very good Wives; whether it be, that it rayseth the Price of their Husbands Kindnesse, when it comes ; Or that the Wives take a Pride, in their Patience. But this never failes, if the bad Husbands were of their owne choosing, against their Friends consent; For then, thev will be sure, to make good their owne FoUy.
IX
(Bi CBubH
THERE be none of the Affeflions^ which have beene noted to fascinate, or bewitch, but Love^ and Envy. They both have vehement wishes ; They frame themselves readily into Imaginations, and Suggestions; And they come easily into the Eye ; especially upon the presence of the Obie<fls ; which are the Points, that con- duce to Fascination, if any such Thing there be. We see likewise, the Scripture calleth Envy, An Evill Eye: And the Astrologers, call the evill Influences of the Starrs, Evill Aspedsj So that still, there seemeth to be acknowledged, in the A(fl of Envy J an Eiaculation, or Irradiation of the Eye. Nay some have beene so curious, as to note, that the Times, when the Stroke, or Percussion of an Envious Eye doth most hurt, are, when the Party envied is beheld in Glory, or Triumph ; For that sets an Edge upon Envy; And besides, at such times, the Spirits of the person Envied, doe come forth, most into the outward Parts, and so meet the Blow.
But leaving these Curiosities, (though not
30 IcjJ^age^
unworthy, to be thought on, in fit place,) wee will handle, what Persons are apt to Envy others; What persons are 7nost SiibieSl to be Envied the7nselvesj And, What is the Differ- ence between Publique, and private Envy.
A man, that hath no vertue in himselfe, ever envieth Vertue in others. For Mens Mindes, will either feed upon their owne Good, or upon others Evill; And who wanteth the one, wil prey upon the other; And who so is out of Hope to attaine to anothers Vertue, will seeke to come at even hand, by Depressing an others Fortune.
A man that is Busy, and Inquisitive, is com- monly Envious: For to know much of other Mens Matters, cannot be, because all that Adoe may concerne his owne Estate : Therfore it must needs be, that he taketh a kinde of plaie-plea- sure, in looking upon the Fortunes of others ; Neither can he, that mindeth but his own Busi- nesse, finde much matter for Envy, For Envy is a Gadding Passion, and walketh the Streets, and doth not keepe home; Non est curiosus, quin idem sit malevolus.
Men of Noble birth, are noted, to be envions towards New Men, when they rise. For the distance is altered; And it is like a deceipt of the Eye, that when others come on, they thinke themselves goe backe.
Deformed Persons, and Eunuches, and Old Men, and Bastards, are Envious: For he that cannot possibly mend his owne case, will doe what he can to impaire anothers ; Except these Defe(fls light, upon a very brave, and Heroicall Nature; which thinketh to make his Natural!
Wants, part of his Honour: In that it should be said, that an Eunuch, or a Lame Man, did such great Matters ; Affe(fling the Honour of a Mira* cle ; as it was in Narses the Eunuch, and Age^ silatis, and Ta7nberlanes, that were Lame men.
The same, is the Case of Men, that rise after Calamities, and Misfortunes; For they are, as Men fallen out with the times; And thinke other Mens Harmes, a Redemption, of their owne Sufferings.
They, that desire to excell in too many Mat- ters, out of Levity, and Vaine glory, are ever Envious; For they cannot want worke; It being impossible, but many, in some one of those Things, should surpasse them. Which was the Chara6\er of Adrian the Emperour, that mor- tally Envied Poets, and Pai^iters, and Artificers , in Works, wherein he had a veine to excell.
Lastly, neare Kinsfolks, and Fellowes in Of- fice, and those that have beene bred together, are more apt to Envy their Equals, when they are raised. For it doth upbraid unto them, their owne Fortunes ; And pointeth at them, and commeth oftner into their remembrance, and in- curreth likewise more into the note of others: And Envy ever redoubleth from Speech and Fame. Caifts Envy, was the more vile, and Malignant, towards his brother Abel; Because, when his Sacrifice was better accepted, there was no Body to looke on. Thus much for those that are apt to Envy,
Concerning those that are 7nore or lesse sub- ie^ to Envy: First, Persons of eminent Vertue, when they are advanced, are lesse envied. For
5« lE^^agcU
their Fortune seemeth but due unto them ; and no man Envieth the Payment of a Debt, but Rewards, and Liberahty rather. Againe, Envy is ever ioyncd, with the Comparing of a Mans Selfe; And where there is no Comparison, no Envy; And therfore Kings, are not envied^ but by Kings. Neverthelesse, it is to be noted, that unworthy Persons, are most envied^ at their first comming in, and afterwards overcome it better ; wheras contrariwise. Persons of Worth, and Merit, are most envied^ when their Fortune con- tinueth long. For by that time, though their Vertue be the same, yet it hath not the same Lustre; For fresh Men grow up, that darken it.
Persons of Noble Bloud, are lease envied^ in their Rising: For it seemeth, but Right, done to their Birth. Besides, there seemeth not much added to their Fortune; And Envy is as the Sunne Beames, that beat hotter, upon a Bank or steepe rising Ground ; then upon a Flat. And for the same reason, those that are adr vanced by degrees, are lesse envied, then those that are advanced suddainly, and per saltum.
Those that have ioyned with their Honour, great Travels, Cares, or Perills, are lesse subie(fl to Envy. For Men thinke, that they earne their Honours hardly, and pitty them some- times; And Pitty ^ ever healeth Envy: Where- fore, you shall observe that the more deepe, and sober sort of Politique persons, in their Great- nesse, are ever bemoaning themselves, what a Life they lead; Chanting a Quanta patimur. Not that they feele it so, but onely to abate the Edge of Envy, But this is to be understood, of
Businesse, that is laid upon Men, and not such as they call unto themselves. For Nothing in- creaseth Envy more, then an unnecessary, and Ambitious Ingrossing of Businesse. And no- thing doth extinguish En7>y more, then for a great Person, to preserve all other infcriour Of- ficers, in their full Rights, and Preheminences, of their Places. For by that meanes, there be so many Skreenes betweene him, and Envy.
Above all, those are most subiecfl to Envy, which carry the Greatnesse of their Fortunes, in an insolent and proud Manner: Being never well, but while they are shewing, how great they are. Either by outward Pompe, or by Tri- umphing over all Opposition, or Competition; whereas Wise men will rather doe sacrifice to Envy; in suffering themselves, sometimes of purpose to be crost, and overborne in things, that doe not much concerne them. Notwithstanding, so much is true; That the Carriage of Great- nesse, in a plaine and open manner (so it be without Arrogancy, and Vaine glory) doth draw lesse Envy, then if it be in a more crafty, and cunning fashion. For in that course, a Man doth but disavow Fortune ; And seemeth to be conscious, of his owne want in worth ; And doth but teach others to Envy him.
Lastly, to conclude this Part ; As we said in the beginning, that the A(fl of Envy, had some- what in it, of Witchcraft; so there is no other Cure of Envy, but the cure of Witchcraft: And that is, to remove the Lot (as they call it) & to lay it upon another. For which purpose, the wiser Sort of great Persons, bring in ever upon
D
34 Ic^^age^
the Stage, some Body, upon whom to derive the E7tvie, that would come upon themselves ; Sometimes upon Ministers, and Servants ; Some- times upon Colleagues and Associates ; and the like ; And for that turne, there are never want- ing, some Persons of violent and undertaking Natures, who so they may have Power, and Businesse, will take it at any Cost.
Now to speake of Publique Eiivy. There is yet some good in Ptibliqtic Efivy; whereas in PrivatCy there is none. For Publique Ettvy is as an Ostracisme, that eclipseth Men, when they grow too great. And therefore it is a Bridle also to Great Ones, to keepe them within Bounds.
This Envy, being in the Latine word Invi- diam goeth in the Moderne languages, by the name of Discontentment: Of which we shall speake in handling Sedition, It is a disease, in a State, like to Infe6lion. For as Infedlion, spreadeth upon that, which is sound, and taint- eth it; So when Envy, is gotten once into a State, it traduccth even the best Acflions there- of, and turneth them into an ill Odour. And therefore, there is little won by intermingling of plausible Adlions. For that doth argue, but a Weaknesse, and Feare of Ettvy, which hurteth so much the more, as it is likewise usuall in In- fe^ionsj which if you feare them, you call them upon you.
This publique Envy, seemeth to beat chiefly, upon principall Officers, or Ministers, rather then upon Kings, & Estates themselves. But this is a sure Rule, that if the Envy upon the
®f Snofi 35
Minister, be great, when the cause of it, in him, is smal ; or if the Envy be generall, in a manner, upon all the Ministers of an Estate; then the Envy (though hidden) is truly upon the State it selfe. And so much oi publike envy or dis^ contentment, &. the difference therof from Pri- vate Envy, which was handled in the first place. We will adde this, in generall, touching the Affe6lion of Envy; that of all other Affe6lions, it is the most importune, and continuall. For of other Affedions, there is occasion given, but now and then : And therefore, it was well said, Invi- dia festos dies non agit. For it is ever working upon some, or other. And it is also noted, that Love and Envy, doe make a man pine, which other Affedions doe not ; because they are not so continuall. It is also the vilest Affedlion, and the most depraved ; For which cause, it is the proper Attribute, of the Devill, who is called; The Envious Man, that soweth tares amongst the wheat by night. As it alwayes commeth to passe, that Efivy worketh subtilly, and in the darke; And to the preiudice of good things, such as is the Wheat,
T>2
X
Of Uobe
THE Stage is more beholding to Love, then the Life of Man. For as to the Stage, Love is ever matter of Comedies, and now and then of Tragedies: But in Life, it doth much mischiefe: Sometimes hke a Syren; Sometimes like a Fury. You may observe, that amongst all the great and worthy Persons, (whereof the memory remaineth, either Ancient or Recent) there is not One, that hath beene transported, to the mad degree oi Love: which shewes, that great Spirits, and great Businesse, doe keepe out this weake Passion. You must except, never- thelesse, Marciis Afttonius the halfe Partner of the Empire of Rome; and Appius Claudius the Decemvir, and Law-giver: Whereof the former, was indeed a Voluptuous Man, and Inordinate; but the latter, was an Austere, and wise man: And therefore it seemes (though rarely) that Love can finde entrance, not only into an open Heart; but also into a Heart well fortified; if watch be not well kept. It is a poore Saying of Epicurus; Satis magnum Alter Alteri Thea-
m Sobe 37
trum sumus: As if Man, made for the contem- plation of Heaven, and all Noble Obie(fls, should doe nothing, but kneele before a little Idoll, and make himselfe subiecfl, though not of the Mouth (as Beasts are) yet of the Eye ; which was given him for higher Purposes. It is a strange Thing, to note the Excesse of this Passion ; And how it braves, the Nature, and value of things ; by this, that the Speaking in a perpetuall Hyperbole, is comely in nothing, but in Love. Neither is it meerely in the Phrase ; For whereas it hath beene well said, that the Arch-flatterer, with whom all the petty Flatterers have Intelligence, is a Mans Selfe ; Certainly, the Lover is more. For there was never Proud Man, thought so absurdly well of himselfe, as the Lover doth of the Person loved: And therefore, it was well said ; That it is i77tpossible to love, and to be wise. Neither doth this weaknesse appeare to others onely, and not to the Party Loved; But to the Loved, most of all: except the Love be reciproque. For, it is a true Rule, that Love is ever reward- ed, either with the Reciproque, or with an in- ward, and secret Contempt. By how much the more. Men ought to beware of this Passion, which loseth not only other things, but it selfe. As for the other losses, the Poets Relation, doth well figure them ; That he that preferred Helena, quitted the Gifts of luno, and Pallas. For who- soever esteemeth too much of Amorous Affec- tion, quitteth both Riches, and Wisedoine. This Passion, hath his Flouds, in the very times of Weaknesse; which are, great Prosperitiej and great Adversities though this latter hath beene
38 lE^^agc^J
lesse observed. Both which times kindle Love^ and make it more fervent, and therefore shew it to be the Childe of Folly. They doe best, who, if they cannot but admit Love, yet make it keepe Quarter: And sever it wholly, from their serious Affaires, and A6lions of life : For if it checke once with Busincsse, it troubleth Mens Fortunes, and maketh Men, that they can, no wayes be true, to their owne Ends. I know not how, but Martiall Men, are given to Love: I thinke it is, but as they are given to Wine; For Perils, commonly aske, to be paid in Pleasures. There is in Mans Nature, a secret Inclination, and Motion, towards love of others ; which, if it be not spent, upon some one, or a few, doth na- turally spread it selfe, towards many ; and mak- eth men become Humane, and Charitable; As it is scene sometime in Friars. Nuptiall love maketh Mankinde ; Friendly love perfedleth it ; but Wanton love Corrupteth, and Imbaseth it
XI
0i CSreat ^lace
MEN in Gr^af F/ace, are thrice Servants: Servants of the Soveraigne or State ; Ser- vants of Fame ; and Servants of Businesse. So as they have no Freedome ; neither in their Per- sons ; nor in their A(flions ; nor in their Times. It is a strange desire, to seeke Power, and to lose Libertie; Or to seeke Power over others, and to loose Power over a Mans Selfe. The Rising unto P/ace is Laborious ; And by Paines Men come to greater Paines ; And it is some- times base; And by Indignities, Men come to Dignities. The standing is shppery, and the Regresse, is either a downefall, or at least an Eclipse, which is a Melancholy Thing. Cum nou sts, qtii ftieris^ non esse, air velis vivere. Nay, retire Men cannot, when they would ; nei- ther will they, when it were Reason: But are impatient of privatenesse, even in Age, and Sicknesse, which require the Shadow: Like old Townesmen, that will be still sitting at their Street doore ; though thereby they offer Age to Scorne. Certainly Great Persons, had need to
40 1EjJ0age0
borrow other Mens Opinions; to thinke them- selves happy; For if they iudge by their owne Feehng ; they cannot finde it : But if they thinke with themselves, what other men thinke of them, and that other men would faine be as they are, then they are happy, as it were by report; When perhaps they finde the Contrary within. For they are the first, that finde their owne Griefs; though they be the last, that finde their owne Faults. Certainly, Men in Great Fortunes, are strangers to themselves, and while they are in the pusle of businesse, they have no time to tend their Health, either of Body, or Minde. //// Mors gravis incubat, gut 7iotus 7iitnis omnibtiSy ignotiis morihir sibi. In Place, There is License to doe Good, and Evill; wherof the latter is a Curse; For in Evill, the best condition is, not to will; The Second, not to Can. But Power to doe good, is the true and lawfuU End of Aspiring. For good Thoughts (though God accept them,) yet towards men, are little better then good Dreames ; Except they be put in A61 ; And that cannot be without Power, and Place ; As the Vantage, and Commanding Ground. Merit, and good Works, is the End of Mans Motion ; And Conscience of the same, is the Accomplishment of Mans Rest For if a Man, can be Partaker of Gods Theater, he shall likewise be Partaker of Gods Rest. Et conversus Deus, ut aspiceret Opera, quce fecC" runt mantis suce, vidit qtiod ofn?iia essent bona nimis; And then the Sabbath. In the Discharge of thy Place, set before thee the best Examples ; For Imitation, is a Globe of Precepts. And after
a time, set before thee, thine owne Example; And examine thy selfe stricflly, whether thou didst not best at first. Negledl not also the Examples of those, that have carried themselves ill, in the same Place: Not to set off thy selfe, by taxing their Memory ; but to diredl thy selfe, what to avoid. Re forme therfore, without Braverie, or Scandall, of former Times, and Persons ; but yet set it downe to thy selfe, as well to create good Presidents, as to follow them. Reduce things, to the first Institution, and observe, wher- in, and how, they have degenerate ; but yet aske Counsell of both Times ; Of the Ancient Time, what is best ; and of the Latter Time, what is fittest. Seeke to make thy Course Regular ; that Men may know before hand what they may ex- pe6l : But be not too positive, and peremptorie ; And expresse thy selfe well, when thou digres- sest from thy Rule. Preserve the Right of thy Place; but stirre not questions of Iurisdi(5lion : And rather assume thy Right, in Silence, and de fado, then voice it, with Claimes, and Chal- lenges. Preserve likewise, the Rights of Infe- riour Places; And thinke it more Honour to dire(5l in chiefe, then to be busie in all. Em- brace, and invite Helps, and Advices, touching the Execution of thy Place ; And doe not drive away such, as bring thee Information, as Med- lers ; but accept of them in good part. The vices of Authoritie are chiefly foure : Delates; Corruption; Roughnesse; and Facilitie. For Delates; Give easie Accesse ; Keepe times ap- pointed; Goe through with that which is in hand; And interlace not businesse, but of ne-
4^ lE^^tag^^
cessitie. For Corruption; Doe not onely binde thine owne Hands, or thy Servants hands, from taking ; but binde the hands of Sutours also from offring. For Integritie used doth the one; but Integritie professed, and with a manifest detes- tation of Bribery, doth the other. And avoid not onely the Fault, but the Suspicion. Whosoever is found variable, and changeth manifestly, without manifest Cause, giveth Suspicion of Corruption. Therefore, alwayes, when thou changest thine Opinion, or Course, professe it plainly, and de- clare it, together with the Reasons, that move thee to change; And doe not thinke to steale it. A Servant, or a Favorite, if hee be inward, and no other apparant Cause of Esteeme, is commonly thought but a By-way, to close Cor- ruption, For Roughnesses It is a needlesse ZTiMSQ. oi Discontent : 6'^2/^r?V/> breedeth Feare, but RougJmesse breedeth Hate. Even Reproofes from Authoritie, ought to be Grave, and not Taunting. As for Facilitiej It is worse then Bribery. For Bribes come but now and then; But if Importunitie, or Idle Respe<5ls lead a Man, he shall never be without. As Salomon saith; To respe^ Perso?is, is not good; For such a man will tra?tsg7'esse for a peece of Bread. It is most true, that was anciently spoken ; A place sheweth the Man : And it sheweth some to the better, and some to the worse : Omnium con- sensu^ cap ax hnperij^ nisi imperasset; saith Ta- citus o( Galba: but of Vespasian he saith ; Solus Imperatitiinn Vespasianus mutatus in melius. Though the one was meant of Sufficiencie, the other of Manners, and Affe(nion. It is an as-
sured Signe, of a worthy and generous Spirit, whom Honour amends. For Honour is, or should be, the Place of Vertue: And as in Nature, Things move violently to their Place, and calmely in their Place : So Vertue in Am- bition is violent, in Authoritie setled and calme. All Rising to Great Place, is by a winding Staire : And if there be Fadlions, it is good, to side a Mans selfe, whilest hee is in the Rising ; and to ballance Himselfe, when hee is placed. Use the Memory of thy Predecessour fairely, and ten- derly ; For if thou dost not, it is a Debt, will sure be paid, when thou art gone. If thou have Colleagues, respedl them, and rather call them, when they looke not for it, then exclude them, when they have reason to looke to be called. Be not too sensible, or too remembring, of thy Place, in Conversation, and private Answers to Suitors ; But let it rather be said ; When he sits in Place, he is another Man,
XII
IT is a triviall Grammar Schoole Text, but yet worthy a wise Ma?ts Consideration. Question was asked oi Demosthenes; What was the Chief e Part of an Oratour? He answered, Anion; what next? Ad ion; what next again? Adion. He said it, that knew it best; And had by nature, himselfe, no Advantage, in that he commended. A strange thing, that that Part of an Oratour, which is but superficial!, and rather the vertue of a Player ; should be placed so high, above those other Noble Parts, of In- vention, Elocution, and the rest : Nay almost alone, as if it were All in All. But the Reason is plaine. There is in Humane Nature, gene- rally, more of the Foole, then of the Wise ; And therfore those faculties, by which the Foolish part of Mens Mindes is taken, are most potent Wonderfull like is the Case of Boldness e, in Civill Businesse; What first? Boldnesse; What Second, and Third? Boldnesse, And yet Bold- nesse is a Childe of Ignorance, and Basenesse, farre inferiour to other Parts. But neverthelesse,
it doth fascinate, and binde hand and foot, those, that are either shallow in Judgment; or weake in Courage, which are the greatest Part; Yea and prevaileth with wise men, at weake times. Therfore, we see it hath done wonders, in Popu- lar States ; but with Senates and Princes lesse ; And more ever upon the first entrance of Bold Perso7is into A(flion, then soone after; For Boldnesse is an ill keeper of promise. Surely, as there are Moiintebanques for the Naturall Body : So are there Motintebaiiqiies for the Politique Body : Men that undertake great Cures; And perhaps have been Lucky, in two or three Experiments, but want the Grounds of Science; And therfore cannot hold out. Nay you shall see a Bold Fellow^ many times, doe Mahomets Miracle. Mahomet made the People beleeve, that he would call an Hill to him ; And from the Top of it, offer up his Praiers, for the Observers of his Law. The People assembled ; Mahomet cald the Hill to come to him, againe, and againe; And when the Hill stood still, he was never a whit abashed, but said; If the Hill will not come to Mahomet^ Maho77iet wil go to the Ml. So these Men, when they have pro- mised great Matters, and failed most shame- fully, (yet if they have the perfecflion of Bold- nesse) they will but slight it over, and make a turne, and no more adoe. Certainly, to Men of great Judgment, Bold Persons, are a Sport to behold ; Nay and to the Vulgar also, Boldnesse hath somewhat of the Ridiculous. For if Ab- surdity be the Subie6l of Laughter, doubt you not, but great Boldnesse is seldome without some
46 lE^^ase^
Absurdity. Especially, it is a Sport to see, when a Bo/d Fellow is out of Countenance ; For that puts his Face, into a most Shruncken, and woodden Posture; As needes it must; For in Bashfulnesse, the Spirits doe a little goe and come ; but with Bo/d Men, upon like occasion, they stand at a stay; Like a Stale at Chesse, where it is no Mate, but yet the Game cannot stirre. But this last, were fitter for a Satyre, then for a serious Observation. This is well to be weighed ; That Boldnesse is ever blinde : For it seeth not dangers, and Inconveniences. Ther- fore, it is ill in Counsell, good in Execution : So that the right Use of Bold persons is, that they never Command in Chiefe, but be Seconds, and under the Diredlion of others. For in Counsell, it is good to see dangers; And in Execution, not to see them, except they be very great
XIII
®f CGooKnegse anlr C5oolin£»S£ of Nature
I TAKE Goodnesse in this Sense, the affedling of the Weale of Men, which is that the Grecians call Philanthropiaj And the word Humanitie (as it is used) is a little too light, to expresse it. Goodnesse I call the Habit, and Goodnesse of Nahire the Inclination. This of all Vertues, and Dignities of the Minde, is the greatest; being the Charadler of the Deitie: And without it, Man is a Busie, Mischievous, Wretched Thing; No better then a Kinde of Vermine. Goodnesse answers to the Theologicall Verhu Charitie, and admits no Excesse, but Errour. The desire of Power in Excesse, caused the Angels to fall ; The desire of Knowledge in Excesse, caused Man to fall; But in Charity, there is no Excesse; Neither can Angell, or Man, come in danger by it. The Inchnation to Goodnesse^ is imprinted deepely in the Nature of Man : In so much, that if it issue not towards Men, it will take unto Other Living Creatures ; As it is seen in the Turks, a Cruell People, who neverthelesse, are kinde to Beasts, and give
48 lE^^agc^
Almes to Dogs, and Birds : In so much, as Busbechius reporteth ; A Christian Boy in Con- stantinople^ had Hke to have been stoned, for gagging, in a waggishnesse, a long Billed Fowle. Errours, indeed, in this vertue of Goodnesse, or Chanty, may be committed. The Italians have an ungracious Proverb; Tanto biion che val niente: So good, that he is good for nothing. And one of the Dodlors of Italy, Nicholas Macciavel, had the confidence to put in writing, almost in plaine Termes : That the Christian Faith, had given up Good Men, in prey, to those, that are Tyramticall, and uniust. Which he spake, because indeed there was never Law, or Se6l, or Opinion, did so much magnifie Good- nesse, as the Christian Religion doth. Therfore to avoid the Scandall, and the Danger both ; it is good to take knowledge, of the Errours, of an Habit, so excellent. Seeke the Good of other Men, but be not in bondage, to their Faces, or Fancies ; For that is but Facilitie, or Softnesse ; which taketh an honest Minde Prisoner. Nei- ther give thou yEsops Cocke a Gemme, who would be better pleased, and happier, if he had had a Barly Corne. The Example of God teacheth the Lesson truly : He sendeth his Raine, and viaketh his Sunne to shi7ie, upon the lust, and Ufiiust; But hee doth not raine Wealth, nor shine Honour, and Vertues, upon Men equally. Common Benefits, are to be commu- nicate with all ; But peculiar Benefits, with choice. And beware, how in making the Por- traiture, thou breakest the Patterne: For Divini- tie maketh the Love of our Selves the Patterne ;
(B( aSiOohnt^^t anD Cool)ne$$^c o! ilaturc 49
The Love of our Neighbours but the Portraiture. Se// all thou hast, and give it to the poore, and follow mee : But sell not all thou hast, except thou come, and follow mee ; That is, except thou have a Vocation, wherin thou maist doe as much good, with little meanes, as with great : For otherwise, in feeding the Streamcs, thou driest the Fountaine. Neither is there only a Habit of Goodnesse, directed by right Reason ; but there is, in some Men, even in Nature, a Dispo- sition towards it : As on the other side, there is a Naturall Malignitie. For there be, that in their Nature, doe not affedl the Good of Others. The lighter Sort of Malignitie, turneth but to a Crosnesse, or Frowardnesse, or Aptnesse to op- pose, or Difficilnesse, or the like ; l3ut the deeper Sort, to Envy, and meere Mischiefe. Such Men, in other mens Calamities, are, as it were, in season, and are ever on the loading Part ; Not so good as the Dogs, that licked Lasarus Sores ; but like Flies, that are still buzzing, upon any Thing that is raw ; MisaJtthropi, that make it their Pra6\ise, to bring Men, to the Bough ; And yet have never a Tree, for the purpose, in their Gardens, as Timojt had. Such Dispositions, are the very Errours of Humane Nature : And yet they are the fittest Timber, to make great Politiques of : Like to knee Timber, that is good for Ships, that are ordained, to be tossed ; But not for Building houses, that shall stand firmc. The Parts and Signes of Goodnesse are many. If a Man be Gracious, and Curteous to Strangers, it shewes, he is a Citizen of the World ; And that his Heart, is no Island, cut off from other Lands,*
E
50 ?c0^age^
but a Continent, that ioynes to them. If he be Compassionate, towards the Afflidions of others, it shewes that his Heart is hke the noble Tree, that is wounded it selfe, when it gives the Balme. If he easily Pardons and Remits Offences, it shews, that his Minde is planted above Iniuries; So that he cannot be shot. If he be Thankfull for small Benefits, it shewes, that he weighes Mens Mindes, and not their Trash. But above all, if he have S\ Pauls Perfedion, that he would wish to be an Anathema from Christy for the Salvation of his Brethren, it shewes much of a Divine Nature, and a kinde of Conformity with Christ himselfe.
XIIII
WE will speake of Nobility^ first as a Por- tion of an Estate J Then as a Condition of Particular Persons. A Monarchy, where there is no Nobility at all, is ever a pure, and absolute Tyranny; As that of the Turkes. For Nobility attempers Soveraignty, and drawes the Eyes of the People, somewhat aside from the Line RoyalL But for Democracies, they need it not ; And they are commonly, more quiet, and lesse subiedl to Sedition, then where there are Stirps of Nobles. For Mens Eyes are upon the Businesse, and not upon the Persons : Or if upon the Persons, it is for the Businesse sake, as fittest, and not for Flags and Pedegree. Wee see the Switzers last well, notwithstanding their Diversitie of Religion, and of Cantons. For Utility is their Bond, and not Respedls. The united Provinces of the Low Countries, in their Government, excell: For where there is an Equality, the Consultations are more indifferent, and the Payments and Tributes more cheerfull. A great and Potent Nobility addeth Maiestie to
£2
52 lE^^age^
a Monarch, but diminisheth Power; And put- teth Life and Spirit into the People, but presseth their Fortune. It is well, when Nobles are not too great for Soveraignty, nor for Justice ; And yet maintained in that heigth, as the Insolencie of Inferiours, may be broken upon them, before it come on too fast upon the Maiesty of Kings. A Numerous Nobility, causeth Poverty, and In- convenience in a State : For it is a Surcharge of Expence; And besides, it being of Necessity, that many of the Nobility, fall in time to be weake in Fortune, it maketh a kinde of Dispro- portion, betweene Honour and Meanes.
As for Nobility in particular Persons; It is a Reverend Thing, to see an Ancient Castle, or Building not in decay ; Or to see a faire Timber Tree, sound and perfedl: How much more, to behold an Ancient Noble Family, which hath stood against the Waves and weathers of Time. P'or new Nobility is but the A61 of Power ; But Ancient Nobility is the A(fl of Time. Those that are first raised to Nobility, are commonly more Vertuous, but lesse Innocent, then their Descendants : For there is, rarely, any Rising, but by a Commixture, of good and evill Arts. But it is Reason, the Memory of their vertues, remaine to their Posterity ; And their Faults die with themselves. Nobility of Birth, commonly abateth Industry: And he that is not industrious, envieth him, that is. Besides, Noble persons, cannot goe much higher ; And he that standeth at a stay, when others rise, can hardly avoid Motions of Envy. On the other side. Nobility extinguisheth the passive Envy, from others
towards them; Because they are in possession of Honour. Certainly Kings, that have Able men of their Nobility^ shall finde ease in imploy- ing them; And a better Slide into their Busi- nesse : For People naturally bend to them, as borne in some sort to Command.
XV
®f Sebitfons antr '^Troubles
OHEPHEARDS of People, had need know *^ the Kalenders of Tempests in State; which are commonly greatest, when Things grow to Equahty; As Naturall Tempests are greatest about the ^qjiinodia. And as there are cer- taine hollow Blasts of Winde, and secret Swel- lings of Seas, before a Tempest, so are there in States :
Ille etiam ccecos instare Ttntmlttts
Scepe monetj Fraudesqtie, £r» operta tinnescere Bella,
Libels, and licentious Discourses against the State, when they are frequent and open; And in like sort, false Newes, often running up and downe, to the disadvantage of the State, and hastily embraced ; are amongst the Signes of Troubles. Virgil giving the Pedegre of Fatney saith, She was sister to the Giants.
i&i SeDition^ anD ^roublc^ 55
Illam Terra Paresis ird irritata Deorum^ Extremain {ut perhibent) Cceo Enceladoqiie so-
rorein Progemcit, — As if Fa77ies were the Reliques of Seditions past ; But they are no lesse, indeed, the preludes of Seditions to come. Howsoever, he noteth it right, that Seditious Tuinults, and Seditious Fames, differ no more, but as Brother and Sister, Mascuhne and Feminine ; Especially, if it come to that, that the best Actions of a State, and the most plausible, and which ought to give greatest Contentment, are taken in ill Sense, and traduced : For that shewes the Envy great, as Tacitus saith ; Co?tflata magna Invidia, seu beu^y seu inall, gesta premmtt. Neither doth it follow, that because these Fames, are a signe of Troubles, that the suppressing of them, with too much Severity, should be a Remedy of Troubles. For the Despising of them, many times, checks them best ; and the Going about to stop them, doth but make a Wonder Long-lived. Also that kinde of Obedience, which Tacitus speakcth of, is to be held suspedled; Erant in officio, sed tamen qui mallent mandata I?nperantiu?n inter- pretari, quam exequi; Disputing, Excusing, Cavilling upon Mandates and Dire61ions, is a kinde of shaking off the yoake, and Assay of disobedience : Especially, if in those disputings, they, which are for the direcflion, speake feare- fully, and tenderly ; And those that are against it, audaciously.
Also, as Macciavel noteth well ; when Prin- ces, that ought to be Common Parents, make
0 1E00age0
themselves as a Party, and leane to a side, it is as a Boat that is overthrowen, by uneven weight, on the one Side ; As was well seen, in the time of Henry the third of France: For first, him- selfc entred League for the Kxtirpation of the Protesiants ; and presently after, the same League was turned upon Himselfe. For when the Authority of Princes, is made but an Ac- cessary to a Cause; And that there be other Bands, that tic faster, then the Band of Sove- raignty, Kings begin to be put almost out of Possession.
Also, when Discords, and Quarrells, and Facflions, are carried openly, and audaciously; it is a Signe, the Reverence of Government is lost. For the Motions of the greatest persons, in a Government, ought to be, as the^Iotions of the Planets, under Primum Mobile; (accord- ing to the old Opinion :) which is, That Every of them, is carried swiftly, by the Highest Mo- tion, and softly in their owne Motion. And thcrfore, when great Ones, in their owne parti- cular Motion, move violently, and, as Tacitus exprcsseth it well, Liberiiis, quam ut hnperan- tiutn mcniinissetitj It is a Signe, the Orbs are out of P>ame. For Reverence is that, wherwith Princes are girt from God; Who threatneth the dissolving thereof; Solva?n cingula Regum.
So when any of the foure Pillars of Govern- ment, are mainly shaken, or weakned (which are Religion, Justice, Counsell, and Treasure,) Men had need to pray for Faire Weather. But let us passe from this Part of Predicflions, (Con- cerning which, neverthelesse, more light may
<B( SctiittonjJ ant) ^roublc^ 57
be taken, from that which foUoweth ;) And let us speake first of the Materials of Seditions; Then of the Motives of them ; And thirdly of the Remedies.
Concerning the Material Is of Seditions. It is a Thing well to be considered : For the surest way to prevent Seditions, (if the Times doe beare it,) is to take away the Matter of them. For if there be Fuell prepared, it is hard to tell, whence the Spark shall come, that shall set it on Fire. The Matter of Seditions is of two kindes ; Much Poverty, and Much Discontent- 7nent. It is certaine, so many Overthrowne Estates, so many Votes for Troubles. Lucan notcth well the State of Rome, before the Civill Warre.
Hi7ic Usura vorax, rapidumque in tempore
Foenus, Hinc concussa Fides, ^ mult is utile Be Hum.
This same Multis utile Be Hum, is an as- sured and infallible Signe, of a State, disposed to Seditions, and Troubles. And if this Poverty, and Broken Estate, in the better Sort, be ioyned with a Want and Necessity, in the meane Peo- ple, the danger is imminent, and great. For the Rebellions of the Belly are the worst. As for Discontentments, they are in the Politique Body, like to Humours in the Naturall, which are apt to gather a preternaturall Heat, and to Enflame. And let no Prince measure the Dan- ger of them, by this; whether they be lust, or Uniust ? For that were to imagine People to be too reasonable; who doe often spurne at
58 ^j3^age^
their owne Good : Nor yet by this ; whether the Griefes, wherupon they rise, be in facfl, great or small : For they are the most dangerous Disco7ite7itme7its^ where the Feare is greater then the Feeling. Dolendi Modus, Timendi non item. Besides, in great Oppressions, the same Things, that provoke the Patience, doe withall mate the Courage : But in Feares it is not so. Neither let any Prince, or State, be secure concerning Discontejttjnents, because they have been often, or have been long and yet no Perill hath ensued ; For as it is true, that every Vapor, or Fume, doth not turne into a Storme ; So it is, never- thelesse, true, that Stormes, though they blow over divers times, yet may fall at last ; And as the Spanish Proverb noteth well; The cord hreaketh at the last by the weakest pull.
The Causes and Motives of Seditions are; Innovation in Religion; Taxes; Alteration of Lawes and Customes; Breaking of P?'iviledges; Generall Oppression; Advancement of utiwor- thy persons; Strangers ; Dearths; Disbanded Souldiers; Fa^ions growne despe7'ate; And whatsoever in offending People, ioyneth and knitteth them, in a Common Cause.
For the Re7nedies; There may be some gene- rall Preservatives, whereof wee will speake ; As for the iust Cure, it must answer to the Particu- lar Disease : And so be left to Counsell, rather then Rule.
The first Re77iedy or prevention, is to remove by all meanes possible, that i7iateriall Cause of Sedition, wherof we spake ; which is Want and Poverty in the Estate, To which purpose, ser-
<Bi S^tiitton^ ant) ^rouble^ 59
veth the Opening, and well Ballancing of Trade ; The Cherishing of Manufactures; the Banish- ing of Idlenesse ; the Repressing of waste and Excesse by Sumptuary Lawes; the Improve- ment and Husbanding of the Soyle ; the Regu- lating of Prices of things vendible ; the Mode- rating of Taxes and Tributes; And the like. Generally, it is to be foreseene, that the Popula- tion of a Kingdome, (especially if it be not mowen downe by warrs) doe not exceed, the Stock of the Kingdome, which should maintaine them. Neither is the Population, to be reckoned, onely by number : For a smaller Number, that spend more, and earne lesse, doe weare out an Estate, sooner then a greater Number, that live lower, and gather more. Therefore the Multi- plying of Nobilitie, and other Degrees of Qua- litie, in an over Proportion, to the Common People, doth speedily bring a State to Necessitie : And so doth likewise an overgrowne Clergie; For they bring nothing to the Stocke ; And in like manner, when more are bred Schollers, then Preferments can take off.
It is likewise to be remembred, that for as much as the increase of any Estate, must be upon the Forrainer, (for whatsoever is some where gotten, is some where lost) There be but three Things, which one Nation selleth unto an- other ; The Conimoditie as Nature yeeldeth it ; The Manufadtirej and the Vedure or Carriage, So that if these three wheeles goe. Wealth will flow as in a Spring tide. And it commeth many times to passe, that Materiain siiperabit Opus; That the Worke, and Carriage, is more worth,
6o lE^^apc^
then the Materiall, and enricheth a State more ; As is notably seene in the Low-Coii7itrey-men^ who have the best Mines, above ground, in the World.
Above all things, good Policie is to be used, that the Treasure and Moneyes, in a State, be not gathered into few Hands. For otherwise, a State may have a great Stock, and yet starve. And Money is like Muck, not good except it be spread. This is done, chiefly, by suppress- ing, or at the least, keeping a strait Hand, upon the Devouring Trades of Usurie, Ingrossing, great Pasturages, and the like.
For Removing Disco7itcnt?nents, or at least, the danger of them ; There is in every State (as we know) two Portions of Subieds; The No- blesse, and the Commonaltie. When one of these is Discontent, the danger is not great ; For Com- mon People, are of slow Motion, if they be not excited, by the Greater Sort ; And the Greater Sort are of small strength, except the Multitude, be apt and ready, to move of themselves. Then is the danger, when the Greater Sort doe but wait for the Troubling of the Waters, amongst the Meaner, that then they may declare them- selves. The Poets faigne, that the rest of the Gods, would have bound Jupiter; which he hear- ing of, by the Counsell of Pallas, sent for Bri- areus, with his hundred Hands, to come in to his Aid. An Embleme, no doubt, to shew, how safe it is for Monarchs, to make sure of the good Will of Common People.
To give moderate Liberty, for Griefes, and Discontentments to evaporate, (so it be without
CBf (Sel)ttton${ anD ZxonhU^ 6i
too great Insolency or Bravery) is a safe Way. For he that turneth the Humors backe, and maketh the Wound bleed inwards, endangereth mahgne Ulcers, and pernicious Impostumations.
The Part of Epimetheus^ mought well be- come Pro7netheus, in the case of Discontent- mentsj For there is not a better provision a- gainst them. Epitnetheus^ when Griefes and Evils flew abroad, at last shut the lid, and kept Hope in the Bottome of the Vessell. Certainly, the Politique and Artificiall Nourishing, and Entertaining of Hopes, and Carrying Men from Hopes to Hopes; is one of the best Antidotes, against the Poyson of Discontentments. And it is a certaine Signe, of a wise Government, and Proceeding, when it can hold Mens hearts by Hopes, when it cannot by Satisfadlion : And when it can handle things, in such manner, as no Evill shall appeare so peremptory, but that it hath some Out- let of Hope: Which is the lesse hard to doe, because both particular Per- sons, and Fa(ftions, are apt enough to flatter themselves, or at least to brave that, which they beleeve not.
Also, the Foresight, and Prevention, that there be no likely or fit Head, whereunto Dis- contented Persons may resort, and under whom they may ioyne, is a knowne, but an excellent Point of Caution. I understand a fit Head, to be one, that hath Greatnesse, & Reputation : That hath Confidence with the Discontented Party; and upon whom they turne their Eyes ; And that is thought discojitented in his own particular; which kinde of Persons, are either
6^ ic^^age^
to be wonne, and reconciled to the State, and that in a fast and true manner ; Or to be front- ed, with some other, of the same Party, that may oppose them, and so divide the reputation. Generally, the Dividing and Breaking of all Fadlions, and Combinations that are adverse to the State, and setting them at distance, or at least distrust amongst themselves, is not one of the worst Remedies. For it is a desperate Case, if those, that hold with the Proceeding of the State, be full of Discord and Fa6lion; And those that are against it, be entire and united.
I have noted, that some witty and sharpe Speeches, which have fallen from Pfijices, have given fire to Seditions. Ccpsar did himselfe in- finite Hurt, in that Speech ; Sylla nescivit Li- ie7'as^ non potuit di^are: For it did, utterly, cut off that Hope, which Men had entertained, that he would, at one time or other, give over his Didlatorship. Galba undid himselfe by that wSpeech ; Legi d se AIilite??i, non emi: For it put the Souldiers, out of Hope, of the Donative. Probus likewise, by that Speech ; Si vixero, non opus erit mnpliiis Romano Imperio militibus. A Speech of great Despaire, for the Souldiers: And many the like. Surely, Princes had need, in tender Matters, and Ticklish Times, to be- ware what they say; Especially in these short Speeches, which flie abroad like Darts, and are thought to be shot out of their secret Intentions. For as for large Discourses, they are flat Things, and not so much noted.
Lastly, let Princes, against all Events, not be without some Great Person, one, or rather more,
©f Sctiitionjj anti '^Trouble?; 6^
of Military Valour neere unto them, for the Re- pressing of SeditionSy in their beginnings. For without that, there useth to be more trepidation in Court, upon the first Breaking out of T^'oubles, then were fit. And the State runneth the dan- ger of that, which Tacitus saith ; Atqju is Ha- bitus a?ii7noru7n fnitj ut pessifnum faci^tus aude- rejit Pattci, Plures vellent, Onmes paterentur. But let such Military Persons, be Assured, and well reputed of, rather then Facftious, and Po- pular; Holding also good Correspondence, with the other Great Men in the State; Or else the Remedie, is worse then the Disease.
XVI
I HAD rather bclceve all the Fables in the Legend^ and the Tabnud^ and the Alcoran^ then that this universall Frame, is without a Minde. And therefore, God never wrought Mi- racle, to convince Atheisme^ because his Ordi- nary Works convince it. It is true, that a little Philosophy inclineth Mans Minde to Atheis7nc; But depth in Philosophy, bringeth Mens Mindes about to Religion: For while the Minde of Man, looketh upon Second Causes Scattered, it may sometimes rest in them, and goe no fur* ther : But when it beholdeth, the Chaine of them, Confederate and Linked together, it must needs flie to Providence^ and Deitie, Nay even that Schoolc^ which is most accused q>{ Atheisine^ doth most demonstrate Religion; That is, the Schoole of Lcucippus^ and DejnocrituSy and Epi- curus. For it is a thousand times more Credi- ble, that foure Mutable Elements, and one Im- mutable Fift Essence, duly and Eternally placed, need no God ; then that an Army, of Infinite small Portions, or Seedes unplaced, should have
produced this Order, and Beauty, without a Di- vine Marshall. The Scripture saith ; The Foole hath said in his Heart, there is no God: It is not said ; The Foole hath thought i7i his Heart: So as, he rather saith it by rote to himselfe, as that he would have, then that he can throughly beleeve it, or be perswaded of it. For none deny there is a God, but those, for whom it maketh that there were no God, It appeareth in nothing more, that Atheis7ne is rather in the Lip, then in the Heart of Man, then by this; That Atheists will ever be talking of that their Opinion, as if they fainted in it, within them- selves, and would be glad to be strengthned, by the Consent of others: Nay more, you shall have Atheists strive to get Disciples, as it fareth with other Sedls : And, which is most of all, you shall have of them, that will suffer for Atheisme, and not recant ; Wheras, if they did truly thinke, that there were no such Thing as God, why should they trouble themselves? Epicurus is charged, that he did but dissemble, for his cre- dits sake, when he affirmed ; There were Blessed Natures, but such as enioyed themselves, without having respedl to the Government of the World. Wherin, they say, he did temporize ; though in secret, he thought, there was no God. But cer- tainly, he is traduced ; For his Words are Noble and Divine: Non Deos vulgi negare profanumj sed vulgi Opiniones Dijs applicare profanum, Plato could have said no more. And although, he had the Confidence, to deny the Administra- tion, he had not the Power to deny the Nature The Indians of the West, have Names for their
F
66 1c^0aj}c^
particular Gods, though they have no name for God: As if the Heathc7is, should have had the Names lupiter, Apollo, Mars, &c. But not the WordZ^^wJ.' which shewes, that even those Bar- barous People, have the Notion, though they have not the Latitude, and Extent of it. So that against Atheists, the very Savages take part, with the very subtillest Philosophers. The Contemplative Atheist is rare; A Diagoras, a Bion, a Luciaji perhaps, and some others ; And yet they seeme to be more then they are ; For that, all that Impugne a received Religioti, or Superstition, are by the adverse Part, branded with the Name of Atheists, But the great Atheists, indeed, are Hypocrites; which are ever Handling Holy Things, but without Feeling. So as they must needs be cauterized in the End. The Causes oi Atheisme are; Divisions in Re- ligion, if they be many; For any one maine Division, addeth Zcalc to both Sides ; But many Divisions introduce Atheisjne. Another is, Sca7idall of Priests; When it is come to that, which S. Bernard saith ; Nojt est iam dicere, ut Popnhis, sic Sacerdos : quia nee sic Populus, ut Sacei'dos. A third is, Custome of Profane Scoff- ing in Holy Matters; which doth, by little and little, deface the Reverence of Religion. And lastly. Learned Ti??ies, specially with Peace, and Prosperity: For Troubles and Adversities doe more bow Mens Mindes to Religio7i. They that deny a God, destroy Mans Nobility: For cer- tainly, Man is of Kinne to the Beasts, by his Body; And if, he be not of Kinne to God, by his Spirit, he is a Base and Ignoble Creature.
It destroies likewise Magnanimity, and the Rais- ing of Humane Nature: For take an Example of a Dog; And mark what a Generosity, and Courage he will put on, when he findes himselfe maintained, by a Man ; who to him is in stead of a God, or Melior Natura: which courage is manifestly such, as that Creature, without that Confidence, of a better Nature, then his owne, could never attaine. So Man, when he resteth and assureth himselfe, upon divine Protedlion, and Favour, gathereth a Force and Faith ; which Humane Nature, in it selfe, could not obtaine. Therefore, as Atheis77ie is in all respecfls hate- full, so in this, that it depriveth humane Nature, of the Meanes, to exalt it selfe, above Humane Frailty. As it is in particular Persons, so it is in Nations: Never was there such a State, for. Magnanimity, as Rome: Of this State heare what Cicero saith ; Quain vohwius, licet, patres conscripti, nos ameinus, tamen nee niimero His* pa ft OS, nee 7'obore G alios, nee calliditate Pce?ios, nee artibiis Grcecos, nee dcjiique hoc ipso huius Gentis &^ Terrce domestico nativoque se7isu Italos ipsos ^ Latifios; sed Pietate, ac Religiotie, at- que hdc U7id Sapie7ttid, quod Deoru77i l77i77iorta- liu77i Nu77iitie, 077i7iia regi,guber7iarique perspexi- tnuSj 077i7tes Gentes Natio7iesque superavimus.
F2
XVII
®f Sbupergtftion
IT were better to have no Opinion of God at all ; then such an Opinion, as is unworthy of him : For the one is Unbeleefe, the other is Contumely: And certainly Superstition is the Reproach of the Deity. Plutarch saith well to ' that purpose : Surely (saith he) / had rather, a great deale^ Men should say, there was no such Man, at all, as Plutarch; then that they should say, that there was one Plutarch, that would eat his Children, as soon as they were borne y as the Poets speake of Saturne. And, as the Contumely is greater towards God, so the Danger is greater towards Men. Atheisme leaves a Man to Sense ; to Philosophy ; to Naturall Piety ; to Lawes ; to Reputation ; All which may be Guides to an outward Morall vertue, though Religion were not ; But Superstition dismounts all these, and eredleth an absolute Monarchy, in the Mindes of Men. Therefore Atheisjne did never perturbe States; For it makes Men wary of themselves, as looking no further : And we see the times enclined to Atheisme (as the Time of
Of Superstition 69
Augustus CcEsar) were civil Times. But Supers slitioHy hath beene the Confusion of many- States ; And bringeth in a new Prwium Mobile^ that ravisheth all the Spheares of Government. The Master of Superstition is the People ; And in all Superstition^ Wise Men follow Fooles ; And Arguments are fitted to Pradlise, in a re- versed Order. It was gravely said, by some of the Prelates, in the Coiincell of Trent, where the dodlrine of the Schoolemen bare great Sway ; That the Schoolemeji were like Astronomers, which didfaigne Eccentricks and Epicycles, and such Engi?ies of Orbs, to save the Phenomena; though they knew, there were no such Things : And, in like manner, that the Schoolmen, had framed a Number of subtile and intricate Axiomes, and Theorems, to save the pra6lise of the Church. The Causes of Superstition are : Pleasing and sensuall Rites and Ceremonies: Excesse of Outward and PharisaicallHohnesse; Over-great Reverence of Traditions, which can- not but load the Church; The Stratagems of Prelates for their owne Ambition and Lucre: The Favouring too much of good Intentions, which openeth the Gate to Conceits and Novel- ties ; The taking an Aime at divine Matters by Human, which cannot but breed mixture of Imaginations; And lastly. Barbarous Times, Especially ioyned with Calamities and Disasters. Superstitioft, without a vaile, is a deformed Thing ; For, as it addeth deformity to an Ape, to be so like a Man ; So the Similitude of Su- perstition to Religion, makes it the more de- formed. And as wholesome Meat corrupteth to
little Wormes; So good Formes and Orders, corrupt into a Number of petty Observances. There is a Superstition^m avoiding Superstition; when men thinke to doe best, if they goe fur- thest from the Stipcrstition formerly received : Therefore, Care would be had, that, (as it fareth in ill Purgings) the Good be not taken away, with the Bad ; which commonly is done, when the People is the Reformer.
XVIII
®f 'STrabafle
^RA VAILE, in the younger Sort, is a Part ** of Education; In the Elder, a Part of Ex- perience. He that travaileth into a Country, before he hath some Entrance into the Lan- guage, goeth to Schoole, and not to Travaile, That Young Men travaile under some Tutor, or grave Servant, I allow well ; So that he be such a one, that hath the Language, and hath been in the Country before ; whereby he may be able to tell them, what Things are worthy to be scene in the Country where they goe ; what Acquaint- ances they are to seeke; What Exercises or discipline the Place yeeldeth. For else young Men shall goe hooded, and looke abroad little. It is a strange Thing, that in Sea voyages, where there is nothing to be scene, but Sky and Sea, Men should make Diaries; but in Land- Travaile^ wherin so much is to be observed, for the most part, they omit it ; As if Chance, were fitter to be registred, then Observation. Let Diaries, therefore, be brought in use. The Things to be scene and observed are : The
7^ lijs^age^
Courts of Princes, specially when they give Au- dience to Ambassadours : The Courts of Justice, while they sit and heare Causes ; And so of Con- sistories Ecclesiasticke : The Churches, and Monasteries, with the Monuments which are therein extant: The Wals and Fortifications o{ Cities and Townes ; And so the Havens & Har- bours : Antiquities, and Ruines : Libraries ; Col- ledges, Disputations, and Leflures, where any are: Shipping and Navies: Houses, and Gar- dens of State, and Pleasure, neare great Cities : Armories : Arsenals : Magazens : Exchanges : Burses; Ware-houses: Exercises of Horseman- ship ; Fencing ; Trayning of Souldiers ; and the like : Comedies ; Such wherunto the better Sort of persons doe resort; Treasuries of Jewels, and Robes ; Cabinets, and Rarities : Aiid to conclude, whatsoever is memorable in the Places; where they goe. After all which, the Tutors or Ser- vants, ought to make diligent Enquirie. As for Triumphs ; Masques ; Feasts ; Weddings ; Fune- ralls ; Capitall Executions ; and such Shewes ; Men need not to be put in mind of them ; Yet are they not to be negledled. If you will have a Young Man, to put his Travaile, into a little Roome, and in short time, to gather much, this you must doe. First, as was said, he must have some Entrance into the Language, before he goeth. Then he must have such a Servant, or Tutor, as knoweth the Country, as was likewise said. Let him carry with him also some Card or Booke describing the Countr}^ where he tra- velleth ; which will be a good Key to his Enquir)'. Let him keepe also a Diary. Let him not stay
CDf '^Trabaile 73
long in one Citty, or Towne ; More or lesse as the place deserveth, but not long: Nay, when he stayeth in one City or Towne, let him change his Lodging, from one End and Part of the Towne, to another; which is a great Adamant of Acquaintance. Let him sequester himselfe from the Company of his Countr)' men, and diet in such Places, where there is good Company of the Nation, where he travaileth. Let him upon his Removes, from one place to another, procure Recommendation, to some person of Quality, residing in the Place, whither he removeth; that he may use his Favour, in those things, he de- sireth to see or know. Thus he may abridge his Travaile, with much profit. As for the ac- quaintance, which is to be sought in Travaile; That which is most of all profitable, is Acquaint- ance with the Secretaries, and Employd Men of Ambassadours ; For so in Travailijig in one Country he shall sucke the Experience of many. Let him also see and visit. Eminent Persons, in all Kindes, which are of great Name abroad ; That he may be able to tell, how the Life agreeth with the Fame. For Quarels, they are with Care and Discretion to be avoided : They are, commonly, for Mistresses ; Healths ; Place ; and Words. And let a Man beware, how he keepeth Company, with Cholerick and Quarelsome Per- sons ; for they will engage him into their owne Quarels. When a Travailer returneth home, let him not leave the Countries, where he hath Travailed^ altogether behinde him; But main- taine a Correspondence, by letters, with those of his Acquaintance, which are of most Worth. '
74 ^^jjage^
And let his Travaile appcare rather in his Dis- course, then in his Apparrell, or Gesture: And fn his Discourse, let him be rather advised in his Answers, then forwards to tell Stories : And let it appeare, that he doth not change his Country Manners, for those of Forraigne Parts ; But onely, prick in some Flowers, of that he hath Learned abroad, into the Customes of his owne Country.
XIX
IT is a miserable State of Minde, to have few Things to desire, and many Things to feare : And yet that commonly is the Case of Kings; Who being at the highest, want Matter of desire, which makes their Mindes more Languishing; And have many Representations of Perills and Shadowes, which makes their Mindes the lesse cleare. And this is one Reason also of that Effedl, which the Scripture speaketh of; That the Kings Heart is inscrutable. For Multitude of lealousies, and Lack of some predominant desire, that should marshall and put in order all the rest, maketh any Mans Heart, hard to finde, or sound. Hence it comes hkewise, that Princes, many times, make themselves Desires, and set their Hearts upon toyes : Sometimes upon a Building ; Sometimes upon Eredling of an Or- der; Sometimes upon the Advancing of a Per- son; Sometimes upon obtaining Excellency in some Art, or Feat of the Hand; As Nero for playing on the Harpe, Domitian for Certainty of the Hand with the Arrow, Commodus for
76 Ic^^agej}
playing at Fence, Caracalla for driving Chariots, and the like. This seemeth incredible unto those, that know not the Principle ; That the Minde of Man is more cheared^ and refreshed^ by profiting in sfnall things^ then by standi?tg at a stay in great. We see also that Kings, that have been fortunate Conquerours in their first yeares ; it being not possible for them to goe forward infi- nitely, but that they must have some Checke or Arrest in their Fortunes; turne in their latter yeares, to be Superstitious and Melancholy: As did Alexander the Great; Dioclesian; And \ix our memory, Charles the fift ; And others : For he that is used to goe forward, and findeth a Stop, falleth out of his owne favour, and is not the Thing he was.
To speake now of the true Temper of Etn- pire: It is a Thing rare, & hard to keep: For both Temper & Distemper consist of Contraries. But it is one thing to mingle Contraries, an- other to enterchange them. The Answer of Apollonius to Vespasian, is full of Excellent Instru(5lion; Vespasiatt asked him; What was Neroes overthrow? He answered; Nero could touch and tune the Harpe well; But in Govern- ment, sometimes he used to winde the pins too high, sometijnes to let the7n downe too low. And certaine it is, that Nothing destroieth Au- thority so much, as the unequall and untimely Enterchange of Power Pressed too farre, and Relaxed too much.
This is true ; that the wisdome of all these latter Times in Princes Affaires, is rather fine Deliveries, and Shiftings of Dangers and Mis-
(Bf ^Empire 77
chiefes, when they are neare; then solid and grounded Courses to keepe them aloofe. But this is but to try Masteries with Fortune: And let men beware, how they negledl, and suffer Matter of Trouble, to be prepared : For no Man can forbid the Sparke, nor tell whence it may come. The difficulties in Princes Businesse, are many and great ; But the greatest difficulty, is often in their owne Minde. Yox it is com- mon with PfinceSy (saith Tacitus) to will Con- tradi6lories. Suntplerumque Reguin vohintates vehe7nenteSy &r^ inter se contraries. For it is the Soloecisme of Power, to thinke to Command the End, and yet not to endure the Meane.
Kings have to deale with their Neighbours; their Wives; their Children; their Prelates or Clergie; their Nobles; their Second-Nobles or Gentlemen; their Merchants; their Commons; and their Men of Warre; And from all these arise Dangers, if Care and Circumspedlion be not used.
First for their Neighbours; There can no generall Rule be given, (The Occasions are so variable,) save one ; which ever holdeth ; which is. That Princes doe keepe due Centinell, that none of their Neighbours doe overgrow so, (by Encrease of Territory, by Embracing of Trade, by Approaches, or the like) as they become more able to annoy them, then they were. And this is, generally, the work of Standing Counsels to foresee, and to hinder it. During that Tri- umvirate of Kings, King Henry the 8. of Eng- land, Francis the i. King oi France, and Charles the 5. Empcrour, there was such a watch kept,
78 iS^^age^
that none of the Three, could win a Palme of Ground, but the other two, would straightwaies ballance it, cither by Confederation, or, if need were, by a Warre : And would not, in any wise, take up Peace at Interest. And the like was done by that League (which, Guicciardine saith, was the Security of Italy) made betwene Ferdi- na?ido King of Naples; Lorenzius Medices^ and Ludovictis S/orza, Potentates, the one of Flo- rence, the other of Millaine. Neither is the Opinion, of some of the Schoole-Men, to be re- ceived; That a warre cajinot iustly be made, but tipon a p7'ecede7it Iniury, or Provocation. For there is no Question, but a iust Feare, of an Imminent danger, though there be no Blow given, is a lawfull Cause of a Warre.
For their Wives; There are Cruell Exam- ples of them. Livia is infamed for the poyson- ing of her husband: Roxolana, Solyjnans Wife, was the destruction, of that renowned Prince, Sultan Mustapha; And otherwise troubled his House, and Succession: Edward ihc Second of Efigland, his Queen, had the principall hand, in the Deposing and Murther of her Husband. This kinde of danger, is then to be feared, chiefly, when the Wives have Plots, for the Raising of their owne Children; Or else that they be Ad- voutresses.
For their Children: The Tragedies, likewise, of dangers from them, have been many. And generally, the Entring of Fathers, into Suspicion of their Child?'en, hath been ever unfortunate. The destrudlion of Mustapha, (that we named before) was so fatall to Solymans Line, as the
Succession of the Turks, from Solymany untill this day, is suspedled to be untrue, and of strange Bloud; For that Selymus the Second was thought to be Supposititious. The destruc- tion of Crispus, a young Prince, of rare Toward- nesse, by Constantijius the Great, his Father, was in like manner fatall to his House; For both Constantinus, and Constance, his Sonnes, died violent deaths ; And Constantitts his other Sonne, did little better; who died, indeed, of Sicknesse, but after that Itdiamis had taken Armes against him. The destruflion of Deme- trius, Sonne to Philip the Second, of Macedo7i, turned upon the Father, who died of Repent- ance. And many like Examples there are: But few, or none, where the Fathers had good by such distrust ; Except it were, where the Sonnes were up, in open Armes against them; As was Sely7ntis the first against Baiazet: And the three Sonnes of Henry the Second, King of England.
For their Prelates; when they are proud and great, there is also danger from them: As it was, in the times of Ansebmis, and Thomas Becket, Archbishops of Canterbury ; who with their Crosiars, did almost try it, with the Kings Sword; And yet they had to deale with Stout and Haughty Kings; William Rufus, He7iry the first, and Henry the second. The danger is not from that State, but where it hath a de- pendance of forraine Authority; Or where the Churchmen come in, and are elecfled, not by the Collation of the King, or particular Patrons, but by the People.
8o lE^^age^
For their Nobles; To keepe them al a dis- tance, it is not amisse; But to depresse them, may make a King more Absolute, but lesse Safe; And lesse able to performe any thing, that he desires. I have noted it, in my History of King Henry the Seventh, of Englajid^ who depressed his Nobility J Whereupon, it came to passe, that his Times were full of Difficulties, & Troubles ; For the Nobility^ though they continued loyall unto him, yet did they not co-operate with him, in his Businesse. So that in effecfl, he was faine to doe all things, himselfe.
For their Second Nobles ; There is not much danger from them, being a Body dispersed. They may sometimes discourse high, but that doth little Hurt: Besides, they are a Counter- poize to the Higher Nobility^ that they grow not too Potent: And lastly, being the most imme- diate in Authority, with the Common People, they doe best temper Popular Commotions.
For their Merchants; They are Vena porta; And if they flourish not, a Kingdome may have good Limmes, but will have empty Veines, and nourish little. Taxes, and Imposts upon them, doe seldome good to the Kings Revenew ; For that that he winnes in the Hundred, he leeseth in the Shire; The particular Rates being in- creased, but the totall Bulke of Trading rather decreased.
For their Commons; There is little danger from them, except it be, where they have Great and Potent Heads; Or where you meddle, with the Point of Religion; Or their Customes, or Meancs of Life.
m lEmpire 8i
For their Men of warre; It is a dangerous State, where they Hve and remaine in a Body, and are used to Donatives ; whereof we see Ex- amples in the lanizaries^ and Pretorian Bands of Rome: But Traynings of Men, and Arming them in severall places, and under severall Com- manders, and without Donatives, are Things of Defence, and no Danger.
Princes are like to Heavenly Bodies, which cause good or evill times; And which have much Veneration, but no Rest, All precepts concerning Kings, are in effedl comprehended, in those two Remembrances : Memento quod es Homoj And Memetito quod es Deus, or Vice Dei: The one bridleth their Power, and the other their Will.
XX
Of ©ounsell
THE greatest Trust, betweene Man and Man, is the Trust of Giving- ConnselL For in other Confidences, Men commit the parts of life ; Their Lands, their Goods, their Children, their Credit, some particular Affaire ; But to such, as they make their Counseliours, they commit the whole : By how much the more, they are obliged to all Faith and integrity. The wisest Princes^ need not thinke it any diminution to their Greatnesse, or derogation to their Sufficiency, to rely upon Counsell. God himselfe is not without: But hath made it one of the great Names, of his blessed Sonne ; The Coimsellour, Salomon hath pronounced, that /// Counsell is Stability, Things will have their first, or second Agitation ; If they be not tossed upon the Argu- ments of Counsell^ they will be tossed upon the Waves oi Fortune; And be full of Inconstancy, doing, and undoing, like the Reeling of a drunk- en Man. Salomons Sonne found the Force of Counsell^ as his Father saw the Necessity of it. For the Beloved Kingdome of God was first
^f atonmtW 83
rent, and broken by ill Couiisell; Upon which Counsel! J there are set, for our Instrudlion, the two Markes, whereby Bad Counsell is, for ever, best discerned : That it was young Counsell, for the Persons ; And Violent Coimsell, for the Matter.
The Ancient Times doe set forth in Figure, both the Incorporation, and inseparable Con- iun6\ion of Counsel \f\\}s\ Kmgs; And the wise and Politique use of Cojmsell by Kings: The one, in that they say, lupiter did marry Metis, which signifieth Cotmsell: Whereby they in- tend, that Soveraignty is married to Counsell: The other, in that which followeth, which was thus: They say after lupiter was married to Metis, she conceived by him, and was with Childe ; but lupiter suffered her not to stay, till she brought forth, but eat her up ; Wherby he became himselfe with Child, and was delivered oi Pallas Artned, out of his Head. Which mon- strous Fable, containeth a Secret of Empire; How Kings are to make use of their Councell of State. That first, they ought to referre mat- ters unto them, which is the first Begetting or Impregnation ; But when they are elaborate, moulded, and shaped, in the Wombe of their Councell, and grow ripe, and ready to be brought forth ; That then, they suffer not their Councell to goe through with the Resolution, and direc- tion, as if it depended on them ; But take the matter backe into their owne Hands, and make it appeare to the world, that the Decrees, and finall Diredlions, (which, because they come forth with Prudence, and Power, are resembled
G2
84 Ic^^agejJ
to Pallas Armed) proceeded from themselves: And not onely from their Authority y but (the more to adde Reputation to Themselves) from their Head, and Device.
Let us now speake of the Inconveniences of Counsell, and of the Rejnedies. The Inconveni- ences, that have been noted in calling, and using Counsell, are three. First, the Revealing of Affaires, whereby they become lesse Secret. Secondly, the Weakning of the Authority of Princes, as if they were lesse of Themselves. Thirdly, the Danger of being unfaithfully coun- selled, and more for the good of them that coun- sell, then of him that is counselled. For which Inconvenie?ices, the Dodlrine of Italy, and Prac- tise of France, in some Kings times, hath intro- duced Cabinet Counsels; A Remedy worse then the Disease.
As to Secrecy; Princes are not bound to communicate all Matters, with all Counsellors ; but may cxtracfl and selecfl. Neither is it neces- sary, that he that consulteth what he should doe, should declare what he will doe. But let Pri7tces beware, that the unsecreting of their Affaires, comes not from Themselves. And as for Cabinet Counsels, it may be their Motto; Plenus rima?'um sum: One futile person, that maketh it his glory to tell, will doe more hurt, then many, that know it their duty to conceale. It is true, there be some Affaires, which require extreme Secrecy, which will hardly go beyond one or two persons, besides the King: Neither are those Counsels unprosperous : For besides the Secrecy, they commonly goe on constantly
CM ©ouugcll 85
in one Spirit of Diredlion, without distra(flion. But then it must be a Prudent King^ such as is able to Grinde with a Hand-Mill; And those Inward Cotaisellours, had need also, be Wise Men, and especially true and trusty to the Kings Ends ; As it was with King Henry the Seventh of Eftglandy who in his greatest Businesse, im- parted himself to none, except it were to Morton ;ind Fox.
For Weakening of Authority; The Fable sheweth the Remedy. Nay the Maiesty of Kings, is rather exalted, then diminished, when they are in the Chaire of Counsell: Neither was there ever Prince^ bereaved of his Dependances, by his Counsell; Except where there hath beene, either an Overgreatnesse in one Cotinsellour^ Or an Overstri(Sl Combination in Divers ; which are Things soone found, and holpen.
For the last Inconvenience^ that Men will CouJisell with an Eye to themselves; Certainly, Non inveniet Fidem super terram, is meant of the Nature of Times, and not of all particular Persons; There be, that are in Nature, Faith- full, and Sincere, and Plaine, and Diredl; Not Crafty, and Involved: Let Princes, above all, draw to themselves such Natures. Besides, Counsellou?'s are not Commonly so united, but that one Counsellour keepeth Centinell over Another; So that if any do Counsell out of Faction, or private Ends, it commonly comes to the Kifigs Eare. But the best Remedy is, if Princes know their Coujisellours, as well as their Counsellours know Them :
Principis est Virtus maxifna nosse suos.
86 15^0agc0
And on the other side, Counsellours should not be too Speculative, into their Soveraignes Per- son. The true Composition of a Cojinsellour, is rather to be skilful! in their Masters Businesse, then in his Nature ; For then he is like to Ad- vise him, and not to Feede his Humour. It is of singular use to Princes^ if they take the Opi- nions of their Counsell, both Seperately, and Together. For Private Opinion is more free; but Opinion before others is more Reverend. In private. Men are more bold in their owne Hu- mours ; And in Consort, Men are more obnox- ious to others Humours; Therefore it is good to take both: And of the inferiour Sort, rather in private, to preserve Freedome ; Of the greater, rather in Consort, to preserve Respe6l. It is in vaine for Princes to take Counsel concern- ing Matters^ if they take no Counsell likewise concerning Persons: For all Matters, are as dead Images ; And the Life of the Execution of Affaires, resteth in the good Choice of Persons, Neither is it enough to consult concerning Per- sons, Secundum genera, as in an Idea, or Ma- thetnaticall Description, what the Kinde and Charadler of the Perso?i should be; For the greatest Errours are committed, and the most ludgement is shewne, in the choice of Indivi- duals, It was truly said; Optimi Consiliarij mortuij Books will speake plaine, when Coun- sellors Blanch. Therefore it is good to be con- versant in them ; Specially the Bookes of such, as Themselves have been Adlors upon the Stage.
The Counsels^ at this Day, in most Places,
m eoutt^ell 87
are but Familiar Meetings; where Matters are rather talked on, then debated. And they run too swift to the Order or Acfb of Counsel/. It were better, that in Causes of weight, the Mat- ter were propounded one day, and not spoken to, till the next day; In Noile Consilitan, So was it done, in the Commission of Union, be- tween England and Scotland; which was a Grave and Orderly Assembly. I commend set Daies for Petitions : For both it gives the Suit- ors more certainty for their Attendance ; And it frees the Meetings for Matters of Estate, that they may Hoc agere. In choice of Committees, for ripening Businesse, for the Counsell, it is better to choose Indifferent persons, then to make an Indifferency, by putting in those, that are strong, on both sides. I commend also standing Comtnissions; As for Trade ; for Trea- sure; for Warre; for Suits; for some Provinces: For where there be divers particular Counsels, and but one Counsell of Estate, (as it is in Spaine) they are in effedl no more, then Stand- ing Commissions ; Save that they have greater Authority. Let such, as are to informe Coun- sets, out of their particular Professions, (as Law- yers, Sea-men, Mint-men, and the like) be first heard, before Committees; And then, as Occa- sion serves, before the Counsell. And let them not come in Multitudes, or in a Tribunitious Manner; For that is, to clamour Counsels, not to enforme them. A long Table, and a square Table, or Seats about the Walls, seeme Things of Forme, but are Things of Substance ; For at a long Table, a few at the upper end, in effecfl,
88 i£0^aj)e$
sway all the Businesse ; But in the other Fomie, there is more use of the Counselloiirs Opinions, that sit lower. A Khig, when he presides in Cotmseily let him beware how he Opens his owne Inclination too much, in that which he pro- poundeth: For else Counsellours will but take the Winde of him ; And in stead of giving Free Counsell, sing him a Song of Placibo^
XXI
FORTUNE is like the Market; Where many times, if you can stay a little, the Price will fall. And againe, it is sometimes like Sy- billd!s Offer; which at first offereth the Com- modity at full, then consumeth part and part, and still holdeth up the Price. For Occasion (as it is in the Common verse) tiirneth a Bald Noddle^ after she hath presented her locks in Fronts and no hold taken: Or at least turneth the Handle of the Bottle, first to be received, and after the Belly, which is hard to claspe. There is surely no greater Wisedome, then well to time the Beginnings, and Onsets of Things. Dangers are no more light, if they once seeme light: And more dangers have deceived Men, then forced them. Nay, it were better, to meet some Dangers halfe way, though they come nothing neare, then to keepe too long a watch, upon their Approaches ; For if a Man watch too long, it is odds he will fall asleepe. On the other side, to be deceived, with too long Sha- dowes, (As some have beene, when the Moone
90 iE^jSagc^
was low, and shone on their Enemies backe) And so to shoot off before the time ; Or to teach dangers to come on, by over early Buckling to- wards them, is another Extreme. The Ripe- nesse, or Unripenesse, of the Occasion (as we said) must ever be well weighed ; And generally, it is good, to commit the Beginnings of all great Acftions, to Argos with his hundred Eyes ; And the Ends to Briareus with his hundred Hands: First to Watch, and then to Speed. For the Helmet of Pluto, which maketh the Politicke Man goe Invisible, is. Secrecy in the Counsel!, & Celerity in the Execution. For when Things are once come to the Execution, there is no Se- crecy comparable to Celerity; Like the Motion of a Bullet in the Ayre, which flyeth so swift, as it out-runs the Eye.
XXII
(©f Ctunning
WE take Cunning for a Sinister or Crooked Wisedome. And certainly, there is great difference, between a Cunning Man, and a Wise Man; Not onely in Point of Honesty, but in point of Ability. There be that can packe the Cards, and yet cannot play well ; So there are some, that are good in Canvasses, and Facflions, that are otherwise Weake Men. Againe, it is one thing to understand Persons, and another thing to understand Matters; For many are perfecfl in Mens Humours, that are not greatly Capable of the Reall Part of Businesse ; Which is the Constitution of one, that hath studied Men, more then Bookes. Such Men are fitter for Practise, then for Counsell; And they are good but in their own Alley: Turne them to New Men, and they have lost their Ayme; So as the old Rule, to know a Foole from a Wise Man ; Mitte ainbos nudos ad ignotos^ ^ videbis; doth scarce hold for them. And because these Cunning Men, are hke Haberdashers of Small Wares, it is not amisse to set forth their Shop.
92 lE^sajje^
It is a point of Cu7ining; to wait upon him, with whom you speake, with your eye; As the lesuites give it in precept: For there be many Wise Men, that have Secret Hearts, and Trans- parant Countenances. Yet this would be done, with a demure Abasing of your Eye sometimes, as the lesuites also doe use.
Another is, that when you have any thing to obtaine of present dispatch, you entertaine, and amuse the party, with whom you deale, with some other Discourse ; That he be not too much awake, to make Obiedions. I knew a Counsellor and Secretary^ that never came to Queene Elizabeth of England^ with Bills to signe, but he would alwaies first put her into some discourse of Estate, that she mought the lesse minde the Bills.
The like Surprize, may be made, by Moving things, when the Party is in haste, and cannot stay, to consider advisedly, of that is moved.
If a man would crosse a Businesse, that he doubts some other would handsomely and effec- tually move, let him pretend to wish it well, and move it himselfe, in such sort, as may foile it.
The breaking off, in the midst of that, one was about to say, as if he tooke himselfe up, breeds a greater Appetite in him, with whom you conferre, to know more.
And because it workcs better, when any thing seemeth to be gotten from you by Ques- tion, then if you offer it of your selfe, you may lay a Bait for a Question, by shewing another Visage and Countenance, then you are wont; To the end, to give Occasion, for the party to
(Bi ©unnmg 93
aske, what the Matter is of the Change? As Ae/iemms did; A7td I had 7iot befoi'e that time been sad before the King.
In Things, that are tender and unpleasing, it is good to breake the Ice, by some whose Words are of lesse weight, and to reserve the more weighty Voice, to come in, as by chance, so that he may be asked the Question upon the others Speech. As Narcissus did, in relating to Claudius^ the Marriage oi Messali?ia and Silius.
In things, that a Man would not be seen in, himselfe; It is a Point of Cumiing^ to borrow the Name of the World ; As to say ; The World sayes, Or, There is a speech abroad.
I knew one, that when he wrote a Letter, he would put that which was most Materiall, in the Post-script^ as if it had been a By-matter.
I knew another, that when he came to have Speech, he would passe over that, that he in- tended most, and goe forth, and come backc againe, and speake of it, as of a Thing, that he had almost forgot.
Some procure themselves, to be surprized, at such times, as it is like, the party that they work upon, will suddenly come upon them : And to be found with a Letter in their hand, or doing somewhat which they are not accustomed; To the end, they may be apposed of those things, which of themselves they are desirous to utter.
It is a Point of Cunnings to let fall those Words, in a Mans owne Name, which he would have another Man learne, and use, and there- upon take Advantage. I knew two, that were Competitors, for the Secretaries Place, in Queene
94 lE^sage^
Elizabeths time, and yet kept good Quarter be- tweene themselves; And would conferre, one with another, upon the Businesse; And the one of them said, That to be a Secretary, in the Declination of a Monarchy^ was a Ticklish Thing, and that he did not affedl it : The other, straight caught up those Words, and discoursed with divers of his Friends, that he had no reason to desire to be Secretary, in the Declination of a Monarchy, The first Man tooke hold of it, and found Meanes, it was told the Queenej Who hearing of a Declination of a Mottarchy, tooke it so ill, as she would never after heare of the others Suit.
There is a Cunfiing, which we in England call, The Turning of the Cat in the Pan; which is, when that which a Man sayes to another, he laies it, as if Another had said it to him. And to say Truth, it is not easie, when such a Mat- ter passed between two, to make it appeare, from which of them, it first moved and began.
It is a way, that some men have, to glaunce and dart at Others, by Justifying themselves, by Negatives ; As to say, This I doe not: As Tigil- Ujius did towards Burrhus; Se non diversas speSy sed Incolumitatem Imperatoris simplicittr spe6lare.
Some have in readinesse, so many Tales and Stories, as there is Nothing, they would insinu- ate, but they can wrap it into a Tale; which serveth both to keepe themselves more in Guard, and to make others carry it, with more Pleasure,
It is a good Point of Cunnings for a Man, to shape the Answer he would have, in his owne
®f ©unnfns 95
Words, and Propositions; For it makes the other Party sticke the lesse.
It is strange, how long some Men will lie in wait, to speake somewhat, they desire to say; And how farre about they will fetch ; And how many other Matters they will beat over, to come neare it. It is a Thing of great Patience, but yet of much Use.
A sudden, bold, and unexpedled Question, doth many times surprise a Man, and lay him open. Like to him, that having changed his Name, and walking in Pauls ^ Another suddenly came behind him, and called him by his true Name, whereat straightwaies he looked backe.
But these Small Wares, and Petty Points of Ctmnmgj are infinite : And it were a good deed, to make a List of them : For that nothing doth more hurt in a State, then that Cuniiing Men passe for Wise,
But certainly, some there are, that know the Resorts and Falls of Businesse, that cannot sinke into the Maine of it : Like a House, that hath convenient Staires, and Entries, but never a faire Roome. Therfore, you shall see them finde out pretty Looses in the Conclusion, but are no waies able to Examine, or debate Mat- ters. And yet commonly they take advantage of their Inability, and would be thought Wits of diredlion. Some build rather upon the Abusing of others, and (as we now say ;) Ptitting Tricks upon the77ij Then upon Soundnesse of their own proceedings. But Salomon saith ; Prtidens advertit ad Gressus S2ws: Stultus divert it ad Dolos,
XXIII
®f Misebome for a ittnns sclfe
AN Ant is a wise Creature for it Selfe; iJut it is a shrewd Thing, in an Orchard, or Garden. And certainly, Men that are gieat Lovers of IhemselveSy waste the Publique. Divide with reason betweene Selfe-love^ and Society: And be so true to thy Selfe, as thou be not false to Others ; Specially to thy King, and Country. It is a poore Center of a Mans Adlions, Himselfe, It is right Earth. For that onely stands fast upon his owne Center ; Whereas all Things, that have Affinity with the Heavens, move upon the Center of another, which they benefit. The Referring of all to a Mans Selfe, is more tolerable in a Soveraigne Prince; Be- cause Themselves are not onely Themselves; But their Good and Evill, is at the perill of the Publique Fortune. But it is a desperate Evill in a Servant to a Prince, or a Citizen in a Re- publique. For whatsoever Affaires passe such a Mans Hands, he crooketh them to his owne Ends: Which must needs be often Eccentrick to the Ends of his Master, or State. Therefore
®f 2®feet)omc for a i^ang j;elfe 97
let Princes, or States, choose such Servants, as have not this marke ; Except they meane their Service should be made but the Accessary. That which maketh the Effedl more pernicious, is, that all Proportion is lost. It were dispro- portion enough, for the Servants Good, to be preferred before the Masters; But yet it is a greater Extreme, when a little Good of the Ser- vant, shall carry Things, against a great Good of the Masters. And yet that is the case of Bad Officers, Treasurers, Ambassadours, Generals, and other False and Corrupt Servants; which set a Bias upon their Bowie, of their owne Petty Ends, and Envies, to the overthrow of their Masters Great and Important Affaires. And for the most part, the Good such Servants re- ceive, is after the Modell of their owne Fortune ; I5ut the Hurt they sell for that Good, is after the Modell of their Masters Fortune. And cer- tainly, it is the Nature of Extreme Selfe-Ldve7'sj As they will set an House on Fire, and it were but to roast their Egges: And yet these Men, many times, hold credit with their Masters; Because their Study is but to please Them, and profit Themselves : And for either respe<51:, they will abandon the Good of their Affaires.
Wisedo77ie for a Mans Selfe, is in many Branches thereof, a depraved Thing. It is the Wisedome of Rats, that will be sure to leave a House, somewhat before it fall. It is the IVise- do7ne of the Fox., that thrusts out the Badger, who digged & made Roome for him. It is the WisedoTTie of Crocodiles, that shed teares, when they would devoure. But that which is specially
H
98 Ic^^age^
to be noted, is, that those, which (as Cicero saies of Pompey) are, Sin Amantes si?ie Rivali, are many times unfortunate. And whereas they have all their time sacrificed to Themselves^ they become in the end themselves Sacrifices to the Inconstancy of Fortune; whose Wings they thought, by their Self-Wisedome, to have Pin- nioned.
xxiiir ®f 3)nnobnt{on«
As the Births of Living Creatures, at first, are ill shapen : So are all Iimovaiions^ which are the Births of Time. Yet notwith- standing, as Those that first bring Honour into their P^amily, are commonly more worthy, then most that succeed : So the first President (if it be good) is seldome attained by Imitation. For 111, to Mans Nature, as it stands perverted, hath a Naturall Motion, strongest in Continuance : But Good, as a Forced Motion, strongest at first. Surely every Medicine is an Innovation; And he that will not apply New Remedies, must expe6l New Evils : For Time is the greatest hinovatour: And if Time, of course, alter Things to the worse, and Wisedome, and Counsell shall not alter them to the better, what shall be the End? It is true, that what is setled by Custome, though it be not good, yet at least it is fit. And those Things, which have long gone together, are as it were confederate within themselves : Whereas New Things peece not so well; But though they helpe by their utility, yet they trou-
H 2
ble, by their Inconformity. Besides, they are like Strangers; more Admired, and lesse Favoured. All this is true, if Time stood still ; which con- trariwise moveth so round, that a Froward Re- tention of Custome, is as turbulent a Thing, as an hinovatioji : And they that Reverence too much Old Times, are but a Scorne to the New. It were good therefore, that Men in their Inno- vations^ would follow the Example of Time it selfe ; which indeed Innovateth greatly, but quietly, and by degrees, scarce to be perceived : For otherwise, whatsoever is New, is unlooked for; And ever it mends Some, and paires Other; And he that is holpen, takes it for a Fortune, and thanks the Time ; And he that is hurt, for a wrong, and imputeth it to the Author. It is good also, not to try Experiments in States; Except the Necessity be Urgent, or the utility Evident : And well to beware, that it be the Reformation, that draweth on the Change ; And not the desire of Change, that pretendeth the Reformation. And lastly, that the Noveltyy though it be not reiecfled, yet be held for a Sus- pecfl : And, as the Scripture saith ; That we make a stand upon the A ncient Way^ and then looke about tis, and discover, what is the straight, and right way, and so to walke in it.
XXV
A FFECTED Dispatch, is one of the most -^^ dangerous things to Businesse that can be. It is Hke that, which the Physicians call Predi- gestion, or Hasty Digestion; which is sure to fill the Body, full of Crudities, and secret Seeds of Diseases. Therefore, measure not Dispatch, by the Times of Sitting, but by the Advance- ment of the Businesse. And as in Races, it is not the large Stride, or High Lift, that makes the Speed : So in Businesse, the Keeping close to the matter, and not Taking of it too much at once, procureth Dispatch. It is the Care of Some, onely to come off speedily, for the time ; Or to contrive some false Periods of Businesse, because they may seeme Me7i of Dispatch. But it is one Thing, to Abbreviate by Contradling, Another by Cutting off : And Businesse so han- dled at severall Sittings or Meetings, goeth commonly backward and forward, in an unsteady Manner. I knew a Wise Man, that had it for a By-word, when he saw Men hasten to a con- clusion; Stay a little, that we may make an End the sootier.
1 02 Ic^jjage^
On the other side, True Dispatch is a rich Thing. For Time is the measure of Businesse, as Money is of Wares : And Businesse is bought at a deare Hand, where there is small dispatch. The Spartajts, and Spa?iia7'ds, have been noted to be of Small dispatch; Mi vcnga la Muerte de Spagiia; Let my Death come from Spainej For then it will be sure to be long in comming.
Give good Hearing to those, that give the first Information in Businesse ; And rather dire(5l them in the beginning, then interrupt them in the continuance of their Speeches : for he that is put out of his owne Order, will goe forward and backward, and be more tedious while he waits upon his Memory, then he could have been, if he had gone on, in his owne course. But sometimes it is scene, that the Moderator is more troublesome, then the A(flor.
Iterations are commonly losse of Time : But there is no such Gaine of Time, as to itcj'ate often the State of the Question: For it chaseth away many a Frivolous Speech, as it is comming forth. Long and Curious Speeches, are as fit for Dispatch^ as a Robe or Mantle with a long Traine, is for Race. Prefaces, and Passages, and Excusations, and other Speeches of Refer- ence to the Person, are great wasts of Time ; And though they seeme to proceed of Modesty, they are Bravery. Yet beware of being too Materiall, when there is any Impediment or Obstrucflion in Mens Wils ; For Pre-occupation of Minde, ever requireth preface of Speech; Like a Fomentation to make the unguent enter.
Above all things. Order, and Distribution,
i&i Bfepatc]^ 103
and Singling' out of Par/s, is the life of Dis- patch; So as the Distribution be not too subtill : For he that doth not divide, will never enter well into Businesse ; And he that divideth too much, will never come out of it clearely. To choose Time, is to save Time ; And an Unsea- sonable Motion is but Beating the Ayre. There be three Parts of Businesse: The Preparation; The Debate, or Examination; And the Perfec- tion. Whereof, if you looke for Dispatch, let the Middle onely be the Worke of Many, and the First and Last the Worke of Few. The Pro- ceeding upon somewhat conceived in Writing, doth for the most part facilitate Dispatch: For though it should be wholly reiecfled, yet that Negative is more pregnant of Diredlion, then an Indefinite; As Ashes are more Generative then Dust.
XXVI
®f Sbeeming toise
IT hath been an Opinion, that the French are wiser then they seeme ; And the Spaniards seeme wiser then they are. But howsoever it be between Nations, certainly it is so between Man and Man. For as the Apostle saith of Godli- 7iessej Having a shew of Godlinesse, hut deny- ing the Power thereof; So certainly, there are in Point of Wisedome, and Sufficiency, that doe Nothing or Little, very solemnly; Magno conatu Nugas. It is a Ridiculous Thing, and fit for a Satyre, to Persons of ludgement, to see what shifts these Formalists have, and what Prospedlives, to make Superficies to seeme Body, that hath Depth and Bulke. Some are so Close and Reserved, as they will not shew their Wares, but by a darke Light; And seeme alwaies to keepe backe somewhat : And when they know within themselves, they speake of that they doe not well know, would neverthelesse seeme to others, to know of that, which they may not well speake. Some helpe themselves with Counte- nance, and Gesture, and are wise by Signes ; As Cicero saith of Piso, that when he answered him, he fetched one of his Browes, up to his Fore-
(B{ Seeming foi^e 105
head, and bent the other downe to his Chin : Respondes, altera ad Fro7ite7ii siiblato, altero ad Mentum depress 0 Super cilio; Crudelitatem tibi non placere. Some thinke to beare it, by Speak- ing a great Word, and being peremptory ; And goe on, and take by admittance that, which they cannot make good. Some, whatsoever is beyond their reach, will seeme to despise or make light of it, as Impertinent, or Curious ; And so would have their Ignorance secme ludgement. Some are never without a Difference, and commonly by Amusing Men with a Subtilty, blanch the matter; Of whom A, Gellius saith,' Hominem delirunty qui Verborwn Minutijs Rerumfrangit Pondera, Of which kinde also, Plato in his Protagoras bringeth in Prodicus, in Scorne, and maketh him make a Speech, that consisteth of distindlions from the Beginning to the End. Generally, Such Men in all Deliberations, finde ease to be of the Negative Side ; and affedl a Credit, to obie<5l and foretell Difficulties : For when propositions are denied, there is an End of them ; But if they be allowed, it requireth a New Worke : which false Point of Wisedome, is the Bane of Businesse. To conclude, there is no decaying Merchant, or Inward Beggar, hath so many Tricks, to uphold the Credit of their wealth, as these Empty persons have, to maintaine the Credit of their Sufficiency. Seem- ing Wise-men may make shift to get Opinion : But let no Man choose them for Employment ; For certainly, you were better take for Busi- nesse, a Man somewhat Absurd, then over Formall.
XXVII
IT had beene hard for him that spake it, to have put more Truth and untruth together, in few Words, then in that Speech ; Whosoever is delighted in solitude, is either a wilde Beast, or a God. For it is most true, that a Naturall and Secret Hatred, and Aversation towards Society, in any Man, hath somewhat of the Savage Beast ; But it is most Untrue, that it should have any Chara(fler, at all, of the Divine Nature; Except it proceed, not out of a Plea- sure in Solitude, but out of a Love and desire, to sequester a Mans Selfe, for a Higher Conver- sation : Such as is found, to have been falsely and fainedly, in some of the Heathen ; As Epi- meiiides the Candian, Numa the Roman, Em^ pedocles the Sicilian, and Apollonius of Tyana; And truly and really, in divers of the Ancient Hermits, and Holy Fathers of the Church. But little doe Men perceive, what Solitude is, and how farre it extendeth. For a Crowd is not Company ; And Faces are but a Gallery of Pic- tures; And Talke but a Tinckling Cy?nbally
(Di iFtenti^Jip 107
where there is no Love. The Latine Adage meeteth with it a httle ; Magna Civitas, Magna solihido; Because in a great Towne, Frends are scattered ; So that there is not that Fellow- ship, for the most Part, which is in lesse Neigh- bourhoods. But we may goe further, and affirme most truly ; That it is a meere, and miserable Solitude^ to want true Freiids; without which the World is but a Wildernesse : And even in this sense also of Solitude, whosoever in the Frame of his Nature and Affe6lions, is unfit for Frendship, he taketh it of the Beast, and not from Humanity.
A principall Fruit of Frendship, is the Ease and Discharge of the Fulnesse and Swellings of the Heart, which Passions of all kinds doe cause and induce. We know Diseases of Stop- pings, and Suffocations, are the most dangerous in the body; And it is not much otherwise in the Minde : You may take Sarza to open the Liver ; Steele to open the Spleene ; Flowers of Sulphur for the Lungs ; Castoreum for the Braine ; But no Receipt openeth the Heart, but a true Frend; To whom you may impart, Griefes, loyes, Feares, Hopes, Suspicions, Counsels, and whatsoever lieth upon the Heart, to oppresse it, in a kind of Civill Shrift or Confession.
It is a Strange Thing to observe, how high a Rate, Great Kings and Monarchs, do set upon this Fruit of Fre7idship, wherof we speake : So great, as they purchase it, many times, at the hazard of their owne Safety, and Greatnesse. For Princes, in regard of the distance of their Fortune, from that of their Subieds & Servants,
io8 It^^age^
cannot gather this Fruit; Except (to make Themselves capable thereof) they raise some Persons, to be as it were Companions, and almost Equals to themselves, which many times sorteth to Inconvenience. The Moderne Lan- guages give unto such Persons, the Name of Favorites, or Priifadocs; As if it were Matter of Grace, or Conversation. But the Roman Name attaineth the true Use, and Cause thereof; Naming them Participes Curarum; For it is that, which tieth the knot. And we see plainly, that this hath been done, not by Weake and Passionate Princes onely, but by the Wisest, and most Politique that ever reigned; Who have oftentimes ioyned to themselves, some of their Servants; Whom both Themselves have called Frends; And allowed Others likewise to call them in the same manner ; Using the Word which is received between Private Men.
L. Sylla, when he commanded Rofne, raised Po7npey (after surnamed the Great) to that Heigth, that Pompcy vaunted Himselfe for Syl- Ids Overmatch. For when he had carried the Consulship for a Frend of his, against the pursuit of Sylla, and that Sylla did a little resent thereat, and began to speake great, Pompey turned upon him againe, and in effe(fl bad him be quiet; For that mo7'e Men adored the Su7i7ie Risi7ig, the7i the Su7i7ie sctti7ig. With Julius CcEsar, Deci77ius Brutus had obtained that Interest, as he set him downe, in his Testament, for Heire in Remainder, after his Nephew. And this was the Man, that had power with him, to draw him forth to his death. For when Ccesar would have
®f dFtent)^Jip 109
discharged the Senate, in regard of some ill Presages, and specially a Ureame of Calpurnia; This Man lifted him gently by the Arme, out of his Chaire, telling him, he hoped he would not dismisse the Senate, till his wife had dreamt a better Dreame. And it seemeth, his favour was so great, as Antonius in a Letter, which is re- cited Verbatim, in one of Cicero's Philippiques, calleth him Veitcfica, Witch; As if he had enchanted Ccesar. Augustus raised Agrippa (though of meane Birth) to that H eighth, as when he consulted with Mcscenas, about the Marriage of his Daughter lulia, Mcecenas tooke the Liberty to tell him; That he must either marry his Daughter to Agrippa, or take away his life, there was no third way, he had made him so great. With Tiber itis Ccesar, Seia?ius had ascended to that Height, as they Two were tearmed and reckoned, as a Paire of Frends. Tiberius in a Letter to him saith ; Hcec pro Amicitid nostrd non occult avi: And the whole Senate, dedicated an Altar to Frendship, as to a Goddesse, in respecfl of the great Dearenesse of Frendship, between them Two. The like or more was between Septimius S events, and Plau- tianus. For he forced his Eldest Sonne to marry the Daughter of Plautianus; And would often maintaine Plautiajius, in doing Affronts to his Son : And did write also in a Letter to the Senate, by these Words ; / love the Man so well, as I wish he 7nay over-live me. Now if these Princes, had beene as a Traian,ox a Marctis Au- re litis, A Man might have thought, that this had proceeded of an abundant Goodnesse of Nature ;
no lEji^age^
But being Men so Wise, of such Strength and Severitie of minde, and so Extreme Lovers of Themselves, as all these were ; It proveth most plainly, that they found their owne Felicitie (though as great as ever happened to Mortall Men) but as an Halfe Peece, except they mought have a Frend to make it Entire: And yet, which is more, they were Princes, that had Wives, Sonnes, Nephews ; And yet all these could not supply the Comfort of Fre?tdship.
It is not to be forgotten, what Commineus observeth, of his first Master Duke Charles the Hardy; Namely, that hee would communicate his Secrets with none ; And least of all, those Secrets, which troubled him most. Whereupon he goeth on, and saith, That towards his Latter time ; That closcnesse did impaire^ and a little perish his understanding. Surely Commitieiis mought have made the same ludgement also, if it had pleased him, of his Second Master Lewis the Eleventh, whose closenesse was indeed his Tormentour. The Parable of Pythagoras is darke, but true ; Cor ne edito; Eat not the Heat't Certainly, if a Man would give it a hard Phrase, Those that want Frends to open themselves unto, are Canniballs of their owne Hearts. But one Thing is most Admirable, (wherewith I will conclude this first Fruit oi frendship) which is, that this Communicating of a Mans Selfe to his Frefid, works two contrarie Effe(fl;s ; For it re- doubleth loyes, and cutteth Grief es in Halfes. For there is no Man, that imparteth his loyes to his Frend, but he ioyeth the more; And no Man, that imparteth his Grie/es to his Frend,
®f JFrcnl)0j)ip iii
but hee grieveth the lesse. So that it is, in Truth of Operation upon a Mans Minde, of like vertue, as the Alchytnists use to attribute to their Stone, for Mans Bodie ; That it worketh all Contrary Effe6\s, but still to the Good, and Benefit of Nature. But yet, without praying in Aid of Alchy mists ^ there is a manifest Image of this, in the ordinarie course of Nature. For in Bodies, Union strengthneth and cherisheth any Naturall A(flion ; And, on the other side, weak- neth and dulleth any violent Impression : And even so is it of Minds.
The second Fruit of Frendship, is Health- full and Soveraigne for the Understandings as the first is for the Affeilions. For Frendship maketh indeed a faire Day in the Affe^ions, from Storme and Tempests : But it maketh Day- light in the Understandifig^ out of Darknesse & Confusion of Thoughts. Neither is this to be understood, onely of Faithfull Counsell, which a Man receiveth from his Frend; But before you come to that, certaine it is, that whosoever hath his Minde fraught, with many Thoughts, his Wits and Understanding doe clarifie and breake up, in the Communicating and discoursing with Another: He tosseth his Thoughts, more easily; He marshalleth them more orderly; He seeth how they looke when they are turned into Wordr, ; Finally, He waxeth wiser then Himselfe; And that more by an Houres discourse, then by a Dayes Meditation. It was well said by Themi- stocles to the King of Persia; That speech was like Cloth of Arras ^ opened, and put abroad; Whereby the Imagery doth appeare in Figure;
112 lE^^age^
whereas in Thoughts^ they lie but as in Packs, Neither is this Second Fruit of Frendship^ in opening the Understanding, restrained onely to such Frends, as are able to give a Man Coun- sell: (They indeed are best) But even, without that, a Man learneth of Himselfe, and bringeth his owne Thoughts to Light, and whetteth his Wits as against a Stone, which it selfe cuts not. In a word, a Man were better relate himselfe, to a Statua, or Picflure, then to suffer his Thoughts to passe in smother.
Adde now, to make this Second Fruit of Frendship compleat, that other Point, which lieth more open, and falleth within Vulgar Ob- servation ; which is Faithfull Counsell from a Frend. He7'aclitus saith well, in one of his i^nigmaes; Dry Light is ever the best. And certaine it is, that the Light, that a man receiv- eth, by Counsell from Another, is Drier, and purer, then that which commeth from his owne Understanding, and Judgement; which is ever infused and drenched in his Affe(5lions and Cus- tomes. So as, there is as much difference, be- tweene the Counsell, that a Frend giveth, and that a Man giveth himselfe, as there is between the Counsell of a Frend, and of a Flatterer. For there is no swch. Flatte7'er, as is a Mans Selfe; And there is no such Remedy, against Flattery of a Mans Selfe, as the Liberty of a Frend. Counsell is of two Sorts ; The one concerning Manners, the other concerning Businesse. For the First; The best Preservative to keepe the Minde in Health, is the faithfull Admonition of a Frend. The Calling of a Mans Selfe, to a
Stridl Account, is a Medicine, sometime, too Piercing and Corrosive. Reading good Bookes of Morality, is a little Flat, and Dead. Observ- ing our Faults in Others, is sometimes unproper for our Case. But the best Receipt (best (I say) to worke, and best to take) is the Admonition of a Freud. It is a strange thing to behold, what grosse Errours, and extreme Absurdities, Many (especially of the greater Sort) doe commit, for want of a Freud, to tell them of them ; To the great dammage, both of their Fame, & Fortune. For, as ^S". lames saith, they are as Men, that looke sometimes iuto a Glasse, and p7-eseutly for- get their owu Shape, ^ Favour. As for Busi- nesse, a Man may think, if he will, that two Eyes see no more then one ; Or that a Gamester seeth alwaies more then a Looker on ; Or that a Man in Anger, is as Wise as he, that hath said over the foure and twenty Letters ; Or that a Musket may be shot off, aswell upon the Arme, as upon a Rest ; And such other fond and high Imaginations, to thinke Himselfe All in All. But when all is done, the Helpe of good Couusell^ is that, which setteth Busitiesse straight. And if any Man thinke, that he will take Couuseli, but it shall be by Peeces ; Asking Coujtsell in one Businesse of one Man, and in another Businesse of another Man ; It is well, (that is to say, better perhaps then if he asked none at all ;) but he runneth two dangers : One, that he shall not be faithfully counselled ; For it is a rare Thing, ex- cept it be from a perfe6l and entire Freud, to have Counsell given, but such as shalbe bowed and crooked to some ends, which he hath that
I
givcth it. The other, that he shall have Counsell given, hurtfull, and unsafe, (though with good Meaning) and mixt, partly of Mischiefe, and partly of Remedy : Even as if you would call a Physician, that is thought good, for the Cure of the Disease, you complaine of, but is unac- quainted with your body ; And therefore, may put you in way for a present Cure, but over- throweth your Health in some other kinde; And so cure the Disease, and kill the Patient. But a Frcndy that is wholly acquainted with a Mans Estate, will beware by furthering any present Businesses how he dasheth upon other Incon- venience. And therefore, rest not upon Scatter- ed CotiJisels; They will rather distracfl, and Mis- Icade, then Settle, and Dire(fl.
After these two Noble Fruits of Frendship; {Peace in the Affe^ions, and Support of the ludgement^ foUoweth the last Fruit; which is like the Pomg7'a?iatj full of many kernels ; I meane Aid, and Bearing a Part, in all Anions, and Occasions, Here, the best Way, to repre- sent to life the manifold use of Frendship, is to cast and see, how many Things there are, which a Man cannot doe Himselfe; And then it will appeare, that it was a Sparing Speech of the Ancients, to say. That a Frend is another Himselfe: For that a F'l'cnd is farre more then Himselfe, Men have their Time, and die many times in desire of some Things, which they prin- cipally take to Heart ; The bestowing of a Child, The Finishing of a Worke, Or the like. If a Man have a true Frefid, he may rest almost secure, that the Care of those Things, will con>
(Bt Jfxtv(t}$\)i^ 115
tinue after Him. So that a Man hath as it were two Lives in his desires. A Man hath a Body, and that Body is confined to a Place ; But where Frendship is, all Offices of Life, are as it were granted to Him, and his Deputy. For he may exercise them by his Frend. How many Things are there, which a Man cannot, with any Face or Comelines, say or doe Himselfe? A Man can scarce alledge his owne Merits with mo- desty, much lesse extoll them: A man cannot sometimes brooke to Supplicate or Beg : And a number of the like. But all these Things, are Gracefull in a Frends Mouth, which are Blush- ing in a Mans Owne. So againe, a Mans Per- son hath many proper Relations, which he can- not put off. A Man cannot speake to his Sonne, but as a Father; To his Wife, but as a Hus- band ; To his Enemy, but upon Termes : where- as a Frend may speak, as the Case requires, and not as it sorteth with the Person. But to enu- merate these Things were endlesse : I have given the Rule, where a Man cannot fitly play his owne Part: If he have not a FreJtdj he may quit the Stage.
1 2
XXVIII
Of (Sxpcnce
TDICHES arc for Spending; And Spending "'*' for Honour and good Acflions. Therefore Extraordijuuy Expcjue must l^e limitted by the Worth of the Occasion: For Voluntary Undoing, may be aswell for a Mans Country, as for the Kingdoine of Heaven, But Ordinary Expence ought to be limitted by a Mans Estate ; And go- verned with such regard, as it be within his Compasse ; And not subie(fl to Deceit and Abuse of Servants ; And ordered to the best Shew, that the Bils may be lesse, then the Estimation abroad. Certainly, if a Man will keep but of Even hand, his Ordinary Expences ought to be, but to the Halfe of his Receipts; And if he thinke to waxe Rich, but to the Third Part. It is no Basenesse, for the Greatest, to descend and looke, into their owne Estate. Some for- beare it, not upon Negligence alone, But doubt- ing to bring Themselves into Melancholy, in rcspedl they shall finde it Broken. But Wounds cannot be Cured without Searching. He that cannot looke into his own Estate at all, had need
(B( Icxpence 117
both Choose well, those whom he employeth, and change them often: For New are more Timorous, and lesse Subtile. He that can looke into his Estate but seldome, it behoveth him to turne all to Certainties. A Man had need, if he be Plentifull, in some kinde of Expe7ice^ to be as Saving againe, in some other. As if he be Plen- tifull in Diet, to be Saving in Apparell: If he be Plentifull in the Hall, to be Saving in the Stable : And the like. For he that is Plentifull in Ex- pences of all Kindes, will hardly be preserved from Decay. In Clearing of a Mans Estate, he may as well hurt Himselfe in being too sudden, as in letting it runne on too long. For hasty Selling is commonly as Disadvantageable as Interest. Besides, he that cleares at once, will relapse; For finding himselfe out of Straights, he will revert to his Customes: But hee that cleareth by Degrees, induceth a Habite of Fru- gahtie, and gaineth as well upon his Minde, as upon his Estate. Certainly, who hath a State to repaire, may not despise small Things: And commonly, it is lesse dishonourable, to abridge pettie Charges, then to stoope to pettie Gettings. A Man ought warily to beginne Charges, which once begun will Continue : But in Matters, that returne not, he may be more Magnificent.
XXIX
©{ ti)e true (Sreatnesst of ILtingbomcs anO (Sstntcs
THE Speech of Themistoclcs the Atheniafty which was Haughtie and Arrogant, in tak- ing so much to Himselfc, had been a Grave and Wise Observation and Censure, applied at large to others. Desired at a Feast to touch a Lute, he said ; He could not fiddle^ but yet he could make a small Towne, a great Citty, These Words (holpen a little with a Metaphore) may expresse two differing Abilities, in those that deale in Businesse of Estate. For if a true Sur- vey be taken, of Counsellours and Statesmen, there may be found (though rarely) those, which can make a Small State Great, and yet cannot Fiddle: As on the other side, there will be found a great many, that can fiddle very cunningly, but yet are so farre from being able, to make a Small State Great, as their Gift heth the other way ; To bring a Great and Flourishing Estate to Ruine and Decay. And certainly, those De- generate Arts and Shifts, whereby many Coun-
(Sf Grcatttc^^e of Ulngtomc^ anD lEgtatc^ J 19
sellours and Governours, gaine both Favour with their Masters, and Estimation with the Vulgar, deserve no better Name then Fidling; Being Things, rather pleasing for the time, and gracefuU to themselves onely, then tending to the Weale and Advancement of the State, which they serve. There are also (no doubt) Counsel- lours and Governours, which may be held suffi- cient, {NegoHjs pares,) Able to mannage Affaires, and to keepe them from Precipices, and mani' fest Inconveniences; which neverthelesse, are farre from the Abilitie, to raise and Amplific an Estate, in Power, Meanes, and Fortune. But be the worke-men what they may be, let us speake of the Worke ; That is ; The true Great- nesse ofKingdomes and Estates ; and the Meanes thereof. An Argument, fit for Great and Mightie Princes, to have in their hand ; To the end, that neither by Over-measuring their Forces, they leese themselves in vaine Enterprises; Nor on the other side, by undervaluing them, they de- scend to Fearefull and Pusillanimous Coun- sells.
The Greatnesse of an Estate in Bulke and Territorie, doth fall under Measure; And the Greatnesse of Finances and Revenew doth fall under Computation. The Population may ap- peare by Musters: And the Number and Great- nesse of Cities and Townes, by Cards and Maps. But yet there is not any Thing amongst Civill Affaires, more subiedl to Errour, then the right valuation, and true Judgement, concerning the Power and Forces of an Estate. The King- dome of Heaven is compared, not to any great
1 20 1i0^a|)C0
Kern ell or Nut, but to a Cfaine of Mustafd- seed; which is one of the least Graines, but hath in it a Propertie and Spirit, hastily to get up and spread. So are there States, great in Terri- torie, and yet not apt to Enlarge, or Command ; And some, that have but a small Dimension of Stemme, and yet apt to be the Foundations of Great Monarchies.
Walled Townes, Stored Arcenalls and Ar- mouries, Goodly Races of Horse, Chariots of Warre, Elephants, Ordnance, Artillery, and the like: All this is but a Sheep in a Lions Skin, except the Breed and disposition of the People, be stout and warlike. Nay Number (it selfe) in Armies, importeth not much, where the People is of weake Courage: For (as Virgil saith) // 7iever troubles a IVol/e, how many the sheepe be. The Armie of the Persians^ in the Plaines of Arbela^ was such a vast Sea of People, as it did somewhat astonish the Commanders in Alex- anders Armie ; Who came to him therefore, and wisht him, to set upon them by Night; But hee answered. He would not pilfer the Vi^ory. And the Defeat was Easie. When Tigranes the Armenian, being incamped upon a Hill, with ^00000. Men, discovered the Armie of the Romans^ being not above 14000. Marching to- wards him, he made himselfe Merry with it, and said ; Yonder Men, are too Many for an Ambassage, and too Few for a Fight. But be- fore the Sunne sett, he found them enough, to give him the Chace, with infinite Slaughter. Many are the Examples, of the great oddes be- tween Number and Courage: So that a Man
iBi ©rcalne^^e of HingHome.^ antj Ic^tatc^ 121
may truly make a Judgement ; That the Princi- pal Point of Greatnesse in any State, is to have a Race of Military Men. Neither is Money the Sinewes of Warre, (as it is trivially said) where the Sinewes of Mens Armes, in Base and Effe- minate People, are failing. For Solon said well to Croesus (when in Ostentation he shewed him his Gold) Sir, if any Other come, that hath bet- ter Iron the?t you, he will be Master of all this Gold. Therfore let any Prince or State, thinke soberly of his Forces, except his Militia of Na- tives, be of good and Valiant Soldiers. And let Princes, on the other side, that have Subie<5\s of Martiall disposition, know their owne Strength ; unlesse they be otherwise wanting unto Them- selves. As for Mercenary Forces, (which is the Helpe in this Case) all Examples shew; That, whatsoever Estate or Prince doth rest upon them ; Hee may spread his Feathers for a tifne, but he will mew the?n soone after.
The Blessijtg of ludah and Issachar will never meet ; That the sa?ne People or Nation, should be both The Lions whelpe, and the Asse betweene Burthens: Neither will it be, that a People over-laid with Taxes, should ever be- come Valiant, and Martiall. It is true, that Taxes levied by Consent of the Estate, doe abate Mens Courage lesse ; As it hath beene scene notably, in the Excises of the Low Coun- tries; And in some degree, in the Subsidies of England. For you must note, that we speake now, of the Heart, and not of the Purse. So that, although the same Tribute and Tax, laid by Consent, or by Imposing, be all one to the
122 lE^^agc^
Purse, yet it workes diversly upon the Courage. So that you may conclude; That no People^ over-charged with Tribute^ is fit for Einpire,
Let States that aime at Greatnesse, take heed how their Nobility and Gentlemen^ doe multiply too fast. For that maketh the Common Sub- ie(fl, grow to be a Peasant, and Base Swaine, driven out of Heart, and in effedl but the Gen- tlema7is Labourer. Even as you may see in Coppice Woods ; If you leave your staddles too thick, you shall 7iever have cleane Underwood, but Shrubs and Bushes. So in Countries, if the Gentlemen be too many, the Commons will be base ; And you will bring it to that, that not the hundred poll, will be fit for an Helmet: Es- pecially as to the htfantery, which is the Nerve of an Army: And so there will be Great Popu- lation, and Little Strength. This, which I speake of, hath been no where better seen, then by comparing of England and France; whereof Efigland, though farre lesse in Territory and Population, hath been (neverthelesse) an Over- match; In regard, the Middle People of Etig- land, make good Souldiers, which the Peasants of France doe not. And herein, the device of King Hen7y the Seventh, (whereof I have spoken largely in the History of his Life) was Profound, and Admirable ; In making Farmes, and houses of Husbandry, of a Standard; That is, main- tained with such a Proportion of Land unto them, as may breed a Subiedl, to live in Conve- nient Plenty, and no Servile Condition; And to keepe the Plough in the Hands of the Owners, and not meere Hirelings. And thus indeed, you
^f CSreatnesf^c of ItingDome^ anli Ic^tatciS 123
shall attaine to Virgils Charadler, which he gives to Ancient Italy.
— Terra potens Armis atqtie nbere Glebce, Neither is that State (which for any thing I know, is almost peculiar to England^ and hardly to be found any where else, except it be perhaps in Poland) to be passed over ; I meane the State of Free Servants and Attendants upon Noble- men and Ge7itlevien ; which are no waies infe- riour, unto the Yeomanry^ for Armes. And therefore, out of all Question, the Splendour, and Magnificence, and great Retinues, and Hos- pitality of Noble^nen^ and Gentlemen^ received into Custome, doth much conduce, unto Mar- tiall Greatnesse. Whereas, contrariwise, the Close and Reserved living, of Nobletnen, and Gentlemen, causeth a Penury of Military Forces.
By all meanes, it is to be procured, that the Trimck of Nebuchadjiezzars Tree of Monarchy, be great enough, to beare the Branches, and the Boughes ; That is. That the Naturall Sub teds of the Crowne or State, beare a sufficient Pro- portion, to the Stranger Subieds, that they go- verne. Therfore all States, that are liberall of Naturalization towards Strangers, are fit for Empire. For to thinke, that an Handfull of People, can, with the greatest Courage, and Po- licy in the World, embrace too large Extent of Dominion, it may hold for a time, but it will faile suddainly. The Spartans were a nice Peo- ple, in Point of Naturalization ; whereby, while they kept their Compasse, they stood firme ; But when they did spread, and their Boughs were becommen too great, for their Stem, they
1 24 1E0^a|}f0
became a Windfall upon the suddaine. Never any State was, in this Point, so open to receive Strangers^ into their Body, as were the Roinana. Therefore it sorted with them accordingly ; For they grew to the greatest Monarchy, Their manner was, to grant Naturalization, (which they called his Civitatis) and to grant it in the highest Degree; That is. Not onely lus Com- mercij^ Ins Connubij^ Ins H CEreditatis ; But also, lus Suffragij, and his Hononon. And this, not to Singular Persons alone, but likewise to whole Families ; yea to Cities, and sometimes to Nations. Adde to this, their Custome of Plantation of Colonies; whereby the Roman Plant, was removed into the Soile, of other Na- tions. And putting both Constitutions together, you will say, that it was not the Ro?na?is that spred upon the World; But it was the World, that spred upon the Romans: And that was the sure Way of Greatnesse. I have marveiled sometimes at Spaine, how they claspe and con- taine so large Dominions, with so few Natural! Spaniards : But sure, the whole Compasse of Spaine, is a very Great Body of a Tree ; Farre above Rome, and Sparta, at the first. And be- sides, though they have not had that usage, to Naturalize liberally ; yet they have that, which is next to it ; That is, To employ, almost ifidiffer- ently, all Nations, in their Militia of ordifiary Soldiers: yea, and sometimes in their Highest Co??tmands. Nay, it seemeth at this instant, they are sensible of this want of Natives ; as by the P7'agmaticall Sanflion, now published, ap- peareth.
©f ffitcatnc^^e of Hingtiom^^ ant) ^^tatcg 125
It is certaine, that Sedentary^ and Within- dooreA rts, and delicate Manufadlures (that require rather the Finger, then the Arme) have, in their Nature, a Contrariety, to a Mihtary disposition. And generally, all Warlike People, are a little idle ; And love Danger better then Travaile : Neither must they be too much broken of it, if they shall be preserved in vigour. Therefore, it was great Advantage, in the Ancient States of Sparta, Athens, Rojne, and others, that they had the use of Slaves, which commonly did rid those Manufacflures. But that is abohshed, in greatest part, by the Christian Law. That which commeth nearest to it, is, to leave those Arts chiefly to Strangers, (which for that pur- pose are the more easily to be received) and to containe, the principall Bulke of the vulgar Na- tives, within those three kinds ; Tillers of the Ground ; Free Servants; & Handy-Crafts-Men, of Strong, & Manly Arts, as Smiths, Masons, Carpenters, &c ; Not reckoning Professed Soul- diers.
But above all, for Evtpi7'e and Greatnesse, it importeth most; That a Nation doe professe Armes, as their principall Honour, Study, and Occupation. For the Things, which we for- merly have spoken of, are but Habilitatio7is to- wards Armes : And what is Habilitation without Intention and A^? Romulus, after his death (as they report, or faigne) sent a Present to the Romans; That, above all, they should intend Armes ; And then, they should prove the great- est Empire of the World. The Fabrick of the State of Sparta, was wholly (though not wisely)
126 ic^^age^
framed, and composed, to that Scope and End. The Persians J and Macedonians^ had it for a flash. The Galls, Germans, Goths, Saxons, Normans, and others, had it for a Time. The Turks have it, at this day, though in great De- cHnation. Of Christian Europe, they that have it, arc, in efifecfl, onely the Spa?tiards. But it is so plaine, That every Man profile th ifi that hee fnost intendelh, that it needeth not to be stood upon. It is enough to point at it ; That no Na- tion, which doth not diredlly professe Armes, may looke to have Greatnesse fall into their Mouths. And, on the other side, it is a most Certaine Oracle of Time; That those States, that continue long in that Profession (as the Romans and Turks principally have done) do wonders. And those, that have professed Armes but for an Age, have notwithstanding, common- ly, attained that Greatnesse in that Age, which maintained them long after, when their Profes- sion and Exercise of Armes hath growen to decay.
Incident to this Point is; For a State, to have those Lawes or Customes, which may reach forth unto them, iust Occasions (as may be pre- tended) of Warre. For there is that lustice imprinted, in the Nature of Men, that they enter not upon Wars (whereof so many Calamities doe ensue) but upon some, at the least Specious, Grounds and Quarells. The Turke, hath at hand, for Cause of Warre, the Propagation of his Law or ScO. ; A Quarell that he may alwaies Command. The Rojjians, though they esteemed, the Extending the Limits of their Empire, to be
©f ^rcatne^^c of Hingtiome^ antJ Ic^tate^ 127
great Honour to their Generalls, when it was done, yet they never rested upon that alone, to begin a Warre. First therefore, let Nations, that pretend to Greatnesse, have this ; That they be sensible of Wrongs, either upon Borderers, Merchants, or Pohtique Ministers; And that they sit not too long upon a Provocation. Se- condly, let them be prest, and ready, to give Aids and Succours, to their Confederates ; As it ever was with the Romans: In so much, as if the Confederate, had Leagues Defensive with divers other States, and upon Invasion offered, did im- plore their Aides severally, yet the Romans would ever bee the formost, and leave it to none Other to have the Honour. As for the Warres, which were anciently made, on the behalfe, of a kinde of Partie, or tacite Conformitie of Estate, I doe not see how they may be well iustified: As when the Ro7na7ts made a Warre for the Libertie of Grecia: Or when the Lacedeinoni- a?ts, and Athenians, made Warres, to set up or pull downe Deinocracies, and Oligarchies: Or when Warres were made by Forrainers, under the pretence of lustice, or Protection, to deliver the Subiecfts of others, from Tyrannic, and Op- pression ; And the like. Let it suffice, That no Estate expedl to be Great, that is not awake, upon any iust Occasion of Arming.
No Body can be healthfull without Exercise, neither Naturall Body, nor Politique: And cer- tainly, to a Kingdome or Estate, a lust and Hon- ourable Warre, is the true Exercise, A Civill Warre, indeed, is like the Heat of a Feaver ; But a Forraine Warre, is like the Heat of Exercise^
1 28 ii^^aped
and serveth to keepe the Body in Health : For in a Slothful! Peace, both Courages will effemi- nate, and Manners Corrupt. But howsoever it be for Happinesse, without all Question, for Greatnesse, it maketh, to bee still, for the most Part, in Armes : And the Strength of a Veteran Armie, (though it be a chargeable Businesse) al- waies on Foot, is that, which commonly giveth the Law ; Or at least the Reputation amongst all Neighbour States ; As may well bee scene in Spaine; which hath had, in one Part or other, a Veteran Armie, almost continually, now by the Space of Six-score yeeres.
To be Master of the Sea, is an Abridgement of a Monarchy. Cicero writing to Atticus, of Pompey his Preparation against Ccesar, saith ; Consilimn Pompcij planl Theinistocleum est; Putatenijii, qui Mari poiitur,eum Rerumpotiri. And, without doubt, Potnpey had tired out Ccb- sar, if upon vaine Confidence, he had not left that Way. We see the great Effedls of Bat- tailes by Sea. The Battaile of Adium decided the Empire of the World. The Battaile of Le- panto arrested the Greatnesse of the Turke. There be many Examples, where Sea -Fights have beene Finall to the warre ; But this is, when Princes or States, have set up their Rest, upon the Battailes. But thus much is certaine ; That hee that Commands the Sea, is at great liberty, and may take as much, and as little of the Warre, as he will. Whereas those, that be strongest by land, are many times neverthelesse in great Straights. Surely, at this Day, with us of Europe^ the Vantage of Strength at Sea
<©f ffircatttc^^c of 1£tingt)omejs anl) lE^taUjJ 1 29
(which is one of the Principall Dowries of this Kingdome of Great Brittaine) is Great : Both be- cause, Most of the Kingdomes of Europe, are not meerely Inland, but girt with the Sea, most part of their Compasse ; And because, the Wealth of both Indies, seemes in great Part, but an Ac- cessary, to the Command of the Seas.
The Warres of Latter Ages, seeme to be made in the Darke, in Respedl of the Glory and Honour, which refle(fted upon Men, from the Warres in Aticient Time. There be now, for Martiall Encouragement, some Degrees and Orders of Chivalry; which ncverthelesse, are conferred promiscuously, upon Soldiers, & no Soldiers ; And some Remembrance perhaps upon the Scutchion ; And some Hospitals for Maimed Soldiers ; And such like Things. But in Ancient Times ; The Trophies erecfled upon the Place of the Vicflory ; The Funerall Lauda- tives and Monuments for those that died in the Wars ; The Crowns and Garlands Personal ; The Stile of Emperor, which the Great Kings of the World after borrowed ; The Triumphes of the Generalls upon their Retume ; The great Donatives and Largesses upon the Disbanding of the Armies ; were Things able to enflame all Mens Courages. But above all, That of the Triumph, amongst the Romans, was not Page- ants or Gauderie, but one of the Wisest and No- blest Institutions, that ever was. For it con- tained three Things; Honour to the Generall; Riches to the Treasury out of the Spoiles ; And Donatives to the Army. But that Honour, per- haps, were not fit for Monarchies; Except it be
K
130 lE^^agc^
in the Person of the Monarch himselfe, or his Sonnes ; As it came to passe, in the Times of the Ro?na?t Emperours, who did impropriate the Afluall Triumphs to Thcmschxs, and their Sonnes, for such Wars, as they did atchieve in Person : And left onely, for Wars atchieved by Subiedls, some Triumphall Garments, and En- signes, to the Generall.
To conclude ; No Man can, by Care taking (as the Scripture saith) adde a Cubiie to his Stature; in this little Modell of a Mans Body: But in the Great Frame of Kingdomes, & Com^ mon Wealths^ it is in the power of Princes, or Estates, to adde Amplitude and Greatnesse to their Kingdomes. For by introducing such Or- dinances, Constitutions, and Customes, as we have now touched, they may sow Greatnesse^ to their Posteritie, and Succession. But these Things are commonly not Obsen'ed, but left to take their Chance.
XXX
THERE is a wisdome in this, beyond the Rules of Physicke: A Mans owne Obser- vation, what he findes Good of, and what he findes Hurt of, is the best Physicke to preserve Health. But it is a safer Conclusion to say; This agree th not well with vie, there/ore I will not contimie it; Then this ; I finde no offence of this, therefore I may use it. For Strength of Nature in youth, passeth over many Excesses, which are owing a Man till his Age. Discerne of the comming on of Yearcs, and thinke not, to doe the same Things still ; For Age will not be Defied. Beware of sudden Change in any great point of Diet, and if necessity inforce it, fit the rest to it. For it is a Secret, both in Nature, and State ; That it is safer to change Many Things, then one. Examine thy Customes, of Diet, Sleepe, Exercise, Apparell, and the like; And trie in any Thing, thou shalt iudge hurtful!, to discontinue it by little and little ; But so, as if thou doest finde any Inconvenience by the Change, thou come backe to it againe : For it
K 2
13^ ?£s0agc3
is hard to distinguish, that which is generally held good, and wholesome, from that, which is good particularly, and fit for thine owne Body. To be free minded, and cheerefully disposed, at Houres of Meat, and of Sleep, and of Exercise, is one of the best Precepts of Long lasting. As for the Passions and Studies of the Minde ; Avoid Envie ; Anxious Feares ; Anger fretting inwards ; Subtill and knottie Inquisitions ; loyes, and Ex- hilarations in Excesse ; Sadnesse not Communi- cated. Entertaine Hopes; Mirth rather then loy ; Varietie of Delights, rather then Surfet of them ; Wonder, and Admiration, and therefore Novelties ; Studies that fill the Minde with Splen- dide and Illustrious Obiecfls, as Histories, Fa- bles, and Contemplations of Nature. If you flie Physicke in Health altogether, it will be too strange for your Body, when you shall need it. If you make it too familiar, it will worke no Ex- traordinary Effe(5\, when Sicknesse commeth. I commend rather, some Diet, for certaine Sea- sons, then frequent Use of Physicke, Except it be growen into a Custome. For those Diets alter the Body more, and trouble it lesse. Des- pise no new Accident, in your Body, but aske Opinion of it. In Sicknesse, respecfl Health principally; And in Health, Adio?i. For those that put their Bodies, to endure in Health, may in most Sicknesses, which are not very sharpe, be cured onely with Diet, and Tendering. Celsus could never have spoken it as a Physician, had he not been a Wise Man withall ; when he giveth it, for one of the great precepts of Health and Lasting ; That a Man doe vary, and enterchange
iBi irlcgimcnt of l^ealtj) 133
Contraries; But with an Inclination to the more benigne Extreme : Use Fasting, and full Eating, but rather full Eating; Watching and Sleep, but rather Sleep; Sitting, and Exercise, but rather Exercise ; and the like. So shall Nature be cherished, and yet taught Masteries. PAy- s/cz'ans are some of them so pleasing, and con- formable to the Humor of the Patient, as. they presse not the true Cure of the Disease; And some other are so Regular, in proceeding ac- cording to Art, for the Disease, as they rcspe6l not sufficiently the Condition of the Patient. Take one of a Middle Temper ; Or if it may not be found in one Man, combine two of either sort: And forget not to call, aswell the best acquainted with your Body, as the best reputed of for his Faculty.
XXXI
<©f gbuspicion
SUSPICIONS amongst Thoughts, are like •^ Bats amongst Birds, they ever fly by Twi- light. Certainly, they are to be repressed, or, at the least, well guarded: For they cloud the Minde ; they leese Frends ; and they checke with Businesse, whereby Businesse cannot goe on, currantly, and constantly. They dispose Kings to Tyranny, Husbands to lealousie, Wise Men to Irresolution and Melancholy. They are Defe(fls, not in the Heart, but in the Braine ; For they take Place in the Stoutest Natures : As in the Example of Henry the Seventh of England: There was not a more Suspicious Man, nor a more Stout. And in such a Composition, they doe small Hurt For commonly they are not admitted, but with Examination, whether they be likely or no? But in fearefull Natures, they gaine Ground too fast. There is Nothing makes a Man Suspe^ much, more then to Know little : And therefore Men should remedy Suspicion, by procuring to know more, and not to keep their Suspicions in Smother. What would Men have? Doe they
<Bi 5u0ptcton 135
thinke, those they employ and deale with, are Saints? Doe they not thinke, they will have their owne Ends, and be truer to Themselves, then to them? Therefore, there is no better Way to moderate Suspicions^ then to account upon such Suspicioj s as true, and yet to bridle them, as false. For so farre, a Man ought to make use of Suspicions, as to provide, as if that should be true, that he Suspeds, yet it may doe him no Hurt. Suspicions, that the Minde, of it selfe, gathers, are but Buzzes ; But Suspicions, that are artificially nourished, and put into Mens Heads, by the Tales, and Whisprings of others, have Stings. Certainly, the best Meane, to cleare the Way, in this same Wood of Stis- picions, is franckly to communicate them, with the Partie, that he Suspcds: For thereby, he shall be sure, to know more of the Truth of them, then he did before; And withall, shall make that Party, more circumsped, not to give further Cause of Suspicion. But this would not be done to Men of base Natures : For they, if they finde themselves once suspedied, will never be true. The Italian saies: Sospetto licentia fede: As if Suspicion did give a Pasport to Faith : But it ought rather to kindle it, to dis- charge it selfe.
XXXII
©f discourse
SOME in their Discourse, desire rather Com- mendation of Wit, in being able to hold all Arguments, then of Judgment, in discerning what is True : As if it were a Praise, to know what might be Said, and not what should be Thought. Some have certaine Common Places, and Theames, wherein they are good, and want Variety: Which kinde of Poverty is for the most part Tedious, and when it is once perceived Ridiculous. The Honourablest Part of Talke, is to give the Occasion ; And againe to Moder- ate and passe to somewhat else; For then a Man leads the Daunce. It is good, in Discourse, and Speech of Conversation, to var>', and enter- mingle Speech, of the present Occasion with Arguments; Tales with Reasons; Asking of Questions, with telling of Opinions; and lest with Earnest: For it is a dull Thing to Tire, and, as we say now, to lade, any Thing too farre. As for lest, there be certaine Things, which ought to be priviledged from it; Namely Re- ligion, Matters of State, Great Persons, Any
i&i Sfecourge 137
Mans present Businesse of Importance, And any Case that deserveth Pitty. Yet there be some, that thinke their Wits have been asleepe ; Except they dart out somewhat, that is Piquant, and to the Quicke: That is a Vaine, which would be brideled ;
Farce Puer stvnults^ ^fortiits utere Lorzs.
And generally. Men ought to finde the differ- ence, between Saltnesse and Bitternesse. Cer- tainly, he that hath a Satyricall vaine, as he maketh others afraid of his Wit, so he had need be afraid of others Memory. He that question- eth much, shall learne much, and content much ; But especially, if he apply his Questions, to the Skill of the Persons, whom he asketh : For he shall give them occasion, to please themselves in Speaking, and himselfe shall continually ga- ther Knowledge. But let his Questions, not be troublesome; For that is fit for a Poser. And let him be sure, to leave other Men their Turnes to speak. Nay, if there be any, that would raigne, and take up all the time, let him finde meanes to take them off, and to bring Others on ; As Musicians use to doe, with those, that dance too long Galliards. If you dissemble sometimes your knowledge, of that you are thought to know ; you shall be thought another time, to know that, you know not. Speach of a Mans Selfe ought to be seldome, and well cho- sen. I knew One, was wont to say, in Scorne ; He must needs be a Wise Man, he speakes so much of Hi?7iselfe: And there is but one Case, wherein a Man may Commend Himselfe, with
1^8 1c^<{agc0
good Grace ; And that is in commending Vertuc in Another ; Especially, if it be such a Vertuc, whereunto Himselfepretendeth. Speech of Touch towards Others, should be sparingly used : For Discourse ought to be as a Field, without com- ming home to any Man. I knew two Noble- men^ of the West Part of England; Whereof the one was given to Scoffe, but kept ever Royal Cheere in his House: The other, would aske of those, that had beene at the Others Table ; Tell truelyj was there never a Flout or drie Blow given; To which the Guest would answer ; Such and such a Thing passed: The Lord would say; / thought he would marre a good Dinner, Dis- cretion of Speech, is more then Eloquence; And to speak agreeably to him, with whom we deale, is more then to speake in good Words, or in good Order. A good continued Speech, without a good Speech of Interlocution, shews Slow- nesse: And a Good Reply, or Second Speech, without a good Setled Speech, sheweth Shal- lownesse and Weaknesse. As we see in Beasts, that those that are Weakest in the Course, are yet Nimblest in the Turne: As it is betwixt the Grey-hound, & the Hare. To use too many Cir- cumstances, ere one come to the Matter, is Wearisome ; To use none at all, is Blunt,
XXXIII
®f plantations
PLANTATIONS are amongst Ancient, •*■ Primitive, and Heroicall Workes. When the World was young, it begate more Children ; But now it is old, it begets fewer : For I may iustly account new Plantations, to be the Children of former Kingdomes. I like a Plantation in a Pure Soile; that is, where People are not Dis- planted, to the end, to Plant in Others. For else, it is rather an Extirpation, then a Planta- tion. Planting of Countries, is like Planting of Woods; For you must make account, to leese almost Twenty yeeres Profit, and expecfb your Recompence, in the end. For the Principal! Thing, that hath beene the Destrucflion of most Plantations, hath beene the Base, and Hastie drawing of Protit, in the first Yeeres. It is true, Speedie Profit is not to be negle6led, as farre as may stand, with the Good of the Plajttationy but no further. It is a Shamefull and Unblessed Thing, to take the Scumme of People, and Wicked Condemned Men, to be the People with whom you Plant: And not only so, but it spoil-
140 is^^age^
eth the Plantation; For they will ever live like Rogues, and not fall to worke, but be Lazie, and doe Mischicfe, and spend Vicfluals, and be quickly weary, and then Certifie over to their Country, to the Discredit of the Plantation. The People wherewith you Plant, ought to be Gardners, Plough-men, Labourers, Smiths, Car- penters, loyners. Fisher-men, Fowlers, with some few Apothecaries, Surgeons, Cookes, and Ba- kers. In a Country of Plantation, first looke about, what kinde of Vicfluall, the Countrie yeelds of it selfe, to Hand: As Chestnuts, Wall- nuts, Pine-Apples, Olives, Dates, Plummes, Cherries, Wilde-Hony, and the like : and make use of them. Then consider, what Vi61uall or Esculent Things there are, which grow speedily, and within the yeere; As Parsnips, Carrets, Turnips, Onions, Radish, Artichokes of Hieru- salem, Maiz, and the like. For Wheat, Barly, and Oats, they aske too much Labour : But with Pease, and Beanes, you may begin ; Both because they aske lesse Labour, and because they ser\^e for Meat, as well as for Bread. And of Rice like- wise commeth a great Encrease, and it is a kinde of Meat Above all, there ought to be brought Store of Bisket, Oat-meale, Flower, Meale, and the like, in the beginning, till Bread may be had. For Beasts, or Birds, take chiefly such, as are least Subie(fl to Diseases, and Mul- tiply fastest: As Swine, Goats, Cockes, Hennes, Turkies, Geese, House-doves, and the like. The Vicfluall in Plajitations, ought to be expended, almost as in a Besieged Towne ; That is, with certaine Allowance. And let the Maine Part of
iBf iPlantation? 141
the Ground employed to Gardens or Corne, bee to a Common Stocke ; And to be Laid in, and Stored up, and then Dehvered out in Propor- tion; Besides some Spots of Ground, that any- Particular Person, will Manure, for his owne Private. Consider likewise, what Commodities the Soile, where the Plantation is, doth natu- rally yeeld, that they may some way helpe to defray the Charge of the Plantation: So it be not, as was said, to the untimely Preiudice, of the maine Businesse ; As it hath fared with To- bacco in Virginia, Wood commonly aboundeth but too much; And therefore, Timber is fit to be one. If there be Iron Ure, and Streames whereupon to set the Milles; Iron is a brave Commoditie, where Wood aboundeth. Making of Bay Salt, if the Climate be proper for it, would be put in Experience. Growing Silke likewise, if any be, is a likely Commoditie. Pitch and Tarre, where store of Firres and Pines are, will not faile. So Drugs, and Sweet Woods, where they are, cannot but yeeld great Profit. Soape Ashes likewise, and other Things, that may be thought of. But moile not too much under Ground: For the Hope of Mines is very Uncertaine, and useth to make the Pla?tters Lazie, in other Things. For Government, let it be in the Hands of one, assisted with some Counsell : And let them have Commission, to exercise Martiall Lawes, with some limitation. And above all, let Men make that Profit of being in the Wildernesse, as they have God al- waies, and his Service, before their Eyes. Let not the Government of the Plantation^ depend
14^ i£0^age0
upon too many Counsellours, and Undertakers, in the Countrie that Planteth, but upon a tem- perate Number: And let those be, rather Noble- men, and Gentlemen, then Merchants : For they looke ever to the present Gaine. Let there be Freedomes from Custome, till the Plantation be of Strength : And not only Freedome from Cus- tome, but Freedome to carrie their Commodi- ties, where they may make their Best of them, except there be some speciall Cause of Caution. Gramme not in People, by sending too fast. Company, after Company; But rather hearken how they waste, and send Supplies proportion- ably ; But so, as the Number may live well, in the Plantation, and not by Surcharge be in Penury. It hath beene a great Endangering, to the Health of some Pla?itations, that they have built along the Sea, and Rivers, in Marish and unwholesome Grounds. Therefore, though you begin there, to avoid Carriage, and other like Discommodities, yet build still, rather upwards, from the Streames, then along. It concerneth likewise, the Health of the Plantation, that they have good Store of Salt with them, that they may use it, in their Vicflualls, when it shall be necessary. If you Plant, where Savages are, doe not onely entertaine them with Trifles, and Gingles; But use them iustly, and gratiously, with sufficient Guard neverthelesse : And doe not winne their favour, by helping them to in- vade their Enemies, but for their Defence it is not amisse. And send oft of them, over to the Country, that Plants, that they may see a better Condition then their owne, and commend it
CBf ^plantations 143
when they returne. When the Plantatiojt grows to Strength, then it is time, to Plant with Wo- men, as well as with Men; That the Plantation may spread into Generations, and not be ever peeced from without. It is the sinfullest Thing in the world, to forsake or destitute a Planta- tion, once in Forwardnesse : For besides the Dishonour, it is the Guiltinesse of Bloud, of many Commiserable Persons.
XXXIIII
I CAN NOT call I^ic/ies better, then the Bag- gage of Vertue. The Roinati Word is better, Impedimenta. For as the Baggage is to an Army, so is Riches to Vertue. It cannot be spared, nor left behinde, but it hindreth the March; Yea, and the care of it, sometimes, loseth or disturbeth the Vidlory: Of great Riches^ there is no Reall Use, except it be in the Distribu- tion; The rest is but Conceit. So saith Salo- vion; Where viiich is, there are Many to con- sume it; And what hath the Ow7ier, but the Sight of it, with his Eyes? The Personall Fru- ition in any Man, cannot reach to feele Great Riches : There is a Custody of them ; Or a Power of Dole and Donative of them; Or a Fame of them ; But no Solid Use to the Owner. Doe you not see, what fained Prices, are set upon little Stones, and Rarities? And what Works of Ostentation, are undertaken, because there might seeme to be, some Use of great Riches? But then you will say, they may be of use, to buy Men out of Dangers or Troubles.
i&f ^xcf}t^ 145
As Salomon saith; Riches are as a strong Hold^ in the Iviaginatioti of the Rich Man, But this is excellently expressed, that it is in Imaginor tion, and not alwaies in Fad. For certainly Great Riches, have sold more Men, then they have bought out. Seeke not Proud Riches, but such as thou maist get iustly, Use soberly, Dis- tribute cheerefully, and Leave contentedly. Yet have no Abstra(5l nor Friarly Contempt of them. But distinguish, as Cicero saith well of Rabirius Posthutnus; In studio rei amplijicandcey appa- rebat, non AvariticB Prcsdatn, sed Instrumen- tiim Bonitati, quceri. Hearken also to Salo- mon, and beware of Hasty Gathering oi Riches: (liii festinat ad Divitias, non erit insons. The Poets faigne that when Pliitusy (which is Riches,) is sent from lupiter, he limps, and goes slowly ; But when he is sent from Pluto, he runnes, and is Swift of Foot. Meaning, that Riches gotten by Good Meanes, and lust Labour, pace slowly ; But when they come by the death of Others, (As by the Course of Inheritance, Testaments, and the like,) they come tumbling upon a Man. But it mought be applied likewise to Pluto, taking him for the Devill. For when Riches come from the Devill, (as by Fraud, and Oppres- sion, and uniust Meanes,) they come upon Speed. The Waies to enrich are many, and most of them Foule. Parsiinony is one of the best, and yet is not Innocent : For it with-hold- eth Men, from Workes of Liberality, and Cha- rity. The Improvement of the Ground, is the most Naturall Obtaining of Riches; For it is our Great Mothers Blessing, the Earths ; But it
L
146 'ic^gacejs
is slow. And yet, where Men of great wealth, doe stoope to husbandry, it multiplieth Riches exceedingly. I knew a Nobleman in Ett^iand, that had the greatest Audits, of any Man in my Time: A Great Grasier, A Great Sheepe-Mas- ter, A Great Timber Man, A Great Colliar, A Cireat Corne-Master, A Great Lead-Man, and so of Iron, and a Number of the like Points of Husbandry. So as the Earth seemed a Sea to him, in respedl of the Perpetuall Importation. It was truly observed by One, that Himselfe came very hardly to a Little Riches, and very easily to Great Riches. For when a Mans Stocke is come to that, that he can expedl the Prime of Markets, and overcome those Bar- gaines, which for their greatnesse are few Mens Money, and be Partner in the Industries of Younger Men, he cannot but encrease mainely. The Gaines of Ordinaty Trades and Vocations, are honest ; And furthered by two Things, chief- ly : By Diligence; And By a good Name, for good and faire dealing. But the Gaines of Ba?- gaines, are of a more doubtfull Nature ; When Men shall waite upon Others Necessity, broake by Servants and Instruments to draw them on, Put off Others cunningly that would be better Chapmen, and the like Pradlises, which are Crafty and Naught. As for the Choppifig of Bargaines, when a Man Buies, not to Hold, but to Sell over againe, that commonly Grindeth double, both upon the Seller, and upon the Buyer. Shavings, doe greatly Enrich, if the Hands be well chosen, that are trusted. Usury is the certaine^t Meanes of Gaine, though one
®f l^icje0 147
of the worst ; As that, whereby a Man doth eate his Bread; In sudor e vultiis alient: And be- sides, doth Plough upon Sundaies. But yet Certaine though it be, it hath Flawes ; For that the Scriveners and Broakers, doe valew unsound Men, to serve their owne Turne. The Fortune, in being the First in an Invention y or in a Priviledge^ doth cause sometimes a wonderfull Overgrowth in Riches; As it was with the first Sugar Man, in the Canaries: Therefore, if a Man can play the true Logiciany to have as well Judgement, as Invention, he may do great Mat- ters; especially if the Times be fit. He that resteth upon Gaines Certaine, shall hardly grow to great Riches: And he that puts all upon Ad- vefttureSy doth often times breake, and come to Poverty: It is good therefore, to guard ^^7/^«- tures with Certai?ities, that may uphold losses. Monopolies, and Coemption of Wares for Resale, where they are not restrained, are great Meanes to enrich ; especially, if the Partie have intelli- gence, what Things are like to come into Re- quest, and so store Himselfe before hand. Riches gotten by Service, though it be of the best Rise, yet when they are gotten by Flattery, Feeding Humours, and other Servile Conditions, they may be placed amongst the Worst. As for Fishing for Testame^its and Executorships (as Tacitus saith of Seneca; Testamenta et Orbos, ta7iqucLm Indagine capij) It is yet worse; By how much Men submit themselves, to Meaner Persons, then in Service. Beleeve not much them, that seeme to despise Riches: For they despise them, that despaire of them ; And none
L2
148 Ic^^ajot^
Worse, when they come to them. Be not Pen- ny wise ; Riches have Wings, and sometimes they Fly away of themselves, sometimes they must be set Flying to bring in more. Men leave their Riches^ either to their Kindred; Or to the Publique : And moderate Portions prosper best in both. A great State left to an Heire, is as a Lure to all the Birds of Prey, round about, to seize on him, if he be not the better stablished in Yeares and Judgement. Likewise Glorious (}ifts and Foundations, are like Saci'ijices with- out Salt; And but the Painted Sepjilchres of Almes, which soone will putrifie, and corrupt inwardly. Therefore, Measure not thine Ad- vancements by Quantity, but Frame them by Measure; and Dcferre not Charities till Death: For certainly, if a Man weigh it rightly, he that doth so, is rather Liberall of an Other Mans, then of his Owne.
XXXV
I MEAN E not to spcake of Divine Prophe- cies; Nor of Heathen Oracles ; Nor of Na- turall Predi6lions ; But only of Prophecies, that have beene of certaine Memory, and from Hid- den Causes. Saith the Pythonissa to Saul; To Morrow thou and thy sonne shall be with vie. Homer hath these Verses.
At Dojnus jEnecE cun6lis dominabitur Oris, Et Nati Nato7'u??i, ^ qui nascentur ab illis: A PropheciCy as it seemes, of the Roman Em- pire. Seneca the Tragedian hath these Verses.
Veniefit Annis
S ecu la seris, quibus Oceaniis Vincula Rerum laxet, <2r* ingens Pate at Tel Ins, Typhisque novos Detegat Orbes; nee sit Terr is Ultima Thule: A Prophecie of the Discovery oi America. The Daughter of Polycrates dreamed, that lupiter bathed her Father, and Apollo annointed him : And it came to passe, that he was crucified in
150 li05age^
an Open Place, where the Sunne made his Bodie runne with Sweat, and the Raine washed it. Philip of Maccdon dreamed, He sealed up his Wives Belly: Whereby he did expound it, that his Wife should be barren; But Aristander the Soothsayer, told him, his Wife was with Childe, because Men doe not use to Scale Ves- sells that are cmptie. A Phantasme, that ap- peared to M. Brutus in his Tent, said to him ; Philippis itcrum me videbis. Tiberius said to Galba. Tu quoque Galba degustabis Imperium. In Vespasiajis Time, there went a Pr'ophecie in the East ; That those that should come forth of ludea, should reigne over the World : which though it may be was meant of our Saviour, yet Tacitus expounds it of Vespasian, Domi- tian dreamed, the Night before he was slaine, that a Golden Head was growing out of the Nape of his Necke: And indeed, the Succession that followed him, for many yeares, made Gold- en Times. Henry the Sixt of England, said of Henry the Seventh, when he was a Lad, and gave him Water; This is the Lad, that shall enioy the Crowne, for which we strive. When I was in France, I heard from one D'. Pena, that the Q. Mother, who was given to Curious Arts, caused the King her Husbands Nativitie, to be Calculated, under a false Name; And the Astrologer gave a Judgement, that he should be killed in a Duell ; At which the Queene laughed, thinking her Husband, to be above Challenges and Duels : but he was slaine, upon a Course at Tilt, the Splinters of the Staffe of Mongomery, going in at his Bever. The triviall Prophecie,
®f J^ropl&cciejJ 151
M'hich I heard, when I was a Childe, and Queene Elizabeth was in the Plower of her Yeares, was ; When He7Jipe is sponne; Engla7t(Vs done. Whereby, it was generally conceived, that after the Princes had Reigned, which had the Princi- piall Letters, of that Word Hejnpe, (which were Henry, Edward, Mary, Philip, and Elizabeth) E ngland should come to utter Confusion : Which, thankes be to God, is verified only, in the Change of the Name : For that the Kings Stile, is now no more of Ejigland, but of Britaine, There was also another P?'ophecie, before the year of 88. which I doe not well understand. There shall be seene tipo?i a day, Betweene the Baugh, and the May, The Blacke Fleet of Norway. When that that is come and gone, England build Houses of Lime and Stone For after Warres shall you have None, It was generally conceived, to be meant of the Spanish Fleet, that came in 88. For that the King of Spaities Surname, as they say, is N^or- way. The Predidlion oi Regiomo?itanus;
OHogessimus ollavus mirabilis Annus; Was thought likewise accomplished, in the Send- ing of that great Fleet, being the greatest in Strength, though not in Number, of all that ever swamme upon the Sea. As for Cleons Dreame, I thinke it was a lest. It was, that he was de- voured of a long Dragon ; And it was expound- ed of a Maker of Sausages, that troubled him exceedingly. There are Numbers of the like
152 lE^^age^
kinde ; Especially if you include Dre antes, and Prcdifiions oi Astrologie. But I have set downe these few onely of certaine Credit, for Example. My Judgement is, that they ought all to be De- spised; And ought to serve, but for Winter Talke, by the Fire side. Though when I say Despised, I meane it as for Beleefe : For other- wise, the Spreading or Publishing of them, is in no sort to be Despised. For they have done much Mischiefe: And I see many severe Lawes made to suppresse them. That, that hath given them Grace, and some Credit, consisteth in three Things. First, that Men marke, when they hit, and never marke, when they misse : As they doe, generally, also of Dreames. The se- cond is, that Probable Conie(nures, or obscure Traditions, many times, turne themselves into Prophecies: While the Nature of Man, which coveteth Diviriation, thinkes it no Perill to fore- tell that, which indeed they doe but collecfl. As that of Seneca s Verse. For so much was then sabic(fl to Demonstration, that the Globe of the Earth, had great Parts beyond the Atlanticke; which mought be Probably conceived, not to be all Sea: And adding thereto, the Tradition in Plaid's Timeus, and his Atlanticus, it mought encourage One, to turne it to a Predi^ion. The third, and Last (which is the Great one) is, that almost all of them, being infinite in Number, have beene Impostures, and by idle and craftie Braines, mcercly contrived and faigned, after the Event Past.
XXXVI
Of ambition
AMBITION is like Cholerj Which is an '^~^ Humour, that makcth Men Adlive, Earnest, Full of Alacritie, and Stirring, if it be not stop- ped. But if it be stopped, and cannot have his Way, it becommeth Adust, and thereby Maligne and Venomous. So Ambitious Men, if they finde the way Open for their Rising, and still get forward, they are rather Busie then Danger- ous ; But if they be check 't in their desires, they become secretly discontent, and looke upon Men and matters, with an Evill Eye; And are best pleased, when Things goe backward ; Which is the worst Propertie, in a Servant of a Prince or State. Therefore it is good for Princes, if they use Ambitious Men, to handle it so, as they be still Progressive, and not Retrograde: Which because it cannot be without Inconveni- ence, it is good not to use such Natures at all. For if they rise not with their Service, they will take Order to make their Service fall with them. But since we have said, it were good not to use Men of Ambitious Natures, except it be upon
154 lE^^a^e^
necessltie, it is fit we speake, in what Cases, they are of necessitie. Good Commanders in the Warres, must be taken, be they never so Ambitions : For the Use of their Service dis- penseth with the rest; And to take a Soldier without A ?f lb it ion, is to pull off his Spurres. There is also great use of Ajftbitioiis Men, in being Skreenes to Princes, in Matters of Dan- ger and Envie: For no Man will take that Part, except he be like a Seel'd Dove, that mounts and mounts, because he cannot see about him. There is Use also of Ambitious Men, in Pulling d.owne the Greatnesse, of any Subie(fl that over-tops: As Tiberius used Macro in the Pul- ling down of Seianus, Since therefore they must be used, in such Cases, there resteth to speake, how they are to be brideled, that they may be lesse dangerous. There is lesse danger of them, if they be of Meane Birth, then if they be Noble: And if they be rather Harsh of Na- ture, then Gracious and Popular: And if they be rather New Raised, then growne Cunning, and Fortified in their Greatnesse. It is counted by some, a weaknesse in Princes, to have Favor- ites: But it is, of all others, the best Remedy against Ambitious Great-Ones. For when the Way of Pleasuring and Displeasuring, lieth by the Favourite, it is Impossible, Any Other should be Over-great. Another meanes to curbe them, is to Ballance them by others, as Proud as they. But then, there must be some Middle Counsellours, to keep Things steady : For with- out that Ballast, the Ship will roule too much. At the least, a Prince may animate and inure
®f ambition 155
some Meaner Persons, to be, as it were. Scourges to Ambitious Men. As for the having of them Obnoxious to Ruine, if they be of fearefull Na- tures, it may doe well: But if they bee Stout, and Daring, it may precipitate their Designes, and prove dangerous. As for the pulling of them downe, if the Affaires require it, and that it may not be done with safety suddainly, the onely Way is, the Enterchange continually of Favours, and Disgraces ; whereby they may not know, what to expe61 ; And be, as it were, in a Wood. Oi AjnbitioHs, it is lesse harmefull, the y^ w^^/V/V?;/ to prevaile in great Things, then that other, to appeare in every thing; For that breeds Confu- sion, and marres Businesse. But yet, it is lesse danger, to have an Ajnbitioics Man, stirring in Businesse, then Great in Dependances. He that seeketh to be Eminent amongst Able Men, hath a great Taske; but that is ever good for the Publique. But he that plots, to be the onely Figure amongst Ciphars, is the decay of an whole Age. Ho?iotir hath three Things in it: The Vantage Ground to doe good: The Ap- proach to Kings, and principall Persons: And the Raising of a Mans owne Fortunes. He that hath the best of these Intentions, when he as- pireth, is an Honest Man: And that Prince, that can discerne of these Intentions, in Another that aspireth, is a wise Prince. Generally, let Princes and States, choose such Ministers, as are more sensible of Duty, then of Rising ; And such as love Businesse rather upon Conscience, then upon Bravery: And let them Discerne a Busie Nature, from a Willing Minde.
XXXVII
THESE Things are but Toyes, to come amongst such Serious Observations. But yet, since Princes will have such Things, it is better, they should be Graced with Elegancy, then Daubed with Cost. Dancing to Song, is a Thing of great State, and Pleasure. I understand it, that the Song be in Quire, placed aloft, and accompanied with some broken Musicke: And the Ditty fitted to the Device. Ading in Song^ especially in Dialogues, hath an extreme Good Grace: I say Ailing, not Dancing, (For that is a Meane and Vulgar Thing;) And the Voices of the Dialogue, would be Strong and Manly, (A Base, and a Tenour ; No Treble ;) And the Ditty High and Tragicall; Not nice or Dainty. Severall Quires, placed one over against an- other, and taking the Voice by Catches, Anthe?ne wise, give great Pleasure. Turning Dances into Figure, is a childish Curiosity. And generally, let it be noted, that those Things, which I here set downe, are such, as doe naturally take the Sense, and not resped Petty Wonderments. It
<Bi itta^que^ antJ IZTriumpft^ 157
is true, the Alterations of Scenes^ so it be quiet- ly, and without Noise, are Things of great Beauty, and Pleasure : For they feed and relieve the Eye, before it be full of the same Obiedl. Let the Scenes abound with Light, specially Coloured and Varied: And let the Masquers, or any other, that are to come down from the Scene, have some Motions, upon the Scene it selfe, before their Comming down: For it drawes the Eye strangely, & makes it with great pleasure, to desire to see that, it cannot perfecflly discerne. Let the Songs be Loud, and Cheere- full, and not Chirpings, or Pulings. Let the Musicke likewise, be Sharpe, and Lond, and Well Placed, The Colours, that shew best by Candlelight, are; White, Carnation, and a Kinde of Sea-Water-Greene ; And Oes, or Spangs^ as they are of no great Cost, so they are of most Glory. As for Rich Embroidery, it is lost, and not Discerned. Let the Sutes of the Masquers, be Gracefull, and such as become the Person, when the Vizars are off: Not after Examples of Knowne Attires ; Turks, Soldiers, Mariners, and the like. Let A ntimasqties not be long ; They have been commonly of Fooles, Satyres, Baboones, Wilde-Men, Antiques, Beasts, Sprites, Witches, Ethiopes, Pigmies, Turquets, Nimphs, Rusticks, Cupids, Statua's Moving, and the like. As for Angels, it is not Comicall enough, to put them in Anti-Masques J And any Thing that is hideous, as Devils, Giants, is on the other side as unfit. But chiefly, let the Musicke of them, be Recrea- tive, and with some strange Changes. Some Sweet Odours, suddenly comming forth, without
158 lE&^ageg
any drops falling, are, in such a Company, as there is Stcame and Heate, Things of great Pleasure; & Refreshment. Double Masques, one of Men, another of Ladies, addeth State, and Variety. But All is Nothing, except the Rooine be kept Cleare, and Neat.
For lusts, and Tourneys, and Barriers; The Glories of them, are chiefly in the Chariots, wherein the Challengers make their Entry; Especially if they be drawne with Strange Beasts; As Lions, Beares, Cammels, and the like : Or in the Devices of their Entrance ; Or in the Bravery of their Liveries ; Or in the Good- ly Furniture of their Horses, and Armour. But enough of these Toyes.
XXXVIII
®f iSature in itttn
AJATURE is Often Hidden; Sometimes "^ ^ Overcome ; Seldome Extinguished. Force maketh Nature more violent in the Returne : Dodlrine and Discourse maketh Nature lesse Importune: But Custome onely doth alter and subdue Nature. Hee that seeketh Vi(51ory over his Nature^ let him not set Himselfe too great, nor too small Tasks : For the first, will make him deie6led by often Faylings ; And the Second will make him a small Proceeder, though by often Prevailings. And at the first, let him pra6lise with Helps, as Swimmers doe with Bladders, or Rushes : But after a Time, let him pradlise with disadvantages, as Dancers doe with thick Shooes. For it breeds great Perfec- tion, if the Pradlise be harder then the use. Where Nature is Mighty, and therefore the Vic- tory hard, the Degrees had need be; First to Stay and Arrest Nature in Time ; Like to Him, that would say over the Foure and Twenty Let- ters, when he was Angry: Then to Goe lesse in Quantity ; As if one should, in forbearing Wine,
1 6o li^^agc^
come from Drinking Healths, to a Draught at a Meale : And lastly, to Discontinue altogether. But if a Man have the Fortitude, and Resolu- tion, to enfranchise Himselfe at once, that is the best;
Optimiis ille Ani7ni Vindex^ Icedentia pe6lus Vmcula qui rupit, dedoluitqtie seinel.
Neither is the Ancient Rule amisse, to bend A^^ iure as a Wand, to a Contrary Extreme, whereby to set it right : Understanding it, where the Con- trary Extreme is no Vice. Let not a man force a Habit upon himselfe, with a Perpetuall Con- tinuance, but with some Intermission. For both the Pause, reinforceth the new Onset ; And if a Man, that is not perfecft, be ever in Practise, he shall as well pra<5lis3 his Errours, as his Abili- ties; And induce one Habite of both: And there is no Meanes to helpe this, but by Seasonable Intermissions. But let not a Man trust his Vic- torie over his Nature too farre; For Nature will lay buried a great Time, and yet revive, upon the Occasion or Temptation. Like as it was with ^sopcs DamoscU^ turned from a Catt to a Woman; who sate very demurely, at the Boards End, till a Mouse ranne before her. Therefore let a Man, either avoid the Occasion altogether; Or put Himselfe often to it, that hee may be little moved with it. A Mans Nature is best perceived in Privatenesse, for there is no Affedlation ; In Passion, for that putteth a Man out of his Precepts ; And in a new Case or Ex- periment, for there Custome leaveth him. They are happie Men, whose Natures sort with their
®f i^atuw in M^n 16 1
Vocations; Otherwise they may say, Multum Incola fuit Anima mea: when they converse in those Things, they doe not Affe6l. In Studies, whatsoever a Man commandeth upon himselfe, let him set Houres for it: But whatsoever is agreeable to his Nature, let him take no Care, for any set Times: For his Thoughts, will flie to it of Themselves ; So as the Spaces of other Businesse, or Studies, will suffice. A Mans Na- ture runnes either to Herbes, or Weeds; There- fore let him seasonably Water the One, and Destroy the Other.
M
XXXIX
®t ©ustonu anti ISttucatfon
MENS Thoughts are much according to their Inclination: Their Discourse and Speeches according to their Learning, and In- fused Opinions; But their Deeds are after as they have beene Accustomed, And therefore, as Macciavel well noteth (though in an evill favoured Instance) There is no Trusting to the Force of Nature, nor to the Bravery of Words ; Except it be Corroborate by Custome. His In- stance is, that for the Atchieving of a desperate Conspiracie, a Man should not rest upon the Fiercenesse of any mans Nature, or his Reso- lute Undertakings; But take such an one, as hath had his Hands formerly in Bloud. But Macciavel knew not of a Friar Clejnenty nor a Ravillac, nor a laureguy, nor a Baltasar Ge- rard: yet his Rule holdeth still, that Nature, nor the Engagement of Words, are not so forci- ble, as Custome, Onely Superstition is now so well advanced, that Men of the first Bloud, are as Firme, as Butchers by Occupation: And vo- tary Resolution is made Equipollent to Custome^
®f ©ujJtomc aul) Ictjucation 163
even in matter of Bloud. In other Things, the Predominancy of Ctistoine is every where Visi- ble; In so much, as a Man would wonder, to heare Men Professe, Protest, Engage, Give Great Words, and then Doe iust as they have Done before: As if they were Dead Images, and Engines moved onely by the wheeles of Custome, We see also the Raigne or Tyrannic of Custome, what it is. The hidiajis (I meane the Se(fl of their Wise Men) lay Themselves quietly upon a Stacke of Wood, and so Sacrifice themselves by Fire. Nay the Wives strive to be burned with the Corpses of their Husbands. The Lads of Sparta^ of Ancient Time, were wont to be Scourged upon the Altar of Diana^ without so much as Oueching. I remember in the beginning of Qiieene Elizabeths time of England^ an Irish Retell Condemned, put up a Petition to the Depufie, that he might be hanged in a With, and not in an Halter, because it had beene so used, with former Rebels. There be Monkes in Russia, for Penance, that will sit a whole Night, in a Vessell of Water, till they be Ingaged with hard Ice. Many Examples may be put, of the Force of Custome^ both upon Minde, and Body. Therefore, since Custome is the Principall Magistrate of Mans life; Let Men by all Meanes endevour, to obtaine good Cus- to7nes. Certainly, Custo7ne is most perfedl, when it beginneth in Young Yeares : This we call Ed7ication; which is, in effe6l, but an Early Custo7ne, So we see, in Languages the Tongue is more Pliant to all Expressions and Sounds, the loints are more Supple to all Feats of Ac-
M 2
164 lEji^age^
tivitie, and Motions, in Youth then afterwards. For it is true, that late Learners, cannot so well take the PHe; Except it be in some Mindes, that have not suffered themselves to fixe, but have kept themselves open and prepared, to re- ceive continuall Amendment, which is exceeding Rare. But if the Force of Ctistoine Simple and Separate, be Great ; the Force of Custo7ne Copu- late, and Conioyned, & Collegiate, is far Great- er. For there Example teacheth ; Company comforteth ; Emulation quickeneth ; Glory rais- eth : So as in such Places the Force of Cusiome is in his Exaltation. Certainly, the great Multi- plication of Vertues upon Humane Nature, rest- cth upon Societies well Ordained, and Disci- plined. For Commonwealths, and Good Govern- ments, doe nourish Vertue Growne, but doe not much mend the Seeds. But the Misery is, that the most Effedluall Meanes, are now applied, to the Ends, least to be desired.
XL
®f Jportune
IT cannot be denied, but Outward Accidents conduce much to Fortune: Favour, Oppor- tunitie. Death of Others, Occasion fitting Vertue. But chiefly, the Mould of a Mans Fortune^ is in his owne hands. Faber quisqiie Fortiince sues; saith the Poet. And the most Frequent of Ex- ternal! Causes is, that the Folly of one Man, is the Fortune of Another. For no Man prospers so suddenly, as by Others Errours. Serpens nisi Serpente7n comederit non fit Draco. Overt, and Apparent vertues bring forth Praise ; But there be Secret and Hidden Vertues, that bring Forth Fortune. Certaine Deliveries of a Mans Selfe, which have no Name. The Spanish Name, Deseinboltura, partly expresseth them: When there be not Stonds, nor Restivenesse in a Mans Nature ; But that the wheeles of his Minde keepe way, with the wheeles of his For- tune. For so Livie (after he had described Cato Maior^ in these words ; hi illo viro, tantum Robur Corporis &r^ Animifuity utquocunque loco natus esset, For tu nam sibi fa^urus videreturj)
1 66 lE^^age^
falleth upon that, that he had, Versatile Inge- nium, Thcrfore, if a Man looke Sharply, and Attentively, he shall see Fortune: For though shee be Blinde, yet shee ii not Invisible. The Way of Fortune^ is like the Milken Way in the Skie; Which is a Meeting or Knot, of a Num- ber of Small Stars; Not Seene asunder, but Giving Light together. So are there, a Number of Little, and scarce discerned Vertues, or rather Faculties and Customes, that make Men Fortu- nate, The Italians note some of them, such as a Man would little thinke. When they speake of one, that cannot doe amisse, they will throw in, into his other Conditions, that he hath, Poco di Matto. And certainly, there be not two more Fortunate Properties ; Then to have a Little of the Foolej And not Too Much of the Honest, Therefore, Extreme Lovers of their Countrey, or Masters, were never Fortunate, neither can they be. For when a Man placeth his Thoughts without Himselfe, he goeth not his owne Way. An hastie Fortune maketh an Enterpriser, and Remover, (The French hath it better ; Fntrepre- nanty or Rcmuant) But the Exercised Fortune maketh the Able Man. Fortune is to be Hon- oured, and Rcspe(51ed, and it bee but for her Daughters, Confidence, and Reputatioti. For those two Felicitie breedeth: The first within a Mans Selfe; the Latter, in Others towards Him. All Wise Men, to decline the En\y of their owne vertues, use to ascribe them to Providence and Forttme; For so they may the better assume them : And besides, it is Greatnesse in a Man, to be the Care, of the Higher Powers. So Ccesaf
O! JFortune 167
said to the Pilot in the Tempest, Ccesarcm por- tas, &r* Forttuiam eius. So Sylla chose the Name of Felix, and not of Magnus. And it hath beene noted, that those, that ascribe openly too much to their owne Wisdome, and Policic, end Inforhmatc. It is written, that Timotheus the Athenian, after he had, in the Account he gave to the State, of his Government, often in- terlaced this Speech; And in this Fo7'tune had no Part; never prospered in any Thing he un- dertooke afterwards. Certainly, there be, whose Fortunes are like Homers Verses, that have a Slide, and Easinesse, more then the Verses of other Poets: As Plutarch saith of Timoleons Fortime, in respedl bf that of Agesilaus, or Epaminondas, And that this should be, no doubt it is much, in a Mans Selfe.
XLI
®f Wisnxit
MANY have made Wittie Invedlives against Usurie, They say, that it is Pitie, the Devill should have Gods part, which is the Tithe. That the Usurer is the greatest Sabbath Breaker, because his Plough goeth every Sun- day. That the Usjirer is the Droane^ that Virgil speaketh of:
Ignavutn Fucos Pecus cL prcEsepibus arcent. That the Usurer breaketh the First Law, that was made for Mankinde, after the Fall ; which was, /;/ sudore VuMs tut comedes Partem tuum; Not, In sudore Vuitus alienu That Usurer's should have Orange-tawney Bonnets, because they doe ludaize. That it is against Nature, for Money to beget Money; And the like. I say this onely, that Usury is a Conces- sum propter Duritiem Cordis: For since there must be Borrowing and Lending, and Men arc so hard of Heart, as they will not lend freely, Ustiry must be permitted. Some Others have made Suspicious, and Cunning Propositions, of Bankes, Discover)^ of Mens Estates, and other Inventions. But few have spoken of Usury use- fully. It is good to set before us, the Incommo- dities, and Commodities of Usury; That the
iBf ^^urie 169
Good may be, either Weighed out, or Culled out ; And warily to provide, that while we make forth, to that which is better, we meet not, with that which is worse.
The Discommodities of Usury are: First, that it makes fewer Merchants. For were it not, for this Lazie Trade of Usury ^ Money would not lie still, but would, in great Part, be Im- ployed upon Merchandizing ; Which is the Vena Porta of Wealth in a State. The Second, that it makes Poore Merchants. For as a Farmer .cannot husband his Ground so well, if he sit at a great Rent ; So the Merchant cannot drive his Trade so well, if he sit at great Usury. The Third is incident to the other two ; And that is, the Decay of Customes of Kings or States, which Ebbe or flow with Merchandizing. The Fourth, that it bringeth the Treasure of a Realme or State, into a few Hands. For the Usurer being at Certainties, and others at Uncertainties, at the end of the Game ; Most of the Money will be in the Boxe; And ever a State flourisheth, when Wealth is more equally spread. The Fifth, that it beats downe the Price of Land: For the Employment of Money, is chiefly, either Merchandizing, or Purchasing ; And Usury Way- layes both. The Sixth, that it doth Dull and Dampe all Industries, Improvements, and new Inventions, wherin Money would be Stirring, if it were not for this Slugge. The Last, that it is the Canker and Ruine of many Mens Estates ; Which in processe of Time breeds a Publike Povertie.
On the other side, the Commodities of Usury
170 lE^gage^
are. First, that howsoever Usury in some re- spe(fl hindereth Merchandizing, yet in some other it advanceth it: For it is certain, that the Greatest Part of Trade, is driven by Young Merchants, upon Borrowing at Interest: So as if the Usurer, either call in, or kccpe backe his Money, there will ensue presently a great Stand of Trade. The Second is, That were it not, for this easie borrowing upon Interest, Mens neces- sities would draw upon them, a most sudden un- doing; In that they would be forced to sell their Meanes (be it Lands or Goods) farre under Foot ; and so, whereas Usury doth but Gnaw upon them, Bad Markets would Swallow them quite up. As for Mortgaging, or Pawning, it will little mend the matter ; For either Men will not take Pawnes without Use; Or if they doe, they will looke precisely for the Forfeiture. I remem- ber a Cruell Moneyed Man, in the Country, that would say ; The Devill take this Usufy, it keepes us from Forfeitures, of Mortgages, and Bonds. The third and Last is ; That it is a Vanitie to conceive, that there would be Ordinary Borrow- ing without Profit ; And it is impossible to con- ceive, the Number of Inconveniences, that will ensue, if Borrowing be Cramped. Therefore, to speake of the Abolishing of Usu?y is Idle. All States have ever had it, in one Kinde or Rate, or other. So as that Opinion must be sent to Utopia,
To speake now, of the Reformation and Rei- glefnent of Usury; How the Discommodities of it may be best avoided, and the Cotnmodities retained. It appeares by the Ballance, of Com-
C5f SUgurie 171
ffiodities^ and Discommodities of Usury, Two Things are to be Reconciled. The one, that the Tooth of Usiirie be grinded, that it bite not too much : The other, that there bee left open a Meanes, to invite Moneyed Men, to lend to the Merchants, for the Continuing and Quickning of Trade. This cannot be done, except you in- troduce, two severall So7'ts of Usury; A Lesse, and a Greater, For if you reduce Usury, to one Low Rate, it will ease the common Borrow- er, but the Merchant wil be to seeke for Money. And it is to be noted, that the Trade of Mer- chandize, being the most Lucrative, may beare Usury at a good Rate ; Other Contrails not so. To serve both Intentions, the way would be briefly thus. That there be Two Rates of Ustiry, The one Free, and Generall for All ; The other under Licence only, to Certaine Persons, and in Certaine Places of Merchandising, First there- fore, let Usury, iti generall, be reduced to Five in the Hu7idred; And let that Rate be pro- claimed to be Free and Current; And let the State shut it selfe out, to take any Penalty for the same. This will preserve Borrowing from any generall Stop or Drinesse. This will ease infinite Borrowers in the Countrie. This will, in good Part, raise the Price of Land, because Land purchased at Sixteene yeares Purchase, wil yeeld Six in the Hundred, and somewhat more, whereas this Rate of Interest, Yeelds but Five. This, by like reason, will Encourage and edge, Industrious and Profitable Improvements ; Be- cause Many will rather venture in that kinde, then take Five in the Hundred, especially hav-
17a lE^^age?
ing beene used to greater Profit. Secondly, let there be Certaine Persons licensed to Lend, to knowne Merchants, upon Usury at a Higher Rate; and let it be with the Cautions following. Let the Rate be, even with the Merchant him- selfe, somewhat more easie, then that he used formerly to pay : For, by that Meanes, all Bor- rowers shall have some ease, by this Reforma- tion, be he Merchant, or whosoever. Let it be no Banke or Common Stocke, but every Man be Master of his owne Money: Not that I alto- gether Mislike Banks, but they will hardly be brooked, in regard of certain suspicions. Let the State be answered, some small Matter, for the Licence, and the rest left to the Lender: For if the Abatement be but small, it will no whit discourage the Lender. For he, for Example, that tooke before Ten or Nine in the Hundred, wil sooner descend to Eight in the Hundred, then give over his Trade of Usury; And goe from Certaine Gaines, to Gaines of Hazard. Let these Licenced Lenders be in Number Indefi- nite, but restrained to Certaine Principall Cities and Townes of Merchandizing: For then they will be hardly able, to Colour other Mens Mo- neyes, in the Country: So as Wv^ Licence of Ni?te, will not sucke away the current Rate of Five: For no Man will Lend his Moneyes farre off, nor put them into Unknown Hands.
If it be Obieded, that this doth, in a Sort, Authorize Usury, which before was, in some places, but Permissive: The Answer is; That it is better, to Mitigate Usury by Declaration, then to suffer it to Rage by Connivence,
XLII
®f ^outfi anti age
A MAN that is Young in yeares, may be Old in Houres, if he have lost no Time. But that happeneth rarely. Generally, youth is like the first Cogitations, not so Wise as the Second. For there is a youth in thoughts as well as in Ages. And yet the Invention of Young Men, is more lively, then that of Old : And Imaginations streame into their Mindes better, and, as it were, more Divinely. Natures that have much Heat, and great and violent de- sires and Perturbations, are not ripe for Adlion, till they have passed the Meridian of their yeares : As it was with Julius Ccesar, & Septimius Severus, Of the latter of whom, it is said ; luven- tute7n egit, Erroribus, ijnd Fiiroribus, plenam. And yet he was the Ablest Emperour, almost, of all the List. But Reposed Natures may doe well in Youth. As it is scene, in Augustus Ccb- sar, Cosmus Duke of Florence, Gaston de Fois, and others. On the other side, Heate and Vi- vacity in Age, is an Excellent Composition for Businesse. Young Men, are Fitter to Invent,
1 74 li^^age^
then to ludge; Fitter for Execution, then for Counsell ; And Fitter for New Proiecls, then for Setled Businesse. For the Experience of A^-ey in Things that fall within the compasse of it, direcfleth them ; But in New Things, abuseth them. The Errours of Youjig Men are the Ruine of Businesse ; But the Errours of Aged Men amount but to this ; That more might have beene done, or sooner. Young Men^ in the Condu(fl, and Mannage of Adlions, Embrace more then they can Hold, Stirre more then they can Quiet ; Fly to the End, without Considera- tion of the Meancs, and Degrees ; Pursue some few Principles, which they have chanced upon absurdly; Care not to Innovate, which draws unknowne Inconveniences ; Use extreme Reme- dies at first; And, that which doubleth all Er- rours, will not acknowledge or retra(fl them; Like an unready Horse, that will neither Stop, nor Turne. Men of Age, Obiedl too much. Consult too long. Adventure too little, Repent too soone, and scldome drive Businesse home to the full Period ; But content themselves with a Mediocrity of Successe. Certainly, it is good to compound Employments of both ; For that will be Good for the Present^ because the Vertues of either Age^ may corre(ft the defedls of both; And good for Succession, that You?ig Men may be Learners, while Men in Age are A(5lours: And lastly, Good for Exier?ie Accidenis, because Authority followeth Old Men, And Favour and Popularity Yonth, But for the Morall Part, perhaps Yonth will have the preheminence, as^ Age hath for the Politique. A certaine Rabbine^
®f gout]& anD 2(ge 175
upon the Text ; Your Young Men shall see vi" sions, and your Old Men shall dreavie dreajnes; Inferreth, that Young Men are admitted nearer to God then Old; Because Vision is a clearer Revelation, then a Dreaine. And certainly, the more a Man drinketh of the World, the more it intoxicateth; And Age doth profit rather in the Powers of Understanding, then in the Vertues of the Will and AffecfliOns. There be some have an Over-early Ripenesse in their yeares, which fadeth betimes: These are first, Such as have Brittle Wits, the Edge whereof is soone turned ; Such as was Hermogenes the Rhetorician, whose Books are exceeding Subtill; Who afterwards \vaxed Stupid. A Second Sort is of those, that have some naturall Dispositions, which have bet- ter Grace in Yotith, then in Age: Such as is a fluent and Luxuriant Speech; which becomes Youth well, but not Age: So Tulfy saith of Hortensiusj Idem matiebat, neque idem decebat. The third is of such, as take too high a Straine at the First ; And are Magnanimous, more then Tra<fl of yeares can uphold. As was Scipio Af- fricanus, of whom Livy saith in eflfecft; Ultima primis cedebant.
XLIII
®f aSeautg
VERTUE is like a Rich Stone, best plaine set : And surely, Vertue is best in a Body, that is comely, though not of Delicate Features: And that hath rather Dignity of Presence, then Beauty of Aspecfl. Neither is it almost seene, that very Beautifull Persons, are otherwise of great Vertue; As if Nature, were rather Busie not to erre, then in labour, to produce Excel- lency. And therefore, they prove Accomplished, but not of great Spirit ; And Study rather Beha- viour, then Vertue. But this holds not alwaies ; For Augustus Ccesar, Titus Vespasianus, Phi- lip le Belle of France, Edward the Fotirth of England, Alcibiades of Athens, Ismael the So- phy of Persia, were all High and Great Spirits ; And yet the most Beautifull Men of their Times. In Beauty, that of Favour, is more then that of Colour, And that of Decent and Gracious Mo- tion, more then that of Favour. That is the best Part oi Beauty, which a Picflure cannot expresse ; No nor the first Sight of the Life. There is no Excellent Beauty, that hath not some Strange-
®f iSeauts 177
nesse in the Proportion. A Man cannot tell, whether Apelles^ or Albert Du7'er^ were the more Trifler: Whereof the one would make a Personage by Geometricall Proportions : The other, by taking the best Parts out of divers Faces, to make one Excellent. Such Person- ages, I thinke, would please no Body, but the Painter, that made them. Not but I thinke a Painter, may make a better Face, then ever was ; But he must doe it, by a kinde of Felicity, (As a Musician that maketh an excellent Ayre in Musicke) And not by Rule. A Man shall sec Faces, that if you examine them, Part by Part, you shall finde never a good; And yet all to- gether doe well. If it be true, that the Principall Part of Beauty^ is in decent Motion, certainly it is no marvaile, though Perso7is in YeareSj seeme many times more Amiable; Ptilchrorum Au- tunifius pulcher: For no Youth can be comely, but by Pardon, and considering the Youth., as to make up the comelinesse. Beauty is as Sum- mer-Fruits, which are easie to corrupt, and can- not last : And, for the most part, it makes a dis- solute Youth^ and an Age a little out of counte- nance : But yet certainly againe, if it light well, it maketh Vertues shine, and Vices blush.
xLim (©{ Beformitg
T\EFORMED Persons are commonly even ■^-^ with Nature: For as Nature hath done ill by them; So doe they by Nature: Being for the most part, (as the Scripture saith) void of Natujdll Affe^ioji ; And so they have their Re- venge of Nature. Certainly there is a Consent between the Body and the Minde ; And where Nature erreth in the One, she ventureth in the Other. Ubi peccat in uno, periclitatiir in altero. But because, there is in Man, an Eledlion touch- ing the Frame of his Minde, and a Necessity in the Frame of his Body, the Starres of Naturall Inclination, are sometimes obscured, by the Sun of Discipline, and Vertue. Therefore, it is good to consider of Deformity^ not as a Signe, which is more Deceivable ; But as a Cause, which sel- dome faileth of the Efife(fl. Whosoever hath any Thing fixed in his Person, that doth enduce Contempt, hath also a perpetuall Spurre in him- selfe, to rescue and deliver himselfe from Scorne : Therefore all Deformed Persons are extreme
Bold. First, as in their own Defence, as being
®f Beformitg 179
exposed to Scorn ; But in Processe of Time, by a Generall Habit. Also it stirreth in them In- dustry, and especially of this kinde, to watch and observe the Weaknesse of Others, that they may have somewhat to repay. Againe, in their Superiours, it quencheth lealousie towards them, as Persons that they think they may at pleasure despise: And it layeth their Competitours and Emulatours asleepe ; As never beleeving, they should be in possibility of advancement, till they see them in Possession. So that, upon the mat- ter, in a great Wit, Defonnity is an Advantage to Rising. Kings in Ancient Times, (And at this present in some Countries,) were wont to put Great Trust in Eunuchs; Because they, that are Envious towards All, are more Obnoxious and Officious towards One. But yet their Trust towards them, hath rather beene as to good Spialls, and good Whisperers ; then good Magis- trates, and Officers. And much like is the Rea- son oi Deformed Persons. Still the Ground is, they will, if they be of Spirit, seeke to free them- selves from Scorne ; Which must be, either by Vertue, or Malice: And therefore, let it not be Marvelled, if sometimes they prove Excellent Persons ; As was Agesilaus, Zanger the Sonne of Solyman, ^sope, Gasca President of Peru; And Socrates may goe likewise amongst them ; with Others.
N2
XLV
®f 23uiHring
TJOUSES arc built to Live in, and not to -*- -^ Looke on : Therefore let Use bee preferred before Uniformitie ; Except where both may be had. Leave the Goodly Fabrickes of Houses^ for Beautie only, to the Eftchanted Pallaccs of the Poets: Who build them with small Cost. Hee that builds a faire House, upon an /// Seat, committeth Himselfe to Prison. Neither doe I reckon it an /// Seat, only, where the Aire is Unwholsome; But likewise where the Aire is unequall ; As you shall see many Fine Seats, set upon a knap of Ground, Environed with Higher Hilles round about it: whereby the Heat of the Sunne is pent in, and the Wind gathereth as in Troughes ; So as you shall have, and that sud- denly, as great Diversitie of Heat and Cold, as if you Dwelt in severall Places. Neither is it /// Ai?'e onely, that maketh an /// Seat, but 111 Wayes, 111 Markets; And, if you will consult with Momus, 111 Neighbours. I speake not of many More : Want of Water ; Want of Wood, Shade, and Shelter ; Want of Fruitfulnesse, and mixture of Grounds of severall Natures ; Want
m asuJWng 18 1
of Prospe(fl; Want of Levell Grounds; Want of Places, at some neare Distance, for Sports of Hunting, Hauking, and Races; Too neare the Sea, too remote; Having the Commoditie of Navigable Rivers, or the discommoditie of their Overflowing; Too farre off from great Cities, which may hinder Businesse ; Or too neare them, which Lurcheth all Provisions, and maketh every Thing deare : Where a Man hath a great Living laid together, and where he is scanted: All which, as it is impossible, perhaps, to finde to- gether, so it is good to know them, and thinke of them, that a Man may take as many as he can: And if he have severall Dwellings, that he sort them so, that what hee wanteth in the One, hee may finde in the Other. Ltccullus answered Pompey well; Who when hee saw his Stately Galleries, and Roomes, so Large and Lightsome, in one of his Houses^ said ; Surely, an excellent Place for Snm7Jter, but how doe you in Winter? Lucullus answered ; Why, doe you not think me as wise, as some Fowle are, that ever change their A boad towards the Winter ?
To passe from the Seat, to the House it selfe ; We will doe as Cicero doth, in the Oratours Art ; Who writes Bookes De Oratore, and a Booke he entitles Orator: Whereof the Former delivers the Precepts of the Art; And the Latter the Per- fection, We will therefore describe a Princely Pallace, making a briefe Modell thereof. For it is strange to see, now in Europe, such Huge Buildings, as the Vatican, and Escuriall, and some Others be, and yet scarce a very Fairc Koome in them.
1 82 lE^^a^csi
First therefore, I say, you cannot have a Perfecfl Pallace^ except you have two several I Sides ; A Side for the Banqtiet^ as is spoken of in the Booke of Hester; And a Side ; for the Houshold: The One for Feasts and Triumphs, and the Other for DwelHng. I understand both these Sides, to be not onely Retumes, but Parts of the Ff'Oftt ; And to be uniforme without, though severally Partitioned within ; And to be on both Sides, of a Great and Stately Tower, in the Middest of the Front; That as it were, ioyneth them together, on either Hand. I would have on the Side of the Bafiqitet, in Front, one only Goodly Roome, above Staires, of some Fortie Foot high ; And under it, a Roome, for a Dress- ing or Preparing Place, at Times of Triumphs. On the other Side, which is the Houshold Side, I wish it divided at the first, into a Hall, and a Chappell, (with a Partition betweene ;) Both of good State, and Bignesse : And those not to goe all the length, but to have, at the further end, a Winter, and a Stimmer Parler, both Faire. And under these Roomes, A Faire and Large Cellar, suncke under Ground : And likewise, some Pri7>ie Kite/tins, with Butteries, and Pan- tries, and the like. As for the Tower, I would have it two Stories, of Eighteene Foot High a peece, above the two Wings ; And a Goodly Leads upon the Top, railed with Statua's inter- posed ; And the same Tower to bee divided into Roomes, as shall be thought fit. The Staires likewise, to the upper Roomes, let them bee upon a Faire open Newell, and finely raild in, \i'\\}s\ Images of Woody cast into a Brasse Colour:
(Bi 33uilt)ina 183
And a very faire Landing Place at the Top. But this to be, if you doe not point, any of the lower Roomes, for a Dining Place of Servants. For otherwise, you shall have the Servants Din- ner, after your owne : For the Steame of it will come up as in a Tunnell. And so much for the Front. Only, I understand the Height of the first Staires, to be Sixteene Foot, which is the Height of the Lower Roome.
Beyond this Fronts is there to be a Faire Court, but three Sides of it, of a Farre Lower building, then the Front. And in all the foure Corners of that Court, Faire Staire Cases, cast into Turrets, on the Outside, and not within the Row of Buildings themselves. But those Towers, are not to be of the Height of the Front J But rather Proportionable to the Lower Building. Let the Court not be paved, for that striketh up a great Heat in Summer, and much Cold in Winter. But onely some Side Alleys, with a Crosse, and the Quarters to Graze, being kept Shorne, but not too neare Shorne. The Row of Returne, on the Ba7iquet Side, Let it be all Stately Galleries ; In which Galleries, Let there be three, or five, fine Cupola^s, in the Length of it, placed at equall distance : And fine Coloured Windowes of severall workes. On the Houshold Side, Chainbers of Presence, and Ordinary Entertainments, with some Bed- chambers; And let all three Sides, be a double House, without Thorow Lights, on the Sides, that you may have Roomes from the Sunne, both for Fore-noone, and After- noone. Cast it also, that you may have Roomes, both for Sum-
184 lEgjSagejj
mer, and Winter : Shadie for Summer, and Warme for Winter. You shall have sometimes Faire Houses^ so full of Glasse, that one cannot tell, where to become, to be out of the Sunne, or Cold : For Inbowed Windowes, I hold them of good Use ; (In Cities indeed, Upright doe better, in respedl of the Uniformitie towards the Street ;) For they bee Prettie Retiring Places for Conference ; And besides, they keepe both the Wind, and Sunne off: For that which would strike almost thorow the Roome, doth scarce passe the Wi/idow. But let them be but few, Foure in the Courts On the Sides onely.
Beyond this Courts let there be an In- ward Court of the same Square, and Height ; Which is to be environed, with the Garden^ on all Sides : And in the Inside, Cloistered on all Sides, upon Decent and Beautifull Arches, as High as the first Stor)-. On the Under Story ^ towards the Garden^ Let it be turned to a Grotta, or Place of Shade, or Estivation. And onely have opening and Windowes towards the Garden; And be Levell upon the Floare, no whit sunke under Ground, to avoid all Dampish- nesse. And let there be a FoJtntaine, or some faire Worke of Stat ad's, in the Middest of this Court; And to be Paved as the other Court was. These Buildings to be for Privie Lodg- ings, on both Sides; And the End, for Privie Galleries. Whereof, you must fore-see, that one of them, be for an Infirmary, if the Prince, or any Speciall Person should be Sicke, with Chambers, Bed-chamber, Anticamera, and Re- camera, ioyning to it. This upon the Second
Story. Upon the Ground Story, a Faire Gai- lery, Open, upon Pillars : And upon the Third Story likewise, an Open Gallery upon Pillars, to take the Prospedl;, and Freshnesse of the Garden. At both Corners of the further Side, by way of Returne, Let there be two Delicate or Rich Cabinets, Daintily Paved, Richly Hanged, Glased with Crystalline Glasse, and a Rich Cu- pola in the Middest; And all other Elegancie that may be thought upon. In the Upper Gal- leiy too, I wish that there may be, if the Place will yeeld it, some Fountaines Running, in di- vers Places, from the Wall, with some fine Avoidances. And thus much, for the Modell of the Pallace : Save that, you must have, before you come to the Front, three Courts. A Greene Court Plain, with a Wall about it ; A Second Court of the same, but more Garnished, with little Turrets, or rather Embellishments, upon the Wall : And a Third Cojirt, to make a Square with the Front, but not to be built, nor yet en- closed with a Naked Wall, but enclosed with Tarrasscs, Leaded aloft, and fairely garnished, on the three Sides ; And Cloistered on the In- side, with Pillars, and not with Arches Below. As for Offices, let them stand at Distance, with some Low Galleries, to passe from them, to the Pallace it Sclfe.
XLVI
<©{ (Sarlicns
GOD Almightie first Planted a Garden. And indeed, it is the Purest of Humane plea- sures. It is the Greatest Refreshment to the Spirits of Man ; Without which, Buildings and Pallaces are but Grosse Handy-works: And a Man shall ever see, that when Ages grow to Civility and Elegancie, Men come to Build Stately^ sooner then to Garden Finely: As if Gardening were the Greater Perfection. I doe hold it, in the Royall Ordering of Gardens, there ought to be Gardens, for all the Moneths in the Yeare: In which, severally. Things of Beautie, may be then in Season. For December, and January, and the Latter Part Qi November, you must take such Things, as are Greene all Win- ter: Holly; Ivy; Bayes; luniper; Cipresse Trees; Eugh; Pine-Apple-Trees; Firre-Trees; Rose-Mary ; Lavander ; Periwinckle, the White, the Purple, and the Blewe ; Gennander ; Flagges; Orenge-Trees ; Limon-Trees; And Mirtles, it they be stooved ; & Sweet Marioram warme set. There followeth, for the latter Part of January, and February, the Mezerion Tree, which then blossomes; Crocus Vernus, both the Yellow,
and the Gray; Prime-Roses; Anemones; The Early Tulippa; Hiacynthus OrientaHs; Cha- mairis; Frettellaria. For Marc/i, There come Violets, specially the Single Blew, which are the Earliest ; The Yellow Daffadill ; The Dazie ; The Almond-Tree in Blossome; The Peach- Tree in Blossome ; The Cornelian-Tree in Blos- some; Sweet-Briar. In Aprill follow. The Double white Violet; The Wall-flower; The Stock-Gilly-Flower ; The Couslip; Flower-De- lices, & Lillies of all Natures; Rose-mary Flowers; The Tulippa; The Double Piony; The Pale Daffadill ;* The French Honny-Suckle ; The Cherry-Tree in Blossome ; The Dammasin, and Plum-Trees in Blossome; The White- Thorne in Leafe ; The Lelacke Tree. In May^ and lune^ come Pincks of all sorts, Specially the Blush Pincke; Roses of all kinds, except the Muske, which comes later; Hony-Suckles; Strawberries ; Buglosse ; Columbine ; The French Mary-gold ; Flos Africanus ; Cherry-Tree in Fruit ; Ribes ; Figges in Fruit ; Raspes ; Vine Flowers ; Lavender in Flowers ; The Sweet Sa- tyrian, with the White Flower ; Herba Muscaria ; Lilium Convallium; The Apple-tree in Blos- some. In IiUy^ come G illy- Flowers of all Va- rieties; Muske Roses; The Lime-Tree in blos- some ; Early Peares, and Plummes in Fruit ; Gin- nitings; Quadlins. In August, come Plummes of all sorts in Fruit ; Peares ; Apricockes ; Ber- beries ; Filberds ; Muske-Melons ; Monks Hoods, of all colours. In September^ come Grapes; Apples ; Poppies of all colours ; Peaches ; Melo- Cotones; Nedlarines; Cornelians; Wardens;
1 88 ls^<;age^
Quinces. In Oflober, and the beginning of November^ come Services; Medlars; Bullises; Roses Cut or Removed to come late; Holly- okes ; and such like. These Particulars are for the Clijnaie of London; But my meaning is Perceived, that you may have Ver Pcrpetuuiny as the Place affords.
And because, the Breath of Flowers, is farre Sweeter in the Aire, (where it comes and Goes, like the Warbling of Musick) then in the hand, thcrfore nothing is more fit for that delight, then to know, what be the Flowersy and Plants^ that doe best perfume the Aire. Roses Damask & Red, are fast Flowers of their Smels ; So that ; you may walke by a whole Row of them, and finde Nothing of their Sweetnesse ; Yea though it be, in a Mornings Dew. Bayes hkewise yeeld no Smell, as they grow. Rosemar>' little ; Nor Sweet-Marioram. That, which above all Others, yeelds the Sweetest S?nell in the Aire, is the Violet ; Specially the White-double-Violet, which comes twice a Yeare; About the middle of A prill, and about Ba?'tholojnew-tide. Next to that is, the Muske-Rose. Then the Strawberry- Leaves dying, which [yeeld] a most Excellent Cor- diall Smell. Then the Flower of the Vines ; It is a little dust, like the dust of a Bent, which growes upon the Cluster, in the First comming forth. Then Sweet Briar. Then Wall-Flowers, which are very Delightfull, to be set under a Parler, or Lower Chamber Window. Then Pincks, and Gilly-Flowers, specially the Matted Pinck, & Clove Gilly-flower. Then the Flowers of the Lime tree. Then the Hony-Sucklcs, so they be
iBf Gavtien^ 189
somewhat a farre off. Of Beane Flowers I speake not, because they are Field Flowers. But those which Perfume the Aire most delight- fully, not passed by as the rest, but being Troden upon and Crushed, are Three : That is Burnet, Wilde-Time, and Water-Mints. Therefore, you are to set whole Allies of them, to have the Pleasure, when you walke or tread.
For Gardens, (Speaking of those, which are indeed Prince-like, as we have done of Build- ings) the Contents, ought not well to be, under Thirty Acres of Ground; And to be divided into three Parts : A Greene in the Entrance ; A Heath or Desa^'t in the Going forth ; And the Maine Garden in the midst; Besides Alleys, on both Sides. And I like well, that Foure Acres of Ground, be assigned to the Greene; Six to the Heath; Foure and Foure to cither Side; And Twelve to the Maine Garden. The Greene hath two pleasures; The one, because nothing is more Pleasant to the Eye, then Greene Grasse kept finely shorne; The other, because it will give you a faire Alley in the midst, by which you may go in front upon a Stately Hedge, which is to inclose the Garden. But, because the Alley will be long, and in great Heat of the Yeare, or Day, you ought not to buy the shade in the Garden, by Going in the Sunne thorow the Greene, therefore you are, of either Side the Greene, to Plant a Covert Alley, upon Carpen- ters Worke, about Twelve Foot in Height, by which you may goe in Shade, into the Garden. As for the Making of Kfiots, or Figures, with Divers Coloured Earths, that they may lie un-
190 lEjJ^agejJ
der the Windowes of the House, on that Side, which the Garden stands, they be but Toyes: You may see as good Sights, many times, in Tarts. The Garden is best to be Square; In- compassed, on all the Foure Sides, with a Stately Arched Hedge. The Arches to be upon Piliaj's, of Carpenters Worke, of some Ten P'oot high, and Six Foot broad: And the Spaces between, of the same Dimension, with the Breadth of the Arch. Over the Arches, let there bee an Entire Hedge, of some Foure Foot High, framed also upon Carpenters Worke : And upon the Upper Hedge^ over every Arch, a little Turret, with a Belly, enough to receive a Cage of Birds: And over every Space, betweene the Arches, some other little Figure, with Broad Plates of Round Coloured Glasse, gilt, for the Sunne, to Play upon. But this Hedge I entend to be, raised upon a Bancke, not Steepe, but gently Slope, of some Six Foot, set all with Flowers. Also I understand, that this Square of the Garden, should not be the whole Breadth of the Ground, but to leave, on either Side, Ground enough, for diversity of Side Alleys: Unto which, the Two Covert Alleys of the Greene, may deliver you. But there must be, no Alleys with Hedges, at either End, of this great Inclosure: Not at the Hither E?id, for letting your Prospedl upon this Faire Hedge from the Greene; Nor at the Further End, for letting your Prospedl from the Hedge, through the Arches, upon the Heath,
For the Ordering of the Ground, within the Great Hedge, I leave it to Variety of Device; Advising neverthelesse, that whatsoever forme
®! Garlieng 191
you cast it into, first it be not too Busie, or full of Worke. Wherein I, for my part, doe not like hnages Cut out in Juniper^ or other Garden stuffe: They be for Children. Little low Hedges, Round, like Welts, with some Pretty Pyra- mideSy I like well: And in some Places, Faire ColiiDDies upon Frames of Carpenters Worke. I would also, have the Alleys, Spacious and Faire. You may have Closer Alleys upon the Side Grounds, but none in the Maine Garden, I wish also, in the very Middle, a Faire Mount, with three Ascents, and Alleys, enough for foure to walke a breast; Which I would have to be Perfedl Circles, without any Bulwarkes, or Im- bosments ; And the Whole Mount, to be Thirty Foot high ; And some fine Banquetting House, with some Chimneys neatly cast, and without too much Glasse.
For Fountaines, they are a great Beauty, and Refreshment ; But Pooles marre all, and make the Garden unwholsome, and full of Flies, and Frogs. Fountaines I intend to be of two Natures; The One, that SprincJdeih or Spout- eth Water; The Other a Faire Receipt of Water, of some Thirty or Forty Foot Square, but with- out Fish, or Slime, or Mud. For the first, the Ornatnents of Images Gilt, or of Marble, which are in use, doe well: But the maine Matter is, so to Convey the Water, as it never Stay, either in the Bowles, or in the Cesterne; That the Water be never by Rest Discoloured, Greene, or Red, or the like; Or gather any Mossinesse or Putrefaction, Besides that, it is to be cleansed every day by the Hand. Also some Steps up
to it, and some Fine Pavement about it, doth well. As for the other Kinde of Fountaine, which we may call a Bathing Poole ^ it may admit much Curiosity, and Beauty; wherewith we will not trouble our selves : As, that the Bot- tome be finely Paved, And with Images: The sides likewise; And withall Embellished with Coloured Glasse, and such Things of Lustre; Encompassed also, with fine Railes of Low Sta- tua's. But the Maine Point is the same, which we mentioned, in the former Kinde of Foufitainej which is, that the Water be in Perpetnall Mo- tion^ Fed by a Water higher then the Poole, and Delivered into it by faire Spouts, and then dis- charged away under Ground, by some Equalitie of Bores, that it stay little. And for fine De- vices, of Arching Water without Spilling, and Making it rise in severall Formes, (of Feathers, Drinking Glasses, Canopies, and the hke,) they be pretty things to looke on, but Nothing to Health and Sweetnesse.
For the Heath, which was the Third Part of our Plot, I wish it to be framed, as much as may be, to a Naturall wildnesse. Trees I would have none in it ; But some Thickets, made onely of Sweet-Briar, and Honfty-suckle, and some Wilde Vine amongst ; And the Ground set with Violets, Strawberries, and Prime-Roses, For these are Sweet, and prosper in the Shade. And these to be in the Heath, here and there, not in any Order. I like also little Heaps, in the Nature of Mole-hils, (such as are in Wilde Heaths) to be set, some with Wilde Thyme ; Some with Pincks; Some with Germander, that gives a
€f GatDen^ 193
good Flower to the Eye; Some with Peri- winckle ; Some with Violets ; Some with Straw-r berries; Some with Couslips; Some with Daisies; Some with Red-Roses ; Some with Lilium Con- vallium ; Some with Sweet-Williams Red ; Some with Beares-Foot ; And the like Low Flowers, being withal Sweet, and Sightly. Part of which Heapes^ to be with Standards^ of little Bushes^ prickt upon their Top, and Part with- out. The Standards to be Roses; luniper; Holly; Beare-berries (but here and there, be- cause of the Smell of their Blossome;) Red Currans ; Goose-berries; Rose-Mary; Bayes; Sweet-Briar; and such like. But these Stand- ards^ to be kept with Cutting, that they grow not out of Course.
For the Side Groi^nds, you are to fill them with Varietie of Alleys^ Private, to give a full Shade ; Some of them, wheresoever the Sun be. You are to frame some of them likewise for Shelter, that when the Wind blows Sharpe, you may walke, as in a Gallery. And those Alleys must be likewise hedged, at both Ends, to keepe out the Wind; And these Closer Alleys^ must bee ever finely Gravelled, and no Grasse, be- cause of Going wet. In many of these Alleys likewise, you are to set Friiit-Trees of all Sorts; As well upon the Walles, as in Ranges. And this would be generally observed, that the Bor- derSy wherin you plant your Fncit-Trees, be Faire and Large, and Low, and not Steepe; And Set with Fine Flowers, but thin and spar- ingly, lest they Deceive the Trees. At the End of both the Side Grounds, I would have a Mount
O
194 Ic^^age^
of some Pretty Height, leaving the Wall of the Enclosure Brest high, to looke abroad into the Fields.
For the Maine Garden^ I doe not Deny, but there should be some Faire Alleys, ranged on both Sides, with Fruit Trees; And some Pretty Tiifts of Fruit Trees, And Arbours with Seats, set in some Decent Order ; But these to be, by no Meanes, set too thicke; But to leave the Maine Garden, so as it be not close, but the Aire Open and Free. For as for Shade, I would have you rest, upon the Alleys of the Side Grounds, there to walke, if you be Disposed, in the Heat of the Yeare, or day ; But to make Account, that the Maifie Garden, is for the more Temperate Parts of the yeare ; And in the Heat of Sum- mer, for the Morning, and the Evening, or Over-cast Dayes.
For Aviaries, I like them not, except they be of that Largenesse, as they may be Turffedy and have Living Plants, and Bushes, set in them; That the Birds may have more Scope, and Naturall Neastling, and that no Foulenesse appeare, in the Floare of the Aviary, So I have made a Platforme of a Princely Garden, Partly by Precept, Partly by Drawing, not a Modell, but some generall Lines of it ; And in this I have spared for no Cost. But it is No- thing, for Great Princes, that for the most Part, taking Advice with Workmen, with no Lesse Cost, set their Things together ; And sometimes adde Statuds, and such Things, for State, and Magnificence, but nothing to the true Pleasure of a Garden^
xLvn ®f iaegociatittg
IT is generally better to deale by Speech, then by Letter; And by the Mediation of a Third, then by a Mans Selfe. Letters are good, when a Man would draw an Answer by Letter backe againe ; Or when it may serve, for a Mans Justification, afterwards to produce his owne Letter; Or where it may be Danger to be in- terrupted, or heard by Peeces. To deale in Persoft is good, when a Mans Face breedeth Regard, as Commonly with Inferiours; Or in Tender Cases, where a Mans Eye, upon the Countenance of him with whom he speaketh, may give him a Diredlion, how farre to goe: And generally, where a Man will reserve to him- selfe Libertie, either to Disavow, or to Expound. In Choice of Instrufnents, it is better, to choose Men of a Plainer Sort, that are like to doe that, that is committed to them, and to report back again faithfully the Successe ; Then those, that are Cunning to Contrive out of other Mens Busi- nesse, somewhat to grace tliemselves ; And will helpe the Matter, in Report, for Satisfacflion
02
196 Ic^^age^
sake. Use also, such Persons, as affedl the Businesse, wherin they are Employed ; For that quickneth much ; And such, as arc Fit for the Matter; As Bold Men for Expostulation, Faire spoken Men for Perswasion, Craftie Men for Enquiry and Observation, Froward and Absurd Men for Businesse that doth not well beare out it Selfe. Use also such, as have beene Luckie, and Prevailed before in Things wherein you have Emploied them; For that breeds Confi- dence, and they will strive to maintaine their Prescription. It is better, to sound a Person, with whom one Dealcs, a farre off, then to /all upon the Point at first; Except you meane to surprize him by some Short Question. It is better Dealing with Men in Appetite, then with those that are where they would be. If a Man Deale with another upon Conditions, the Start or First Performance is all; Which a Man cannot reasonably Demaund, except either the Nature of the Thing be such, which must goe before ; Or Else a Man can perswade the other Partie, that hee shall still need him, in some other Thing; Or else that he be counted the Honester Man. All Praiftise, is to Discover^ or to Worke. Men Discover themselves, in Trust; In Passion; At unawares; And of Necessitie, when they would have somewhat done, and can- not finde an apt Pretext. If you would Worke any Man, you must either know his Nature, and Fashions, and so Lead him ; Or his Ends, and so Perswade him ; Or his Weaknesse, and Dis- advantages, and so Awe him; or those that have Interest in him, and so Governe him. In
®f iicgociating 197
Dealing with Cunning Persons, we must ever Consider their Ends, to interpret their Speeches ; And it is good, to say httle to them, and that which they least looke for. In all Negociations of Difficultie, a Man may not looke, to Sowe and Reape at once ; But must Prepare Busi- nesse, and so Ripen it by Degrees.
XLVIII
<©f Jpollotoers anti jfxtnb^
COSTLY Followers are not to be liked; Lest while a Man maketh his Traine Longer, hee make his Wings Shorter. I reckon to bee Costly, not them alone, which charge the Purse, but which are Wearisome and Impor- tune in Sutes. Ordinary Followers ought to challenge no Higher Conditions, then Counte- nance, Recommendation, and Protedlion from Wrongs. Facflious Followers are worse to be liked, which Follow not upon Affecflion to him, with whom they range Themselves, but upon Discontentment Conceived against some Other : Whereupon commonly ensueth, that 111 Intel- ligence, that we many times see betweene Great Personages. Likewise Glorious Followers, who make themselves as Trumpets, of the Commen- mendation of those they Follow, are full of In- convenience ; For they taint Businesse through Want of Secrecie; And they Export Honour from a Man, and make him a Retume in Envie. There is a Kinde of Followers likewise, which are Dangerous, being indeed Espials; which
®( ipollotocr^ ant) ifreuD^ 199
enquire the Secrets of the House, and beare Tales of them to Others. Yet such Men, many times, are in great Favour; For they are Offi- cious, And commonly Exchange Tales. The Following by certaine Estates of Men^ answer- able to that, which a Great Person himselfe professeth, (as of Soldiers to him that hath been Employed in the Warres, and the like,) hath ever beene a Thing Civill, and well taken even in Monarchies ; So it be without too much Pompe or Popularitie. But the most Honourable Kinde of Following, is to be Followed, as one that apprehendeth, to advance Vertue and Desert, in all Sorts of Persons. And yet, where there is no Eminent Od^s in Sufficiencie, it is better to take with the more Passable, then with the more Able. And besides, to speake Truth, in Base Times, A6live Men are of more use, then Ver- tuous. It is true, that in Government, it is Good to use Men of one Rancke equally ; for to countenance some extraordinarily, is to make them Insolent, and the rest Discontent; Be- cause they may claime a Due. But contrariwise in Favour, to use Men with much Difference and Elecflion, is Good ; For it maketh the Per- sons Preferred more Thankfull, and the Rest more officious ; Because all is of Favour. It is good Discretion, not to make too much of any Man, at the first ; Because One cannot hold out that Proportion. To be governed (as we call it) by One, is not safe : For it shewes Softnesse, and gives a Freedome to Scandall and Disrepu- tation: For those that would not Censure, or Speake ill of a Man immediatly, will talke more
20Q li^^tlge^
boldly of Those, that arc so great with tliem, and thereby Wound their Honour. Yet to be Distracfled with many is Worse; For it makes Men, to be of the Last Impression, and full of Change. To take Advice of some few Frends is ever Honourable; For Lookers on, 7nany tiines, sec more ihe?i Ga7nesters; And the Vale best discovereth the Hill. There is Little Frend- ship in the World, and Least of all betweene Equals, which was wont to be Magnified. That that is, is between Superiour and Inferiour, whose Fortunes may Comprehend, the One the Other.
XLIX
®f Cutouts
MANY ill Matters and Proiecfls are under- taken ; And Private Sutes do Putrifie the Publique Good. Many Good Matters are un- dertaken with Bad Mindes ; I meane not onely Corrupt Mindes, but Craftie Mindes, that intend not Performance. Some embrace Sutes ^ which never meane to deale effedtually in them; But if they see, there may be hfe in the Matter, by some other meane, they will be content to winne a Thanke, or take a Second Reward, or at least to make Use, in the meane time, of the Siitours Hopes. Some take hold of Sutes, onely for an Occasion, to Crosse some other ; Or to make an Information, whereof they could not otherwise have apt Pretext ; without Care what become of the Stite, when that Turne is served : Or gene- rally, to make other Mens Businesse, a Kinde of Entertainment, to bring in their owne. Nay, some undertake Sutes, with a full Purpose, to let them fall; To the end, to gratifie the Ad- verse Partie, or Competitour. Surely, there is, in some sort, a Right in every Sute: Either a
202 lE^ssagejJ
Right of Equity, if it be a Sute of Controversie ; Or a Right of Desert, if it be a Sute of Petition. If Affe(flion lead a Man, to favour the Wrong Side in Justice, let him rather use his Counte- nance, to Compound the Matter, then to Carry it If Afifecflion lead a Man, to favour the lesse Worthy in Desert, let him doe it without De- praving or Disabling the Better Deserver. In SuteSy which a man doth not well understand, it is good to referre them, to some Frend of Trust and Judgement, that may report whether hee may deale in them with Honour: But let him chuse well his Referendaries, for else he may be led by the Nose. Stitours are so distasted with Delayes, and Abuses, that Plaine Dealing, in denying to deale in Sutes at first, and Re- porting the Successe barely, and in Challenging no more Thanks then one hath deserved, is grown not onely Honourable, but also Gracious. In Stites of Favour, the first Comming ought to take little Place: So farre forth Consideration may bee had of his Trust, that if InteUigence of the Matter, could not otherwise have beene had, but by him, Advantage bee not taken of the Note, but the Partie left to his other Meanes ; and, in some sort, Recompenced for his Discoverie. To be Ignorant of the value of a Sute, is Simpli- citie; As well as to be Ignorant of the Right thereof, is Want of Conscience. Secrecie in Sutes, is a great Meane of Obtaining; For voycing them, to bee in Forwardnesse, may discourage some Kinde of Suiours; But doth Quicken and Awake Others. But Timing of the Sute^ is the Principall. Timing, I say, not
onely in respecfl of the Person, that should grant it, but in respedl of those, which are like to Crosse it. Let a Man, in the choice of his Meane, rather choose the Fittest Meane, then the Greatest Meane: And rather them, that deale in certaine Things, then those that are Generall. The Reparation of a Deniall, is som- times Equall to the first Grant ; If a Man shew himselfe, neither deie6\ed, nor discontented. Iniquum petas, tit ^quiim feras; is a good Rule, where a Man hath Strength of Favour: But otherwise, a man were better rise in his Stitej For he that would have ventured at first to have lost the Sutour^ will not in the Conclu- sion, lose both the Sutour, and his owne former Favour. Nothing is thought so Easie a Request, to a great Person, as his Letter ; And yet, if it be not in a Good Cause, it is so much out of his Reputation. There are no worse Instruments, then these Generall Contrivers of Sides: For they are but a Kinde of Poyson and Infe(5lion to Publique Proceedings.
Of Sbtuiies
^T[/D/ES serve for Delight, for Ornament, *^ and for Ability. Their Chiefe Use for De- light, is in Privatenesse and Retiring ; For Orna- ment, is in Discourse; And for Ability, is in the Judgement and Disposition of Businesse. For Expert Men can Execute, and perhaps ludge of particulars, one by one ; But the gene- rail Counsels, and the Plots, and Marshalling of Affaires, come best from those that are Learned, To spend too much Time in StudieSy is Sloth ; To use them too much for Ornament, is Affecta- tion ; To make Judgement wholly by their Rules is the Humour of a Scholler. They perfedl Nature, and are perfe<5led by Experience: For Naturall Abilities, are like Naturall Plants, that need Proyning by Study: And Studies them- selves, doe give forth Direcflions too much at Large, except they be bounded in by experience. Crafty Men Contemne Studies; Simple Men Admire them ; And Wise Men Use them : For they teach not their owne Use ; But that is a Wisdome without them, and above them, won
iB( <5tuDfe^ 205
by Observation. Reade not to Contradicfl, and Confute ; Nor to Beleeve and Take for granted ; Nor to Findc Talke and Discourse; But to weigh and Consider. Some Bookes are to be Tasted, Others to be Swallowed, and Some Few to be Chewed and Digested: That is, some Bookes are to be read onely in Parts ; Others to be read but not Curiously; And some Few to be read wholly, and with Diligence and Atten- tion. Some Bookes also may be read by De- puty, and Extra6ls made of them by Others: But that would be, onely in the lesse important Arguments, and the Meaner Sort of Bookes: else distilled Bookes^ are like Common distilled Waters, Flashy Things. Reading makcth a Full Man; Conference a Ready Man; And Writing an Exa(5l Man. And therefore. If a Man Write little, he had need have a Great memory; If he Conferre little, he had need have a Present Wit ; And if he Reade litle, he had need have much Cunning, to seeme to know that, he doth not. Histo)'ies make Men Wise; Poets Witty; The Matheinaticks Subtill ; Nat u rail Philosophy deepe; Moral I Grave; Logick and Rhetorick Able to Contend. Abemit studia in Mores. Nay there is no Stond or Impediment in the Wit, but may be wrought out by Fit Studies: Like as Diseases of the Body, may have Appro- priate Exercises. BowHng is good for the Stone and Reines ; Shooting for the Lungs and Breast ; Gentle Walking for the Stomacke ; Riding for the Head ; And the like. So if a Mans Wit be Wandring, let him Study the Matheinaticks ; For in Demonstrations, if his Wit be called
2o6 IcjJjJage^
away never so little, he must begin again: If his Wit be not Apt to distinguish or find dif* ferences, let him Shidy the Schoole-men; For they are Cymini se6lores. If he be not Apt to beat over Matters, and to call up one Thing, to Prove and Illustrate another, let him Study the Lawyers Cases: So every Defed of the Minde, may have a Speciall Receit,
u ©f Jpaction
MANY have an Opinion not wise; That for a Prince to Governe his Estate ; Or for a Great Person to governe his Proceedings, ac« cording to the Respedl of Fadions, is a Princi- pal! Part of Policy: whereas contrariwise, the Chiefest Wisdome is, either in Ordering those Things, which are Generall, and wherein Men of Severall FaUions doe nevertheless agree ; Or in dealing with Correspondence to Particular Persons, one by one. But I say not, that the consideration of Fad ions, is to be Negledled. Meane Men, in their Rising, must adhere ; But Great Men, that have Strength in themselves, were better to maintaine themselves Indifferent, and Neutrall. Yet even in beginners, to adhere so moderately, as hee bee a Man of the one Fadion, which is most Passable with the other, commonly giveth best Way. The Lower and Weaker Fadton, is the firmer in Coniundlion : And it is often scene, that a few, that are Stifle, doe tire out, a greater Number, that are more Moderate. When One of the FaClions is Extin-
ao8 ^E^sagcjs
guished, the Remaining Subdivideth : As the Fadion, betweene Lucullus^ and the Rest of the Nobles of the Senate (which they called Opti- maies) held out a while, against the Fa^ioti of Pojfipey and Ccesar: But when the Senates Au- thority was pulled Downe, Ccesar and Pompey soone after brake. The Fa6lion or Partie of Antojiius^ and Oflaviantis Ccesar^ against ^r/^- tiis and Cassius^ held out likewise for a time : But when Brutus and Cassius were overthrowne, then soone 2iher Anton t us and Oflavianus brake and Subdivided. These Examples are of Warres, but the same holdeth in Private Faflions, And therefore, those that arc Seconds in Faflions^ doe many times, when the Faftion Subdivideth, prove Principals : But many times also, they prove Ciphars and Casheer'd: For many a Mans Strength is in opposition; And when that fail- eth, he groweth out of use. It is commonly scene, that Men once Placed, take in with the Contrary Fad ion to that, by which they enter ; Thinking belike that they have the First Sure ; And now are Readie for a New Purchase. The Traitour in Fadion lightly goeth away with it ; For when Matters have stucke long in Bal- ancing, the Winning of some one Man cast- eth them, and he getteth all the Thankes. The Even Carriage betweene two Fadions^ proceed- eth not alwaies of Moderation, but of a True- nesse to a Mans Selfe, with End to make use of both. Certainly in Italy, they hold it a little suspecft in Popes, when they have often in their Mouth, Padre commune: And take it, to be a Signe of one, that meaneth to referre all, to the
(Bi ^Faction 209
Greatnesse of his owne House. Kings had need beware, how they Side themselves, and make themselves as of a Faction or Partie : For Leagues, within the State, are ever Pernicious to Monarchies; For they raise an Obligation, Paramount to Obligation of Soveraigntie, and make the King, Tanquhm utuis ex nobis: As was to be scene, in the League of France. When Fa^ions are carried too high, and too violently, it is a Signe of Weaknesse in Princes ; And much to the Preiudice, both of their Authoritie, and Businesse. The Motions of Fadions, under Kings, ought to be like the Motions (as the Astronomers speake) of the Inferiour Orbs ; which may have their Proper Motions, but yet still, are quietly carried, by the Higher Motion, of Prinmni Mobile.
LII
®f GTeremonus anti lUcspects
HE that is only Reall, had need have Ex- ceeding great Parts of Vertue; As the Stone had need to be Rich, that is set without Foile. But if a Man marke it well, it is in praise and Commendation of Men, as it is in Gettings and Gaines : P^or the Proverbe is true, That light Gaines viake hcaiy Purses; For light Gaines come thick, whereas Great come but now and then. So it is true, that Small Matters win great Commendation, because they are continually in Use, and in note : whereas the Occasion of any great Vertue, commeth but on Festivals. Therefore it doth much adde, to a Mans Reputation, and is, (as Queene Isabella said) Like perpettiall Letters Coiujueiidatory^ to have good Forines. To Attaine them, it almost sufficeth, not to despise them: For so shall a Man observe them in Others : And let him trust himselfe with the rest. For if he Labour too much to Expresse them, he shall lose their Grace ; Which is to be Naturall and Unaffe(5led. Some Mens Behaviour, is like a Verse, wherein
a^i ©ctemomejJ anD Bcjspcctsi 211
every Syllable is Measured: How can a man comprehend great Matters, that breaketh his Minde too much to small Observations? Not to use Ceremonies at all, is to teach Others not to use them againe ; And so diminisheth Respe^l to himselfe : Especially they be not to be omit- ted to Strangers, and Formall Natures : But the Dwelling upon them, & Exalting them above the Moone, is not only Tedious, but doth Diminish the Faith and Credit of him that speakes. And certainly, there is a Kinde, of Conveying of Ef- fecfluall and Imprinting Passages, amongst Com- plements, which is of Singular use, if a Man can hit upon it. Amongst a Mans Peeres, a Man shall be sure of Familiaritie ; And there- fore, it is good a little to keepe State. Amongst a Mans Inferiours, one shall be sure of Rever- ence ; And therefore it is good a little to be Fa- miliar. He that is too much in any Thing, so that he giveth another Occasion of Sacietie, maketh himselfe cheape. To apply Ones Selfe to others, is good : So it be with Demonstration, that a Man doth it upon Regard, And not upon Facilitie. It is a good Precept, generally in Seconding Another, yet to adde somewhat of Ones Owne: As if you will grant his Opinion, let it be with some Distindlion ; If you will fol- low his Motion, let it bee with Condition ; If you allow his Counsell, let it be with Alledging further Reason. Men had need beware, how they be too Perfedl in Complements; For be they never so Sufficient otherwise, their Enviers will be sure to give them that Attribute, to the Disadvantage of their greater Vertues. It is
P2
212 lE^^agc^
losse also in businesse, to be too full of Respefls. or to be too Curious in Observing Times and Opportunities. Salofnoii saith ; He that con- sidereih the wind, shall not Sow, and he that lookeih to the Clouds, shall not reape. A wise Man will make more Opportunities then he findes. Mens Behaviour should be like their Apparell, not too Strait, or point Device, but Free for Exercise or Motion.
LIII
pRAISE is the Refleaion of Vertue. But it •^ is as the Glasse or Bodie, which giveth the Refledlion. If it be from the Common People, it is commonly False and Naught: And rather followeth Vaine Persons, then Vertuous: For the Common People understand not many Ex- cellent Vertues : The Lowest Vertues draw Praise from them; The middle Vertues worke in them Astonishment, or Admiration; But of the Highest Vertues, they have no Sense, or Perceiving at all. But Shewes, and Species vir- tiitibus similes, serve best with them. Certainly, Fame is like a River, that beareth up Things Light and Swolne, And Drownes Things waighty and Solide : But if persons of Qualitie and, ludgement concurre, then it is, (as the Scripture saith) Noinen bonuin i?tstar ungiienti fragran- tis. It filleth all round about, and will not easily away. For the Odours of Oyntments, are more Durable, then those of Flowers. There be so many False Points of Praise^ that a Man may iustly hold it a Suspea. Some Praises proceed
a 14 IS^^agc^
meerely of Flattery ; And if hcc be an Ordinary Flatterer, he will have certaine Common Attri- butes, which may serve every Man; If he be a Cunning Flatterer, he will follow the Arch-flat- terer, which is a Mans selfe ; and wherein a Man thinketh best of himselfe, therein the Flat- terer will uphold him most: But if he be an Im- pudent Flatterer, look wherin a Man is Con- scious to himselfe, that he is most Defecftive., and is most out of Countenance in himselfe, that will the Flatterer Entitle him to, perforce, Spretd Conscieiitid. Some Praises come of good Wishes, and Respedls, which is a Forme due in Civilitie to Kings, and Great Persons, Laiidando prcEcipere; When by telling Men, what they are, they represent to them, what they should be. Some Men are Praised Maliciously to their Hurt, therby to stirre Envie and lea- lousie towards them ; Pessiiman genus Inimico- rujn latidantium; In so much as it was a Pro- verb, amongst the Grecians; that, He that was praised to his Hurt, should have a Ptish rise upon his Nose: As we say ; That a Blister will rise upon ones Tongue, that telPs a lye. Cer- tainly Moderate Praise, used with Opportunity, and not Vulgar, is that which doth the Good. Salomon saith. He that praiseih his Frend aloud. Rising Ea?'ly, it shall be to him, no better then a Curse. Too much Magnifying of Man or Matter, doth irritate Contradi(5\ion, and pro- cure Envie and Scorne. To Praise a Mans selfe, cannot be Decent, except it be in rare Cases: But to Praise a Mans Office or Profes- sion, he may doe it with Good Grace, and with
Si ^3rai0e 215
a Kinde of Magnanimitie. The Cardinals of Rome, which are Theologues, and Friars, and Schoole-men, have a Phrase of Notable Con- tempt and Scorne, towards Civill Businesse : For they call all Temporall Businesse, of Warres, Embassages, ludicature, & other Emploiments, Sbirreriej which is, Under-Shc7'iffries ; As if they were but matters for Under-Sheriffes and Catchpoles ; Though many times, those Under- sherifferies doe more good, then their High Spe- culations. S^. Paul, when he boasts of himselfe, he doth oft enterlace ; I speake like a Foolej But speaking of his Calling, he saith ; Magnificabo ApostolaUun ineum.
LIIII
(©{ SHaine-CGIorB
IT was prettily Devised of jEsope; The Fly sate upon the Axle-tree of the Chariot wheele, atid said, What a Dust doe I raise? So are there some Vaine Persons, that what- soever goeth alone, or moveth upon greater Means, if they have never so little Hand in it, they thinke it is they that carry it. They that are Glorious, must needs be FaHious; For all Bravery stands upon Comparisons. They must needs be Violent, to make good their owne Vaunts. Neither can they be Secret, and there- fore not Effe(fluall ; but according to the French Proverb; Beaticoup de Brtiit, peu de Fruit: Much B7'uit, little Fruit. Yet certainly there is Use of this Qualitie, in Civill Affaires. Where there is an Opinion, and Fame to be created, either of Vertue, or Greatnesse, these Men are good Trumpetters. Again, as Titus Livius noteth, in the Case oi Antiochus, and the ^to- liansj There are sometimes great Effects oj Crosse Lies; As if a Man, that Negotiates be- tween Two Princes, to draw them to ioyne in a
Warre against the Third, doth extoll the Forces of either of them, above Measure, the One to the Other: And sometimes, he that deales be- tween Man and Man, raiseth his owne Credit, with Both, by pretending greater Interest, then he hath in Either. And in these, and the Hke Kindes, it often falls out, that Somewhat is pro- duced of Nothing: For Lies are sufficient to breed Opinion, and Opinion brings on Sub- stance. In Militar Commanders and Soldiers, Vaine-Glory is an Essentiall Point ; For as Iron sharpens Iron, so by Glory one Courage sharp- neth another. In Cases of great Enterprise, upon Charge and Adventure, a Composition of Glorious Natures, doth put Life into Businesse; And those that are of Solide and Sober Natures, have more of the Ballast, then of the Saile. In Fame of Learning, the Flight will be slow, with- out some Feathers of Ostentation. Qui de con- temnendd Glorid Libros scribunt^ Nomen suuin inscribunt. Socrates^ Aristotle, Galen, were Men full of Ostetitation. Certainly Vaine-Glory helpeth to Perpetuate a Mans Memory; And Vertue was never so Beholding to Humane Na- ture, as it received his due at the Second Hand. Neither had the Fame of Cicero, Seneca, Pli- nius Secundtcs, borne her Age so well, if it had not been ioyned, with some Vafiity in them- selves : Like unto Varnish, that makes Seelings not onely Shine, but Last. But all this while, when I speake of Vaine-Glory, I meane not of that Property, that Tacitus doth attribute to Mucia7t{us; Omnium, qucB dixerat, feceratque, Arte quadam Ostentator: For that proceeds not.
2i8 iE00age^
of Vanity, but of Naturall Magnanimity, and discretion: And in some Persons, is not onely Comely, but Gracious. For Excusations, Ces- sions, Modesty it selfe well Governed, are but Arts of Ostentaiiofi. And amongst those Arts, there is none better, then that which Plittius Secundus speakcth of; which is to be Liberall of Praise and Commendation to others, in that, wherein a Mans Selfe hath any Perfedlion. For saith Plifty very Wittily; In co7nmendmg Atio- iher, you doe your selfe right; For he that you Co?n7nejid, is either Stiperiour to you, in that you Comvicndj or Inferiour. If he be Inferiour, if he be to be Conwiended, you much more: If he be Superiour, if he be not to be cojnfneuded, you much lesse. Glorious Men are the Scome of Wise Men ; the Admiration of Fooles ; the Idols of Parasites ; And the Slaves of their own Vaunts.
LV
®f l^onour null 2Jleputation
THE Winning oi Honour, is but the Reveal- ing of a Mans Vertue and Worth, without Disadvantage. For some in their Adlions^ doe Wooe and affedl Honour, and Reptitatioji : Which Sort of Men, are commonly much Talked of, but inwardly little Admired. And some, contrariwise, darken their Vertue, in the Shew of it ; So as they be under-valued in opinion. If a Man performe that which hath not beenc attempted before; Or attempted & given over; Or hath beene atchieved, but not with so good Circumstance ; he shall purchase more Hojioiir,^ then by Effedling a Matter of greater Difficulty, or Vertue, wherein he is but a Follower. If a Man so temper his A(flions, as in some one of them, hee doth content everie Faction, or Com- bination of People, the Musicke will bee the fuller. A man is an ill Husband of his Honour, that entreth into any Adlion, the Failing where- in may disgrace him more, then the Carying of it through can Honor him. Ho7tour, that is gained and broken upon Another, hath the
220 Ic^^aged
quickest Reflection; Like Diamonds cut with Fascets. And therefore, let a Man contend, to excell any Competitors of his in Honour^ in Out-shooting them, if he can, in their owne Bowe. Discreet Followers and Servants helpe much X,o Reputation : Omnis Fa7na d. Domes ticis emanat. Envy, which is the Canker of Ho7tour^ is best extinguished, by declaring a Mans Selfe, in his Ends, rather to seeke Merit, then Fame: And by Attributing a Mans Successes, rather to divine Providence and Felicity, then to his owne Vertue or Policy. The true Marshalling of the Degrees of Soveraigne Honour are these. In the First Place are Conditores Imperiorum; Founders of States, and Conunon- Wealths: Such as were Romulus, Cyrus, Ccesar, Ottoma?i, Is- inael. In the Second Place are Legis-latores, Lawgivers; which are also called. Second Founders, or Perpetui Principes, because they Governe by their Ordinances, after they are gone: Such were Lycurgus, Solon, Justinian, Eadgar, AlphoJisus of Castile, the Wise, that made the Siete Partidas. In the Third Place, are Liberatores, or Salvatores : Such as com- pound the long Miseries of Civill Warres, or deliver their Countries from Servitude of Stran- gers, or Tyrants ; As A ugustus Casar, Vespasia- nus, Aiirelianus, Theodoricus, K. Henry the 7. oi England, K. He?iry the 4. oi France. In the Fourth Place, are Propagato7'es or Propugna- tores I?nperij; Such as in Honourable Warres enlarge their Territories, or make Noble defence against Invaders. And in the Last Place, are Patres Patrice; which reigne lastly, & make
<Bi fijonour anD i^eputation 221
the Times good, wherein they Hve. Both which last Kindes, need no Examples, they are in such Number. Degrees of Honour in Sublets are ; First, Participes Curarit?nj Those upon whom Princes doe discharge the greatest Weight of their Affaires ; Their Right Hands, as we call them. The Next are, Duces Belli, Great Lead- ers; Such as are Princes Lieutenants, and doe them Notable Services in the Warres. The Third are, Gratiosij Favourites; Such as ex- ceed not this Scantling; To be Solace to the Soveraigne, and Harmelesse to the People. And the Fourth, Negotijs pares ; Such as have great Places under Princes, and execute their Places with Sufficiency. There is an Honour likewise, which may be ranked amongst the Greatest, which happeneth rarely: That is, of such as Sacrifice themselves, to Death or Danger, for the Good of their Countrey: As was M. Regulus, and the Two Decij,
LVI
<®f 3(ul)iicature
JUDGES ought to remember, that their Office ^ is hcs dicere, and not his dare; To Interpret Law, and not to Make Law, or Give Law. Else will it be like the Authority, claimed by the Church of Rome; which under pretext of Exposition of Seripture, doth not sticke to Adde and Alter ; And to Pronounce that, which they doe not Finde; And by Shew of Antiqttitie, to introduce Novel tie. Judges ought to be more Learned, then Wittie ; More Reverend, then Plausible ; And more Advised, then Confident. Above all Things, Integritie is their Portion, and Proper Vertue. Cursed (saith the Law) is hee that reinoveth the Land-marke, The Mis- laier of a Meere Stone is to blame. But it is the Uniust Judge, that is the Capitall Remover of Land-markes, when he Defineth amisse of Lands and Propertie. One Foule Sentence, doth more Hurt, then many Foule Examples. For these doe but Corrupt the Streame; The other Corrupteth the Fountaine. So saith Salomon; Pons turbatus, ^ Vena co7Tupta, est Justus ca- dens in causa sud coram Adversaria, The
(3f ^utiicature 223
Office of Judges^ may have Reference, Unto the Parties that sue; Unto the Advocates that Plead; Unto the Clerkes and Ministers of lus- tice underneath them; And to the Soveraig?ie or State above them.
First, for the Cattses or Parties that Sue. There be (saith the Scripture) that tur7ie Judge- vient i?ito Wonne-ivoodj And surely, there be also, that turne it into Viuegarj For Iniustice maketh it Bitter, and Delaies make it Soure. The Principall Dutie of a Judge, is to suppresse Force and Fraud; whereof Force is the more Pernicious, when it is Open ; And Fraud, when it is Close and Disguised. Adde thereto Con- tentious Suits, which ought to be spewed out, as the Surfet of Courts. A Judge ought to pre- pare his Way to a lust Sentence, as God useth to prepare his Way, by Raising Valleys, and Taking downe JJills: So when there appeareth on either side, an High Hand; Violent Prose- cution, Cunning Advantages taken, Combina- tion, Power, Great Counsell, then is the Vertue of a Judge scene, to make Inequalitie Equall ; That he may plant his Judgement, as upon an Even Ground. Qui fortiter emungit, elicit san- guinem; And where the Wine-Presse is hard wrought, it yeelds a harsh Wine, that tastes of the Grape-stone. Judges must beware of Hard Constru61ions, and Strained Inferences; For there is no Worse Torture, then the Torture of Lawes. Specially in case of Lawes Penall, they ought to have Care, that that which was meant for Terrour, be not turned into Rigour; And that they bring not upon the People, that Shower,
whereof the Scripture speaketh; Pliiet super eos Laqiieos: For Penall Lawcs Pressed, are a Shower of S 71 ares upon the People. Therefore, let Penall Lawcs, if they have beene Sleepers of long, or if they be growne unfit for the present Time, be by Wise Judges confined in the Execu- tion;
Indicts Officium est, ut Res, ita Tempora Rerum,
In Causes of Lt/e and Death; Judges ought (as farre as the Law permitteth) in Justice to re- member Mercy; And to Cast a Severe Eye upon the Example, but a Merciful! Eye upon the Person.
Secondly, for the Advocates and Counsell that Plead: Patience and Gravitie of Hearing, is an Essential! Part of Justice ; And an Over- speaking Judge is no well tuned Cymball. It is no Grace to a Judge, first to finde that, which hee might have heard, in due time, from the Barre; or to shew Quicknesse of Conceit in Cutting off Evidence or Counsell too short ; Or to prevent Information, by Questions though Pertinent. The Parts of a Judge in Hearing are Foure : To direcfb the Evidence ; To Mode- rate Length, Repetition, or Impertinency of Speech; To Recapitulate, Seledl, and Collate, the Material! Points of that, which hath beene said ; And to Give the Rule or Sentence. What- soever is above these, is too much; And pro- ceedeth. Either of Glory and willingnesse to Speake; Or of Impatience to Heare; Or of Shortnesse of Memorie ; Or of Want of a Staid
iBi 3)«tiicature 225
and Equall Attention. It is a Strange Thing to see, that the Boldnesse of Advocates, should prevaile with Judges; Whereas they should imi- tate God, in whose Seat they sit ; who represseth the Preswnptiious, and giveth Grace to tht Modest. But it is more Strange, that Judges should have Noted Favourites; Which cannot but Cause Multiplication of Fees, and Suspicion of By-waies. There is due from the Judge, to the Advocate, some Commendation and Grac- ing, where Causes are well Handled, and faire Pleaded; Especially towards the Side which obtaineth not; For that upholds, in the Ctient, the Reputation of his Counsell, and beats downe, in him, the Conceit of his Cause, There is like- wise due to the J^ublique, a Civill Reprehension of Advocates, where there appeareth Cunning Counsel, Grosse Negledl, Slight Information, Indiscreet Pressing, or an Over-bold Defence. And let not the Counsell at the Barre, chop with the Judge, nor winde himselfe into the handling of the Cause anew, after the Jtcdge hath Declared his Sentence: But on the other side. Let not the Judge meet the Cause halfe Way ; Nor give Occasion to the Partie to say ; JJis Coujisell or Proof es were not heard.
Thirdly, for that that concernes Clerks, and Ministers. The Place of Justice, is an Hallowed Place ; And therefore, not only the Bench, but the Foot-pace, and Precin61s, and Purprise thereof, ought to be preserved without Scandall and Corruption. For certainly. Grapes, (as the Scripttcre saith) will 7tot be gathered of Thames or Thistles: Neither can Justice yeeld her Fruit
Q
226 ?E^^age0
with Sweetnesse, amongst the Briars and Bram- bles, of Catching and Poling Clefkes and Mmi- sters. The Attendance of Courts is subiecfl to Foure bad Instruments. First, Certaine Persons, that are Sowers of Suits ; which make the Court swell, and the Country pine. The Second Sort is of those, that ingage Courts, in Quarells of lurisdidlion, and are not truly Amici Curice, but Parasiti Curice; in puffing a Court up beyond her Bounds^ for their owne Scraps, and Advan- tage. The Third Sort is of those, that may be accounted, the Left Hands of Courts ; Persons that are full of Nimble and Sinister Trickes and Shifts, whereby they pervert the Plaine and Diredl Courses of Courts^ and bring Justice into Oblique Lines and Labyrinths. And the Fourth is, the Poler and Exadler of Fees ; which iustifies the Common Resemblance of the Courts of Justice, to the Bjish, whereunto while the Sheepe flies for defence in Wether, hee is sure to loose Part of his Fleece. On the other side, an A7icient Gierke, skilfuU in Presidents, Wary in Proceeding, and Understanding in the Businesse of the Court, is an excellent Finger of a Court; And doth many times point the way to the Judge himselfe.
Fourthly, for that which may concerne the Soveraigne and Estate, Judges ought above all to remember the Conclusion of the Rotnatt Twelve Tables; Salus Populi Suprema Lex; And to know, that Lawes, except they bee in Order to that End, are but Things Captious, and Oracles not well Inspired. Therefore it is an Happie Thing in a State, when Kings and
a 35ut)icatute 227
States doe often Consult with Judges; And againe, when hedges doe often Consult with the King3.nd State: The one, when there is Matter of Law, intervenient in Businesse of State ; The other, when there is some Consideration of State, intervenient in Matter of Law. For many times, the Things Deduced to ludgetneiit^ may- bee Meum and Tutcvi^ when the Reason and Consequence thereof, may Trench to Point of Estate : I call Matter of Estate, not onely the parts of Soveraigntie^ but whatsoever intro- duceth any Great Alteration, or Dangerous president ; Or Concerneth manifestly any great Portion of People. And let no Man weakly conceive, that lust Laws, and True Policie, have any Antipathie : For they are like the Spirits, and Sinewes, that One moves with the Other. 'LQi hedges also remember, that Salojnojts Throne ^ was supported by Lions, on both Sides ; Let them be Lions, but yet Lions under the Throne ; Being circumspedl, that they doe not checke, or oppose any Points of Soveraigntie. Let not hedges also, be so Ignorant of their owne Right, as to thinke, there is not left to them, as a Prin- cipal! Part of their Office, a Wise Use, and application of Lawes. For they may remember, what the Apostle saith, of a Greater LaWy then theirs ; Nos sci7mis quia Lex bona est, modb quis ed utatur Legitime.
Q2
LVII
®f anger
To seeke to extinguish Anger utterly, is but a Bravery of the Stoickes, We have better Oracles : Be Aftgry^ but Smtie not. Let not the Sunne goe downe upon your Anger. Anger must be limited, and confined, both in Race, and in Time. We will first speake. How the Natu- rall Inclination, and Habit, To be Angry, may be attempred, and calmed. Secondly, How the Particular Motions of Afiger, may be repressed, or at least refrained from doing Mischiefe. Thirdly, How to raise Anger, or appease Anger, in Another.
For the first ; There is no other Way, but to Meditate and Ruminate well, upon the Effecfls of Anger, how it troubles Mans Life. And the best Time, to doe this, is, to looke backe upon Anger, when the Fitt is throughly over. Seneca saith well; That Anger is like Ruine, which breakes it Selfe, upon that it falVs. The Scrip- ture exhorteth us; To possesse our Soules in Patience. Whosoever is out of Patience, is out
of Possession of his Soide. Men must not turne Bees;
A7iimasque in vulnere pofiunt.
Anger is certainly a kinde of Basenesse: As it appeares well, in the Weaknesse of those Subie6ls, in whom it reignes : Children, Women, Old Folkes, Sicke Folkes. Onely Men must beware, that they carry their Anger, rather with Scorne, then with Feare: So that they may seeme rather, to be above the Iniury, then below it: which is a Thing easily done, if a Man will give Law to himselfe in it.
For the Second Point ; The Causes and Mo- tives of Anger, are chiefly three. First, to be too Sensible of Hiirt: For no Man is Ajig?'}', that Feeles not himselfe Hurt: And therefore Tender and Delicate Persons, must needs be oft Angry: They have so many Things to trouble them; Which more Robust Natures have little Sense of. The next is, the Apprehension and Constru6lion, of the Iniury offred, to be, in the Circumstances thereof, full of Contempt. For Contempt is that which putteth an Edge upon A7iger, as much, or more, then the Hurt it selfe. And therefore, when Men are Ingenious, in picking out Circumstances of Contempt, they doe kindle their Anger much. Lastly, Opinion of the Touch of a Mans Repictatio?i, doth mul- tiply and sharpen Anger. Wherein the Remedy is, that a Man should have, as Con salvo was wont to say, Telam Honoris crassiorern. But in all Refrainings oi Anger, it is the best Remedy to win Time ; And to make a Mans Selfe beleeve.
that the Opportunity of his Revenge is not yet come : But that he foresees a Time for it ; And so to still Himselfe in the meane Time, and reserve it.
To containe Anger from Mischiefe^ though it take hold of a Man, there be two Things, whereof you must have speciall Caution. The one, of extreme Bitterncssc of Words; Espe- cially, if they be Aculeate, and Proper: For Communia Maledida are nothing so much : And againe, that in Anger, a Man reveale no Secrets: For that makes him not fit for Society. The other, that you doe not perejnptorily break off, in any Businesse, in a Fitt of Anger: But how- soever you she7u Bitternes, do not Afl any thing, that is not Revocable.
For Raising and Appeasing Anger in Ano- ther; It is done chiefly, by Choosing of Times, when Men are frowardest and worst disposed, to incense them. Againe, by gathering (as was touched before) all that you can finde out, to aggravate the Confefnpt. And the two Remedies are by the Contraries. The Former, to take good Times, when first to relate to a Man, an Angry Businesse : For the first Impression is much ; And the other is, to sever, as much as may be, the Construflion of the Iniury, from the Point of Contempt: Imputing it, to Misun- derstanding, Feare, Passion, or what you will
Lvni ®f Saicfissituirt of ©fimgs
SALOMON saith; There is no New Thing upon the Earth, So that as Plato had an Imagination ; That all Knowledge was but Re- membrance: So Salomon giveth his Sentence; That all Noveltie is but Oblivion. Whereby you may see, that the River of Lethe ^ runneth as well above Ground, as below. There is an abstruse Astrologer that saith ; If it were not, for two things, that are Constant; {The one is, that the Fixed Starres ever stand at like dis- tance, one from another, and never co?ne nearet together, nor goe further asunder; The other, that the Diurnall Motion perpetually keepeth Time:) No Individuall would last one Moment. Certain it is, that the Matter, is in a Perpetuall Flux, and never at a Stay. The great Winding- sheets, that burie all Things in Oblivion, are two ; Deluges, and Earth-quakes. As for Con- flagrations, and great Droughts, they doe not meerely dispeople, and destroy. Phaetons Carre went but a day. And the Three yeares Drought, in the time of Elias, was but Particular, and left People Alive. As for the great Burnings by
232 is^^age^
LtghtnmgSy which are often in the West Indies, they are but narrow. But in the other two Destrudlions, by Deluge, and Earth-qjiake, it is further to be noted, that the Remnant of People, which hap to be reserved, are commonly Igno- rant and Mountanous People, that can give no Account, of the Time past: So that the Oblivion is all one, as if none had beene left. If you consider well, of the People of the West Indies, it is very probable, that they are a Newer, or a Younger People, then the People of the Old World. And it is much more likely, that the Destruflion, that hath heretofore been there, was not by Earth-quakes, (As the ^Egyptian Priest told Solon, concerning the Island of Atlantis; That it was swallowed by an Earth- quake;) But rather, that it was desolated, by a Particular Deluge. For Earth-quakes are sel- dome in those Parts. But on the other side, they have such Poiuring Rivers, as the Rivers of Asia, and Affrick, and Europe, are but Brookes to them. Their A?ides likewise, or Mountaines, are farre higher, then those with us ; Whereby it seemcs, that the Remnants of Generation of Men, were, in such a Particular Deluge, saved. As for the Observation, that Macciavel hath, that the lealousie of Se^ls, doth much extin- guish the Memory of Things ; Traducing Gre- gory the Great, that he did, what in him lay, to extinguish all Heathen Antiquities ; I doe not finde, that those Zeales, doe any great Effedls, nor last long : As it appeared in the Succession of Sabinian, who did revive the former Anti- quities.
iBt 2aicfe$(tuOe of ^]&irg0 233
The Vicissitude or Mutations^ in the Super- tour Globe, are no fit Matter, for this present Argument. It may be, Plato's great Yeare, if the World should last so long, would have some Efifecfl; Not in renewing the State of like Indi- viduals (for that is the Fume of those, that con- ceive the Celestiall Bodies, have more accurate Influences, upon these Things below, then in- deed they have) but in grosse. Comets, out of question, have likewise Power and Effedl, over the Grosse and Masse of Things: But they are rather gazed upon, and waited upon in their lourney, then wisely observed in their Effe6ls; Specially in their Respective Effe6ls ; That is, , what Kinde of Cornet, for Magnitude, Colour, Version of the Beames, Placing in the Region of Heaven, or Lasting, produceth what Kinde of Efifeas.
There is a Toy, which I have heard, and I would not have it given over, but waited upon a little. They say, it is observed, in the Low Countries (I know not in what Part) that Ever>' Five and Thirtie years, The same Kinde and Sute of Years and Weathers, comes about againe : As Great Frosts, Great Wet, Great Droughts, Warme Winters, Summers with little Heat, and the like: And they call it the Prime. It is a Thing, I doe the rather mention, because com- puting backwards, I have found some Concur- rence.
But to leave these Points of Nature, and to come to Meri. The greatest Vicissitude of Things amongst Men, is the Vicissitude of Seds, and Religions, For those Orbs rule in Mens
234 Ic^^age^
Minds most. The True Religion is built upon the Rocke; The Rest are tost upon the Waves of Time. To speake therefore, of the Causes of New SeHs; And to give some Coufisell con- cerning them; As farre, as the Weaknesse of Humane Judgement, can give stay to so great Revolutions.
When the Religion formerly received, is rent by Discords; And when the Holinesse of the Professours of Religion is decayed, and full of Scandall ; And withall the Times be Stupid, Ig- norant, and Barbarous ; you may doubt the Springing up of a A^ew Seil; If then also there should arise, any Extravagant and Strange Spi- rit, to make himselfe Authour thereof. All which Points held, when Mahomet published his Law. If a New SeSl have not two Properties, feare it not: For it will not spread. The one is, the Supplanting, or the opposing, of Authority esta- blished : For Nothing is more Popular then that. The other is, the Giving Licence to Plea- sures, and a Voluptuous Life. For as for Spe- ctdative Heresies (such as were in Ancient Times the Anians, and now the Arminians) though they worke mightily upon Mens Wits, yet they doe not produce any great Alterations in States; except it be by the Helpe of Civill Occasions. There be three Manner of Planta- tions of New Seds. By the Power of Signes and Miracles: By the Eloquetice and Wisedome of Speech and Perswasion : And by the S^uord. For Martyrdomes, I reckon them amongst Mi- racles; Because they seeme to exceed, the Strength of Human Nature: And I may doe
(Bi ^Hici^^itutie of ZUh^ ^35
the like oi Superlative ^.n^ Admirable Holinesse of Life. Surely, there is no better Way, to stop the Rising of New Seds, and Schismes; then To reforme Abuses ; To compound the smaller Differences; To proceed mildly, and not with Sanguinary Persecutions; And rather to take off the principall Authours, by Winning and Advancing them, then to enrage them by Vio- lence and Bitternesse.
The Changes and Vicissitude in Warres are many: But chiefly in three Things; In the Seats or Stages of the War re; In the Weapons; And in the Maimer of the Conduct. Warres in ancient Time, seemed more to move from East to West: For the Persians, Assyrians, Arabians, Tartars, (which were the Invaders) were all Easterne People. It is true, the Gaules were Westerne ; But we reade but of two Incursions of theirs ; The one to Gallo-Grecia, the other to Rome, But East and West have no certaine Points of Heaven : And no more have the Warres, either from the East, or West, any Cer- tainty of Observation. But North and South are fixed: And it hath seldome or never been seene, that the farre Southern People have in- vaded the Northern, but contrariwise. Whereby it is manifest, that the Northern Trad of the World, is in Nature the more Martiall Region : Be it, in respecfl of the Stars of that Hemi- sphere; Or of the great Continents that are upon the North, whereas the South Part, for ought that is knowne, is almost all Sea ; Or (which is most apparent) of the Cold of the Northern Parts, which is that, which without
Aid of Discipline, doth make the Bodies hard- est, and the Courages warmest.
Upon the Drcakijig and Shivering of a great State and Empire^ you may be sure to have IVarres. For great Empires, while they stand, doe enervate and destroy the Forces of the Na- tives, which they have subdued, resting upon their owne Prote(51ing Forces: And then when they faile also, all goes to ruine, and they be- come a Prey. So was it, in the Decay of the Roman Empire; And likewise, in the Empire of Almaigne, after Charles the Great, every Bird taking a Fether ; And were not unlike to befall to Spaine, if it should break. The great Accessions and Unions of Kingdo7nes^ doe like- wise stirre up IVarres. For when a State growes to an Over-power, it is like a g^eat Floud, that will be sure to overflow. As it hath been scene, in the States of Rome, Tnrky, Spaine, and others. Looke when the World hath fewest Barbarous Peoples, but such as com- monly will not marry or generate, except they know meanes to live; (As it is almost every where at this day, except Tartary) there is no Danger of Inundations of People: But when there be great Shoales of People, which goe on to populate, without foreseeing Meanes of Life and Sustentation, it is of Necessity, that once in an Age or two, they discharge a Portion of their People upon other Nations : Which the ancient Northern People, were wont to doe by Lot : Casting Lots, what Part should stay at home, and what should seeke their Fortunes. When a Warre-like State growes Soft and Effeminate,
<Bi ^ici^^ituUe of ^j&ingg 237
they may be sure of a Wc^rre. For commonly such States are growne rich, in the time of their Degenerating; And so the Prey inviteth, and their Decay in Valour encourageth a Warre.
As for the Weapons, it hardly falleth under Rule and Observation: yet we see, even they have Returncs and Vicissitudes. For certain it is, that Ordnance was known in the Citty of the Oxidrakes in hidia; And was that, which the Macedonians called Thunder and Lightning, and Magicke. And it is well knowne, that the use of Ordnance hath been in China, above 2000. yeares. The Conditions of Weapons^ & their Improvement are ; First, The Fetching a farre off: For that outruns the Danger: As it is scene in Ordnance and Muskets. Secondly, the Strength of the Percussion ; wherin likewise Ord- nance doe exceed all Arictations, and ancient Inventions. The third is, the commodious use of them : As that they may serve in all Wethers ; That the Carriage may be Light and Manage- able ; and the like.
For the Condu^ of the Warre : At the first. Men rested extremely upon Number: They did put the Warres likewise upon Maine Force, and Valour; Pointing Daycs for Pitched Fields, and so trying it out, upon an even Match : And they were more ignorant in Rangijig and Arraying their Battailes. After they grew to rest upon Number, rather Competent, then Vast: They grew to Advantages, oi Place, Cii7tni7tg Diver- sions, and the like : And they grew more skilful in the Ordering of their Battailes.
In the Youth of a State, Armes doe flourish :
238 lE^^age^
In the Middle Age of a State^ Learning; And then both of them together for a time: In the Declining Age of a State^ Mechanicall Arts and Merchandize. Learning hath his Infancy, when it is but beginning, and almost Childish : Then his Youth, when it is Luxuriant and luven- ile: Then his Strength of yeares, when it is Solide and Reduced: And lastly, his old Age, when it waxeth Dry and Exhaust. But it is not good, to looke too long, upon these turning Wheeles of Vicissitude^ lest we become Giddy. As for the Philology of them, that is but a Circle of Tales, and therefore not fit for this Writing.
A FRAGMENT, OF AN ESSAY,
®i jpame
THE Poets make Fame a Monster. They de- scribe her, in Part, finely, and elegantly; and, in part, gravely, and sententiously. They say, look how many Feathers she hath, so many Eyes she hath underneath : So raany Tongues ; So many Voyces ; She pricks up so many Ears. This is 2iflojirish: There follow excellent Parables; As that, she gathereth strength in going; That she goeth upon the ground, and yet hideth her head in the Clouds. That, in the day time, she sitteth in a Watch Tower, and flyeth, most, by night : That she mingleth Things done, with things not done: And that she is a Terrour to great Citties: But that, which passeth all the rest, is : They do recount, that the Ea7^tJi, Mo- ther of the Gyants, that made War against yu- piter, and were by him destroyed, thereupon, in an anger, brought forth Fame: For certain it is, That Rebels, figured by the Gyants, and Seditious Faines, and Libels, are but Brothers, and Sisters; Masculine, and Feminine. But now, if a Man can tame this Monster, and bring her to feed at
240 Ic^^age^
the hand, and govern her, and with her fly other ravening Fowle, and kill them, it is somewhat worth. But we are infedled, with the stile of the Poets. To speak now, in a sad, and serious manner: There is not, in all the Politiques, a Place, lesse handled, and more worthy to be handled, then this of Fame. We will, therefore, speak of these points. What are false Fafues; And what are true Fames; And how they may be best discerned ; How Fames, may be sown, and raised ; How they may be spread, and mul- tiplyed ; And how they may be checked, and layed dead. And other Things, concerning the Nature of Fame. Fame, is of that force, as there is, scarcely, any great A(flion wherein, it hath not, a great part ; Especially, in the War. Muciajuis undid Vitellius by a Fame, that he scattered ; That Vitellitis had in purpose, to re- move the Legions of Syria, into Germany; And the Legions of Germany, into Syria: whereupon the Legiotts of Syria were infinitely inflamed. Juiins Ccesar, took Pompey unprovided, and layed asleep his industr)^, and preparations, by a Fame that he cunningly gave out; How Cce- sars own Souldiers loved him not; And being wearied with the Wars, and Laden with the spoyles of Gaul, would forsake him, as soon as he came into Italy. Livia, setled all things, for the Succession, of her Son Tiberius, by con- tinuall giving out, that her husband Augustus, was upon Recovery, and amendment. And it is an usuall thing, with the Basshawes, to con- ceale the Death of the Great Turk from the yannizaries, and men of War, to save the Sack-
<B( jfamt 241
ing of Constantinople^ and other Towns, as their Manner is. Themistocles, made Zerxes, king of Persia poast apace out of Grcecia, by giving out, that the Grcecians, had a purpose, to break his Bridge, of Ships, which he had made athwart Hellespont. There be a thousand such Hke Ex- ainplesj And the more they are, the lesse they need to be repeated; Because a Man, meeteth with them, every where : Therefore, let all Wise Governers, have as great a watch, and care, over Fames, as they have, of the Anions, and De- signcs themselves.
The 7'est was not FinishecL
OF THE
C O U L E R S
OF
GOOD AND EVILL
A FRAGMENT.
1597.
R2
1. Cui cetera partes vet sedir secundas nnaiiimiter defemnty cum singulis principatum sibi viudiccut vielior reliquis videtur. Nam primas quceque ex zelo videtur sumere ; secundas auiem ex vero tribuere.
2. Cuius excellentia vel exuperantia melior id toto genere melius.
3. Quod ad veritatem refertur mains est quam quod ad opinionetn. Modus autem^ ^ probatio eius quod ad opinionem pertinet here est. Quod quis si clam putaret fore fac^urus non esset.
4. Quod rem integram sen>at bonum quod sine re- ceptu est malum. Nam se recipere non posse impo- tenticc genus est, potentia autem bonum.
5. Quod ex pluribus constat, dr» divisibilius est mains quam quod ex paucioribus dr» magis unum: nam omnia per partes considerata maiora videntur; quare &^ pluralitas partium magtiitudinem prce se
fert, fortim autem operatur pluralitas partium si ordo absit, nam inducit similitudinem ififiniii, ^ impedit compi'ehensionem,
6. Cuitis privatio bona, malum, cuius privatio mala bonum,
7. Quod bono vicinum^ bonum, quod a bono remo- ttim malum,
8. Quod quis culpa sua contraxit, mains malum, quod ab exierftis imponitur minus malum,
9. Quod opera, 6^ virtute nostra partum est, mains bonum, quod ab alieno beneficio, vel ab indulgentia fortuncB de latum est, minus bonum,
10. Gradus privationis maior videtur quam gradus diminutionis, dr» rursus gradus inceptionis maior videtur quam gradus incrementi.
IN deliberatives the point is what is good and what is evill, and of good what is greater, and of evill what is the lesse.
So that the perswaders labor is to make things appeare good or evill, and that in higher or lower degree, which as it may be perfourmed by true and solide reasons, so it may be repre- sented also by coulers, popularities and circum- stances, which are of such force, as they sway the ordinarie iudgement either of a weake man, or of a wise man, not fully and considerately attending and pondering the matter. Besides their power to alter the nature of the subiecfl in appearance, and so to leade to error, they are of no lesse use to quicken and strengthen the opinions and per- svvasions which are true: for reasons plainely delivered, and alwaies after one manner especi- ally with fine and fastidious mindes, enter but heavily and dully ; whereas if they be varyed and have more life and vigor put into them by these
246
fourmes and insinuations, they cause a stronger apprehension, and many times suddainely win the minde to a resolution. Lastly, to make a true and safe iudgement, nothing can be of greater use and defence to the minde, then the discovering and reprehension of these coulers, shewing in what cases they hold, and in what they deceive : which as it cannot be done, but out of a very universall knowledge of the nature of things, so being perfourmed, it so cleareth mans iudgement and elecflion, as it is the lesse apt to slide into any error.
A TABLE of Coulers, or apparances of good and evill, and their degrees as places of perswasion and disswasion; and their severall fallaxes, and the elenches of them.
I. Cut cetent partes vel sec^ce secundas unanimiter defenint^ cum singulce principattim sibi vendicent melior reliqtiis videtur, nam primas quaque ex zelo videhir S7u?iere^ secundas autent ex vero <Sr» merito tribuere,
SO Cicero went about to prove the Se<5le of Acadeiniques which suspended all assevera- tion, for to be the best, for sayth he, aske a Sto- icke which Philosophie is true, he will preferre his owne: Then aske him which approcheth next the truth, he will confesse the Acadeiniques. So deale with the Epicure that will scant in- dure the Stoicke to be in sight of him, as soone as he hath placed himselfe, he will place the Academiques next him.
So if a Prince tooke divers competitors to a place, and examined them severallie whome next
248 '^f)e QtouUx^ of
themselves they would rathest commend, it were like the ablest man should have the most second votes.
The fallax of this couler hapneth oft in re- spe(5l of envy, for men are accustomed after themselves and their owne faction to incline to them which are softest, and are least in their way in despite and derogation of them that hold them hardest to it. So that this couler of melioritie and preheminencc is oft a signe of ener\'ation and weakenesse.
2. Oaus excellentia vcl exuperantia melior, id toto genere melius,
APPERTAINING to this are the fourmes; - Let us not ivander in generalities: Let us cofnpare particular with particular^ &c. This appearance though it seeme of strength and ra- ther Logicall then Rhetoricall, yet is ver>' oft a fallax.
Sometimes because some things are in kinde very casuall, which if they escape, prove excel- lent, so that the kinde is inferior, because it is so subiecH; to perill, but that which is excellent being proved is superior, as the blossome of March and the blossome of May, whereof the French verse goeth.
Bourgeon de Mars etifatit de Paris^ Si un eschape, il en vaut dix. So that the blossome of May is generally better then the blossome of March; and yet the best blossome of March is better then the best blos- some of May.
GooH anD lEbill 249
Sometimes, because the nature of some kindes is to be more equall and more indifferent, and not to have very distant degrees, as hath bene noted in the warmer clymates, the people are generally more wise, but in the Northerne cli- mate the wits of chiefe are greater. So in many Annies, if the matter should be tryed by duell betweene two Champions, the victory should go on one side, and yet if it be tryed by the grosse, it would go of the other side ; for excellencies go as it were by chance, but kindes go by a more certaine nature, as by discipline in warre.
Lastly, many kindes have much refuse which countervale that which they have excellent ; and therefore generally mettall is more precious then stone, and yet a dyamond is more precious then gould.
3. Quod ad veritaiem rcfoinr mains est quam quod ad opinionem. Modus autem ^ probaiio eius quod ad opinionern pertinet, ha:c est, quod quis si clam putaret fore, faclurus nou esset.
SO the Epicures say of the Stoicks felicitie placed in vertue. That it is like the felicitie of a Player, who if he were left of his Auditorie and their applause, he would streight be out of hart and countenance, and therefore they call vertue Bonum theatralc. But of Riches the Poet sayth :
Populus me sibilat, At viihi plaudo,' And of pleasure.
Grata sub into Gaudia cordepremens, vultu simulante pudore^n.
250 ®Je CToulet^ of
The fallax of this couler is somewhat subtile, though the aunswere to the example be readie, for vertue is not chosen propter aurain popula- rem. But contrariwise, Maxime oynniiim teipsinn reverere^ So as a vertuous man will be vertuous in solitudiney and not onely in theatro, though percase it will be more strong by glory and fame, as an heate which is doubled by reflexion ; But thatdenieth the supposition, it doth not reprehend the fallax whereof "the reprehension is, alow that vertue (such as is ioyned with labor and conflidl) would not be chosen but for fame and opinion, yet it foUoweth not that the chiefe motive of the elecflion should not be reall and for it selfe, for fame may be onely causa hnpulsiva^ and not causa constitiiens^ or efficients. As if there were two horses, and the one would doo better without the spurre then the other : but agayne, the other with the spurre woulde farre exceede the doing of the former, giving him the spurre also ; yet the latter will be iudged to be the better horse, and the founne as to say. Tush, the life of this horse is but in the spu7're^ will not serve as to a wise iudgementc : For since the ordinary instru- ment of horsemanship is the spurre, and that it is no manner of impediment nor burden, the horse is not to bee accounted the lesse of, which will not do well without the spurre, but rather the other is to be reckoned a delicacie then a vertue, so glory and honor are as spurres to ver- tue : and although vertue would languish with- out them, yet since they be alwayes at hand to attend vertue, vertue is not to be sayd the lesse, chosen for it selfe, because it needeth the spurre
of fame and reputation : and therefore that posi- tion, No fa ems rei quod propter opiJitonetn &^ 11071 propter veritatem eligiticr^ hcEC est quod quis si clam putaj'et fore faClurus 7ion esset is repre- hended.
4. Quod rem integram seri'ai bonwn, quod sine re- cepiu est malum. Nam se recipere non posse impo- teniicv genus est, poteniia auiem bonum.
HEREOF Aesope framed the Fable of the two Frogs that consuUed together in time of drowth (when many plashes that they had re- payred to were dry) what was to be done, and the one propounded to goe downe into a deepe Well, because it was like the water woulde not fayle there, but the other aunswered, yea but if it do faile how shall we get up againe? And the reason is, that humane adlions are so uncer- tayne and subiecfle to perills, as that seemeth the best course which hath most passages out of it.
Appertaining to this perswasion the fourmes are, you shall ingage your selfe. On the other side, Tautuni quantum voles sumes ex fortujta, you shall keepe the matter in your owne hands. The reprehension of it is, That proceeding aftd resolving in all anions is necessarie: for as he sayth well. Not to resolve, is to resolve, and many times it breedes as many necessities, and ingageth as farre in some other sort as to re- solve.
252 Zf)t ©oulcr^ of
So it is but the covetous mans disease trans- lated into power, for the covetous man will enioy nothing because he will have his full store and possibilitic to enioy the more, so by this reason a man shoulde execute nothing because hee should be still indifferent and at libertie to execute any thing. Besides necessitie and this same tac/a est alea hath many times an ad- vantage, because it awaketh the powers of the minde, and strengtheneth indevor. Cceteris pa- res necessitate certe superiores estis*
5. Qitod ex pluribiis constat et divisibiliits est mains qiiam quod ex paitcioribus et magis ununi : nam omnia per partes consideraia maiora videjttur; quare et plural itas parti um viagnitudinem pra se fert; fortius autem operatur pluralitas partium si ordo absit, nam inducit simiiitudinem infiniti et impedit comprehensionem,
THIS couler seemeth palpable, for it is not pluralitie of partes without maioritie of partes that maketh the totall greater, yet never- thelesse it often carries the minde aw^ay, yea, it deceyveth the sence, as it seemeth to the eye a shorter distance of way if it be all dead and con- tinued, then if it have trees or buildings or any other markes whereby the eye may devide it. So when a great moneyed man hath devided his chests and coines and bags, hee seemeth to him- selfe richer then hee was, and therefore a way to amplifie any thing, is to breake it, and to make an anatomie of it in severall partes, and to examine it according to severall circumstances,
Good ant> Icbill 253
And this maketh the greater shew if it be done without order, for confusion maketh things mus- ter more, and besides what is set downe by or- der and division, doth demonstrate that nothing is left out or omitted, but all is there ; whereas if it be without order, both the minde compre- hendcth lesse that which is set downe, and be- sides it leaveth a suspition, as if more might be sayde then is expressed.
This couler deceyveth, if the minde of him that is to be perswaded, do of it selfe over-con- ceive or preiudge of the greatnesse of any thing, for then the breaking of it will make it seeme lesse, because it maketh it appeare more accord- ing to the truth, and therefore if a man be in sicknes or payne, the time will seeme longer without a clocke or howre-glasse then with it, for the minde doth value every moment, and then the howre doth rather summe up the mo- ments then devide the day. So in a dead playne, the way seemeth the longer, because the eye hath preconceyved it shorter then the truth : and the frustrating of that maketh it seeme longer then the truth. Therefore if any man have an overgreat opinion of any thing, then if an other thinke by breaking it into severall con- siderations, he shall make it seeme greater to him, he will be deceyved, and therefore in such cases it is not safe to devide, but to extoll the entire still in generall.
An other case wherein this couler deceyveth, is, when the matter broken or devided is not comprehended by the sence or minde at once in respecfl of the distracfling or scattering of it, and
254 ^l&e ©ouler^ of
being intire and not devided, is comprehended, as a hundred pounds in heapes of five poundes will shewe more, then in one grosse heape, so as the heapes be all uppon one table to be seene at once, otherwise not, or flowers growing scattered in divers beds will shewe, more then if they did grow in one bed, so as all those beds be within a plot that they be obie(fl to view at once, other- wise not ; and therefore men whose living lieth together in one Shire, are commonly counted greater landed then those whose livings are dis- persed though it be more, because of the notice and comprehension.
A third case wherein this couler deceyveth, and it is not so properly a case or reprehension as it is a counter couler being in effecfl: as large as the couler it selfe, and that is, Oi7mis cojnpo- sitio indigent ice cuiusdam vidciur esse particeps^ because if one thing would serve the turne it were ever best, but the defecfl and imperfecflions of things hath brought in that help to piece them up as it is sayd, Martha Martha attendis ad phiriina, timtm stifficit. So likewise here- upon Acsope framed the Fable of the Fox and the Cat, whereas the Fox bragged what a num- ber of shifts and devises he had to get from the houndes, and the Catte saide she had but one, which was to clime a tree, which in proofe was better worth then all the rest, whereof the pro- verbe grew,
Multa novit Vulpes sed Felis uniim 7nagnum,
And in the morall of this fable it comes likewise to passe: That a good sure friend is a better
©ooU auD labill 255
helpe at a pinch, then all the stratagems and poUicies of a mans owne wit. So it falleth out to bee a common errour in negociating, whereas men have many reasons to induce or perswade, they strive commonly to utter and use them all at once, which weakeneth them. For it argueth as was said, a needines in every of the reasons by it selfe, as if one did not trust to any of them, but fled from one to another, helping himselfe onely with that.
Et qucB non prosunt singjila, multa iuvant.
Indeed in a set speech in an assemblie it is expecfled a man shbulde use all his reasons in the case hee handleth, but in private perswa- sions it is alwayes a great errour.
A fourth case wherein this colour may bee reprehended is in respecfle of that same vis nnita fortior, according to the tale of the French King, that when the Emperours Amb. had re- cited his maysters stile at large which consisteth of many countries and dominions: the French King willed his Chauncellor or other minister to repeate and say over Fraunce as many times as the other had recited the severall dominions, intending it was equivalent with them all, & beside more compacHied and united.
There is also appertayning to this couler an other point, why breaking of a thing doth helpe it, not by way of adding a shew of magnitude unto it, but a note of excellency and raritie ; whereof the fourmes are. Where shall youfinde such a concurrence ? Great but not co7npleat, for it seemes a lesse worke of nature or fortune to
256 ^]^e ©oulev^ of
make any thing in his kinde greater then ordi- narie, then to make a straungc composition.
Yet if it bee narrowly considered, this colour will bee reprehended or incoimtred by imputing to all excellencies in compositions a kind of povertie or at least a casualty or ieopardy, for from that which is excellent in greatnes som- what may be taken, or there may be decay ; and yet sufficiencie left, but from that which hath his price in composition if you take away any thing, or any part doe fayle all is disgraced.
6. Cuius privatio bona, malum, cuius privatio mala, bonum,
THE fornies to make it concey'ved that that was evill which is chaunged for the better are, He that is in hell thinkes there is no other heaven. Satis que re us, A cor ties were good till bread was found, &^e. And of the other side the formes to make it conceyved that that was good which was chaunged for the worse are, Bona 7nagis carendo quct?n fruendo sentimus, Bona a tergo forinosissima, Good things never appear in their full beautie, till they tiwne their backe and be going away, &^c. The reprehension of this colour is, that the good or evil which is removed may be esteemed good or evil compara- tively and not positively or simply. So that if the privation bee good, it follows not the former condition was evil, but lesse good, for the flower or blossome is a positive good, although the remove of it to give place to the fruite be a comparative good. So in the tale of JEsopt',
CKoot) ant) IcbiU 257
when the olde fainting man in the heat of the day cast downe his burthen & called for death, & when death came to know his will with him, said it was for nothing but to helpe him uppe with his burthen agayne: it doth not follow that because death which was the privation of the burthen was ill, therefore the burthen was good. And in this parte the ordinarie forme of Malum jtecessariwn aptly reprehendeth this colour, for Privatio mall necessarij est mala, and yet that doth not convert the nature of the necessarie evil, but it is evill.
Againe it commeth sometimes to passe, that there is an equalitic in the chaunge or privation, and as it were a Dilem7na boni or a Dilemma malt, so that the corruption of the one good is a generation of the other,
So7'ti pater ce quits utrique est: And contrarie the remedy of the one evill is the occasion and commencement of an other, as in Scilla and Charibdis.
7. Qiiod bono vicinum, bonum : quod a bono remo- ium malum,
SUCH is the nature of thinges, that thinges contrarie and distant in nature and qualitie are also severed and disioyned in place, and thinges like and consenting in qualitie are placed, and as it were quartered together, for partly in regarde of the nature to spredde, multiplie and infedl in similitude, and partly in regard of the nature to break, expell and alter that which
S
258 'Ef)t ©oulcr^ of
is disagreeable and contrarie, most thinges do eyther associate and draw neere to themselves the like, or at least assimilate to themselves that which approcheth necr them, and doe also drive away, chase and exterminate their contra- ries. And that is the reason commonly yeelded why the middle region of the aire shold be cold- est, because the Sunne and stars are eyther hot by dire(fl beames or by refle(flion. The direcfl beames heate the upper region, the refledled beames from the earth and seas heate the lower Region. That which is in the middest being furthest distant in place from these two Regions of heate are most distant in nature that is cold- est, which is that they tearme colde or hot, per antiperistasifi^ that is invironing by contraries, which was pleasantly taken holde of by him that said that an honest man in these daies must needes be more honest then in ages heretofore, propter antiperistashi because the shutting of him in the middest of contraries must needs make the honesty stronger and more compadl in it selfe.
The reprehension of this colour is, first many things of amplitude in their kind doe as it were ingrosse to themselves all, and leave that which is next them most destitute, as the shootes or underwood that grow nearc a great and spread tree, is the most pyned & shrubbie wood of the field, because the great tree doth deprive and deceive them of sappe and nourishment. So he saith wel, Divitis servi maxime servi: And the comparison was pleasant of him that . compared courtiers attendant in the courtes of
®ooU anil Icbill 259
princes, without great place or office, to fasting dayes, which were next the holy daies, but other- wise were the leanest dayes in all the weeke.
An other reprehension is, that things of great- nes and predominancie, though they doe not extenuate the thinges adioyning in substance ; yet they drowne them and obscure them in shew and appearance. And therefore the Astrono- mers say, that whereas in all other planets con- iundlion is the perfedlest amitie: the Sunne contrariwise is good by aspedl, but evill by coniuncflion.
A third reprehension is because evill ap- procheth to good sometimes for concealement, sometimes for protedl;ion, and good to evill for conversion and reformation. So hipocrisie draw- eth neer to religion for covert & hyding it selfe : Scepe latet vitiuin proximitate bom\
& San6luary men, which were commonly in- ordinate men & malefadlors, were wont to be neerest to priestes and Prelates and holy men, for the maiestie of good thinges is such, as the confines of them are revered. On the other side our Saviour charged with neerenes of Publi- canes and rioters said. The Phisitian approch- eth the sicke^ rather then the whole,
8. Quod quis culpa sua contraxit, mains maluni; quod ab extemis imponiiur, minus malum.
THE reason is because the sting and remorse of the mind accusing it selfe doubleth all adversitie, contrarywise the considering and re- cording inwardly that a man is cleare and free
S 2
a6o Zf}£ €^oulet0 of
from fault, and iust imputation, doth attemper outward calamities : For if the evill bee in the sence and in the conscience both, there is a gemination of it, but if evill be in the one and comfort in the other, it is a kind of compensation. So the Poets in tragedies doe make the most passionate lamentations, and those that fore- runne final dispaire, to be accusing, questioning and torturing of a mans selfe. Seque U7iuvi cla??iat cajisamque caputque maio- ru?n.
& contrariwise the extremities of worthie per- sons have beene annihilated in the consider- ation of their owne good deserving. Besides when the evill commeth from without, there is left a kinde of evaporation of griefe, if it come by humane iniurie, eyther by indignation and meditating of revenge from our selves, or by expecTling or foreconceyving that Nefnesis and retribution will take holde of the authours of our hurt, or if it bee by fortune or accident, yet there is left a kinde of expostulation against the divine powers. Atqtie deos atque Astra vocat crudelia Mater, But where the evill is derived from a mans own fault there all strikes deadly inwardes and buffocateth.
The reprehension of this colour is first in respe<f\ of hope, for reformation of our faultes is in nostra potestate^ but amendment of our fortune simplie is not. Therefore Demosthenes in many of his orations sayth thus to the people of Athens. That which having re garde to the
GooU ant) '^hill 261
/tme past is the worst pointe and circumstance of all the rest^ that as to the tif?ie to come is the best: What is that? Even this ^ that by your sloth, irresolution, and 7nisgovernement, your affaires are growne to this declination and decay. For had you used and ordered your fneanes and forces to the best, and done your partes every way to the full, and notwithstafiding yoiir mat- ters shoidd have gone backwards in this manner as they doe, there had beefie no hope left of re- coverie or reparation, bid since it hath beene onely by your owne errours ^c. So Epi^etus in his degrees saith, The worst state of man is to accuse exter^ie things, better then that to accuse a mans selfe, and best of all to accuse neyther.
An other reprehension of this colour is in respedl of the wel bearing of evils, wherewith a man can charge no bodie but himselfe, which maketh them the lesse.
Lev e fit quod bene fertur onus.
And therefore many natures, that are eyther extreamely proude and will take no fault to themselves, or els very true, and cleaving to themselves (when they see the blame of any thing that falles out ill must light upon them- selves) have no other shift but to beare it out wel, and to make the least of it, for as wee see when sometimes a fault is committed, & before it be known who is to blame, much adoe is made of it, but after if it appeare to be done by a Sonne, or by a wife, or by a neere friend, then it is light made of. So much more when a man
262 I^Je ©oukrjj o!
must take it upon himselfe. And therefore it is commonly scene that women that marrie hus- bandes of their owne choosing against their friends consents, if they be never so ill used, yet you shall scldome see them complaine but to set a good face on it.
9. Qi40ii opera &^ virlufe nostra parium est maius bo- num; quod ab alieno beneficio, vel ab indulgentia fortuna delatum est minus bonum,
THE reasons are first the future hope, be- cause in the favours of others or the good windes of fortune we have no state or certainty, in our endevours or abilities we have. So as when they have purchased us one good fortune, we have them as ready and better edged and inured to procure another.
The formes \>Q.^yoti have wonne this by play ^ yoJi have not oncly the water, but you have the receit, you can make it againe if it be lost &^c.
Next because these properties which we inioy by the benefite of others carry with them an obligation, which seemeth a kinde of burthen, whereas the other which derive from our selves, are like the freest patents absque aliquo inde reddendo, and if they proceede from fortune or providence, yet they seeme to touch us secreatly with the reverence of the divine powers whose favours we tast, and therfore worke a kind of religious feare and restraint, whereas in the other kind, that come to passe which the Prophet speaketh, Lcetantur &^ exultant, immolant pla- gis suisy <Sr» sacrijicant reti suo.
Thirdely because that which commeth unto us without our owne virtue, yeeldeth not that commendation and reputation, for adlions of great felicitie may drawe wonder, but prayselesse, as Cicero said to Cesar: Qiicb inircmur habe- mus^ qticB laiidemus expeHaimis.
Fourthly because the purchases of our own industrie are ioyned commonly with labour and strife which gives an edge and appetite, and makes the fruition of our desire more pleasant, Suavis cibus a vejiatu.
On the other side there bee fowre counter colours to this colour rather then reprehensions, because they be as large as the colour it selfe, first because felicitie seemeth to bee a charadler of the favour and love of the divine powers, and accordingly worketh both confidence in our selves and respecfle and authoritie from others. And this felicitie extendeth to many casuall thinges, whereunto the care or virtue of man cannot extend, and therefore seemeth to be a larger good, as when Ccesar sayd to the sayler, CcBsaretn porias &^ fortunam eius^ if he had saide, &^ virtutetn eius, it had beene small com- fort against a tempest otherwise then if it might seeme upon merite to induce fortune.
Next, whatsoever is done by vertue and industrie, seemes to be done by a kinde of habite and arte, and therefore open to be imi- tated and followed, whereas felicitie is inimita- ble: So wee generally see, that things of nature seeme more excellent then things of arte, be- cause they be inimitable, for guod imitabile est Potentia qiiadam VMlgatum est.
264 CJe a^ouUx^ of
Thirdly, felicitie commendeth those things which commeth without our ownc labor, for they seeme gifts, and the other seemes peny- worths : whereupon Plutarch sayth elegantly of the acfles of Timoleon^ who was so fortunate, compared with the acfles of Agesilaus and EpaminondaSj That they were like Homers verses they ranne so cosily and so welly and therefore it is the word we give unto poesie, terming it a happie vaine, because facilitie seemeth ever to come from happines.
P^ourthly, this same prceter spon^ vel prcBtcr expe^latiiviy doth increase the price and pleasure of many things, and this cannot be incident to those things that proceede from our owne care, and compasse.
lo. Gradiis privationis maior videtur quam grcuitis diminutiotiis ; <Sr* rursiis gradus inceptionis maior videiiir quam gradus incrementi.
IT is a position in the Mathematiques that there is no proportion betweene somewhat and nothing, therefore the degree of nuUitie and quidditie or adi, seemeth larger then the degrees of increase and decrease, as to a monoculos it is more to loose one eye, then to a man that hath two eyes. So if one have lost divers children, it is more griefe to him to loose the last then all the rest, because he is spes gregis. And therefore Sybilla when she brought her three books, and had burned two, did' double the whole price of both the other, because the
burning of that had hxw gradus privationis, and not diminiitionis. This couler is reprehended first in those things, the use and service whereof resteth in sufficiencie, competencie, or determi- nate quantitie, as if a man be to pay one hun- dreth poundes upon a penaltie, it is more for him to want xii pence, then after that xii pence supposed to be wanting, to want ten shillings more : So the decay of a mans estate seemes to be most touched in the degree when he first growes behinde, more then afterwards when he proves nothing worth. And hereof the common fourmes are, Sera in /undo parsi?nonm, and as good never a whit, as never the better, &c. It is reprehended also in respecH: of that notion, Co7'ruptio unhts^ gencratio alter ins ^ so that gradiis privationisy is many times lesse matter, because it gives the cause, and motive to some new course. As when Demosthenes reprehended the people for harkning to the conditions offered by King Phillip, being not honorable nor equall, he saith they were but aliments of their sloth and weakenes, which if they were taken away, necessitie woulde teach them stronger resolu- tions. So Do6\or He^or was wont to say to [the] Dames of London, when they complayned they were they could not tell how, but yet they could not endure to take any medicine, he would tell them. Their way was onely to be sicke, for then they would be glad to take any medicine.
Thirdly, this couler may be reprehended, in respe(fl that the degree of decrease is more sensitive, then the degree of privation ; for in the minde of man, gradus diminutionis may
266 ^l)t ©oulct^ of
worke a wavering betweene hope and feare, and so keepc the minde in suspence from selling and accommodating in patience, and resolution ; here- of the common fourmes are, Better eye outj then alwayes ake, make or marre, &c.
For the second braunch of this couler, it depends upon the same generall reason : hence grew the common place of extolling the begin- ning of every thing,
Dimidium fa^i qui bene ccepit habet.
This made the Astrologers so idle as to iudge of a mans nature and destiny by the constellation of the moment of his nativitie, or conception. This couler is reprehended, because many in- ceptions are but as Epicurus termeth them, tentajftenta, that is, imperfecfl offers, and essayes, which vanish and come to no substance without an iteration, so as in such cases the second degree scemes the worthyest, as the body-horse in the Cart, that draweth more then the fore- horse, hereof the common fourmes are. The second blow jfiakes the fray, The secoftd word makes the bargaine, Alter principium dedit, alter [modum] abstulit, &^c. Another reprehen- sion of this couler is in respecfl of defatigation, which makes perseverance of greater dignitiethen inception, [for chaunce or instincfl of nature may cause inception,] but setled afifecftion or iudge- ment maketh the continuance.
Thirdly, this couler is reprehended in such things which have a naturall course, and incli- nation contrary to an inception. So that the
Good ant) Icbill 267
inception is continually evacuated and gets no start, but there behoveth perpehia inceptio, as in the common fourme. Non progredi, est re- gredi^ Qui non proficit, deficit: Running against the hill : Rowing against the streame, &c. For if it be with the streame or with the hill, then the degree of inception is more then all the rest.
Fourthly, this couler is to be understoode of gradus inceptionis a potentia, ad a&mn compa- rattis; cum gradii ab adu ad increinenttun : For other[wise], maior videtur gradus ab impo- tentia ad potentiajn, qtictin a potentia ad adum.
FINIS.
Printed at London by lohn Windet
for Humfrey Hooper.
1597-
APPENDIX
ESSAIES
OF STUDIES
Cap: i
STUDIES serue for pastimes, for ornaments, for abilities : their cheife vse for pastimes is in privatenes, and retiring: for ornaments, in discourse ; and for ability in ludgement : for ex- pert men can execute, but learned are men more fit to ludge, and censure: to spcndc to much time in them is sloth: to vse them to much for ornament is affedlation: to make ludgement wholely by their rules is the humor of a schoUer : they perfedl nature, and are themselues perfecfled by experience : crafty men contemne them, wise men vse them, simple men admire them, for they teache not their owne vse, but that there is a wisdome wthout them, and aboue them wonne by observation : Reade not to contradicfl, nor to beleeue, but to weigh, and consider. Some
270 ®ppenDw
bookes are to ba tasted, others to be swallowed, and some fewe to be chewed, and disgested: that is: some are to be reade onely in partes, others to be reade but curiously, and some fewe to be reade wholcly w^h diligence, and atten- tion. Reading maketh a full man, conference a ready, and writing an exaCl man : therefore if a man write litle he had neede of a greate memory ; if he confer litle, he had neede of a present wit, and if he reade litle, he had neede haue much cunning to sceme to knowe that he doth not knowe: Histories make men wise; Poets witty: the Mathematiques subtile; Naturall Philoso- phiedeepe: Morallgraue: Logique, and Retho- rique able to contende.
OF DISCOURSE
Cap: 2
SOME in their discourse desire rather com- mendation of wit, in being able to holde all arguments, then of Judgement in discerning what is true: as if it were a praise to knowe what might be saide, and not what should be thought: some haue certaine common places, and theames, wherein they are good, and want variety: w^h kinde of Poverty is for the most parte tedious, and now, and then ridiculous: the honorablest parte of talke is to giue the occa- sion, and againe to moderate, and passe to some- what else: It is good to vary, and mixe speache of the present occasion w^^ arguments; tales wth reasons: asking of questions w'h telhng of opinions: and lest w'^ earnest: but some thinges are priviledged from lest, namely. Re- ligion, matters of state, greate persons, all mens present busines of Importaunce, and any case that deserveth pitty: He that questioneth much, shall learne much, and content much, especially if he apply his questions to the skill of the party of whom he asketh : for he shall giue them occa-
272 Sppcntiix
sion to please themselues in speaking, and him- selfe shall continually gather knowledge : if some- times you dissemble your knowledge of that you are thought to knowe, you shallbe thought an- other time to knowe, that w^h you knowe not: speache of a mans selfe is not good often ; and there is but one thing wherein a man may com- mend himselfe w^^ good grace, and that is commending vertue in another: especially if it be such a vertue as wherevnto himselfe pretend- eth: Discretion of speache is more then elo- quence, and to speake agreeably to him w^h whome we deale, is more then to speake in good wordes, or in good order: a good continued speache, w^^out a good speache of Interloquu- tion showeth slownes ; and a good second speache w'hout a good set speache showeth shallownes. to vse to many circumstaunces ere one come to the matter is wearisome, and to vsc none at all is blunt.
OF CERIMONIES, AND RESPECTES Cap : 3
HE that is onely reall, needeth exceeding greate partes of vertue, as the stone had neede to bee exceeding riche that is set w^^^out foyle : but commonly it is in praise, as it is in gaine : for as the proverbe is true, that light gaines make heavie purses, because they come thicker whereas the greate come but now, and then : so it is as true that small matters win greate commendation, because they are continu- ally in vse, and in noate, whereas the occasion of any greate vertue commeth but on hoUidaics : to attaine good formes it sufficeth not to despise them, for so shall a man obserue them in others, and let him trust himselfe wth the rest: for if he care to expresse them he shall loose their grace, w^h is to be naturall, and vnaffc(fted : some mens behaviour is like a verse, wherein every sillable is measured : how can a man ob- serue greate matters, that breaketh his minde to much in small observations? not to vse cere- monies at all, is to teache others not to vse them againe, and so diminish his respecfl : especially
274 ^ppenliii
they are not to be omitted to straungers, and straunge natures : among a mans equalls a man shallbe sure of familiarity, and therefore it is good a litle to keepe state: among a mans infe- riours a man shallbe sure of reverence, and therefore it is good a litle to be familiar : he that is to much in any thing, so that he giveth an- other occasion of satiety maketh himselfe cheapc : to apply ones selfe to others is good, so it be w^h demonstration that a man doth it vpon regarde, and not vpon facility : it is a good pre- cept generally in seconding another, yet to adde somewhat of his owne : if you graunt his opinion let it be wth some distin(flion: if you will fol- lowe his motion let it be wth condition : if you allowe his counsaile, let it be wth alledging far- ther reason.
OF FOLLOWERS, AND FREINDES Cap : 4
COSTLY followers are not to be liked, least while a man maketh his traine longer, he maketh his winges shorter : I reckon to be cost- ly not them alone w^h charge the purse, but wch are wearisome, and importunate in suites: ordinary followers ought to challenge no higher conditions, then countenaunce, recommendation, and protecftion from wrong: factious followers are worse to be liked w^h followe not vpon af- fecftion to him w'h whome they raunge them- selues, but vpon some discontentment received against some others, wherevpon commonly in- sueth that ill intelligence, that many times we see betweene greate personages: the following of certaine states awnswerable to that w^^ a greate personage himselfe professeth : as of soul- diers to him that hath bin imploied in the warres, and the like hath ever bin a thing civill, and well taken euen in Monarchies, so it be wt^out too much pompe, or popularity: but the most honorable kinde of following is to be followed, as one that intendeth to advaunce vertue, and
T 3
27^ ^ppcnt)ix
desert in all sortes of persons : and yet where there is no imminent ods in sufficiency, it is better to take w'^ the more passable, then w^h the more able: in government of charge it is good to vse men of one ranke equally: for to countenaunce some extraordinarily is to make them insolent and the rest discontent, because they may claime a due: but in favours to vse men w^h much difference, and eledlion is good, for it maketh the persons preferred more thank- full, and the rest affedlious, because all is of favour: it is good not to make to much of any man at first, because one cannot holde out that proportion, to be governed by one is not good, and to be distradled by many is worse: but to take advise of freindes is ever honorable: for lookers on many times see more then gam- sters, and the vale best discovereth the hill, there is litle freindeship in the worlde, and least of all betweene equalls, that w^h is, is betweene superiour, and inferiour, whose fortunes may comprehende the one the other.
OF SUITERS Cap: 5
MANY ill matters are vndertaken, and many good matters w^h iU mindes: some em- brace suites wch never meane to deale cftec- tually in them, but if they see, there may be life in the matter by some other meane, they will be content to win a thanke, or take a second re- warde: some take holde of suites onely for an occasion to crosse some others, or to make an information, whereof they could not otherwise haue apt pretext, w^i^out care of what become of the suite, when that turne is served : nay some vndertake suites w'^^ a full purpose to let them fall to the ende to gratify the adverse party, or competitor, surely there is in sorte a right in every sute, either a right of equity, if it be a sute of controversy, or a right of desert, if it be a sute of petition : if affedlion leade a man to favour the wrong side, in Justice rather let him vse his countenaunce to compound the matter then to carry it : if affedlion leade a man to favour the lesse worthy in desert, let him doe wthout depraving, or disabling the better
278 appentiix
deserver: in suites w^^ a man doth not vnder- stande, it is good to refer them to some freinde of his, of trust, and Judgement, that may report whither he may dcale in "them w^h honour: Suters are so distasted w^^ delaies, and abuses, that plaine dcahng in denying to deale in suites at first, and reporting the successe barely, and in challenging no more thankes then one hath deserved is growne not onely honorable, but also gratious. in sutes of favour the first comming ought to take but litle place, so farfoorth con- sideration may be had of his trust, that if Intel- ligence of the matter could not otherwise haue beene had but by him, advauntagc be not taken of the note: to be ignoraunt of the value of a suite, is simplicitic, aswell as to be ignoraunt of the right thereof is want of conscience : secrecy in suites is a greate meane of obtaining: for voycing them to be in forwardnes, may dis- courage some kinde of suiters, but doth quicken, and awake others: but timing of suites is the principall : timing, I say, not onely in respecl of the person that should graunt it, but in respeCl of those, w'ch are like to crosse it: nothing is thought so easie a request to a greate man as his ire, and yet not in an ill cause, it is so much out of his reputation.
OF EXPENCE Cap: 6
RICHES are for spending, and spending for honour, and good adlions : therefore extra- ordinary expence must be hmited by the worth of the occasion : for voluntary vndoing may be aswell for a mans countrey, as for the kingdome of heauen : but ordinary expence ought to be hmited by a mans estate, and governed wth such regarde as it be w'^in his compasse, and not subjecfl to deceite, and abuse of servauntes, and ordered by the best showe, that the billes may be lesse then the estimation abroade : it is no basenes for the greatest to discende, and looke into their owne estate: some forbeare it not of neghgence alone, but doubting to bring themselues into melancholy, in respedl they shall finde it broken: but woundes cannot be cured w^^out searching: he that cannot looke into his owne estate, had neede both choose well those whome he imployeth, and chaunge them often : for newe [men] are more timerous, and Jesse subtile: in clearing of a mans estate he may aswell hurt himselfe in being to suddaine.
28o appentiii
as in letting it runne out to long ; for hasty sell- ing is commonly as disadvantageable as interest : he that hath a state to repaire may not despise small thinges: and commonly it is lesse dishon- our to abridge petty charges, then to stoope to petty gettings: a man ought warily to begin charges \vc^ begun must continue, but in mat- ters that returne not, he may be more liberall.
OF REGIMENT OF HEALTH Cap: 7
THERE is a wisdome in this beyonde the rules of phisicke; a mans owne observa- tion, what he findcs good of, and what he findes hurt of, is the best phisick to preserue healthe, but it is a safer conclusion to say, this agreeth well w'h me, therefore I will continue it: 1 finde no offence of this, therefore I may vse it: for strength of nature in youth passeth over many excesses, wch are owing a man till his age ; discerne of the comming on of yeares, and thinke not to doe the same thinges still : beware of any suddaine chaunge in any greate pointe of diet; and if necessity inforce it, fit the rest to it: to be freeminded, and cheerefully disposed, at howres of meate, and of sleepe, and of excercise, is the best precept of long lasting: if you fly phisicke in healthe altogither, it will be to strong for your boddy when you shall neede it : if you make it to familiar it will worke no extraordinary efifedt when sicknesse commeth : despise no newe acci- dent in the body, but aske opinion of it : in sick- nes principally respede healthe, and in healthe
atlion: for those that put their bodyes to indure in healthe, may in most sicknes w^h are not very sharpe, be cured onely w^h diet, and good tending: Phisitions, are some of them so pleas- ing to the humors of the patient, that they presse not the true cure of the disease, and some others so regular in proceeding according to art for the disease, as they respecfl not sufficiently the condition of the patient: take one of a milde temper, and forget not to call aswell the best acquainted w'h your body, as the best reputed offer his faculty.
OF HONOUR, AND REPUTATION Cap: 8
THE winning of Honour, is but the revealing of a mans vertue, and worth w^^iout disad- vauntage: for some in their adlions doe affecfl honour, and reputation, wch sorte of men are much talked of, but inwardly litle admired : and some darken their vertue in the shewe of it, so that they be undervalued, in opinion : If a man performe that w^h hath not beene attempted before, or attempted, and giu'n over, or hath beene atcheived, but not w'^ so good circum- staunce; he shall purchase more honour, then by effe(5ling a matter of greater difficulty wherein he is but a follower : if a man so temper his a6lions, as in some of them he doe content ever>' fa6lion, the musicke willbe the fuller, a man is an ill husband of his honour, that enter- eth into any a<flion, the failing wherein may disgrace him more then the carying it through can honour him : discreete followers helpe much to reputation: Envy w^h is the canker of hon- our is best extinguished by declaring a mans selfe in his endes, rather to seeke merrit then
284 apjpcntiir
fame, and by attributing a mans successe rather to providence, and foelicity, then to his owne vertuc, and policie. the true marshalling of the degrees of soveraigne honour are these : in the first place. Conditores. founders of states. In the 2'} place are. LEGISLATORES. Lawgivers, wch are also called seconde founders : or PER- PETVI. PRINCIPES. because they governe by their ordinaunces after they are gonne. In the 3<? place are LIBERATORES. such as com- pounde the long miseries of civill warres, or de- liver their countrie from the servitude of straun- gers, or Tirauntes. in the 4^^ place, are PRO- PAGATORES. or. PROPVGNATORES. IM- PERII, such as in honorable warres inlarge their territories, or make noble defence against the Invadors: and in the last place are PATRIA. PAT RES. wch raigne lustly, and make the times good wherein they liue. Degrees of Hon- our in subjects, are first. PARTICIPES CVRA- RVM. those vpon whome Princes doe discharge the greatest waight of their affaires, their right handes as we call them: the next are. DVCES. BELLI, greate Leaders, such as are Princes Leiuetenauntes, and doe them notable service in the wars: the 3^ are. GRATIOSI. FAVO- RITES, such as exceede not this scantling to be solace to their soveraigne, and harmelesse to the people, and the 4^^ are called NEGOTIIS. PARES, such as haue greate places vnder Princes, and execute their places vvth suffi- ciencye.
OF FACTION [Cap: 9]
MANY haue a newe wisdome, otherwise called a fond opinion, that for a Prince to governe his estate, or for a greate person to go- verne his proceedings according to the respe(fl of facflions is the principall parte of pollicie: whereas contrariwise the chiefest wisdome is either in ordering those thinges wcH are gene- rail, and wherein men of severall facflions doe nevertheles agree ; or in dealing w^^ corrispond- ent persons one by one : but I say not that the consideration of facflions is to be negle(fled: meane men must adheare, but greate men that haue strength in themselues were better to main- taine themselues indifferent, and neutrall: yet euen in beginners to adheare so moderately as he be a man of the one fa(flion, w^h is pass- ablest wth the other commonly giveth best waye : the lower, and weaker facftion is the firmer in condition: when one of the facflions is extinguished, the remaining subdivideth, w*^^ is good for a second: it is commonly seene that men once placed take in w^h the contrary
286 Slppentia-
fa(flion to that by w^h they enter: the traitor in fadlions hghtly goeth away w^h it, for when matters haue stuck long in ballancing the win- ning of some one man casteth them, and he getteth all the thankes.
OF NEGOATIATING Cap : lo
IT is better generally to deale by speeche, then by letters, and by the mediation of a third, then by ones selfe: ires are good, when a man would drawe an aunswere b>' letter backe againe, or when it may serue for a mans Justi- fication afterwardes to produce his owne ire; to deale in person is good, where a mans face breedes regarde, as commonly w^^ inferiours: in choise of Instruments it is better to choose men of a plainer sorte, that are likely to doe that well is committed vnto them, and to re- port back againe faithfully the successe; then they that are cunning to contriue out of other mens busines somewhat to grace themselues, and will helpe the matter in reporte for satis- fadlions sake: It is better to sounde a person wth whome one dealeth a far of, then to fall vpon the pointe at first, except you meane to surprize him by some short question: It is bet- ter dealing w^h men of appetite, then w'^ those who are where they would be: if a man deale \y^^ another vpon conditions, the start, or first
288 SCppcnWx
perfomiaunce is all, w^h a man cannot reason- ably demaunde, except either the nature of the thing be such, w^h must goe before, or else a man can perswade the other party that he shall neede him in some other thing, or else that he be counted the honester man : all practise is to discover, or to make men discover themselues in trust, in passion, at vnawares, and of neces- sity, where they would haue somewhat donne, and cannot finde an apt pretext: If you would worke any man, you must either knowe his na- ture, and fashions, and so leade him: or his endes, and so win him ; or his weaknesses, or disadvauntages, and so awe him, or those that haue interest in him, and so governe him: In dealing w'^ cunning persons, we must ever con- sider their endes, to interpret their speaches, and it is good to say litle vnto them, and that w«-h they least looke for.
FINIS.
NOTES
Essay i p. I [i] John xviii, 38. [3] Giddinesse : Lat. cogitationum veriigine. [4] to fix a Beleefe : "LaX. Jide Jixa aut axiomatibus constantibtis con- strtngi. [7] discoursing: Lat. ventosa et disciirsantia. [13] Lat. qtuz ex ea inventa cogitationibiis imponitur captivitas. [15] Pro- bably Lucian in his Pkilopsetidcs. P- 2 [5] Candlelights : Lat. tcedce htceriKeqne noflumee. [13] Imagi-
nations as one would : Lat. imaginationes ad Ubitu7n. [16] full
of. .Indisposition: Lat. languoris pleni. [17] It is not certain to
whom Bacon alludes. He uses the same expression again in the Ad- vancement of Learning (11. 22, § 14) : " Did not one of the fathers in greate indignation call Poesy vinuvi Demonnm, because it increaseth temptations, perturbations, and vaine opinions?" There is a passage in one of Jerome's letters to Damasus (Ep. 146) in which he says: '* Dcemonum cibtis est carjtiina poetaruniy' and possibly Bacon might have had this in his mind and quoted from memory. But an allusion in Burton's Anatomy of Melancholy (Democritus to the reader, p. 103, ed. 1813) makes it probable that a saying of Augustine's is referred to. " Fracastorius, a famous poet, freely grants all poets to be mad ; so doth Scaliger; and who doth notl--{A»t insanit homo, ant versus facit, Hor. Sat. 7, 1. 2. Insanire Itibet, i.e. versus componere, Virg. Eel. 3. So Servius interprets) all poets are mad, a company of bitter satyrigts, detracftors, or else parasitical applauders : and what is poetry itself, but (as Austin holds) vinum erroris ab ebriis do6loribiis propi- natumV^ This is from Augustine's Confess, i. 16. The origin of the expression is probably the calicem dcemoniorton of the Vulgate of I Cor. X. 20. [20] The Latin omits "with:" licet Poesis mendacii tanttan umbra sit. [29] Beleefe : Lat. receptionem cum assetisu.
[30] Enioying: "L^t. frtcitio et amplexus. p. 3 [6] The Poet: Lucretius. beautified: Lat. ornavit. The
" Se6l" were the Epicureans. [8] Lucr. 11. i — 10: quoted again in Adv. of L. I. 8, § 5.
Suave mari magno turba7ttib7is eequora ventis E terra magjium alterius spe flare laborem;.. Suave etiajft belli certamina magna tueri. Per campos ittstrufla tua sine parte Pericli, Sed nil dulcius est, betie quam munita tenere Edit a doflrina sapientnm temp la serena Despicere uttde queas alios passimqiie vidcre Er7-are atqne via77t palajttis qiuercre vita. [23] Truth: Lat. veritatem aut potius veracitatein. [25] cleare
U
290 i^ote^
and Round dealing: Lat. apertam et minhne fticatatn in negotiis gerendis rationem. p. 4 [i] Essais II. 18. Montaigne in this passage is supposed to allude to Lysander's saying recorded by Plutarch: *' For be sayd, that children should be deceiued with the play of Kayles, and men with othes of men" (North's Plut. p. 480, ed. 1395); on which Plutarch remarks, *' for he that deceiueth his enemy, and breaketh his oth to him : shew- eth plainly that he feareth him, but that he carcth not for God." [7] LU: Lat. mendax, [13] Luke xviii. 8.
Ess.w 2
P- 5 [3] Tales: VAX-./abulosis qtiibusdam terriculamentis. [4 — 7] In
the ed. of 161 2 this passage stood thus : *' Certainely the feare of death in contemplation of the cause of it, and the issue of it, is religious : but the feare of it, for it selfe, is weake." [7J weake : Lat. infirma et ifianis. [8J sometimes: added in 1625. [19] In ed. of 1612,
*' And to speake as a Philosopher or naturall man." [21] There is a passage in Seneca's Epistles (in. 3, § 14), which may have suggested this: " ToUe istam pompam sub qua lates et stultos irritas: mors es quern nuper servxis mens, quem ancilla contempsit."
p. 6[i] Blackes, and Obsequies: Lat. atrata Jufura. **Blackes,*' in the sense of mourning, occurs in Shakspere, Winter's TaU^ i. 2 ; *' But were they false As o're-dy'd Blacks^ as Wind, as Waters." [5] it Mates, and : added in 1625. [6] terrible : added in 1625.
[7] Attendants: in the ed. of 1612 'followers.' [9] slights it: 'es-
• teemes it not' (1612). [10] After ^Honour aspireth to it,' the edition of 1612 has, "deliuery from /^w^w/w^ chuseth it," and this appears also in the Latin, Tuetiis ignominux eligit. [11] reade: 'see' (1612). Tac. Hist. II. 49. the Emperour : added in 1625. [14, 15] out
of. .Nay: added in 1625. [16] addes: 'speaketh of (1612).
<^ Society: added in 1625. Seneca, Ep. x. i, § 6: comp. also iii.
3, § 26: quoted again Adv. of L. 11. 21, § i. [18 — 21] A man. .over: added in 1625. [22] in good Spirits : Lat. iti aniino generoso etforti. [23 — 25] 'but they are the same till the last' (1612). [26] Suet. Aug. c. 99. [28] Tac. Ann. vi. 50. [30] Suet. Vesp. c. 23. Dio Cass. Lxvi. 17. Sitting upon the Stoole : added in 1625. [31] Tac.
Hist. I. 41 ; Suet. Galba, c. 20. [32] Holding forth his Necke :
added in 1625. [33] Dio Cass, lxxvi. 17. In all these passages
the quotations were omitted in the ed. of 1612. In the MS. of that edition in the British Museum, which Mr Spedding describes (Bacon's Works, VI. p. 535), the clause " Septimius Seuerus in dispatch," is also omitted.
P- 7 [3] Juv. Sat. X. 357. The true quotation is
Qui spatiuni vitce extremum inter ntunera ponit Naturee. It occurs again in a parallel passage in the Adv. of Learning, 11. 21, § s: "And it scemeth to me, that most of the do<5trines of the Philo-
MoM 291
sc^hers are more fearefuU and cautionary then the Nature of things requireth. So haue they encreascd the feare of death, in offering to cure it. For, when they would haue a mans whole life, to be but a discipline or preparation to dye : thjey must needes make men thinke, that it is a terrible Enemy, against whom there is no end of preparing. Better saith the Poet, &c." [6] is : added in 1625. [7 — end] Added in 1625. [13] Luke ii. 29^ [15] Comp. Antitketa xvi ; Nemo
virtuti invidiam reconciliaverit prtetermorteju. [17] Hor. Ep. 11. i, 14. Entered in the Promiis^ fol. 2 a.
Essay 3
p. 8. The Latin title is De unitate ecdesicF. The Essay "Of Unity in Religion" has grown out of that 'Of Religion' which appeared in the edition of 1612, but has been so expanded and transformed that the differences cannot easily be indicated. I have therefore given the original Essay at length for the sake of comparison. "The quarrels, and diuisions for Religion^ were euils vnknowne to the Heathen : and no maruell ; for it is the true God that is the iealous God ; and the gods of the Heathen were good fellowes. But yet the bonds of religious vnity, are so to be strengthened, as the bonds of humane society be not dissolued. Lucretius the Poet, when hee beheld the adl of Agamemnon, induring and assisting at the sacrifice of his daughter, concludes with this verse ;
Tantu relligio potuit suadere malonun. But what would hee haue done, if he had knowne the massacre of France, or the powder treason oi England? Certainly he would haue beene seuen times more Epicure and Atheist then he was. Nay, hee would rather haue chosen to be one of the Madmen oi Munsier, then to haue beene a partaker of those Counsels. For it is better that Religion should deface mens vnderstanding, then their piety and charitie; re- taining reason onely but as an Engine, and C /tarrio t driuer oi cm^lty, and malice. It was a great blasphemie, when the Diuell said; / ivill ascend, and be like the highest: but it is a greater blasphemie, if they make God to say ; / will descend, and bee like t/ie Prince of Dark- nesse: and it is no better, when they make the cause of Religion descend, to the execrable accions of murthering of Princes, butchery of people, and firing of States. Neither is there such a sinne against the person of the holy Ghost, (if one should take it literally) as in stead of the likenes of a Doue, to bring him downe in the likenesse of a Vulture, or Ranen; nor such a scandall to their Church, as out of the Barke of Saint Peter, to set forth the flagge of a Barge* of P/rrt/jand Assassins. Therefore since these thinges are the common enemies of humane society; Princes by their power; Churches by their Decrees; and all learning. Christian, morall, of what soeuer se(5t, or opinion, by their Mercurie rod ; ought to ioyne in the damning to Hell for euer, these fadls, and their supports ; and in all Counsels concerning Religion,
♦ So in the original. In the copy in the Cambridge University Library it is Orrected in MS. to ' Barke.'
\32
292 S^oM
thatCounsell of the Apostle, would be prefixed, /ra homhiis non iviplet iHstitiavt Dei." [3] Band of Unity: Lat. unitatis et charitatis vin- culis. [8J Beleefe: Lat. confessione et/idc. [12] Ex. xx. 5.
p. 9 [7] Matt. xxiv. 26, quoted from the Vulgate. The same quotation occurs in the Advertisement touching tlie Controz'ersies of the Churck of England; " Accordingly, was it foretold, by Christ, saying ; That in the latter times, it should be said; Lo here, loe there is Christ', Which is to be understood, not as if the very Person of Christ, should be assumed, and counterfeitted ; But his Authority, and preheminencci (which is to be Truth it self,) should be challenged and pretended Thus have we read, and seen, to be fulfilled, that which followeth, Ecce in Deserto; Ecce in Penetralilms : While some have sought the Truth, in the Conventicles, and Conciliables, of Hereticks, and Se<5la- ries; others, in the Externe Face, and Representation, of the Church; And both Sorts have been seduced." And again in the same Adver- tisement; " But when these vertues in the Fat/ters, and Leaders, of the Church, have lost their Light ; And that they wax worldly, Lovers of themselves, and Pleasers of Men ; Then Men begin, to groap for the Church, as in the Dark ; They are in doubt, whether they be the Successours of the Apostles, or of the Pharises: yea, howsoever they sit in Moses Chair, Yet they can never speak, Tanquam. Authorita- tem hahentes, as having Authority, because they have lost their Reputation, in the Consciences of Men, by declining their steps, from the way, which they trace out to others. So as Men, had need, con- tinually, have sounding in their Eares, this same; Nolite Exire; Go not out : So ready are they, to depart from the Church, upon every voice."
These are two instances out of many which will be given of the man- ner in which Bacon worked into his Essays his ripest and choicest thoughts.
[13] St Paul. [15] I Cor. xiv. 23. [18] *' Two principal causes
have I ever known of Atheism, curious controversies, and prophane scoffing." Advertisement, &^c. [22] Ps. i. i. [25I Rabelais.
[27] Pantag. ii. 7. La morisque dcs Jiereticques. [28J Morris-
daunce: Lat. Saltationesfloralesetgesticulationes.
p. 10 [8] The Latin adds ad omnia in religiotie. [10] 2 Kings ix. 18.
[14] Rev. iii. 14 — 16. [20] " But we contend, about C^r^»w«£?j, and Things Indifferent; About the Extern Poll icy, and Government of the Church. In which kind, if we would but remember, that the Ancient, and True Bounds, of Unity, are. One Faith, One Baptism; And not. One Ceremony, One Pollicy ; If we would observe the League amongst Christians, that is penned by our Saviour; He that is not against us is with us. .we should need no other Remedy at all," {Ad- vertisement, S^c. ReS7iscitatio, p. 163, ed. 1657).
And again; "And therefore it is good we retume vnto the ancient bonds of vnitie, in the Church of God, which was one Faith, one Bap- tisme, and not one Hierarchie, one Discipline, and that wee obserue the league of Christians as it is penned by our Sauiour Christ which is in substance of do<itrine this, Hee that is not with -js, is against
ilotc^ 293
vs. But in things indifferent and but of circumstance, this^ Hee that is not against vs, is with vs." [Certaine considerations touching the Church 0/ England, sig. B. 3, verso, ed. 1604.) Comp. Adv. of L, II. 25, § 7.
[21] in the two crosse Clauses: Lat. in ciausulis illis quce prima intuitu inter se opponi videntur. [23] Matt. xii. 30 ; Mark ix. 40.
[27] Lat. qucB non sunt ex fide, sed ex opinione probabili,et intetitione san6la propter ordinem et ecclesice politiatn sancita.
p. II [5] S. Bernard. Ad Guillel. Abbat. Apologia (p. 983 L, ed. Paris, 1640). "Et hac ratione in tota Ecclesia, quae utique tarn pluribus tainque variatur dissimilibus ordinibus, utpote regina quae in psalmo legitur circumamicla varietatibus, nulla pax, nulla prorsus concordia esse putabitur."
And again, p. 984 h ; '*Relinquat videlicet sponsse suae Ecclesiae pignus haereditatis, ipsam tunicam suam, tunicam scilicet polymluim, eandem- que inconsutilem et desuper contextam per totum." This is one of Bacon's most favorite quotations. It occurs in the Adv. of L. II. 25, § 7, in his Speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation {Resuscitatio, p. 15), and in his Speech concerning the Union of Laws [Resusc. p. 25). " One of the Fatfters, made an excellent observation, upon the two Mysteries: The one, that in the Gospell; where the Garment of Christ, is said to have been without Seame; The other, that in the Psalm, where the Garment, of the Queen is said, to have been of divers Colours; And concludeth. In veste Varie- tas sit, Sciss7ira non sit.'^ It is found again in A Discourse, of tlie Union, of England, and Scotland [Resuscitatio, p. 204), and in the Articles touching the Uniofi, of England, and Scotland (ibid. p. 211). It was evidently in his mind at the C/iarge at t/ie Sessions of the Verge (p. 6, ed. 1662). One other quotation is from the Certaine Conside- rations touching tJie better pacification, &=c. of the Church of Eng^' land (sig B 3, verso, ed. 1604) : "The rest is left to the holy wisedome and spirituall discretion of the master-builders and inferiour builders in Christes Church, as it is excellently alluded by that Father that noted that Christes garment was without seame, and yet the Churches garment was of diuers coUours, and thereupon setteth downe for a Rule; In veste varie tas sit scissura non sit." It is entered in the Promus, fol. 9 b.
Archdeacon Hare refers to the same passage of S. Bernard, in a charge deUvered in 1842, on "The Means of Unity" (p. 17). The quotation is given at length in note B. The allusion is to Ps. xlv. 14, where, instead of " in raiment of needlework," the Vulgate has cir- cumajnifla varietatibus.
[20] Lat. qui corda scrutatur et novit. [21] 'not* should be omit-
ted. [26] I Tim. vi. 20, from the Vulgate ; quoted again in Adv. of L. I. 4, § 4.
p. 12 [4] Dan. ii. 33. [23] Lat. quce omnia manifesto tendtmt ad ma- jestatetn imperii minuendam et aufloritatem tnagistraturan labefac- tandam; cum tamen omnis legitima potestas sit a Deo ordinata. [31] Lucr. I. 95.
294 i^ole^
p. 13 [8] Is. xlv. 14. Bacon quotes it again in the Adv. of L. ir. 22, § 17 ; " Aspiring to be like God in power, the Angells transgressed and fel : Ascendaniy <5r» ero siviilis altissimo.^* [29] James i. 20, quoted from memory: the Vulgate is corre<5lly given in An Advertisenunt, ^c. [Resuscitation p. 176).
Essay 4 p. 14 [i] Comp. Aniitheta xxxix; VindiHa pHvata, justitia agrestis. Vindi£la, quo magis naturalise eo magis coercenda. [9J Prov.
xix. II.
p. 15 [5] Lat alias ipse sibi Poenam condupiicat, inivticus vero lucriftn facit. [15] The same saying is repeated in Apoph. 206. I have not been able to trace it in any books, and it is quite possible that in Bacon's time some sayings of Cosmo might still be traditional. [19] Job ii- 10. [27] Pertinax: Hist. Aur. Script, i. 578, ed. 1671. Henry the Third : the Latin has Henrici Qiiarti inagnt illiits Gallice Regis. There is no reason for the change ; Bacon again alludes to the assassi- nation of Henry 3 and Henry 4 in .<4 Charge in tlie Star-chamber against IVilliam Talbot [Resuscitatio, p. 55,) *' In France, H. 3, in the face of his Army, before the walls of Paris, stabbed, by a wretched Jacob in e Fryer: H. 4 (a Prince, that the French do surname the Great;) One, that had been a Saviour, and Redeemer, of his Country from infinite Calamities; And a Restorer of that Monarchy, to the ancient State, and Splendour; and a Prince, almost, Heroicall; (ex- cept it be, in the Point, oi Revolt, from Religion;) At a time when he was, as it were to mount on Horse-back, for the Commanding, of the greatest. Forces, that, of long time had been levied in Frc^nce; This ^iff^Si likewise, stiletted, by a Rascal Votary; which had been en- chanted and conjured, for the purpose."
Henry 3 was assassinated by Friar Clement on the 2nd of August. JS89.
Essay 5
p. 16 [2] Seneca, Ef'. vii. 4, § 29. [12] Seneca, Ep. vr. i, § 12-, quoted in Adv. of L. 11. 20, § 5, and again in De Sap. Vet. c. 26, in con- ne<5lion with the same fable of Hercules. [17] ApoUodonis, de Deor. Orig. II. c. 5. [20] " Hercules sailed across the ocean in a cup that was given to him by the Sun, came to Caucasu-S, shot the eagle with his arrows, and set Prometheus free." (Works, vi. p. 746, ed. Spedding). Bacon gives the same interpretation to this fable in De Sap. Vet. c 26, but adds, at the end of the same chapter, another; "The voyage of Hercules especially, sailing in a pitcher to set Prometheus free, seems to present an image of God the Word hastening in the frail vessel of the flesh to redeem the human race. But I purposely refrain myself from all licence of speculation in this kind, lest pcradventure I bring strange fire to the altar of the Lord." (Works, vi. p. 753, ed. Spedding).
p. 17 [4] World : the Latin adds undique circinnfiisos. But to speake in a Meane : Lat. Verum ut a granditate verbontvi ad ntediocrita- tem descendamus. I.24] Compare Apoph. 253: "Mr Bettenham
ilotc^ 295
said ; that virtuous men were like some herbs and spices, that give not their sweet smell, till they be broken or crushed." Mr B. was Autumn Reader of Gray's Inn in 1590. Bacon gives a curious explanation
of this in his Natural History (cent. iv. exp. 390) : "Most Odours smell best. Broken, Qr Crusht, as hath beene said ; but Flowers Pressed or Beaten, doe leese the Freshnesse and Sweetnesse? of their Odour. The Cause is, for that when they are Crushed, the Grosser and more Earthy Spirit commeth out with the Finer, and troubleth it ; Whereas in stronger Odours there are no such Degrees of the Issue of the Stnell."
Essay 6
p. 18 [i] Lat. Artiunt civilium compendium quoddatn et pars injirmior. So in Antitheta xxxii; Dissimulatio coinpendiaria sapientia. [6] Tacitus saith : Lat. qtiod discrimen bene apud Taciiuvi, Ccesarem Augustum inter, et Tiberiuvt, adnotatuin est. Etenirit de Livid sic ait, quod esset, ^'c.
Tac. Ann. v. i. Compare Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 31. "So tedious, casuall, and vnfortunate are these deepe dissimulations, whereof it seemeth Tacitus made this iudgement, that they were a cunning of an inferiour fourme in regard of true pollicy, attributing the one to A u- gustus, the other to Tiberius, where speaking of Liuia, he sayth; Et cum artibus mariti simulatione filii bene composita : for surely the continuall habite of dissimulation is but a weake and sluggish cunning, & not greatly politique." This passage appears to be the germ of the Essay. [9] And againe : Lat, Idem alibi hisce verbis Muciamtm inducit, Vespasianum ad ar ma contra Vitellium sumenda hortantem. [11] Tac. Hist. 11. 76, no7i adversus divi Augi4sti
acerrimam mentem, nee adversus cautissimam Tiberii seneflutem. [15] Habits and Faculties, severall, and : omitted in the Latin. [20] It is difficult to say whether Bacon had in his mind the egregium publicum et bonas domi artes of Tac. Anyi. iii. 70, or the studia fori et civiliuni artiuin decus oiAgr. c. 39.
p. 19 [i] and a Poorenesse : omitted in the Latin. [5] or vary : omitted in the Latin. [20] Closetiesse, Reservation, and Secrecy: Lat. Tcui- iurnitas. [30] Atitith. xxviii ; Tacitumitas confessoris virtus. Taciturno nil reticetur; quia omnia tuto cojnjnunicantur. [33] I^t. facile aliorufn animos reserabit.
p. 20 [7] Secrecy : hat. silentibus. Comp. Antith. xxvin. Antith.
XXXII ; Etiam in animo defo-rmis nuditas. [12] Antith. xxviii ; Qui facile loquitur qucp. scit, loquitur et quce fiescit. [18] Comp. Adv. of L. II. 23, § 12 : "We will beginne therefore with this precept, according to the aunciente opinion, that the Synewes of wisedome, are slownesse of beleefe, and distrust : That more trust bee giuen to Coun- tenances and Deedes, then to wordes : and in wordes, rather to sud- daine passages, and surprised wordes: then to set and purposed wordes : Neither lot that be feared which is sayde, fronti nulla fdes^ which is meant of a generall outward behauiour, and not of the priuate and subtile mocions and labours of the countenance and gesture, which
296
0oM
as Q. Cicero elegantly sayth, is Animi lanua, tJie gafe of the Myyid: None more close then Tyberius, and yet Tacitus sayth of Galius, Etenim vultit offcnsioncm conicflaiierat.^* Antith. xxxiii; Placet obscurus viiltus, et j>erspictta oratio. [30] Lat. nisi obfirmato et absurdo silcntio se quis muniat.
p. 21 [21] Lat. quod in hominis potestate relinquit, ut pedcm refcrat et se absque existiviationis suce jaflurA de tiegotio subducat. Si quis eiiim se mani/estd d^clarationc obstringit, is cutieis quasi impaHis includitur; aut pcrgendum est «*, ant turpiter desistendum. [26] Lat. verum asseniabitur potius. [30] In the Promus, fol. 6 ^, the proverb stands thus, Di mcntira y saqucras verdad: and in fol. 13 rt, Tell a lye to knowe a truth. Compare Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 14: "And experience sheweth, there are few men so true to themselucs, and so setle i ; but that sometimes vpon heate, sometimes vpon braueryc, sometimes vpon kindenesse, sometimes \'pon trouble of minde and wcak- nesse, they open themselues ; specially if they be put to it with a counter-dissimulation, according to the prouerb of Spain, Diinentira, y sacaras verdad: Tell a lye, atid fitid a truth.^' Lat. perinde ac si simulatio clavis esset ad secreta reseranda.
p. 22 [2] round: Lat. perniciter. [7 — 10] Antith. xxxii; Quidissi- mulat prceci^puo ad agendum ifistrumento se privaty i. e, fide. [11] Lat veracitatis fatnam.
Essay 7 This Essay stands sixth in the ed. of 1612.
p. 23 [7] Antith. v; Brutorum eetemitas soboles; ^irorum, fama, TMerita, et instituta. [9 — 15] And surely .. Posterity : added in 1625. [16] Houses: 'house' (1612). [17] Lat. non tantum ut con- tinuationetn speciei sua, sed ut rerutn a se gestaruni Jueredes. [20] 'The difference of afle<5lion in parents' (1612). [22] 'Specially' (1612).
p. 24 [i] Prov. X. I. See Adv. ofL. 11. 23, § 5. [6] middest: 'middle' (1612). [7] many times: added in 1625. [16] and: added in 1625. [22] Kinsfolkes: 'kinsfolke' (1612). [29] betimes: Lat. /;/ tenera eetate filiorum suonnn. [29] — end. Added in 1625. [31] Lat. flexibiles et cerei.
p. 25 [4] A sentence of Pythagoras preserved by Plutarch {de Exilic, c. 8) ; eAoO piov »pi(rTOi'* -qSvv Se avrov t} <rv»o]0cia iroii/aei. Jeremy Tay- lor (Holy Dying, p. 340, ed. Bohn), quotes as if from Seneca, el/gf optimam vitarn, consuetudo faciei jucundissimavi.
Essay 8
p. Q^^xl Antith. v; Qui tixoran duxit et liberos suscepit, obsidcsfortume dedit. [4] Certainly: Lat. ut alibi diximus ; referring to Essay 7,
and to a passage in the short piece In felicetn niemoHain Elizabeths (Bacon's Works, vi. p. 296), of which Rawley gives the following translation in the Rcsuscitatio, p. 186. *' Childlesse she was, and left no Issue behind Her ; which was the Case of many, of the most fortu- nate Princes; Alexander the Great ^ Julius Ctesar^ Trajan and
BoM 297
others. And this is a Case, that hath been often controverted, and argued, on both sides; Whilest some hold, the Wimi of Children ^ to be a Diminution, of our Happinesse ; As if it should be an Estate^ more then Human, to be happy, both in our own Persons, and in our Descendants : But others, do account, the want of Children, as an Addition to Earthly Happinesse ; In as much, as that Happinesse ^ may be said, to be compleat, over which Fortune hath no Power, when we are gone: Which, if we leave Children, cannot be." [6] In ed.
1612, after * Men,' is inserted, "which have sought eternity in memory, and not in posterity; and." [8 — ii] it were .. pledges : added in 1625. See Adv. of L. 11. prol. i. [12] who though they: 'that' (1612). Lat. qjii licet liberis careant. [13] yet their: 'whose'
(1612). Lat. tanien inetnorus stue incuriosi sunt, et cogitationes
vitcB iantum cnrriculo terminant. [14] 'and doe account' (1612).
[15] other: 'others' (1612). account: 'esteeme' (1612). [16] — p. 27[i] Nay more . . Riches : added in 1625.
p. 27 [3] 'Specially' (1612). \\.wmora\xs\ \u2X. phantasticis. [5] re- straint: 'restridlion' (1612). [8] but: added in 1625. \<^Antith. v; C<elibat7ts et orbitas ad nil aliud con/e?yint, quant ad fugavi. [11] doth well with : 'is proper for' (1612). [20] Antith. v ; Uxor et liberi discipiina gucedatn hiiinanitatis ; et ceelibes tetrici et severt. [22 — 25] though, .they: added in 16215. [23] Charitable : Lat. ww«z- Jicietcharitativi. [26, 27] because . . upon : added in 1625. [27] Ten- demesse: Lat, indulgentia et teneritudo affenimm. [30] Plut.
Gryll. i; Cic. de Orat. i. 44. Compare Adv. of L. i. 8, § 7; " Vlysses, Q^n vetulatn prcetulit immortalitati, being a figure of those which preferre Custome and Habite before all excellencie." suani: added in 1625.
p. 28 [5] Quarrell : Lat. aftsa. [6] The saying is attributed to Thales See Diog. Laert. i. 26, Plut. Syntp. Probl. in. 6. " T/ialcs the wise, being importuned by his mother (who pressed hard upon him) to marrie ; pretily put her off, shifting and avoiding her cunningly, with words : for at the first time, when she was in hand with him, he said unto her : Mother, it is too soone, and it is not yet time : afterwards, when he had passed the flower of his age, and that she set upon him the second time, and was very instant : Alas mother, it is now too late, and the time is past." (Holland's trans, p. 691, ed. 1603.) It is repeated in Apoph. 220.
" Art thou yong ? then match not yet ; if old, match not at all. — Vis juvenis nubere ? nondum venit tempus. Ingravescente aetate jam tempus praeteriit.* and therefore, with that philosopher, still make answer to thy friends that importune thee to marry, adhnc inteinpestiv^un, 'tis yet unseason- able, and ever will be." Burton, Anat. of Mel. pt. 3, sec 2, mem. 6, subs. 3. [9 — 17] It is often seene. .Folly: added in 1625. [13] Com- pare Colours of Good and Evil, 8, p. 262.
« StobcEus, Scnn, 66. Alex, ab Alexand. lib. 4, cap. 8.
298
£loM
Essay 9
Compare with the beginning of this Essay, Bacon's Natural History, cent. X. exp. 944: "The AffeHions (no doubt) doe make the Spirits more Powerfully and AHive; And especially those Affeftions, which draw the Spirits into the Eyes: Which are two: Loue, and Enuy, which is called Oculus Mains. As for Loue, the Platonists, (some oif them,) goe so farre, as to hold, that the Spirit of the Louer, doth passe into the Spirits of the Person Loued, Which causeth the desire of Returne into the Body, whence it was Emitted: Whereupon foUoweth that Appetite of Contafl, and Coniunflion, which is in Loners. And this is obserued likewise, that the Aspefls that procure Loue, are not Gazings, but Sudden Glances, and Dartings of the Eye. As for Enuy, that emitteth some Maligne and Poisonous Spirit, which taketh hold of the Spirit of Another ; And is likewise of greatest Force, when the Cast of the Eye is Oblique. It hath beene noted also, that it is most Dangerous, when an Enuious Eye is cast vpon Persons in Glory, and Triumph, and loy. The Reason whereof is, for that, at such times, the Spirits come forth most, into the Outward Parts, and so meet the Percussion of the Enuious Eye, more at Hand: And there- fore it hath beene noted, that after great Triumphs, Men haue beene ill disposed, for some Dayes following. Wee see the Opinion of Fas- cination is Aocient, for both Effefls; Of Procuring Loue; and Sick- nesse caused by Enuy: And Fascination is euer by the Eye. But yet if there be any such In/eflion from Spirit to Spirit, there is no doubt, but that it worketh by Prcsetice, and not by the Eye alone ; Yet most forcibly by the Eye."
p. 29 [8] Comp. Reginald Scot's Discouerie 0/ Witchcraft (xvi. 9, p. 485, ed. 1584). "This fascination (saith lohn Baptista Porta NeapoH- tanus) though it begin by touching or breathing, is alwaies accomplished and finished by the eie, as an extennination or expulsion of the spirits through the eies, approching to the hart of the bewitched, and infe<5l- ing the same, &c. Wherby it commeth to passe, that a child, or a yoong man endued with a clcare, whole, subtiU and sweet bloud, yeeldeth the like spirits, breath, and vapors springing from the purer bloud of the hart. And the lightest and finest spirits, ascending into the highest parts of the head, doo fall into the eies, and so are from thence sent foorth, as being of all other parts of the bodie the most cleare, and fullest of veines and pores, and with the verie spirit or vapor proceeding thence, is conueied out as it were by beames and streames a certeine fierie force ; whereof he that beholdeth sore eies shall haue good experience. For the poison and disease in the eie infe<5leth the aire next vnto it, and the same proceedeth further, carrieng with it the vapor and infecflion of the corrupted bloud : with the contagion whereof, the eies of the beholders are mqst apt to be infedled." (10] Mark
vii. 22.
p. 30 [17] a kinde of plaie-pleasure : Lat. scenicam quandam vohtptatem. [22] Plaut Stich. I. 3, 55 ; Nam curiosus nemdst quin sit maUvolus.
£loM 299
[25] Comp. Antith. i ; Taut a solet esse industrta Jiominutn novorum^ ut nobiles prce illis tanquatit statues videantur.
p. 31 [4] Narses (a.d, 472 — 568), the great general of Justinian, and rival of Belisarius. Agesilaus. "And for the deformitie of his legge, the one being shorter than the other, in the flower of his youth, through his pleasant wit, hee vsed the matter so pleasantly and patiently, that he would merrily mocke himselfe : which maner of merry behauiour did greatly hide the blame of the blemish. Yea further, his life & courage was the more commendable in him, for that men saw that notwithstanding his lamenesse, he refused no paines nor labour." North's Plutarch, Agesilaus, p. 652, ed. 1595. Agesilaus II. was king of Sparta from 398 to 361 B.C. [16] Spartian, Vit. Adrian. 15.
[ig] Fellowes in office : Lat. collegce. [25] Lat, quinetiam in
aliorunt notant JicBC Forttints collatio magis incurrit. [27] Gen. iv. 5.
p. 32 [3] Liberality: Lat. largitioni supra meritum. [15] in their
Rising: 'L,2tX.. attn honoribus cuntulantur. [18 — 20] Kx^A Em)y...
Flat: this passage Avas originally in the Essay *' Of Nobility," in the ed. of 1612, where it stands thus ; " and Enuy is as the sunne bcames, that beate more vpon a rising ground, then vpon a leuell." [29] the more deepe, and sober : Lat. vtagis sanos et sobrios. [32] Lat. Ca-
nentes illud, Quanta patimur.
p. 33 [4] Ingrossing: Lat. Monopolium. [5] Tamberlanes. Tamer- lane, or Timour, is said to have been lamed by a shepherd whose sheep he was stealing, and who shot him with arrows in the hip and shoulder. See Ahmed, Vita Tivturi, ed. Manger, Vol. i. p. 18. [23] Lat. qtiavt si callide et quasi furtim se notce subtrahat. [31] Witchcraft: Lat. Venejicii et incantationis. [32] The Lot
(Lat. Sors) gave its name to the praclisers of witchcraft, Sorcerers^ Lat. sortiarii.
p. 34 [12] Lat. iftstar salubris ostracismi. In this form it occurs in the Antitheta xvi ; Invidia in rebus publicis, tanquam salubris ostracis- tnus. [25] \jSiX.. intenniscendo a6lioties gratas et pop7dares odiosis.
P- 35 [4] tlie State : Lat. Regent, aut Statum ipsum. [12] The same sentence occurs in the AntitJteta, and the Historia Vitce et Mortis. [20] Matt. xiii. 25.
Essay 10
This Essay first appeared in the edition of 161 2, where it was placed twelfth in order, but was considerably enlarged in 1625. The first part stood thus: ^^ I.mte is the argument alwaies of Comedies, and many times of Tragedies. Which sheweth well, that it is a passion generally light, and sometimes extreme. Extreame it may well bee, since the speaking in a perpetuall Hyperbole, is comely in nothing, but Loue.'' p. 36 [i] See AntitJteta xxxvi ; Amori mttltum debet scena, nihil vita. [2] of Man: omitted in the Latin. [13] " Cleopatra oftentimes
vnarmed Antonius, and intised him to her, making him lose matters of great importaunce, and very needefuU ioumeys, to come and be
300 JLote^
dandled with her, about the rluers of Canobus, and Taphosiris." North's Plutarch, Dcmctritts and Antoiiius, p. loio, ed. 1595. [14] Livy III. 33; " In this new state of government, Appitis was the man that bare the greatest stroke, he ruled the rost and swaied all the rest, so highly stood he in grace and favour with the people" (Hol- land's trans, p. 109, ed. 1600). The allusion is to the story of Virginia. [15] Lat. legislatorutn inter Romaiios principejH. [16] Inordinate: Lat. volnptatibus deditus. [21] Lat. ahjcfluin quidem et pusillani- vtum est ilhid Epicuri diflum. [22] Seneca, Ep. i. 7, § 11 : quoted also in Adv. <»/■ Z. i. 3, § 6 ; " for it is a speech for a Louer, & not for a wise man : Satis vtagimm alter alteri TJieatnim siivnts."
P- 37 [i] Comp. Antitheta xxxvi; Angjista admoditm contemplatio amor. [10] Lat. Neque hac hyperbole solum modo in locutionis
phrasi cernitur. [12] By Plutarch [dc adiil. ct amico^ 11 ; Op.Mor. p. 48 F. ) ; avTO? auTOV *c6Aaf €#to<nros i»v TrpcoTOS /cat /xcyiaTO?. See also Essay xxvii. p. 112, 1. 26, and liii. p. 214, 1. 4. [13] have intelligence: Lat. cojispirant. [17] Lat. ReHe Hague re- ceptum est illud diverbium. [19] weaknesse: 'L.2X. phrenesis.
[27] Ovid, Her. xvi. 133. Amare et sapere vix Deo conceditur;
Publii Syri Sent. 15. [29] Antith. xvii ; Omnes^ nt Paris ^ qui
formcB optionem /aciunt, prudentice et potentia jaflurain faciuut. [31] quitteth : Lat. 7iuntium remittii.
p. 38 [3] In ed. of 161 2 ; " They doe best that make this affecflion keepe quarter, and seuer it wholly from their serious affaires and adlions of their life." [4] Loz'e: Lat. amores. make it keepe Quarter: Lat. in ordinem redigunt. [7] Lat. turhai omnia. [9 — end] I know
not...Imbaseth it : added in 1625. [9] This question is illustrated by Montaigne, Essais 11. 23. Comp. Arist. Pol. 11. 6, § 6.
Essay ii
The title of this Essay in the Latin is De Magistratibus et dignita- iibus. In the ed. of 161 2 it stands eighth in order.
P- 39 [8] loose: Lat. exuere. It seems that the translator here mistook the English. In ed. 1612 it was * lose.' Comp. Antitk. vii; Mono- rum ascefisus arduus, statio lubrica, regressus prceceps. [14] Cic.
Ep. Fam. (ad Marium) vii. 3 ; *' Vetus est enim, ubi non sis qui fueris, non esse cur veils vivere." This quotation was added in 1625. It occurs in the Provuis, fol. 11 ^, where it is corre(5lly ubi &=€. Lat.
iriste quiddam et melancholicuin. [19] Shadow : Lat. umbrant et otium. [19 — 21] Like..Scome: added in 1625.
p. 40 [i] Comp. Antith. vii; Qui in honore sunty opinionem. mutuentur oPortet, ut seipsos beatos putent. [14] Seneca, Thyest. 11. 401.
[i8] Comp. Antith. vii; Honores dantferc potestatetn earum rerttm^ quas optima conditio est nolle ^ proxima non posse. [24] Lat. sin^
mufiere aliquo publico et potestate. [25] and good Works: added
in 1625. [27] the same: * merit,' in ed. of 1612. [28] * can be in
any measure,' in ed. of i6ia. [29] Gen. i. 31. Bacon again quotes
iSote^ 301
from memory, for his Latin does not correspond with that of any ver- sion I have consulted.
p. 41 [2] Lat. limn non vtelius incej>eris quam persiiteris. [3 — 7] Ne- gledl. .avoid: added in 1625. [7] therfore : added in 1625. with-
out Bra verie: laTM. absque elatione t7ii ipsiits. [15] 'LxxX.. contende
tit qucE agis pro potestate tanquatn regitlis quihisdavt cohibenntur, iti hojni7iibus tanquatn digito inonstres. Course: 'courses' in MS. [17] and peremptorie : added in 1625. [18] Lat. quid sit quod agas diligenter expone. [19] Right: 'rights' in ed, 1612. [22] Lat.
quam itt qucestiones de its cum strepitu suscites et agites. [23] In-
feriour Places: the Lat. adds, tibi subordinaiorum. [26] Advices:
* intelligence' in ed. of 1612. [29] accept of: LaL allicias et recipias. [30] Lat. in aufloritate utendd et exercendd.
p. 42 [i] In ed. ot 1612, "do not only bind thine owne hands, or thy seruants hands that may take ; but bind the hands of them that should offer." [5] Lat. prcedicata et ex professo. [10 — 14] Therefore
. .steale it : added in 1625. [11] declare : Lat. declares et iticulces.
[14] Lat. ser7>us gratiosus et apud dotninum potens. [16] to close
Corruptioti: added in 1625. close: omitted in Lat. [17] Lat.
invidiam et malevolentiam parit ilia, nihil inde meiens. [21] Comp. Adv. of L. II. 23, § 5; where Bacon remarks upon the same verse of the Proverbs: " Here is noted that a iudge were better be a briber, then a respedler of persons: for a corrupt Iudge offendeth not so lightly as a facile." [25] Prov. xxviii. 21. [27] apx^? tov avSpa
&€Ckvu(tlv: attributed by some to Pittacus of Mitylene, by others to Solon. Aristotle {Mor. v. ) quoted it in the name of Bias. Epaminondas (Plut. Frcec. Civ. xv. 2) varied it; ou [kovov jj o.px^ toi/ ar6pa h€iKw<Ti.v, dWd Kol dpxnv dvrip. {Adagia, p. 226; ed. Grynaeus, 1629). The say- ing also occurs in Guicciardini [Maxims, 72; Eng. tr.), and at the conclusion of his History. Magistrattis virum indicat, in the
Promusy fol. jb. [29] Tac. Hist. i. 49. [31] Tac. Hist. i. 50:
quoted again in Adv. of L. 11, 22, § 5, where it is introduced with, •' Tacitus obserueth how rarely raising of the fortune mendeth the disposition." [33] of Sufhciencie : Lat. de arte imperatorid.
[34] an assured Signe : Lat. signum luculentissimum.
p. 43 [2] Comp. Antitketa vri; Virtuiis, ut reruni aliarnm, rapidtis mot us est ad locum, placidus in loco : est autem virtuiis locus honos. [4] Comp. Adv. of L. 11. to, § i : "So that it is no maruaile, though the soule so placed, enioy no rest, if that principle be true, that Motus reruin est rapidus extra locum, Placidiis in loco." In the Protnus already referred to, fol. Zb, there is this note; "Augustus rapide ad locum leniter in loco." and calme : omitted in MS. [6] in Autho- ritie : Lat. in honore adepto. [7 — end] All Rising, .another Man:
added in 1625. [8] to side a Mans selfe : Lat. alter i parti adJuerere. Here aq:ain the translator seems to have missed the point. [18] Lat. in quotidianis sermonibns aut conversatione privatd.
302 iliote*
Essay 12
p. 44 [i] Lat. trltum est difierium. [3] CIc. de Orat in. 56, § 213;
de clar. Orat. 38; Orat. 17. Quintilian (xi. 3) substitutes /r<?«««<rw- tio for a<57w. Archdeacon Hare has some remarks upon this anocdote in Guesses at Truth, pp. 147 — 151, and series, 2nd ed. 1848. [10] Lat. histrionis potius virtus censenda est guatn oratoris. [18] Antith.
XXXIII ; Quid aHio oratorio id audacia viro civili; primum^ seatrt' dunt, tertium.
p, 45 [i] Lat. captivos ducit eos. [5] in Popular States: Lat. in De-
mocratiis. [23] I have been unable to trace any foundation for this story of Mahomet. The saying is a common Spanish proverb and appears in Bacon's Prontus, or Common-place book, fol. 20 3, as fol- lows ; Se no va el otero a MaJtoma vaya Mahcma al otero. But, singularly enough, in a letter from Antonio Perez to the Earl of Essex, it is quoted in exadlly the converse form: " Tu videris quo id modo fiet, an ego ad tempJum, an, ut solebant loqui Hispani Mauri, si no puede yr Mahoma a Lotero (i.e. al otero), venga Lotero (i.e. el otero] a Mahoma, templum cum aliqua occasione hue sc conferat." Antonii Perezii ad Comitem Essexium. .epistolarutn centuria una. Norimb. 1683, ep. 14, p. 18. I am indebted for this reference to the Rev. J. E. B. Mayor, Fellow of St John's College, Cambridge.
p. 46 [2] Lat. vultutn enim tunc nanciscitur in se reduflum sed defor- miter. [6] Lat. sed audaces, guando tale quiilpiam illis continuity
attoniti Juerent, [11] Hence the proverb, 'Who so bold as blind Bayard?'
Essay 13
p. 47 [i] Lat. ut sit affeSlus qui hominum commoda studeat et hene velit. [3] And: 'for' (1612). [4] is a little too light: Lat. lerius aliquanto est atque angustius. [5] Habit: Lat. aj^eSlum et habi- tum. [7] and Dignities of the Minde : added in 1625. [8] Lat cutn sit ipsius diznnce natura adumbrata quadam effigies et charac- ter. [9] Man : \.7\.X.. homo anivialis. [xi] Goodnesse : h^t. boni- tas moralis. [13] — p. 48 [6] The desire, .committed: added in 1625. [19] Lat. qu(e, si benefaciendi materia aut occasione destituta, non inveniat quo se exerceat in homines^ d^JleHet certe in brutas ani- mantes.
p. 48 [2] Leg. Turc. epist. quat. ep. iii. p. 133, ed. 1605. Bacon's niemory was here at fault. The offender was a Venetian goldsmith who de- lighted in fowling, and had caught a goatsucker, or some such b'rd, about the size of a cuckoo and nearly of the same colour. Its bill when open would admit a man's fist. The goldsmith, by way of a joke, fixed the bird alive over his door, with a stick in its mouth to keep the beak distended. The Turks were enraged, seized the man, dragged him before a judge, and with difficulty allowed him to escape. In the Latin translation the correal version is given. Adeo ut, [referente Busbequio) A urifex quidam Venetus, Byzantii agens, vix furorem populi effugerit qtiod avis cujusdam, rostri oblongi, fauces inserto
i^ote^ 303
haculo diduxtssef. [7] This proverb is entered In the Promns, fol. 20 a. [9] One of the Do<5lors oi Italy: omitted in the Latin. The
Italian translation has "quel empio Nicolo Macciavello." [10] Mac ciavel: see Disc. sopr. Livio, ii. 2. [20] Lat. ne te illorum interea aut vultibtis aut vohintatibus vtancipio dedas. [21] or: 'and'
(1612). [23] Phaedr. iii. 12. A good story is told in Apoph. 203, in
which an allusion to this fable is brought in. "When peace was re- newed with the French in England, divers of the great counsellors were presented from the French with jewels. The Lord Henry Howard was omitted. Whereupon the King said to him; My Lord, how haps it that yon have not a je^vel as ivell as the rest ? My Lord answered again, (alluding to the fable in iEsop;) Non sum Gai/us, itaqtie non reperi gemtnam." I think it very probable that this story was in Bacon's mind when he wrote the Essay. [26] Matt. v. 45. [29] 'honours' in MS. [31] with choice: Lat. Paucis et cum
deUeiu.
p. 49 [2] Mark x. 21. [16] Difficilnesse: the Latin adds libidinent.
[17 — 22] Such men. .raw: added in 1625. [18] Lat. fere Jlorent^
easque semper aggravant. [20] Luke xvi. 21. [22] raw: Lat.
crt4da queegue et excoriata. 'There be many MisanthropV (1612). Lat. non paucos reperias misanthropos. [25] See Timon's speech
to the Athenians as given by Plutarch. "My Lords of Athens, I haue a litle yard in my house where there groweth a figge tree, on the which many citizens haue hangd themselues : & because I meane to make some building on the pJace, I thought good to let you all vnder- stand it, that before the fig tree be cut downe, if any of you be despe- rate, you may there in time goe hang yourselues." North's Plutarch, Antonius, p. 1002, ed. 1595. Comp. Shakspere, Tint. 0/ Athens, v. 2, *I have a tree, which grows here in my close, &c.* [26] Lat.
humatue naturce vomicas et carcinomata; cf. Suet. Aug. 65. [27] great Politiques : Lat. niercurii politici. [31] — p. 50 [14] The
parts. .Christ himselfe : added in 1625.
p. 50 [6] Lat. supra injuriarnm j'aflum et tela. [9] Trash : LaL sarcinas. [10] Rom. ix. 3. See Adv. of L. ii. 20, § 7, where the
same passage is alluded to. "But it may be truly affirmed that there was neuer any phylosophy. Religion or other discipline, which did so playnly and highly exalt the good which is Comtnunicatiue and de- presse the good which is priuate and particuler as the Holy faith : well declaring that it was the same God, that gaue the Christian Law to men, who gaue those Lawes of nature, to inanimate Creatures that we spake of before ; for we reade that the eledted Saints of God haue wished themselues Anathematized, and razed out of the Booke of life, in an extasie of Charity, and infinite feeling of Covimunion."
Essay 14
Greatly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 16 12, in which it was differently arranged. The Essay in that edition began at p. 52, 1. 14, "It is a reuerend thing.. p. 53, 1, 2, Honour;" with the additional
304 ilotejj
clause, *'and Enuy is as the sunne beames, that beate more \T3on a rising ground, then upon a leueli ;" which was afterwards incorporated in the Essay 'Of Envy.' Then followed the passage, p. 51, 1. 22— p. 52, 1. 7 ; "A great. .Maiesty of Kings." The other variations will be noted in the course of the Essay.
p. 51 [i — 21] Added in 1625. [12] Lat. vel si omnino in personas^ id
Jit tanquam in viaxime idoneas rebns gerendis, minime vera ut ratio habeatur insignium aut imaginum. [17] Respedls: "LzX.. dignitas. [22] and Potent : added in 1625.
P- 52 [3] Fortune: 'fortunes' (1612). [5] LaL ut insolentia fopularis illorum reverentiA tanquam obice retundatur. [8—14] A Numerous Nobility . .Persons: added in i'625. [8 J Lat. Rursus numerosa
nobilitas, qita pierumqiie minus potens est, statum prorsus d^pau- Perat. [16] Lat. annosatn et proceratn arboretn. [21] Those
that are first raised to Nobility: 'The first raisers ol Fortunes' (1612). [24] any: added in 1625. [27] Posterity: 'posterities' (1612).
[32] Lat. invidice stimulis vix carebit. [34] from; 'in' (1612);
"from others towards them ;" omitted in the Latin.
P' 53 [i] Lat. eo quod nobiles in honorum possessione naii videntur. [2] \^zx.. prudentes et capaces. [3] Lat. negotia sua mollius Jiuere sentient ^ si eos potissitnum adhibfiant.
Essay 15
Not published in the edition of 1612, though evidently A^nntten before that time. It is found in a MS. of that edition which is preserved in the British Museum (Harl. MSS. 5106}, and was written, according to Mr Spedding, between the years 7607 and 1612. He has printed this earlier form in his edition of Bacon's Works, Vol. vi. p. 589.
p. 54 [2] A7r/<?«aVrj: 'L;\t.. prognostica. [5] ^quino(f?ia. The word 'equinox' was apparently not yet naturalized, though it was in use many years before. Thus in Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 149 a: "The Colure of the Equinoxes is so called because it cutteth the Zodiaque in the beginning of Aries, which is called the vernal Equi- noxe: and also in the beginning of Libra, which is called the Autumnall Equinoxe, at which two times the dayes and nightes be equall." [6] hollow : Lat. cavos et veluti e longinquo. of Winde : omitted in MS. [7] a Tempest : 'tempests ' in MS. Lat. idem evenit ingru- entibus procellis politicis. [g\ I lie etiam: omiittdin^lS. Virg. Georg. I. 465. [12] Lat. Famosi libclli, et licentiosi et tnordaces
sermonesin status scandalum. [12—16] against, .embraced : omitted in MS. [14] Lat. novarum rerum rumores vtendaces.
P- 55- [i] Virg. ^n. iv. 179; quoted in ^^z/. of L. 11. 4, § 4. "In Heathen Poesie, wee see the exposition of Fables doth fall out sometimes with great felicitie, as in the Fable that the Gyants beeing ouerthrowne in their warre against the Gods, the £^th their mother in reuenge thereof brought forth Fame.
Illam terra Parens, <5r»<r. Expounded that when Princes & Monarches haue suppressed aduall
^ote^ 305
And open Rebels, then the malignitie of people, (which is the mother of Rebellion,) doth bring forth Libels & slanders, and taxations of the states, which is of the same kind with Rebellion, but more Feminine." The same passage was in his mind when he wrote his History of Hen. 7 (P- i37> ed. 1622): "Hereupon presently came forth Swarmes and Volies of Libels (which are the gusts of Libertie of Speach restrayned, and the Females of Sedition)." See also rtVvS'a/. K^/. c. ix. [5] Fames: the MS. adds 'and rumours.' [6] indeed: omitted in MS.
[7] Howsoever, he noteth : ' But he notes' in MS. [9] Brother and Sister: omitted in MS. [10 — 22] Especially . .Long-lived: omitted in MS. [12] the most plausible: Lat. qtue vierito platisum vulgi mererentur. [15] Tac. Hist. I. 7. The passage, according to one reading, stands inviso semel Principe, seu bene sen male fafla pretnunty and the present is a good illustration of Bacon's manner of quotation on which Mr Spedding remarks (Works, i. p. 13, note). [17, 18] 'that'
should be omitted in one of these lines. [21] the Going about: Lat.
conatus sedulus. [22] Lat. nihil aliiid /ere efficit quant ut durent
viagis. [23] Obedience : the Latin adds in exeguendis jussis.
speaketh of: in the MS. 'describeth in an Army.' [24] Tac. Hist.
II. 39, miles alacer qui tanten jussa ducum interpretari quam exsequi mallet. [29] disputings : the Latin adds circa mandata. [26 — yz] Disputing, .audaciously : instead of this passage the MS. has : "When mandats fall to be disputed and distinguished, and new sences given to them, it is the first Essay of disobeying." [32] audaciously : Lat. audacins et contumacius. [33] Probably in Disc. sopr. Livio,
III. 27. The Italian translation, instead of Macciavel, has only un scrittore. noteth well: in the MS. 'well notes.' [34] Parents : in the MS. 'fathers.'
p. 56 [1] leane to a side: the MS. adds, 'in the state.' [2] MS. 'that tilts aside before it overthrowes.' [3 — 12] As was .. Possession :
omitted in MS. [16 — 26] For the Motions. .Frame: not in MS. [18] Primum Mobile. The tenth heaven, according to tlie old As^ tronomers. In Blundevile's Exercises (fol. 137 b, ed. 1594), the 6th chapter of 'the first booke of the Spheare' is "Of the tenth Spheare or heauen, called in Latine primum mobile, that is, the first moueable, and what motion it hath." It is described as follows : "This heauen ia also of a most pure and cleare substance and without starres, and it continually mooueth with an equall gate from East to West, making his reuolution in 24. houres, which kind of moouing is otherwise called the diurnall or daily moouing, & by reason of the swiftnesse therof, it violently caryeth & turneth about all the other heauens that are beneath it from East to West, in the selfe same space of 24. houres, whether they will or not, so as they are forced to make their owne proper reuolutions, which is contrary from West to East, euery one in longer or shorter time, according as they be far or neare placed to the same." [22] Great ones: YjzX.viri prijnores et nobiles. [24] Tac. Ann. III. 4, again quoted from memory. The passage stands, /n7w/>- tius apertittsque qnam ut meminisse imperitantium crcdercs. [26J For: 'And' in MS. [28] Job xii. 18; Is. xlv. i. The MS. has
X
3o6
iSote^
'who threatneth the dissolving thereof, as one of his great judge- ments.' [30] Shaken: 'shakened' in MS. [33] passe from: 'leave'inMS. [33] — p. 57 [i] Concerning. .foUoweth: omittedinMS.
P- 57 [i — 4] In MS. 'and speake of the niaterialls, and the causes, and the remedyes.' [3] Lat. de earum caitsis etJJeibellis. [5 — 11] Con- cerning. .Fire: omitted in MS. [12] Discontentjttent: in MS. 'discontent,' Lat. prtrsentiitm rertim tcedium. [13] It is certain : in MS. 'certainly.' Oz>erthrowne Estates; \j3X. hominum res attritie et decofliefortwKe. [15] Route: 'the tymes' in MS. before: Lat. paulo ante. [17] Lucan, Phars. I. i8i. The true reading is avidum for rapidmn and Et for Hine in the second line. [20] In his tradl 'Of the true greatness of the kingdom of Britain,' Bacon makes a different application of this quotation : " For it is necessary in a state that shall grow and inlarge, that there be that composition which the poet speaketh of, Multis utile bellum ; an ill condition of a state (no question) if it be meant of a civil war, as it was spoken ; but a condition proper to a state that shall increase, if it be taken of a foreign war. For except there be a spur in the state that shall excite and prick them on to wars, they will but keep their own and seek no further." (Bacon's Works, ed. Spedding, vii. p. 59). assured and infallible: Lat. cer- turn. [22] ' troubles and seditions' in MS. [22 — 26] And if. .worst : omiited in MS. [26 — 30] In MS. 'For discontents, they are the verie humors in the politique body apt to gathor a praetematural heate and to inflame.' [2-j^ Discontentments: Lat. alienatiofies animorunt et tcediutn renim prcesentiutK. [28] Humours : Lat malignium huntorum. [30] no Prince: in MS. 'not Princes.' [31] be: in MS. 'are.' [32] to be : omitted in MS. [34] who doe often spume at their owne Good : omitted in MS.
p. 58 [2] Lat. ex quibus iiividia oritur. rise: in MS. 'arrise.'
fadl: in MS. 'true proportion.* [4] Discontentvients: in MS.
' kindes of discontents.' [5 — 17] Dolendi. .pull: omitted in MS.
[3] Plin. Ep. VIII. 17. [6] great: Lat. niaximis. [7] mate the
Courage: Lat. animos frangunt. [10] Disconteritments : Lat. alie^ futtionem animonon et invidiam grassantem. [75] Lat. tandem
glomerantur et munt. [16] This proverb is entered in the Protnus^ fol. 13 rt, in the following form : en Jin la soga quiebra por el mas del- gado. In CoUins's Spanish Proverbs, p. 126, it is El kilo por lo tnas delgado quiebra. The English form is, TJie last straw breaks the cameVs back. [i8] and Motives: omitted in Lat. [19] Innovation in: omitted in MS. 'Alterations' in MS. Taxes: Lat. tributa
et census. [20] ' breaking priviledges* in MS. Lat. immunitw
turn et privilegiorjtm violatio. [21] Lat. "d honores et magistratus promotio. [22] Disbanded Souldiers ; Fafl iof is gro^vne desperate I omitted in MS. 124] and knitteth: omitted in MS. [26 — 29] In
MS. ' For the remedyes, there maie be some general! preservatives; the cure must aunsweare to the particuler disease.* From p. 58, I. 29, 'And so be left, &c.' top. 60, I. 32, 'Common People' is omitted in the MS. p. 59 [2] Lat. artifices et manu/aflunu intr^ducere etfovere. [3] Lat.
i^oleg 307
desidiam ei oilum. [9] Lat. temporibus scilicet pacis quando
gladius nihil detnetit. [23] Preferments : Lat. vocationes civiles.
[29] Lat. jtinteriam viercium. [33] Ovid. Met. 11. 5.
p. 60 [2] See Burton's Anat. of Mel. (Detnocritus to the Reader, p. 77, ed. 1813) : "The Low Countries generally have three cities at least for one of ours, and those far more populous and rich : and what is the cause, but their industry and excellency in all manner of trades, their commerce, which is maintained by a multitude of tradesmen, so many excellent channels made by art, and opportune havens, to which they build their cities? all which we have in like measure, or at least may have. But their chiefest loadstone, which draws all manner of com- merce and merchandise, which maintains their present estate, is not fertility of soyl but industry that enricheth them : the gold mines of Peru or Nova Hispania may not compare with them. They have neither gold nor silver of their own, wine nor oyl, or scarce any corn growing in those United Provinces, little or no wood, tin, lead, iron, silk, wool, any stuff almost, or mettle ; and yet Hungary, Transilvania, that brag of their mines, fertile England, cannot compare with them." [9] Comp. Apoph. 252. "Mr Bettenham used to say; That riches were like inttck; when it lay upon an heap, it gave but a stetich and ill odottr; but when it was spread upon the ground , then it was cause 0/ much fruit." [12] Lat. voragines illasfoenoris, tnonopoliorunt, et latifundioruni in pascua conversorutn. Usurie : see Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 66 ; " There were also made good and politike Lawes that Parliament against Vsurie which is the Bastard vse of Money." Pasturages : see Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 73. The whole passage will be found in a note on Essay 29, p. 122, where it is diredlly referred to. In 1597 Bacon made a speech in the House of Commons upon this subjedl, in which he said : " For enclosure of grounds brings depopulation, which brings forth first idleness, secondly decay of tillage, thirdly subversion of houses and decrease of charity and charge to the poor's maintenance, fourthly the impoverishing the state of the realm." (Mr Spedding's Letters and Life of Fr. Bacon, 11. p. 82.) [24] John v. 4.
[25] Lat. ut ita dem7tm animos exulceratos prodere possint. [26] Horn. //. I. 398. The fable is alluded to in Adv. of L. 11. 4, § 4. "So in the F'able that the rest of the Gods hauing conspired to binde lupiter, Pallas called ^r/rtr^«j with his hundreth hands to his aide, expounded, that Monarchies neede not feare any courbing of their absolutenesse by Mightie Subiedls, as long as by wisedome they keepe the hearts of the people, who will be sure to come in on their side." In Homer it is Thetis, not Pallas, who calls Briareus. [33] and Discontenttnents :
not in MS. [34] The MS. has: " so it be without bravery or impor- tunitye." Lat. ut ebulliant eorum dolores et infuvtos abeant.
p. 61 [2] In the Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 137, Bacon says, after the execution of Stanley, Lord Chamberlain, " men durst scarce commune or talke one with another: but there was a generall Diffidence euery where. Which neuerthelesse made the King rather more Absolute, then more Safe. For, Bleeding Inwards and shut Vapours strangle soonest, and oppresse most," backe: not .''a MS. and: 'or' in MS.
X2
3o8
iSotc^
fS— €] The Part, .them: the MS. has, ' Also the part of EpimetJteiis may become Profuethrus in this case.' Coinp. de Sap. Vet. c. 26.
[8j Epimetfuus: in MS. ' Hee.' [9I at last shut the lid: omitted
in MS. [10] Certainly: omitted in MS. [11] and Entertaining:
the MS. has 'of some degree.' [13] Bacon had written otherwise of Hope, and more bitterly, in Meditationes Sacrte, " De Spe Terrestri,'* which was published in 1597. He there says, (I quote from the English translation published in 1598) ; " And therefore it was much lightness© in the Poets to faine Hope to bee as a counterpoyson of humaine deceases, as to mittigate and asswage the fury & anger of them, whereas in deede it doth kindle and enrage them, & causeth both doubling of them and relapses." [14] Discontentments: MS. 'dis- contents.* [15] and Proceedings* omitted in MS. [16] when.. Satisfadlion : MS. ' if it can hold by hope where it cannott by satisfac- tion.' [17 — 24] And when, .beleeve not: omitted in MS. [23] Lat. ostentare in gloriam suam. [26] Bacon had this in mind afterwards when he wrote Considerations touching a Warre with Spaine: " They (the Spaniards) bragged, that they doubted not, but to abuse and lay asleepe the Qtieene and Counsell of England, as to haue any feare of the Party of Papists here ; For that they knew (they said) the State »vould but cast the eye, and looke about, to see whether there were any Eminent Head of that Party, vnder whom it might vnite it selfe; And finding none worth the thinking on, the State would rest secure, and take no apprehension" (p. 28. ed, 1629). [26] Discontented Per- sons: MS. 'discontents.' [29] Lat. adds, et ducem idoneum. [31] Lat acceptus est et gratiosits. [33] MS. ' that is thought dis- content in his particular.* [54 J — p. 62 [4] which kinde. .reputation : omitted in MS.
\>. (yi [5] Generally: MS. 'also.* all Fadlions, and Combinations:
MS. *anie combination.' [6] are: MS. 'is.' [7, 8] and setting
. .themselves : omitted in MS. [8] not one : MS. 'none.' [10] The MS. has, "if the true parte of the State." [12] The MS. has, ' the false, entyer and unytcd.' [13 — 32J I have .. noted : omitted in MS. [15] Lat. exitiale sibi vtilmis tnjiixit. [16] Suet. Jul. Cces. tj.
Quoted in Adv. of L. 1. 7, § 12 : " vpon occasion, that some spake, what a strange resolution it was in Lucius Syila, to resigne his Di<5la- ture; he scoffing at him, to his owne aduantage, answered; That Syila could not skill of Letters, and tlierefore knew not how to Diflate.*' Apoph. 135. [21] Tac. Hist. i. 5. [23] Flav. Vop. Prob. 20.
[28] See quotation from the Adv. of L. given in the note to p. 20, 1. 18. [34] one, or rather more: omitted in MS.
p. 63 [i] Lat militid etfortitudine spe flatus. Valour: in MS.
'valew.* [4] Court: MS. 'Courts.' Lat in aulis principum.
first : omitted in MS. [6] Tac. Hist. 1. 28. [9]— end. The MS.
has, " But lett such one be an assured one and not popular, and hold- ing good correspondence with the gowne men ; or els the remedy is worse then the disease. £11] Lat et cum cateris proceribus bent
comparati.
MoM 309
Essay 16
Considerably enlarged from the ed. of 1612.
p. 64 [2] Lat. Aicorani Tahnudi ant legender. Legend: the Golden
Legend, or Legenda Aurea, a coUedlion of lives of Saints and other stories, written by Jacobus de Voragine. The Italian translation omits *i\\& Legend.' and the Tahn7id: added in 1625. [4] ^^^ Adv.
of L. II. 6, § I : "There was neuer Miracle wrought by God to conuert • an Atheist, bycause the light of Nature might haue leddc him to con- fesse a God." [5] Atheismei 'Atheists' (1612). [6] convince it; 'conuince them' (1612). It is true that : ' Certainely' (1612).
[7] Mans minde: omitted in MS. Comp. Adv. <7/"Z. i. i, § 3 : " It is an assured truth, and a conclusion of experience, that a little or superficiall knowledge of Philosophic may encline the minde of Man to Atheisme, but a further proceeding therein doth bring the mind backe againe to Religion : for in the entrance of Philosophie, when the second Causes, which are next vnto the sences, do offer themsclues to the minde of Man, if it dwell and stay there, it may induce some ebliuion of the highest cause ; but when a man passeth on further, and seeth the dependance of causes, and the workes of prouidence ; then according to the allegorie of the Poets, he will easily beleeue that the highest Linke of Natures chaine must needes be tyed to the foote of Itipiiers chsAYt." [8] MensMindes: 'men' (1612). [9] while:
'when' (1612). [10 — 12] it may. .further: ' it resteth in them '
(1612). [12] the Chaine of: added in 1625. [13] Linked: 'knit'
(1612). [13, 14] must needs flie : 'flies' (1612). [14] Nay even :
*Most of air (1612). [15] Lat. adds, si qnis vere revi introspiciat.
[16] most: added in 1625. [17] Leucipptis: the founder of the
atomic theory. The date and place of his birth are unknown. Detno- critus: born at Abdera in Thrace B.C. 460, died B.C. 357. Epicurus: born in the island of Samos B.C. 342, died at AthCns B.C. 270. [19] " Aristoteles of Stagira the Sonne of Nichomachus, hath put downe for Principles these three, to wit, a certaine forme called Etite- leckia, Matter, and Privation : for elements, foure, and for a fifth Quintessence, the heavenly bodie which is immutable." Holland's Plutarchy p. 808. [22] unplaced: Lat. sine ordine fortuitd vagati' Hum.
p. 65 [2] Ps. xiv. I. This text is taken as the motto for the loth medita- tion in Meditationes Satrce, " De Atheismo," with which this Essay has many points of resemblance, as the following passages will shew. " First, lie hath said in his /teart; it is not said, he hath thought in his heart: that is, it is not so much that he feels it inwardly, as that he wishes to believe it. Because he sees that it would be good for him that there were no God, he strives by all means to persuade himself of it and induce himself to think so ; and sets it up as a theme or position or dogma, which he studies to assert and maintain and establish. .And so it is true the Atheist hath rather said in his heart than thinks in his heart that there is no God. .Nor shall you see that those who are fallen into this phrensy to breathe and importunately inculcate anything else
3IO ia.otc$J
almost, than speech tending to Atheism ; as in Lucretius the Epicu- rean ; who makes his invedlive against religion almost as the burthen or verse of return to every other subject. The reason appears to be that the Atheist, not being well satisfied in his own mind, tossing to and fro, distrustful of himself, and finding many times his opinion faint within him, desires to have it revived by the assent of others. For it is rightly said that he who is very anxious to approx>e his opinion ta another, hi/use// distrusts it." (Works, vii. 251, 252, ed. Spedding.} There is besides another passage, on the tendency of the study of natural philosophy to Atheism, which is almost word for word the same with that at the beginning of the Essay. [9 — 21] It appeareth. .thenv
selves: added in 1625. [17] \aX., lino, qttod inonstri simile est.
[29] Diog. Laert. x. 123. [^^] S>ceXtosi&y Hist. Nat. des Jades, \.
fol. 2123. (Fr. trans, ed. 1600): "ils n'auoient point neantmoins de nom propre, pour nommer Dieu : car si nous voiilons rechercher en langue des Indiens vn mot, qui respondc h. ce nom de Dieu, comme le latin Deus, le grec, Theos, I'hebreu, El, I'Arabic, Alia, Ton n'en trouuera aucun en langue de Cusco ny en langue de Mexicque."
p. 66 [4] In ed, of 1612, 'which shews yet they haue the motion, though not the full extent* [7] very: added in 1625. [8] very: added in
1625. [8 — 30] The contemplative Atheist Religion: added in
1625. Part of this passage was included in the next Essay in the ed. of 1612. In Antith. xiii. it appears in this form: Non cadit in nun- iem hnmanam ut sit uterus atheist a dogmate; sed ntagni hypocritee tunt vert atheistce, gin sacra perpetuo contreHant, sed nunquam verentur. [9] "Some of the philosophers, and namely, Diagoras of the isle of Melos, TJuvdorus the Cyrenaean, and Euemerus of Tegea, held resolutely that there were no gods." Plutarch's Morals, trans. Holland, p. 810, ed. 1603. [23] S. Bernard. Sertn. ad Pastores [Opera, p. 1732 I, ed. Paris 1640.) [25] Lat. consuetiido profana
ludendi etjocandi in rebus sanHis.
p. 67 [5] who: 'which* (1612). [6] Ovid. Met. i. 21. [19] Cic d^
Har. Resp. 9.
Essay 17
Enlarged from the edition of 1612, and omitted in the Italian trans- lation. The chief points in this Essay and the preceding form the/r^? andc^« oi Antith. xiii. Superstitio. p. 68 [i] no: Lat. nullam aut incertam. In a letter to Mr Toby Matthews, Bacon says: "I entreat you much to meditate sometimes upon the efFe(5l of superstition in this last Powder Treason, fit to be tabled and pi<5lured in the chambers of Meditation, as another Hell above the ground; and well justifying the censure of the Heathen, that Superstition is Jar 7Vorse then Atheism, by how much it is less evil to have no good opinion of God at all, then such as are impious towards his Divine Majesty and goodness" [Cabala, p. 57, ed. 1663^ Mr, afterwards Sir Toby, Matthews, was a great friend of Bacon, and a convert to Romanism. The Essay 'Of Superstition' may have grown out of this letter. [2J Lat. guam contumeliosam et Deo in-
i^ote^ 31 1
dignam. [4] Lat. impieiatis et opprobrii. [5] the : omitted in ed. of 1612, but inserted in MS. [6—13] Plutarch. .Men: added in 1625. [6] Plut. de Superst. X. [8] at all; Lat. in rerum tiatura. [10] Lat, comedere et devorare. [16] to : *vnto' (1612). an out-
ward Morall vertue: added in 1625. [18] Monarchy : *Tyranny'
(1612). [igJMindes: 'minde' (1612). Antith. "XAW, Non Epicuri schola, scd Stoa, veteres respublicas perturbavit. [20] Lat. homines eniin cantos reddit et securitati suce consulcntes.
p. 69 [i] 'As the time q{ Augustus Ccesar^ and our owne times m some Countries, were, and are, ciuill times* (1612). civil: Lat. tran-
guilla. [2] 'confusion and desolation* (161 2). [3] Primum Mo-
bile: see note on p. 56, 1. 18. [8] Here followed in the ed. of 1612
the paragraph which was afterwards incorporated into the Essay ' Of Atheisme :' "There is no such Atheist, as an Hipocrite, or Impostor : and it is not possible, but where the generality is superstitious, many of the leaders are Hipocrits. The causes of Atheisme ^x^, diuisions in Religion: scandall of Priests; and learned times; specially if pros- perous ; though for diuisions, any one maine diuision addeth zeale to both sides, but many diuisions introduce Atheisme J' [8 — 18] It was gravely said. .Church: added in 1625. [n] Sarpi, Hist. del. Cone.
Trid. p. 222, ed. 1619. "Fu da alcuni facet! detti, che se gli astro- logi, non sapendo le vere cause de' moti cclesti, per salvare le apparenze hanno dato in eccentrici, in epicicli non era maraviglia, se volendo salvare le apparenze de' moti sopra-celesti, si dava in eccentricity d' openioni." [19 — 29] 'the pleasing of Ceremonies; the excesse of outward holinesse; the reuerence of traditions: the stratagems of Prelats for their owne ambition and lucre, and barbarous times, speci- ally with calamities, and disasters' (1612). [25] Conceits: Lat. ethelothreskiis. [26] Lat. exemplomm iinportuna et inepta petitio ab hutnanis qiuB in divina transferantur. [27] Lat. Fantasiaruiu male co/i^rentium tnixturam. [30J 'without his vaile' (1612).
p. 70 [2] petty: Lat. pusillas et superjluas. [3 — 9] added in 1625. [4] Lat. cum se tatito saniorem et puriorem vixtn inire putent homines. £6] Lat. curce esse debet in religione re/ormandd.
Essay 18
The Latin title is De peregrinatione in partes ex t eras. P- 71 [7] Lat. servo aliquo experto. I allow well: Lat. proho.
[11] Acquaintances: Lat. amiciticB et familiaritates. [20] Lat.
quant quce de industria observantur. p. 72 [12] Magazens : Lat. cellce et horrea publica. [14] Lat, militum
dele6lus et i7tstru6lio. [21] Masques: I^at. saltationes sidi larvA. p. 73 [5] Lat magnes est attrahendi familiaritates et co): nietudincs
hominum compiurium. [18] Employd men : Lat ininistrorum
interiorum. [23] Lat. quomodo os, vultus, et corporis liueamenta,
et motus respondeant famce. [26J Place: Lat. pnesidentitu
[27] Words : Lat. verba contumcliflsa. p. 74 [4] forwards : \.?X./acilis et pronto.
312 BoM
Essay 19
Altered and greatly enlarged from ed. of 1612.
p. 75 [i] Antith. VIII ; Quam miserum habere nil fere quod a^petafj infinita qua inetuas. [9] Prov. xxv. 3. [10] Multitude : 'multi-
tudes' (1612). [13] Lat. exploratu difficilent. [14] it comes:
'commeth it' (i6ic). [17] Lat. ad ordinem aliquem aut collegium
institueuduvt. Ere(5ling of: added in 1625. [20] — p. 76. [i] As Nero. . Chariots: added in 1625. Nero: see Dio Cass, lxiii. i. \-zi\Do- mitian: Suet. Dom. 19. [22] Commodus: Dio Cass, lxxii. 10, 22.
p. 76 [i] Caracalla: Dio Cass, lxxvii. 10. [2] and the like : *& such like, things' (1612). This seemeth; 'which seeme' (1612).
[6—16] 'Therefore great and fortunate Conquerours in their first yeeres, tume melancholy and .superstitious in their latter, as did Alex- ander the great, & in our memory Charles the fifth, and many others. For he that is vsed to goe forward, and findeth a stoppe, falleth out of his owne fauour' (1612). [12] "It is seportcd that King Alexander
the Great, hearing Anaxarcht*s the Philosopher discoursing and maintaining this Position: That there were worlds innumerable: fell ? weeping : and when his friends and familiars about him asked what he ailed. Have I not (quoth he) good cause to weepe, that being as there are an infinite number of worlds, I am not yet the Lord of one?" (Holland's Plutarch, p. 147, ed. 1603). Diocletian abdicated ist May, 305, and passed the last eight years of his life in retirement near Salona. [13] Charles V. gave up the Netherlands to his son Philip II. 25th OcL 1555 ; on the i6th of Jan. 1556 he gave up the throne of Spain, and on the 27th of Aug. 1556 resigned the Imperial crown. He died at Yuste, 2ist Sep. 1558. [17, 18] *A true temper of gouemment is a rare thing' (1612). [21] Philost. vit. Apoll. Tyan. v. 28. The story is told again in y4/^//*. 51. [_2-j'\ sometimes : ^ and sometimes* [i6i2\
[30] 'pressing power and relaxing power' (1612}. [32] This is true
that : added in 1C25,
P- 77 [3] this.. And: added in 1625. Lat. in agone cum fort una
experiri. [6] Matter: Lat. materias primas et inchoamenfa.
[7] difficulties : 'difficultnesse ' (1612). Lat. interveniunt procul-
dubio multce difficultates et impedimenta. [8] and : 'times' (1612}.
[9] Lat. principum ipsorum affcHus et mores. [10] Not Tacitus,
but Sallust {Bell. Jug. c 113). The passage is rightly referred to Sallust in the Adv. of L, n. 22, § 5 : Salust noteth, that it is vsuall with Kinges to desire Contradi(5loryes.' [13] Power: Lat. potentia nimice. Lat. credere se Posse finem rei pro arbitrio assequi.
[15] — p. 81 [8) Kings have to deale . . Danger : added in 1625. [22] First for their Neighbours, &a The original of this passage is to be found in the tradl, published by Rawley after Bacon's death, entitled Con- siderations touching a warre with Spaine, and written about the year 1624. "And to say truth, if one marke it well, this was, in all Memory, the maine peece of Wlsdome, in strong and prudent Coun- sels; To bee in perpetuall watch, that the States about them, should neither by Approach, nor by Eucrcasc of Dominion, nor by Ruining
iaote^ 313
Confederates, nor by blocking of Trade, nor by any the like meanes, haue it in their power, to hurt or annoy the States they serue ; And whensoeuer any such Cause did but appeare, straight-wayes to buy it out with a Warre, and neuer to take vp Peace at credit, and vpon Interest. It is so memorable, as it is yet as fresh, as if it were done yesterday, how that Triumuiraie of Kings {Henry the eight of England, Francis the first of France, and Charles the fifth, Emperour, and King of Spaine,) were in their time>j so prouident, as scarce a Palme of Ground could bee gotten by either of the Three, but that the other Two would be sure to doe their best, to set the Ballance of Enrobe vpright againe. And the Irke diligence was vsed in the Age before, by that League, (wherewith Guicciardine beginneth his Story, and maketh it (as it were) the Kalender of the good dayes of Italy,) which was contradled betweene Ferdinando King oi Naples, Lorenzo of Medici Potentate of Florence, and Ludouico Zforza Duke of Milan, designed chiefly against the growing Power of the Venetians; But yet so, as the Confederates had a perpetual! eye, one vpon another, that none of them should ouertop. To conclude therefore, howsoeuer some Schoolemen, (otherwise Reuerend Men, yet fitter to guide Pen- kniues, than Swords,) seeme precisely to stand vpon it; That euery Offensiue Warre must be Vltio; A Reuenge, that presupposeth a precedent Assault or Iniurie ; yet neither doe they descend to this Point, (which we now handle,) of a iust Feare; Neither are they of authority to iudge this Question against all the Presidents of time." Pp. 19, 20, ed. 1629. [33] Lat. Carolo quinto Hispano.
p. 78 [3, 4] either. .Warre: omitted in the Latin. [5] take up: Lat. redimere. [6] Guicciardini, Hist. i. i. The League was renewed in 1480 for 25 years. [12] Bacon probably refers to S. Thomas Aquinas {Siannta TheologicB, 2', quaest. xl). ^^ Sea^ndo requiritur cajtsa j'ltsta; ut scilicet illi qui impugnantur^ propter aliqitafn cul- patn iinpugjiationetn inereantnr: unde Aug. dicit in lib. qjtcestionum. {super Josue qucest. 10) Jiista bella solent dijffiniri qiue ulciscnntur injur ias, si gensvelcivitas pleflenda est, qtue vel vindicare neglexerit quod a suis improbe /aflum est, vel rediere quod per inj'uriajn abla^ tuvi est." [14] The first proposition of Bacon's argument for a War with Spain was, "that a iust Feare is a iust Cause 0/ a War; And that a Preuentine Warre is a true Defettsiue^ (p. 23). [15] lawful! : Lat. competens et legitima. [i8J Livia: Dio Cass. LVI. 30. Lat. ob veneficiuin A ugusti.
P- 79 [25] Lat. quormn baculi pastorales cum regis glad io conceriarunt. [30] from that State: i. e. the Clergy; Lat. a prcelatis. [31] Lat.
nisi tiii clerus ab auSloritate aut jurisdiSlione priftcipatus externi pendet. [32] come in, and: omitted in the Latin. Lat. a populo^ non autem a rege vel patronis ecclesiarton.
p. 80 [i] Lat. sunt illi certe cohibendi et tanquant in justA distantiA a solio regali continendi. [5] Hist. o/Hen. 7, p. 241, ed. 1622 ; "Hee kept a strait hand on his Nobilitie, and chose rather to aduancc Clergie-men and Lawyers, which were more Obsequious to him, but had lesse Interest in the People; which made for his Absolutcnesse.
314 B-oM
but not for his Safetie. In so much as (I am pcrswaded' it was one of the Causes of his troublesome Raigne ; for that his Nobles, though they were Loyall and Obedient, yet did not Co-operate with him, but let euery man goe his owne Way." [16] Lat. quinhno fove*idi sunty tanquant qui potentiatn nobilitatis su/>erioris optivte teynperent^ ne immodice excrescat. [21] Vena porta : " That vena porta is a vein coming from the concave of the liver, and receiving those mesaraical veins, by whom he takes the chyltis from the stomach and guts, and conveys it to the liver." Burton, Anat. 0/ Mel. pt i. sect, i, mem. 2, subs. 3. See Ess. xli. In another passage [Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 161) Bacon calls it ' the Gate- Vaine * : "But that that mooued him most, was, that beeing a King that loued Wealth and Treasure, hee could not endure to haue Trade sicke, nor any Obstru<ftion to continue in the Gate-vaine, which dispcrseth that bloud." [24] and nourish little: Lat. et habit inn corporis macntm. [26 — 29] Lat. quod in part ibus
lucre tur, in suimnA deperdit, comviercii qiianto dintinnto. [33] Or their Customes : Lat. vel in gravaminibus tributontm. [34] Lat. vel in aliis qua vi^utn eortnn decurtant. p. 81 [2] Lat. si in corpus unumcogantur, velexercittisvel Prcesidiorum. [3] Lat. clarissima exempla. [5] of Rome: omitted in the Latin. [7] of Defence : Lat. utiles et saiubres. [g] Antit/t. viii ; Regesnoit hominum instar sed astrorum sunt; nam et in singulos et in tempora ipsa magnum habent injluxum. 'the heauenly bodies' {1612}. Iio] Antith. viii; Qui in imperils sunt, similes sunt corporihus calestibus, qua magnam venerationem habent, requiem nullam. The original of this is a passage of Seneca, Consol. ad Polyb. c. 26 [Dial. XI. 7) ; ex quo se Ccesar orbi tfrrarum dedicavit, sibi eripuit. Et siderum modo, qua inrequieta semper cursus suosexplicant, nunquam Hit licet nee subsistere nee quicqttam suum /acere. [11 — 14] In the MS. of the edition of 161 2 this passage, with the exception of the words *or Vice Dei^ is inserted in the margin in Bacon's own hand. [15] bridleth: 'to bridle' (1612).
Essay 20
Altered and slightly enlarged from ed. of 1612.
p. 82 [i] and Man: omitted in the printed ed. of 1612, but added in the MS. [4] Child: Lat. liberos. Some copies have 'children,' and in
the Italian it is / loro /igliuoli, but * child ' is the reading in the edition of 1612. [7Jobliged: \j3X. astringuntnr. [11] hat. si consilio virorufn seleflorum utantur. [13] Is. ix. 6. [14] Prov. xx. 18. [18] Lat tnconstantia et mutationum. [19] Lat. modo texenda, modo retex- enda. [20] i Kings xii. 8.
p. 83 [10] See de Sap. Vet. c. 30. [12] Whereby they intend that: *so as' (1612). [14] Lat. quod hujusmodi cotnmentum est. [19] him-
selfe : added in 1625. [20] Hes. Thcog. 886, [22] Councelll
'counsel!' (1612). [24] unto: 'to' (1612). \2i\\.2X. elaborata et
efformata. [28] C<7««r^//: ' counsel' (161 2). [31! 'hand' (1612).
p. 84 fs, 6] Let us. .Remedies: added in 1625. [11] Lat. ac si minus
i^ote^ 3^5
ex re penderent. [14] Lat. quain principis ipsius. [15] Lat.
doHriiia quofiindam ex I talis. [16] in some Kings times : added
in 1625. [17] Lat. consilia interiora giue vitlgo vocantur cabinet ti.
[18] The MS. adds, "which hath toumed Metis the wife to Metis the mistresse, that is Councells of State to which Princes are [solemly] marryed, to Councells of gracious persons recommended chiefly by [flattery and] aflecflion." Mr Spedding in his note (Bacon's Works, VI. p. 555) remarks, "The word 'solemly' has a line drawn through it, and the words 'flattery and' are inserted between the lines in Bacon's hand." [19] As to: 'But for' (1612). Lat. occtiltationem constli- onifH. [21] Lat. sed tarn personas qnant uegotia cinn deieflu excer- pere Possunt. [25] comes: 'come' (1612). [26] jMotto: '' Mot^
(1612). Counsels: 'counsell' (1612). [27] Ter. Eun. i. 2, 25.
[28] Lat. arcana nosse et retegere. [30—85 9] It is true — Fox :
added in 1625. ; p. 85 [3] able to Grinde with a Hand-Mill: Lat. proprio Marte validus. [6] Hist, of Hen. 7, pp. 15, 16; "About this time, the King called vnto his Priuie-Conncell, lohn Morton, and Richard Foxe, the one Bishop of Elie^ the other Bishop of Excester, vigilant men, and secret, and such as kept watch with him almost vpon al men else." [11 — 13] Nay . .Counsell: added in 1625. [17, 18] which are Things soone found,
and holpen : added in 1625. [20] Lat. sua rei prospefturos non
domini. [21] Luke xviii. 8. {2j]Coutisellours: 'counsels' (1612}. [28] Counsellour: added in 1625. [29—31] So that. .Eare: added in 1625. [34] Mart. Epig. viii. 15. p 86 [i] on: 'of (1612). [2] Speculative: Lat. riinatores. [4] their: so in the original and in ed. of 1612. [10] Reverend : 'reuerent '
(1612). Lat. gravior. [15] to preserve Freedome : omitted in M.S.
[16] to preserve Respedl: omitted in MS. Lat. ut modes tius senten- tiam feraut. [24 — 28] 'what kind of person should be; but in
indiuiduo: For the greatest errors, and the greatest iudgement are shewed in the choice of Indiuiduals (1612). In the MS. the Essay ends here. [28] A saying of Alphonso of Aragon. Optivtos consili-
arios esse tnortuos dicebat, libros, videlicet, designans, a quibus sine tnetu, sine gratia, quee nosse cuperet fideliter audiret. Alphonsi regis diet, et fa6l. lib. 3, c. i, au(5l. Ant. Panormita. See also Apoph. 105 ; " Alonso of Aragon was wont to say of himself, That he was a great nec7'o f nance r, for tJtat he used to ask counsel of the dead : meaning books." The origin of the saying is to be sought at a still more remote period. Zeno, the Stoic, enquired of the oracle by what course of conduct he should live the best life. The god replied, et OTryxPwifoiTO Tois j/e/cppi? (Diog. Laert. vii. i, § 3). [29] Lat. cum
consiliarii forte in adulationein lapsuri sint. [32] Lat. qui et ipsi
gubernacula rerum traHarunt. [34 — 88 8J The Coufisels..
Placebo: added in 1625. p. 87 [i] Lat. congressus et colloquia familiaria. [6] iv WKri /SovA>J,
Gaisford, Par. Gr. B. 359. [10] h^t. pctitiones privatas. [i-i\Hoc agere. The phrase is explained in Plutarch's Coriol. p. 249 (North's trans.) ; " But hereby appcareth plainely, how king Numa did wisely
3i6
i^OtCjS
ordaine all other ceremonies concerning dcuotion to the goddes, and specially this custome which he stablished, to bring the people to religion. For when the magistrates, bishoppes, priestes, or other religfious ministers goe about any deuine seruice, or matter of religion, an hcrauld euer goeth before them, crying out aloud, Hoc age: as to say, doe this, or mind this." [15] Indifferent persons: Lat. qui epgui siintet in neutram partem propendeant. [18] Lat. delegationes
lion tantutn tetuporatieas aut e re natd sed etiain continuatas et per- petuas. The Latin adds qiue curent separatim. [19] Suits : Lat. graiias^ gravamina. [20] Lat. consilia subordinata diversa.
[26J The Latin adds, mercatoribus, artijicibus. [32] Lat. ad
Parietcs camera consilii. p. 88 [6] Lat. se ad nut urn ejus appiicabutit. [8] a Song of Placebo :
the Vesper hymn for the dead. "Pope Sixtus's Breviary says, *ad vesperas, absolute incipitur ab Antiphona placebo Domino in r-egione %>ivorumy (Nares' Glossary, s. v.) Chaucer [Persones Tale) has, "Flaterers ben the develes chapeleyns, that singen zy placebo.**
Bacon followed the advice which he himself gave. At the conclusion of his speech for the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, he said ; "Mr Speaker, I haue (I take it) gone through the parts which I pro- pounded to my selfe, wherein if any man shall think I have sung a placebo, for mine owne particular ; I would have him know that I am not so unsecne in the world, but that I discerne, it were much alike for my priuate fortune a tacebo, as to sing z. placebo in this businesse : but 1 haue .spoken out of the fountain of my heart,**
Essay 21
p. 89 Tsl Antith. XL! : Occasio, instar Sibylla, minutt ohlatum, preiium auget. [4] Sybilla: the story is told by Aulus Gellius, Nofi. Alt, I. 19. [6] Lat. integrum^ tamen pretiutn postulai. Adag^'a, p.
687, ed. Grynajus : Fronte capillata est, post kac occasio calva. See also Phaedrus, v. 8, and Posidippi Epigr. 13 in Brunck's Anthologia ir. 49. [g] Antith. xli ; Occasio primuTn ansatn vasis porrigit, deinde ventrem. [14] Antith. XLiir; Nonjant Irve est periculunt, si let'cvideatur. [15] ibid. Plura periculafallunt, quatnznncunt.
p. 90 [2] ibid. Docet pericuhan prtgredi qui accingitur, et periculum Jingit remedio. [8] Argos: iEsch. Prom. 567, &'c. Briareus: Hom. //. I. 403. Antith. xli. The Helmet o( Pluto: Hom. //. v. 845. See de Sap. Vet, c. vii. Perseus in the fable wore the helmet of Pluto when he slew the Gorgon Medusa. See the same fable en- larged in the De Augmentis, ir. 13. A note in the Promus, fol. 15 b, is: "Plutoes Helmett — Secresy Invi.sibility."
Essay 22 Greatly enlarged from the ed. of 161 2. p. gt [8] In the Protnus of Formularies and Elegancies (Works vir. 197 ed. Spedding) occurs this note, descriptive of the charadlers of some men : '* Cunning in the humours of persons, and not in the conditions
iSote^ 317
of adlions." [9] Lat. personarum naturas et mores. [11] Lat. in personarum aditibus et temporibtis. [13] Lat. constitutio
ipsissima. [13] of one : 'L2X. hominum. [16] I suppose the figure is taken from the game of bowls. Under the head of '' Bowl- Alley, or Bowliug-Alley," Nares [Glossary] gives "a covered space for the game of bowls, instead of a bowling-green." He quotes, "whether it be in open wide places, or in close allies, — the chusing of the bowle is the greatest cunning." Country Contentm. G. Markham, p. 58. The Latin translator seems to have missed the point. He renders, et non aliter fere iisuin sui preebent quam. in viis quas scepe contriverunty understanding alley in its ordinary sense, and applied metaphorically to a narrow walk of life. [19] A saying of Aristippus; Diog. Laert. II, 73, ei? ayvaJra? tous hvo yvfJLVOV^ a.ir6(T7€iXov icat €107;, It is quoted again, Apoph. 255. [20] — 95 [14] And because, .looked backe: added in 1625.
p. 92 [i] Adv. of L. II. 9, § 2. "And therefore a number of subtile per- sons, whose eyes doe dwell vpon the faces and fashions of men ; doe well know the advantage of this obseniation ; as being most part of their abilitie ; neither can it bee denied, but that it is a great discouerie of dissimulations, and a great diretflion in Businesse." [5] Some- times: Lat. per vices. [8] Lat. ut cum aliquid propere et facile obtinere et expedire cupias. [12] Lat. ad obje6liones et scrupulos. [i6] Lat. de rebus stattis gravioribus sermones. [21] he doubts: omitted in the Latin. [26] Lat. quasi se ipsu7n deprehenderet et contineret. [32] Lat. insolitutn induere vultum.
p. 93 [i] Lat. quid sibi velit ista oris mutatio. [2] Neh. ii. i.
[lo] Tac. Ann. xi, 30. [12] Lat. non inutile est. [17] Lat. ut rem. fere prcetennissam.. [30] Lat. astutia species satis vafra est.
[32] Lat. ut inde alterum irretiat et subruat. [33] Mr Spedding
has suggested to me that probably the two competitors for the office of Secretary, here alluded to, were Sir Robert Cecil and Sir Thomas Bodley.
p. 94 [i] Lat. qui tamen se invicem amice traSlabant. [6J 1^2^t. seque illud genus hominutn 7ninime ambire. [7] Lat. verba ilia callide prolata bona fide arripuit. [11] The Latin adds, tanquani
scilicet ab altero prolata. [12] The Latin adds cum ipsa se
vigentem reputaret. [j6] Various explanations of this proverb have been given ; among others that by Mr Singer in his edition of the Essays, suggested by a writer in the Gentleman's Mag. 1754, p. 66. "It was originally, no doubt, ^Cate in the pan,' but thus popularly corrupted. The allusion is probably to the dexterous turning or shift- ing the side of a pancake by a sleight of hand familiar to cooks." The Latin translator was clearly at a loss for the meaning when he wrote gziod Anglico proverbio Felem in aheno vertere satis absiirde dicitur. It appears to have been a common saying. Nares [Glossary, s. v.) quotes the following ;
Damon smatters as well as he can of craftie phylosophie, And can toume cat in the panne very pretily.
Damon and Pith. O. PI. i. 193.
3i8
Mom
And again from the famous song of the Vicar of Bray, in which a cat- iH-J>an appears to be synonymous with turncoat :
When George in pudding-time came o'er,
And moderate men look'd big, Sir, I turn'd a cat-in-pan once more, A:id so became a Whig, Sir.
[i6] Lat. cum ea verba, qiue guis aptid alium pro/ert, imputat collo- quenti, tanquam ab ipso prolata. [22) Lat. ut quis in alios
spicula qtuedam oblique torqueat. [25] Tac. Ann. xiv. 57. [31] Lat. unde et se viagis in tuto continent, quasi nihil diserte ajffir- rnantes, et rem ipsam maj'ore cum voluptate spargi ejfficitmt.
P- 95 [9] sudden : omitted in the Latin. [12] Pauls: "The body of old St Paul's church in London, was a constant place of resort for business and amusement. Advertisements were fixed up there, bargains made, servants hired, politics discussed, &c. ftc." Nares, Gloss, s. v. Fre- quent allusions are made to it by Shakspere and the dramatists of his time. [ 1 5 — 19] Altered from the edition of 161 2, where this paragraph stands last; "Very many are the differences betweene cunning and wisdome : and it were a good deed to set them downe ; for that nothing doth more hurte in state then that cunning men passe for wise." f 17] Lat. ubcriorcm catalogum. (20] But, certainly, some there are : ' Euen in businesse there are some' (1612). [21] Resorts and Falls: Lat. periodds et pausas. Ital. ie riuscite, et le cadute. The word ' resort' appears to be used in the same sense in Adv. of L. 11. 2, § 4 ; " But such becing the workemanship of God, as he doth hang the greatest waight vpon the smallest Wyars, Maxima ^ Minitnis sus- ^endens, it comes therfore to passe, that such Histories doe rather set forth the pompe of busines, then the true and inward resorts thereof" In the corresponding passage of the De Augmentis^ ii. 7, the last clause is given quam eorum veros fovtites et texturas sub- tiliores. The same sentiment as is expressed in the Essay occurs again in the Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 30: "If we obserue, we shall find two difiering kinds of sufficiency, in managing of businesse: some can make vse of occasions aptly and dexterously, but plotte little: some can vrge and ])ursue their owne plottes well, but cannot accom- modate nor take in : either of which is very vnperfite without tht^ other." [22] the Maine : Lat. viscera et interiora. [25] Looses: Lat. exitus. Lat. in conclusionibus deliberatorutn. [27 — 29]
Lat. ex fiac re existimationem quandam aucupantur^ veluti ingcnia qua ad decernendum potius quafn ad disputandum sint aptiora. 1 29] In his "Observations upon a Libell published in anno 1592" [Re- suscitatio, p. 145, ed. 1657), Bacon describes his father, Sir Nicholas Dacon, as " one that was of the mind, that a Man, in his private Pro- ceedings and Estate, and in the Proceedings of State, should rest upon the Soundnesse and Strength of his own Courses, and not upon Prac- tise to Circumvent others ; according to the Sentence of Salomon; Vir Prudens advertit ad Gressus suos, stultus autem divertit ad Do- lus." '\T>on abusing others' (1612). [32] Prov. xiv. 15.
Essay 23
p. 96 [i] Comp. Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 8; "For many are wise in their owne ways, that are weak for gouernmente or Counsell, Uke Ants which is a wise creature for it self, but very hurtefuU for the garden." [2] Orchard : omitted in the Latin. [6] Society : Lat. avtorem reij>ub- licce. [7] Specially to thy King, and Country : added in 1625. [8] Adv. of L. II. 23, § 8: Of the Science of government Bacon say£, "But yet there is another part of this part, which differeth as much from that wherof we haue spoken as sapere, & sibi Sapere : the one moouing as it were to the circumference, the other to the centei : for there is a wisedome of counsell, and againe there is a wisedome of pressing a mans owne fortune; and they doe sometimes meet, and often seue re." [i6\ Himself e : "Lat. covimodupn />ropri7tfn. [15] onely : added in 1625. [19] Affaires : Lat. negotia j>tiblica. [20J Hands : 'hand' (1612).
p. 97 [i] Lat. jninistros et servos qui hac nota non maculantur. [4] 'And that' (1612), [8] Servant: 'seruants' (1612). [10 — 16] 'And yet that is the case; for the good &c.' (1612). [12] Lat. servos e£
viinistros. [14] and Envies : omitted in the Latin. [22] Egges : 'egge' in the MS. of ed. of 1612. [26] Affaires: in the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here.
p. 98 [2] Cic. ad Quint. Frat. iii. 8. [5] Lat. in exitu sacrificant inconstantice fortunce. [7] Lat. ptilchra ilia sapientia sua.
Ess.w 24
This Essay is little more than a translation oi Antith. XL.
p. 99 [i] Antith. XL; novi partus deformes sunt. [4] ibid. Sicut qui nobilitatevt infainiliam introducunt digniores fere sunt posteris ; ita novationes reriim plerumque prcestatit iis quce ad exemplafiunt. [6] Lat. Ita reruin exeinplaria et priviordia [quatido feliciter jafla sunt) intitationem cFtatis sequentis, ut plurivtum^ superant. [10] Lat. ut fieri amat in violcjitis motibus. [11] Antith. XL ; Oinnis inedicina innovatio. Qui nova remediafugit, nova mala opperitur. Novator maximus te^npus ; qrn'dni igitur temptis imitemur ? Cum per se res mutentur in deterius, si consilio in jttelius non mutentury quis finis erit malil Quce 7tsu obtinere, si non bona, at saltern apta inter se sunt. [14] of course : Lat. decursu sola. [17] ha-t.fnis viali. [18] liat. aptuin esse tamen temporibus. [21] Lat. ubi contra nova veteribus non usquequaque tarn concittne cohcereant. From the expression which Bacon makes use of in the AntitJuta, nulla novitas absque injuria, nam prcesentia convellit, he had pro- bably in his mind Matt. ix. 16.
p. 100 [2] Lat. tanq7ia7tt advenai aui peregrini. [4] I«at. in orbeni agitatur. Froward : Lat. importuna et viorosa. Antith. XL; Morosa mor7im retentio res t7irbulenta est, ^q7te ac novitas. Moris servi, temporis hidibria. Q7tis novator tetnpus itnitat74r; q7*od novatioftes ita insimtat^ ut sensi4S fallant ? Quod prceter spem evenit
320 i^oM
cui prodest vtinus accepUutty cut obest magis violestum. [12] For otherwise : Lat. Illitd eniin pro certo habeas. [14] Lat. cuiincre- vienium est ttovitas, ille fortunce gratias habei et tempori. [17] Lat. experimcntis novis in coiporibits politicU inedendis non uti. [24— 27J Quoted again in Adv. 0/ L. i. 5, § 2.
Essay 25
Slightly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612.
p. loi [i] Lat. celeritas ttitnia et ajfeflata. [8 — 12] And as in Races ..Dispatch: added in 1625. [10] After 'Speed' the Latin adds, sed in inotu eoruudctn hutniliore et eequabili. [13] Lat. ut brez'i tempore viultuvi confecisse videantur. [16] Abbreviate: 'make shorte' (1612) ; l^^i. tempori parcere. [18 — 20] at severall. .Manner : ' by peeces, is commonly protradled in the whole* (1612). [20] Sir
Amyas Paulet, with whom Bacon went to France in 1576 : see Apoph. 76. In Howell's Familiar Letters (Vol. 11. lett. 17) the saying is attributed to Sir Francis Walsingham. that : added in 1625.
p. 102 [i] rich: 'LdX. pretiosa. [4] at a deare Hand: Lat magno. [5 — 8] The 6"/ar/rt«j. .comming : added in 1625. The Spartans: comp. Thuc. I. 70, 84- and Spaniards: see Bacon's "Report in the House of Commons of the Earl of Salisburies and the Earle of Northampton's Speeches" {Resuscitatio, p. 32, ed. 1657). [14] 'back- wards' (1612). [14 — 16] 'and be more tedious by parcels, then he could haue bin at once ' (1612). [18] Adlor : Lat oratorcm. [24] Lat. toga pralonga terram verrens. [25] Lat. transitioncs belLr. [29J Lat. glorioUx captatrices. Lat. cave ne in rem ipsam ab initio descendas. [30] Wils : 'will' (1612), but the MS. has 'wills.' [32] of Minde : added in 1625. of Speech : added in 1625. [33] Lat. instar fomentationis ante ungutntum.
p. 103 [i] and Singling out of Parts: added in 1625. [17] See Nat. Hist, cent vi. exp. 597.
Essay 26 Slightly enlarged and altered from ed. 161 2.
p. 104 [6] 2 Tim. iii. 5. [8] Lat. qui nngantur solenniter, cum pru-
dentes minime sint. [9] Ter. Heaut. 111. 5, 8. [11] Lat affcHa- tiones istas videre in quot formas se vertant, et qualt utantur arte quasi prospectivd. [12] Prospe(5lives : ' perspedliues' (1612). [14] Close and Reserved: Lat secreti. [16] Lat et videri volunt plus significare quam loqui. [20] well : Lat tuto.
p. 105 [2] Cic. in Pis. 6. [4] think to beare it: Lat se valere putant. [5] 'and will goe on ' (1612). [6] Lat. pro admissis accipiunt. [8] 'they will seeme to despise' (1612). [10] Lat judicio limato. ^ [13] Not Aulus Gellius but Quintilian (x. i), who says of Seneca, si rerum Pondera minutissimis scnteniiis nonfregisset, consensu potius erudi- tomm quam Puerorum amore comprobaretur. It is quoted again in the Adv. o/L. I. 4, § 5- A- Gellius: ' Gellius ' (1612). [15] Plat Protag. 337. [19] Lat negative libtnter se applicant. [21] Lat
Mott^ 321
ex scnipulis ei diffiailtatihtis propofietidis et prcedicendis. [26) Lat.
decofler rei familiaris occultus. [29 — 34] Seeming Wise-men
Formall: added in 1625. [30] Lat. opinionem vulgi. [33] Lat. quam hujtisinodiforntalistamfastidiosum.
Essay 27
Entirely rewritten from the ed. of 1612, where it stands thus : *' There is no greater desert or wildemes then to bee without true friends. For without friendship, society is but meeting. And as it is certaine, that in bodies inanimate, vnion strengthneth any naturall motion, and weakeneth any violent motion ; So amongst men, friendship multi- plieth ioies, and diuideth griefes. Therefore whosoeuer wanteth forti- tude, let him worshippe Friendship. For the yoke of Fri&ndship maketh the j'oke oi fortune more light. There bee some whose liues are, as if they perpetually plaid vpon a stage, disguised to all others, open onely to themselues. But perpetuall dissimulation is painfull ; and hee that is all FoHune, and no Nature is an exquisit Hitrling. Liue not in continuall smother, but take some friends with whom to communicate. It will vnfold thy vnderstanding ; it will euaporate thy afFedlions ; it will prepare thy businesse. A man may keepe a corner of his minde from his friend, and it be but to witnesse to himselfe, that it is not vpon facility, but vpon true vse of friendship that hee imparteth himselfe. Want of true friends, as it is the reward of perfidious na- tures ; so is it an imposition vpon great fortunes. The one desenie it, the other cannot scape it. And therefore it is good to retaine sin- cerity, and to put it into the reckoning oi Ambition, that the higher one goeth, the fewer true friends he shall haue. Perfection of friendship, is but a speculation. It is friendship, when a man can say to himselfe, I loue this man without respe<5l of vtility. I am open hearted to him, I single him from the generality of those with whom I liue; I make him a portion of my owne wishes."
p. 106 [3] Arist. Pol. r. i. [10] it : Lat. hujusmodi vita solitaria. [12] Lat. altioribus contcvtpiaiioniinis. [21] Lat. nihilo phts sunt quam in porticibus piflurce.
p. 107 [2] Adagia, p. 506. A comic poet quoted by Strabo xvi. p. 738, punning upon the name of Megalopolis, a town of Arcadia, said epij/uLia /xeya'Arj 'art-v -q fJnydXrj 776X19. Strabo applies it to Babylon. Entered in the Promus, fol. 7 a. [3] Lat. Amici et necessarii. [16] Lat. animce perturbationcs. doe cause and induce : Lat. imprivtere Solent. [19] Lat. /;/ <egrittidifiibus atiiince. [25] The Latin adds
curas. [27] Lat. tanquam sub sigillo confessionis civilis. [33] Lat. distantiajn et sublijnitatem.
p. 108 [6] Lat. nomine gratiosorum vel amicorutn regis. [10] Tibe- rius called Sejanus, Koivinvov twi/ ^pofriScov (Dio Cass, lviii. 4), or socium laborum, as Tacitus has it {Ann. iv. 2). [28] Plutarch,
Pomp. 14. Quoted in Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 5. [30] Lat. ut eutn^ Ccesar Oflavio suo nepoti hceredem substituerit. [33] Lat. qui
Ctesarem ad mortem suam pertra.xit. [34] Plutarch, Jul. Cces. 64.
y
32 z MoM
p. 109 [2] The Latin adds uxoris sitce. [4] Lat. sperare se etim senatnm lion tarn pat-i>i habititrum, ut dimitiere ilium vellet donee uxor sotnniiun inelitis somniasset. [8] Cic. Phil. xiii. ii. [10] Dio Cass. Liv. 6. [20] Tac. Atin. iv. 40. [22J Tac. Ann. iv. 74. [24] Lat. sivtilis ant etiavi illd majoris aniicititg exejnplnm cemitur. [25] Plautianus: the ed. of 1625, and the Latin have Plantiamts. [30] Dio Cass. Lxxv. 15.
p. no [6] Lat. nisi per hasce amicitias fafla fuisset inieg^a et perfefla, [ii] Hist, of Philip de Commines, trans. Danett, v. 5, p. 164 (ed. 1596]. [21] closenesse : Lat. occiiltatio consiliornm. [22] /xtj iaOCftv KopSCav, a proverb of Pythagoras quoted by Plutarch de ednc. puer. c ij). la Athenaeus it is attributed to Demetrius Byzantius (Adagia, p. 441). See Diog. Laert. viit. 17, 18. [25] Lat. qnibtis cogitatioms suas et anxieiates libere impertiant.
p. Ill [4] Paracelsi Opera, vi. 313, ed. Francof. 1605. Si lapis ille ex materia convenient i et philosophic A raiione a prudenti medico fiat ^ et cotisideratis satis omnihis circumstantiis hominis ipsi exhibeatur, tunc renovat et i>istaurat organa vitce Perinde ac si igni apponatur ligfia, qtue pene emortunm ignem refocillant, et causa sunt spien- dentis et clam JJammce. [5] Good, and : omitted in the Latin. [6] Lat. absque auxilio notionum chytnicarum. [8J Lat. in rebus naturalibus. [24] Lat. clarescere veluti in diem. [26] Lat agitat et in onutes partes versat. [31] Plutarch, Them. 29.
p. 112 [16] i^x^i ^'7P'7 <ro^Ta.Ti\, quoted by Galen. See Adagia, p. 268, and Spedding's Bacon, in. 267, note. It occurs again in de Sap. Vet. c. 27, and Apoph. 258: "Heraclitus the Obscure said; The dry light was the best soul. Meaning, when the faculties intelledtual are in vigour, not wet, nor, as it were, blooded by the afTecflions." [26] See note on p. 37, 1. 12.
p. 113 [4] The Latin adds tanquam in speculo, aliquando, ut fit etiatn in speculis. [12] Jam. i. 23. [14] Lat. Quantum ad n^gotia^
vet us est; Melius videre ocjtlos quatn oculum ; licet ttonnulli hoc cavillentur. Etiam re6le dicitur, <5r»c. [17 — 19] Or that. .Letters: omitted in the Latin. [21 — 24J Lat. etsi quidam tarn altum sapiautt ut patent in sese esse omnia. Vey^in quicquid did possit in contra- rium certum est, consiliitm negotia dirigere et stabilire.
p. 114 [i] Lat. consilia ilia a diversis tnanantia [licet cum fide et bona intentione prastita). [14] Lat. consiliis istis dispersis [ut j'am^ die-
turn). [26] Lat. non per hypHrrbolctn sed sobrie diflum esse ab antiquis. [27] In Diog. Laert. vii. i, § 23 it is put in the mouth of Zeno Cittieus ; epwTrjSei? ri kun. <^iAo?, aAAo? eyw, e^ij. It occurs again in Arist. Magn. Mor. n. 15 ; Eth. Eud. vii. 12. [28] Lat. quando quidem^
si quisvererem reputat, ajnici ofiicia proprias cujusque vires superent. [30I Lat. in medio operum aliqitorum. [31] Lat. in collocatiofie
filii in matrimonium, cousumtnatione conatuum et desiderioruiti suorutpi.
p. 115 [i] Lat. adeo ntfixtum immaturum vix obsit. as it were: LaL ut loquamur tnore tribulum aut firmariorum. [5, 6] For. . . .
Ffend: omitted in the I^titi. [13] Lat. ad qua erubescimtts.
i^ote^ 323
[18J upon Termes: Lat. saha digtiitate. [23] The Latin adds
in fabtda.
Essay 28
First published in the edition of 1597, enlarged in 161 2, where it is called ' Of Expences,' and again in 1625.
p. 116 [4] Lat. sp07ttanea paupertas. [12 — 15] Certainly. .Part : added in 1625. [12] Lat. quidiminutione7H/ortunarujHsiiaruinpati
nolit. \t.']\ Estate: 'estates' (161 2). [20] Wounds cannot be
Cured without searching : printed as a quotation in 1597. [22] at
all: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. '
p. 117 [2] In the printed ed. of 1597 this clause stands, *yea and change them after;' but the MS. which I have printed in the Appendix has the corre6t reading. [3 — 5] He. .Certainties; added in ed. of 1612, except that for 'it behoveth him to' the reading of that edition was *had neede.' The sentence is omitted in MS. [4] Lat. euin quce
contputatioiii subjacent, in certos reditus atque etiavi sumptus vertere convenit. [5 — 12] A Man. .Decay: added in X625. [12] Lat. in
perplexH etobceratd re familiari liberandd^ [16 — 21] Besides
Estate: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. [21] Certainly, who :
* He that' (1597).
Essay 29
Greatly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612. \\\ its present form, though in a Latin dress, it was incorporated in the De Au£^ttentis, VIII. 3. The Latin translation is said to have been by Hobbes of Malmesbury. In the ed. of 1612 the title of the Essay is 'Of the greatnesse of Kingdomes," and in the Latin translation, De prqferen- dis imperii Jinibus. The beginning of the Essay seems to have been the discourse "Of the true greatness of the kingdom of Britain," written in 1608, which was never completed, but was turned into a general treatise "Of the True Greatness of Kingdoms and Estates." p. 118 [i] — p. 1 19 [7] The Speech, .serve : greatly altered from ed. of 1612, where it stood thus: "The speech of T/iemistocles, ^h\ch. was arro- gant in challenge, is profitable in censure. Desired at a banquet to touch a Lute, hee said, Hee could not Jiddle; but /te could make a small Towne to become a great Citie. This speech at a time of solace, and not serious, was vnciuill, and at no time could be decent of a mans selfe. But it may haue a pretie application : For to speake truly of politikes & Statesmen, there are sometimes, though rarely, those that can make a small estate great, and cannot fiddell. And there bee many that can fiddell very cunningly, and yet the procedure of their Art is to make a flourishing estate ruinous & distressed. For certainly those degenerate Arts, whereby diuers politikes and Gouernors doe gaine both satisfa(5tion with their Masters, and admiration with the vulgar, deserue no better name then fidling ; if they adde nothing to the safetie, strength, and amplitude of the States they gouerne." [6] Plutarch, Them. 2: Cimon, 9; Adv. o/L. i. 3, §7. [8J holpen a little with a Metaphore: Lat. ad settsum politicum translata.
Y2
3^4 ilotc0
[9] cxpressc : Lat. optime describunt et distinguuni. differing ;
Lat. multuvi inter se discrepantes. [11 J Statesmen: \j3X. senatores aliosque ad negotia publica admotos, qui usquatn fuerunt. [15] fid- dle very cunningly : Lat. in cit/iard aut lyrd [hoc est aulicis tricis) mire artijices. p. 119 [8] Governours : the Latin adds minime spernendi. [9] Tac
^««. VI. 39, XVI. 18. Mannage : a metaphor from horsemanship. See Adv. of L. II. 20, § II ; So as Diogenes opinion is to be accepted, who Commended not them which absteyned, but them which sustayned, and could refraine their Mind in Precipitio, and could giue vnto the mind (as is vsed in horsmanship) the shortest stop or turne." [13I in Power, Meanes, and Fortune : omitted in the Latin. [20] vaine :
Lat. vanis et nitnis arduis. [24] ' The greatnes of a State in buike or territory' (1612). (29I by Cards and Maps: Lat. tabulis.
Cards: 'Carts' (1612). [30] not any Thing amongst : 'nothing
among' (1612). [33] Power and Forces: 'greatnes' (1612}.
[33] After "Estate," the ed. of 1612 adds; "Certainly there is a kind of resemblance betwcene the Kingdome of heauen, and the Kingdomes vpon the earth." The same figure is employed by Bacon in his
speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, 17 Feb. 1606 — 7, and in the discourse "Of the true Greatness of the Kingdom of Britain" written in 1608. See Bacon's Works, vii. pp. 40, 49, ed. Spedding. p. 120 [i] Matt. xiii. 31. [4, 5] ' States that are great in Territory,
and yet not apt to conquer or inlarge' (1612). [6] some : 'others'
(1612). of: *or' (1612). [7] 'foundation' (1612).
[10 — 12] 'goodly Stables, Elephants, (if you wil) Masse of treasure. Number in Armies, Ordinance, and Artillerie, they are all but a Sheep &c.' (1612). [14] stout and warhke: 'militarie' (1612).
[14] — p. 121 [16] Nay. .Themselues; added in 1625. [16] Virg. Eel. VII. 52. [24] And the Defeat was Easie : Lat. ea autent opinione
fitit facilior. [28] Plut. Alex. 31; North's trans, p. 735. The
saying is again quoted in Adv. 0/ L. i. 7, § 11. See also Arrian, Exp. Alex. III. 19. [29] Plut. Liicull. 27 ; North's trans, p. 560. p. 121 [4] This saying is attributed to Mutianus the general of Vespasian in the discourse * Of the true greatness of the Kingdom of Britain,* from which the whole passage is repeated. Machiavelli discusses the question in Disc. sopr. Liv. 11. 10, where he tells the tale of Solon and Croesus, for which see Lucian, Charon. Diogenes Laertius (iv. 48) gives as a saying of Bion's tov -nXavTov vevpa irpaytiaTOiv, and allusion is made to it in Plutarch [Agis &> Clcotn. c. 27} : " But he thatsayed first, that money was the sinew of all things, spake it chiefly in my opinion, in respe(5l of the warres" (North's trans, p. 862, ed. 1595). [16 — 20J For this sentence the ed. of 1612 has: "The helpe is mercenary aides. But a Prince or State that resteth vpon waged Companies of forraine Armes, and not of his owne Natiues, may spread his feathers for a time, but he will mew them soone after." [17] The Latin adds cum copiie
nativa desint. See Machiavelli Disc. sopr. Liv. 11. 20 ; Princ. 13,
[22, 23] That ike same People or Nation, should: 'to' (1612]. [23]
Mom 325
Gen. xlix. 9, 14. [24] Maid betweene' (1612). it be, that: added in 1625. [25] over-laid with Taxes: 'ouercharged with tributes' (1612). [25] — p. 122 [3] should ever. . Tribute: added in 1625. [29] For these Excises or Accises see Howell's Fam. Lett. se6l. 1. lett. 6, ed. 1645. Writing to his father from Amsterdam, he says : " Twere cheap living here, were it not for the monstrous Accises which are impos'd upon all sorts of Commodities, both for Belly and Back ; for the Retailer payes the States almost the one Moity as much as he payed for the Commodity at first, nor doth any murmur at it, because it goes not to any Favourit, or private Purse, but to preserve them from the Spaniard, their common Enemy as they term him ; so that the saying is truely verified here, Defend vie, and spend tne : With this Accise principally, they maintain all their Armies by Sea and Land, with their Garrisons at home and abroad, both here, and in the Indies, and defray all other public charges besides." p. 122 [3] is: 'bee eu''r' (i6a2). [4— <5] ' Nobilitie & Gentlemen
multiplying in too great a proportion maketh &c.' (161 2). [4] States: Lat. regttis et statibus. [5] Nobility and Gentlemen : Lat. nobiles et patricii atque [gttos vocamus) generosi. [3] in effe<5l : adde 1 in
1625. [9] Labourer: Lat. mancipia et operarii, 'like as it is
in coplces, where' (1612). [10] siaddles: Lat. candicum sive arbo-
ru?n viajornm. [12 — 18] So in Countries. .Strength: altered from
ed. of 1612, where it stands thus: 'And take away the middle people, & you take away the infantery, which is the- nerue of an Armie : and you bring it to this, that not the hundreth pole will be fit for a helmet, and so great population and little strength.' [18 — 34] This, which
....Hirelings; added in 1625. , [23] ^h^ Middle People: Lat.
coloni et inferioris ordinis ho/nines. [25] Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 73 — 75, ed. 1622 : '''' Inclosnres at that time began to be more frequent, whereby Arrable Land (which could not be manured without People and Families) was turned into Pasture, which was easily rid by a few Heards-7nen ; and Tenancies for Veares, Lines, diud At J Fill {where- upon much of the Veoinanrie liued) were turned into Demesnes. This bred a decay of People, and (by consequence) a decay of To^vnes, Churches, Tithes, and the like. The King likewise knew full well, and in no wise forgot, that there ensued withall vpon this a decay and diminution of Subsidies and Taxes; for the more Gentlemen, euer the lower Bookes of Subsidies. In remedying of this inconuenience, the Kings Wisdome was admirable, and the Parliaments at that time. Inclostires they would not forbid, for that had beene to forbid the improuement of the Patrimonie of the Kingdome ; nor Tillage they would not compell, for that was to striue with Nature and Vtilitie. But they tooke a course to take away depopulating Inclosnres, and depopulating Pasturage, and yet not by that name, or by any Impe- rious expresse Prohibition, but by consequence. The Ordenance was, That all Houses 0/ Husbandry, that were vsed ivith tiventie Acres of Ground, andvprwards, should bee maintained and kept vp for euer; together with a competent Proportion 0/ Land to be vsed and occupied with them; and in no wise to bee seuered from them.
326
Botes;
as by another Statute^ made aftenvards in his Successors time, was more fully declared. This vpon Forfeiture to be taken, not by way of Popular Anion, but by seizure of the Land it selfe, by the King and Lords of the F'ee, as to halfe the Profits, till the Houses and Lands were restored. By this meanes the Houses being kept vp, did of necessitie inforce a D^veller; and the proportion of Land for Occupw- tion being kept vp, did of necessitie inforce that Dweller not to be a Begger or Cottager, but a man of some substance, that might kecpe Hiends and Seruants, and set the Plough on going. This did wonder- fully concerne the Might and Manner-hood oi the Kingdome, to haue Fermes, as it were of a Standerd, sufficient to maintaine an able Body out of Penurie, and did in effecSl amortize a great part of the Lands of the Kingdome vnto the Hold and Occupation of the Yeomanrie or Middle-People, of a Condition betweene Gentlemen, and Cottagers, or Pesants. Now, how much this did aduance the Militar Power of the Kingdome, is apparant by the true Principles of Warre, and the Examples of other Kingdomes. For it hath beene held by the generall Opinion of men of best Judgement in the Warres (howsoeuer some few haue varied, and that it may receiue some distindlion of Case) that the principall Strength of an Annie consisteth in the Infanterie or Foot. And to make good Infanterie, it requireth men bred, not in a seruile or indigent fashion, but in some free and plentiful I manner. Therefore if a State runne most to Noblemen and GentU- wen, and that the Husband-imn and Plough-men bee but as their Work-folkes and Labourers, or else meere Cottagers (which are but Housed- Beggers) you may haue a good Cauallerie, but neuer good stable Bands of Foot; like to Coppice-Woods, that if you leaue \\\ them Staddles too thicke, they will runne to Bushes and Briars, and haue little cleane Vnder-wood. And this is to bee seene in France^ and Italie, and some other Parts abroad, where in effedl all is, Noblesse, or Pesantrie, I speake of People out of Townes, and no Middle People; and therefore no good Forces oi Foot ; Insomuch, as they are inforced to imploy Mercenarie Bands, of Switzers, and the like, for their Battalions oi Foot. Whereby also it comes to passe, that those Nations haue much People, and few Souldiors. Whereas the King saw, that contrariwise it would follow, that England, though much lesse in Territorie, yet should haue infinitely more Souldiours of their natiue Forces, then those other Nations haue. Thus did the King secretly sowe Hidraes teeth, wherevpon (according to the Poets fidlion) should rise vp Armed men for the seruice of this Kingdome."
[34I — p. 123 [2] And thus Italy: ' Certainely K/V^7 coupled Armes
and the Plough together well in the constitution of ancient Italy'
(l6l2).
p- 123 [3] — p. 124 [34] Neither, .appeareth : added in 1625. [19] Dan. iv. 10, &c. See Machiavelli Disc. sopr. Liz>. u. 3. [20] Comp. the treatise "Of the true greatness of the Kingdom of Britain." Works, VII. p. 52. [26] Comp. Machiavelli Z>«-c. j<7/r. Liv. 1.6. [30] See Bacon's Speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, p. 23, ed. 1641. nice: 'Lax. parci. .et difficiles.
0oU% 327
p. 124 [5] Comp. Bacon's Speech on the Post-Nati of Scotland, p. 13, ed. 1641. [21] containe : hat. Jro'narg. [30] Mr EHis inhis note on the De Augvtentis, viir. c. 3 [Works, i. p. 797) quotes among the foreign generals who held high commands in the armies of Spain, "Bourbon, Prosper Colonna, Pescara, Egmont, Castaldo, Parma, Pic- colomini, Spinola." He adds, "Of these, however, one or two might almost be called Spaniards ; and it must be remembered that the domi- nions both of Charles V. and of his successors extended beyond the natural limits of the Spanish monarchy." The late Mr Buckle [Hist, of Civ. II. 80) regarded this pra6lice at the end of the 17th century as one of the signs of the decay of Spain. [33] Pragmaticall SanSlion. See Mr Ellis's note {IVorks, i. p. 798); *'Soon after the accession of Philip the Fourth a royal decree or Pragindttca was published which attempted to carry out some of the recommendations of the council, and which gave certain privileges to persons who married, and further immunities to those who had six children." now: Lat. hoc anno, i. e. 1622, when the Dg Augnieriiis was published. Mr Sidney Walker [Crit. oil Shakespeare, 11. 216) conjedlured that we should read 'new.'
p. 125 \i — 4] 'Sedentary and within-doores Arts, and nice manufadlures, that require rather the finger then the hand or arme, haue in their nature a contrariety to a disposition militar' (1612). [6] Travaile : 'pain' (1612). [8] — p. 127 [28] Therefore. .Arming: added in 1625.
[11] Slaves: Lat. non ingenuos sed servos plenim que. did rid: \u2X. €xpediebantur. [16J Lat. qui propterea alliciendi aitt saltern facile recipiendi sunt. [29] Plutarch, Ro7n. 28; Livy, i. 16.
£34] though not wisely : Lat. non nitnis prudenter quidem scd dili- genter tamen.
p. 126 [i] The Latin adds ut cives sui helligeratores essent. [3] The Latin adds Britanni. [5] Lat. Turax idetn institutum, lege sua paululum extimulati, Jwdie retinent. [25] Occasions (as may be pretended): Lat. causas aut saltern pratexius.
p. 127 [6] Politique : Lat. publici. I30 — 34] * & to the politike body of a Kingdome or estate, a ciuill warre is as the heate of a feuer : but an honourable forraine warre is like the heate of exercise' {1612). [33] Bacon {Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 68, ed. 1622) says of the rebellion of Sir John Egremond, "when the King was aduertised of this new Insur- reflion (being almost a Feuer, that tooke him euery yeare) &c."
p. 128 [i] and.. Health: added in 1625. [3] After 'Corrupt' the ed. of 1612 has; "States liberall of naturalization, are capable of great- nesse ; and the iealous states that rest vpon the first tribe & stirpe, quickly want body to carrie the boughes and branches. Many are the ingredients into the receit forgreatnesse." This was expanded in 1625 into the paragraph beginning p. 123, 1. 18. [3] — p. 130 [9] But howso- ever. .To condude: added in 1625. [10] In his Considerations touching a Warre with Spaine, p. 50, ed. 1629, speaking of the power of that country. Bacon says ; "which Power, well sought into, will be found, rather to consist in a Veterane Army, (such as vpon seuerall Occa- sions and Pretensions, they haue euer had on foot, in one part or other of Christendome, now by the space of (almost) sixscore ycares,) than in
3z8 ilotc^
the strength of their Dominions, and Prouinces." [14] Lat. Mon- archia gturdam epitome est. [15] Cic ad Att. x. 8. [22] Fought in Sept. B.C. 31 between the fleets of Antony and 0(5\avianus. [23] Lepanto: Lat. Insulas Cursolares. The battle of Lepanto was fought A.D. 1571 off the Kurzolari islands, Cervantes lost his hand in the engagement. [24] Lat. cirathan in naribus Turca Posriit.
p. 129 [5] "Their Greatnesse consisteth in their Treasure: Their Treasure in their Indies; And their Indies, (if it bee well weighed,) are indeed but an Accession to such, as are Masters by Sea." Consi- derations touching a IVarre with Spaine, p. 72, ed. 1629. [26] able to enflame all Mens Courages : Lat. tot et tanta futirunt et tarn insigfti splendore coruscantia, ut peSloribus mortaliuw, etiam maxi- me conglaciatiSf igniculos subdere, eaque ad belluvi inJJammare Potuerint.
p. 130 [10] Matt. vi. 27 ; Luke xii. 25. as the Scripture saith : added
in 1625. [ii] thi€: 'the' (1612). [12] *But certainly' (1612),
[14 — 20] to adde .. Chance : 'by ordinances and constitutions, and maners which they may introduce, to sowe greatnesse to their pos- teritie and succession. But these things are commonly left to chance' (1612).^
Essay 30 First published in the edition of 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625.
p. 131 [6, 7] not: omitted in 1597, first added in 1612. [10] Lat. qui
tamen in sene flute tandem velut debita exigentur. [12] After
'still' the ed. of 1612 has; "Certainly most lusty old men catch their death by that aduenture." [12] For Age will not be Defied : added
in 1612; omitted in MS. [13I 'any sudden' (1597, 1612).
(15 — 17) For it is.. then one: added in 1612 but omitted in MS. [i6] Possibly Bacon had in his mind what Madiiavelli says to the same effe<5l [Disc, i, 26). [17] Lat. quam unnm magnum. [17]— p. 132 [3] Ex- amine.. Body: added in 1625. [18] The Latin adds mansiones. [22] Lat. ad consueta reddas.
p. 132 [6] 'is the best precept' (1597, l6I2^ [6 — 16] As for. .Nature :
added in 1625. [8] Lat. intus cohibitam. [10] Lat tristitiam
alte prcssain et non comtnunicatam. [13] Wonder, and : omitted in the Latin. [18] for: 'to' (1597). [20 — 24] I commend, .lessc:
added in 1625. [25] your: 'the' (1597). (26) Lat. consilium
medicorum. [27] Lat. dum vales, corpore tuo utere; nee sis nimis delicatus. [30] The Latin adds absque mult& tnedicatione.
[30] — p. 133 [6] added in 1612 but omitted in MS. [31] Celsus, de
Med. I. I.
p- 133 [6] Lat. robur acquiret. [8] 'humors' (1597, 1612). [10] Lat. regulares et rigidi. [14] combine: 'compound' (1597). of cither sort: 'of both sorts' (1597, 161 2).
Essay 31 First published in 1625.
MoM 329
p. 134 [lo] Lat. lociein reperiunt. [12] Bacon describes Henry 7 as
'* hauing the composition of a wise King [Stout without, and apprehen- suie within)." Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 146. [21] \.dX.fumo enim et
tenehris alicnttir suspiciones.
p. 135 [i] Lat. angelos esse aut sanSlos. [5] Lat. rcTnedia parare ac
si suspiciones essent verce. [11] Buzzes: Lat. inattes bombi.
[12] Lat. externa artijicio. [20] Lat. cautum magis et circumspec- turn. Xfii^'L.Tit. diverbitinthabetur apud Italos^ Antith. XLX ;
Siispicio fidem absolvit. Mr Singer gives as another form of the pro- verb, Sospetto di Tiranno fede non arma.
Essay 32
First published in 1597, enlarged in 1612, and ag^in in 1625. In the 'Sbort notes for civil Conversation' [Works, vir. p. 109), para- graphs 4—8 are almost verbatim a repetition of this Essay.
P- 130 [7] Lat. ccetera steriles et jejuni. Comp. Plutarch's Morals, trans. Holland, p. 8 ; "to be able to speak of one thing and no more, is first and formest in my conceit no small signe of ignorance." [9] when it is once perceived : added in 1625. [10] Part : * kind'(i6i2). [ii] Lat. ansam sermon is preebe re. give: 'guide' in the printed ed. of 1597, but 'giue' in the MS. which is printed in the Appendix to the present volume. [14] *It is good to varie and mixe speech, &c.' (1597, 161 2). [76] "LzX.. qucestiones cum positivis. [17 — 19] For
it is a dull Thing, .farre; added in 1625. [18] Lat. in aliqud
snbjeflo diutius /uerere. [20] As for lest, &c. : * But some thinges
are priuiledged from iest' (1597, 1612).
p. 137 [2 — 7] Yet there be. . . .Loris: added in 1625. [7] Ovid, Met. ir. 127. [8, 9I And generally. . Bitternesse : added in 1612, but both
this sentence and the next are omitted in the MS. [13] Lat.
placebit in inultis. [16] Lat. scientiani suam ostentandi.
[18—25] But let. .GalHards : added in 1625. [24] Lat. Sicut tib'-
cines inoderari solent saltantibiis. [29] ought to be seldome, and
well chosen : 'is not good often' (1597, 1612). [30 — 32] I knew. .
Himsclfe: added in 1625.
p. 138 [2] 'as whereunto' (1597, 1612). [3 — 6] Speech of Touch
any Man: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. [3] Lat. alios ptmgens et vellicafis. [5, 6] Lat. instar cainpi aperti in quo spatiari licet,
non vice regies qu<e deducit domum. [6—14] I knew. .Dinner:
added in 1625. Lat. scomma aliquod. [16] Lat. apte loqui et
accotnvtodate. [19] 'sheweth' (1597, 1612). [2i]Setled: 'set*
(1597)- [24] As it is betwixt the Grey-hound, and the Hare : added
in 1625. Comp. Adv. of L. 11. 14, §6. [27] Lat. abruptum quiddam estet ingratuin.
Essay 33 First published in 1625. The Latin title is ^ De plantationibus popu- lorum, et coloniis. ' p. 139 [s] Primitive : omitted in the Latin. [3] Comp. Lucr. v. 823, 4.
fi3] L.zt. /ruflus uher ei locupies. [i6] Lat. siil iniiits coloniaruin, [21 J Lat. exiiles et damnati. [22] Lat. corrtnupit et perdit.
p. 140 [i] Lat Hujiisntodi eniin homines projiigati instar erronum degunt. [3] Lat. et colonue fastidio afficientur. Lat. nuncios et
literas in patria>n viittent in piantationis preejudicium et dedecus. [6J Lat. priEci/nie sint artifices generuin sequentinm. [7] Carpen-
ters, loyners: l^'sX. fabri lignarii. [10] Lat. 2i^ds cervisiarii et
hiijusmodi. [11] Lat. esculeniontm et pociilentorum. [12] Lat.
siiu culturA. [18J The Latin adds ntcloncs, pepones, cucumeres.
I19] The Latinadds J/V/^«rtW. [27]Meale: 'Lzl. farin^e otnnigeno'. [31] The Latin adds ciiniculi. The Latin adds, Prcecipio autem
piscationibus incumbendum, turn ad stistentationent colonur^ turn ad lucrum exportationis.
p. 141 [2] Lat. horreis publicis assignetur. [6] I^at. merces natixfas.
[8] Lat. itt exporiatio earum in loca itbi max i me in pretio sunt sumptus levet. [9 — 12] The order of these clauses is inverted in the Latin. [11] In Captain John Smith's Hist, of Virginia, p. 165, cd. 1626, among the answers given by him to the commissioners for the reformation of Virginia, we find the following: — ** Quest, 2. What conceiue you should be the cause, though the country be good, there comes nothing but Tobacco? Ans^v. The oft altering of Gouemours it seemes causes euery man make vse of his time, and because Come was stinted at two shillings sixpence the bushel 1, and Tobacco at three shillings the pound, and they value a mans labour a yeere worth fifty or threescore pound, but in Come not worth ten pound, presuming Tobacco will furnish them with all things ; now make a mans labour in Come worth threescore pound, and in Tobacco but ten pound a man, then shall they haue Come sufficient to entertaine all commers, and keepe their people in health to doe any thing, but till then, there will be little or nothing to any purpose." [12] The Latin adds in regio-
nibus desertis. [13] but too much: omitted in the Latin. Lat.
Itaque ligna ad cedificia, naves, aut ej'usmodi ttsus apta, inter praci- puas merces numeranda. [16] Lat. salis nigri confeflio per calorein solis. \\Z\%rovi\w%^^^\ \j,2X. sericum vegetabiU. [24] The
Latin adds similiter et alia qiue perquiri possuni. Lat. verunt fodinis ne confidas nimium pra^sertim a principio. [25] Lat.
fodintB enim fallaces sunt et sumptuoser, et spe pulchrA laflantes. [33] — p. 142 [3] Let not. . Number : Lat. Rurstts, Colonia a numerosiore concilio {intelligo in regione, matre colonice, residente) nan pendeai; nee ob contributiones exiguas muliitudini nimice subj'iciatur; sed sit jtumerus eorum, qui negotia colonic procuraut et ordinant, modera- tus. [6J Lat. vefligalibus et portoriis. [9] Lat. in quascunque
velint partes. [10] of Caution : omitted in the Latin.
p. 142 [11] The Latin adds aut superoneres. [14 — 16] Lat. ut coloni
bene viflitant, nee penuriA affl-igantur. [18] Lat. in locis paliddi-
tiosis et aquosi's. [21] Lat. paulatim tamen in superioris regionis
partes et ab aquis remot lores ascendendum. [24] \j3X. quo cibi,
quos 7'ensivtile est putridos aliter s<rpe futuros, condiantur.
P- 143 [3] Lat. ut planiatio ex sese propagetur nee semper ab extemis
iaoteg 331
fcudeai. [8] Lat. nil aliudest quain proditio mera prefusioqtte
sanguinis complurium.
Essay 34 Greatly enlarged from the ed. of 161 2.
r. 144 [i] Pro7mis, fol. 2 a, "Divitiae impedimenta virtutis: The bag- gage of vertue." [2, 3] The Roman, .impedimenta: omitted in the Latin. . [3] Antith. vi ; Non aliud droit ias dixerim, qicam impedi- vienta virtutis; nam virtuti et necessari^ESunt, et graves. [5] nor left behinde : omitted in the Latin. [6] loseth, or : omitted in the
Latin. [10] Eccl. v. i. [12 — 14] Lat. Possessio divitiarum nulla voluptate dominum per/undit, quantum ad sensum. Antith. vi ;
Divitiarum magnantm vel custodia est, vel dispensatio qiuedam, vel /atna; at nullus usus. Annon vides lapillis et idgettus dcliciis
Jingi pretia^ ut possit esse aliquis magnantm divitiarum. usus? [i6J The Latin adds et injlatio ab ipsis. [21] you will say ; added
in 1625. Lat. usum earum vel in hoc maxime cet^ti posse.
p. 145 [i] Prov. xvii:. 11 ; in the Latin the whole verse is quoted. [2] Lat. Sedcaute Salomon. [9] Lat. instar monachi alicujus auta seculo abstraHi. [11] Cic pro Rabir. Post. 2. [13]— p. 147 [32] Heark- en also. .Service: added in 1625. [15] Prov. xxviii. 20. [27] Lat. per. . injusticiam et scelera. [30] Lat. neque tamen ipsa omnino
innocens est.
p. 146 [2] The Latin adds et lucra rust lea. [6] Lat. dives erat. .sylvis tarn cadjiis qtcam grandioribus. T^s] Lat. nundinarum et merca-
tuujn. [18] younger: omitted in the Latin. [19] Lat. lucra ex
pro/essionibus. [24] Lat. servos et mifiistros alienos in damnum
dominorum corrumPat. [26] Lat. artijlciose et vafre. [27] Lat. qua omnes mcrito damnandce sunt.
p. 147 [5] Lat. homines fortunarutn dubiarum quandoque extollettt. [16] Lat. vix/ortunarum dispendia vitabit. [24] Lat. per servititim regum aut magnatufn dignitatevt quandatn habent. [29] Tac.
Ann. xni. 42. [32, 33] 'Neither trust thou much others, that seeme to despise them' (1612). [33] Antith. vi; Divitias contem7i7tnt qui desperant.
p. 148 [2] Prov. xxiii. 5. [4] Lat. moribundi. [5] Lat. aut usui
publico, aut liberis cognatis et amicis. [10] In his Advice to the
King, touching Mr. Sitttons Estate, Bacon said, it "seemeth to me, as a Sacrifice without Salt: Having the Materials, of a Good Inten- tion, but not powdred, with any such Ordinaftccs, and Institutions, as may preserve the same from turning Corrupt ; Or, at least, from becomming Unsavoury, and of little Use." Resuscitatio, p. 265. This was written in 1613. [14] thine Advancements: Lat. dona tua.
Essay 35
This Essay is omitted in the Latin translation, p. 149 [5I 1 Sam. xxviii. 19. The witch of Endor is called m^ilier Pytho- fum habens in the Vulgate, as having the spirit of Python, like the
332 iJotejJ
girl at Philippi in Acls xvii. 16. [7] The verses are Virgil's {ySn,
III. 97), but adapted from Horn. //. xx. 307, 8. [12] Seneca, Affd.
II. 374—8. [19] Her. III. 124. P- 150 [3] Plut. A/ex. 2. [10] Appian, Brl/. Civ. TV. 134. [11] Sue- tonius [Galb. 4) tells it of Augustus, not Tiberius. [13] Tac. Hist. V. 13. [17] Suet. Dom. 23. The same story is told in the Adv. of L. I. 7, § 4, and in a letter from Bacon to King James on a Digest of the Laws of England. [21] '■''One day ivJun King Henry the Sixth {whose Innocencie gaue hivi Holines) was %vashi*tg his hands at a great Feast, and cast his Eye ztpon King Henry, tJun a young Youth, he said; This is the Lad, that shall possesse quietly that, that we now striue for." Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 247. ShalcsjHire has intro- duced the incident (3 Hen. 6, iv. 6), "Come hither, England's hope: If secret powers, &c." See Holinshed, in, p. 678 b, ed. 1587. [24] The same story is told by De Thou [Hist. Lib. xxii. ad fin.), who says the A.strologer was Luca Gaurico, an Italian. But Bayle {Di6l. art. Henri 11.) has shewn that Gaurico's predictions, made in 1552 and 1556, were wholly different. I ara indebted to Mr Daniel, of the Battersea Training College, for the following quotation from Les Prophctics of Nostradamus (i cent. 35 quatr. ed. 1568). Le lyon icune le visnx surmontera, En cJiamp bcUique par singulier duelUt Dans cage d'or les yeux luy creitera, Deux classes vne puis monrir mort cntelle. In the ed. of 1668 the last line nins Deux playes une, pour ^c. [33] Henry 2 of France was killed at a tournament in 1559. p. 151 [3] Another form is given in the Ancient Scottish Prop^ucies, edited for the Bannatyne Club, 1833 ;
When Hempe is come and also gone, Scotland and England shall be all one. [16] Mr Daniel has suggested to me that the 'Baugh' is probably the Bass Rock, and the 'May' the Isle of May in the Frith of Forth. Compare The Covtplaynt of Sir D. Lyndsay [}VorkSy i. p. 277, ed. Chalmers}.
Quhen the Bas, and the He of May, Beis set upon the Mont Sinay. [24] The date of the prophecy was a.d. 1475. It is quoted at length by Bayle [Di6l. art. Stofler, not; d) from the Mercurius Gallo-Bel- giais (an. 1589; Wolfii Le6l. Mem. to. 2, p. 1028} of Jansonius Doccomensis Frisius.
Post utille explctos a Partu virginis annos,
Et post quingentos 7iirsus ab axe datos^ Oriuagcsiunis oHavus vtirabilis annus
Ingruet, et secum tristia fata trahet. Si non Jtoc anno totus male coftcidet orbis.
Si non in nihilum terra fretuntque rjtatl Cnnfla tamen mundi sursum ibunt atque deorsum Impefia, et luHus undique grandis erit.
itotw 333
According to De Thou [Hist. lib. xc. sub init.) the prophecy of Johannes Miiller, of Regiomontanus, as he was called from Konigs- berg the place of his birth, was originally contained in four German verses, which were still to be seen in De Thou's time in a monastery at Kuchel in Austria. They were translated into Latin by Caspar Bruschius, and published with a tract of Engelbert Abbot of Admont, de ortu et fino R. hnperii. Bruschius altered them considerably in his translation, and made them refer to events which were to happen under one Sixtus. Another curious alteration is made in a recent work, called Das Buck der IVahr- und IVeisstignngetiy Regensburg, 1859, where the second line reads thus,
Et septingentos riirsus abire dates, and the prophecy is referred to the French Revolution. Bacon again quotes it in his Considerations touching a Warre with Spaine^ pp. 49, 50, ed. 1629. [29] Arist. Eg. 195, &c. p. 152 [10] An a(5l against fond and fantastical prophecies was passed, 5 Eliz. cap. 15 [1562]. See also 3 and 4 Ed. vi. cap. 15, and 33 Hen. VIII. cap. 14 (Pickering's Statutes at Large, vi. 207, Cambr. 1763). £26] Bacon refers to the Critias^ which in Cornarius' Latin trans- lation is called "Critias sive Atlanticus."
Essay 36
Greatly enlarged from tlie ed. of 1612.
P- 153 [6] Lat. si in ainbitn et petitione suit 7'epnlsas non patiantur.
[9] The Latin adds et sitbinde /rustrentur. [11] Lat. in sinu latan^
tur. [13] 'the worst propertie that can be' (1612).
[25] — p. 155 [11] But since. .Wood: added in 1625. p. 154 [13] 'LzX.. Alius ususambitiosoruninofi parvus; ut preegrandibus
alas amptitent,et eorum potentiajn labefa^lent. [i6] Dio Cass.
LViii. 9. [26] Ambitions : omitted in the Latin. hat. procern/n
ant vtagistratmivi. [30] Lat. ceqne ainbitiosos et protervos.
[34] Lat. allicere . .ct aniviare. P- 155 [2, 3] Lat. quantum ad tngenerandam tllam in ainbitiosis
opinionem, ut se ruince proximos putent, atqne eo inodo contineantur.
[12] 'the lesse' (1612). [14] Lat. confusionem consilioriim.
[15 — 17] But yet. .Dependances: added in 1625. [17] Lat. quigratil
et clietttelis pollet. [18] Lat. inter strefiuos et negotiis pares.
[20] The Latin adds, ut viros cordatos deprimat. [22] Lat. tribus
iftsignitur commodis. [24] Lat. ad viros priticipes, [30] and
States : omitted in the Latin.
Essay 37 Not translated in the Latin.
Essay 38
Slightly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612.
P- 159 [5] The Latin adds after 'Importune/ sed non tolhtnf.
[9] Faylings; 'failes' (1612). [12] Lat. natatorcs recentes.
334 i^ote^
[19 — 21] Like to. .Angry: omitted in the MS. [20] The Latin adds, priusqiiam quicquavt faceret. [21] Lat. secufido, naturant mode-
7ari et ai minores portionesdeducere. [22] — p. 160 [2] As if. . Meale : omitted in the MS.
p. 160 [i] Lat. a majoribits haustibus ad minores. [2] Lat. natiirani penitus sub jtigian vtittere et doinare. [6J Ovid, Retn. Am. 293.
[8 — 11] The MS. has, "neither is it amisse to bend nature to a con- trarye extreame, where it is noe vice." [14 — 17J See Adv. of L, 11. 19, § 2 ; Cic. de Orator, i. 33. [19 — 28] But let not. .moved with it: added in 1625. [22] Babrius, Fab. 32.
p. i6i [i] Ps. cxx. 6, Vulgate; quoted agfain in Bacon's Letter to Sir Thomas Bodley {Cabala, p. 64). [4] Lat. quicguid a naturd iuA
alienum re/>erias. [5] Lat. ad ejtisdem exercitationes et niedita-
t tones. [9 — 12] A Mans, .the Other : added in 1625.
Essay 39
Enlarged from ed. of 1612.
p. 162 [i] Ant it/t. x; Cogitainus secundum naturam; loquimur secun- dum pracepta; sed agitnus secundum cottsuetuditutn. \fi\Duc. sopr. Liv. III. 6. [12] Lat. aut in promissis constantibus nedum juramentis. [13] Lat viris sanguinolentis et jamdudum ccedibus assuetis. [15] Friar Clement assassinated Hen. 3 of France, 2 Aug. 1589. [16] Henry 4 was stabbed by Ravaillac 4 May, 1610. John Jaureguy attempted the life of William the Silent, Prince of Orange, 18 March, 1582. On 10 July, 1584, the Prince was shot by Balthazar Gerard, a fanatic (Motley, Dutch Rep. in. 538, 608). [17] The Latin adds aw/ Guidotu Faulxie. [18] Observe the double negative. Lat. Jidetn et fcrociam. [20] Lat. pritna classis sicarii. The translator has evidently missed the point of the phrase * Men of the. first Bloud,' which simply means men who for the first time have their hands in murder.
p. 163 [8 — 26] We see also . . Body : added in 1625. [9] Cic. Tusc. v.
a?. § 78; Q. Curt. VIII. 9; Strabo, xv. i, § 62; Val. Max. 11. 6, § 14. I^at. loquor de gymnosophistis veteribus et tnodemis. [16] Lat. vixr ejulatu aut getnitu ullo emisso. The Translator evidently understood 'queching' in the sense of screeching, crying out, but Nares (G^&jjrtry) says it is the same as quick, to move, flinch. Cic Tusc. 11. 14, § 34 ; V. 27, § 77. [18] The story is told of Brian O'Rourke, who was
executed in May 1597, but this could hardly have been called the beginning of Queen Elizabeth's time. See Cox, Hist, of Ireland, p. 399, ed. 1692 ; Biog. Brit. art. Ralegh, note C. This incident i.s introduced into The first part of Sir John Oldcastle (K 3 verso, ed. 1600), where the Irishman appeals to the judge: * Pre thee Lord shudge let me have mine own clothes my strouces there, and let me bee hanged in a wyth after my country the Irish fashion.' [21] See Giles Fletcher's Russe Commonzvealth, pp. 89, 90, ed. 1591. [31] iu iflfedl: 'nothing* (1612). [32] — p. 164 [i] So we see .. afterwards ; added in 1625.
Mom 335
p. 164 [i] Lat. in ptieritid aui adolesceniiA. [9] Collegiate:
*in troupe' (1612). [14] The Latin adds et {ut chymicorunt
vocabulo utar) projeflio. [17] The Latin adds giiin et leges
bonce, [18] much: added in 1625.
Essay 40
Slightly enlarged and altered from the ed. of 1612.
p. 165 \i\ * to a mans fortune' (161 2) : Lat. adforttinaspromovendas vel deprimendas. Favour: Lat. gt-ntia alictijus ex magiiatibus.
'oportune death of others' (1612). [5] his owne hands : 'himselfe'
(1612). Faber. .Poet: added in 1625. The saying is attributed to
Appius in the treatise de Republ. orditi. 11. i, which is generally assigned to Sallust. But Mr Mark by conje6lures, with great proba- bility, from a passage in the Adv. of L. 11. 24, § 8, that Bacon imagined the phrase to have grown out of a verse of Plautus {Trin. 11. 2, 87) : ^^ Nam pol sapiens (saith theComicall Poet) Fingii/ortunam sibi, and it grewe to an adage, Faber quisque/ortunce proprice." [6] Lat.
inquit Comicus. [9] Adagia, p. 82 ; 6<^is t\v fxrj ^dyY) o^w, SpaKtav
ov yevrjcreTai, Given also in a slightly different form in Mich. Apo- stolii Frov. cent. xv. 55. The Latin adds i4i inqtiit adaghtm: [12] 'hidden and secret' (1612). [13] Fortune. Certaine : The
editions of 1612 and 1625 both have a fi^U stop after * Fortune.' It should probably be a colon. [16] 'no stonds' (1612). [17 — 19] But \}cv3X. .Fortune: added in 1625. [19] 'saith Liuie well* (1612). [20] Livy, XXXIX. 40.
p. 166 [5] Antith. XI ; Fortuna veluti Galaxia. [11] The MS. has,
"The Italians have found out one of them ; Poco di matto, when they speak of one that cannot do amisse." [23, 24] The French. .R emu-
ant: omitted in the Latin. [29] The Latin adds eeeq7te vicissim
pariunt atiimos et aufloritatem. [34] Higher Powers : the MS.
ends here. [34] — p. 167 [23] So Ccesar. .Magnus: added in 1625.
p. 167 [i] Plut. Cces. 38. [2] Plut. Syll. 34. [6] Plut. Syll. 6. See Adv. o/L. II. 23, § 8. [11—17] Certainly. .Selfe: added in 1625.
[14] Plut. Timol. 36. See Colours of Good and Evil, 9,
Essay 41
In a letter from Bacon to Secretary Conway, dated Gray's Inn, ag March, 1623, he says, " I was looking over some short papers of mine touching usury, how to grind the teeth of it, and yet to make it grind to his Majesty's mill in good sort, without discontent or perturbation : if you think good I will perfedl it, as I send it to his Majesty as some fruits of my leisure. But yet I would not have it come as from me, not from any tenderness in the thing, but because I know well in the courts of princes it is usual tton res, sed displicet au£lor.^* (Dixon's Pers. Hist, of Lord Bacon., p. 296). This fixes approximately the time at which the Essay "Of Usurie" was written. The subjedl of Usury was then being much discussed. On the 2nd of March, 1623, a bill was brotight into parliament against Usury and passed the Commons on
33'5
i^otc^
the 26ih of April. Two years before, on 18 April, 1621, a bill for the abatement of Usury had been brought in.
p. 168 [4] Ah Adl of 37 Hen. 8, cap. 6, had restridled the rate of usance to 10 per cent. In the reign of Edw. 6 Usury was forbidden, but in Elizabeth's time the a6l of Hen, 8 was revived under certain restric- tions. See p. 147, 1. I. [8] Virg. Georg. iv. 168. [10] Gen. iii. 19. [14] Overbury's Charaflcrs; The Devillish Vsurer. See Arist. Pol. I. 3, § 23. [16J Matt. xix. 8. [22] Lat. de argentariis et "excantbiis publicis.
p. 169 [2] Lat. ne dian faenore feramur in melius^ intercipiamur et iiicidamus in pejus. [9] Vena Porta: see the note on p. 80, 1. 21.
[16] Lat. portorioruni et veSligaliutn imminutio. [20, 21] This
passage should evidently be pointed thus : * Uncertainties, at the end of the Game, Most &c.'
p. 170 [14] Lat. distraniones Preproperce.
p. 171 [i] The Latin adds quod modo feciiuits. [20] The Latin adds si 710S audies. [25 — 30] Lat. Quandoguidevi anntius valor prcedioruniy hie apiidnos in Anglid, excedit ilium /atnoris ad hanc proportionetn redaSli, quantum annuus valor sex librarum excedit ilium quinque tantum. [26] Lat. ruri et alibi degentibus.
p. 172 [3] After ' Merchants' the Latin adds ^-^ no n a His quibuscunque hominibus, omitting the words 'uiX)n Usury at a Higher Rate.* [9—13] omitted in the Latin. [24—26] Lat. ita enim, preetextu
licentiamm, opportunitatem non habebunt pecunias aliorutn pro suis commodandi. [30^34] omitted in the Latin.
Ess.w 42
Enlarged from the ed. of 1612, where it is called * Of Young men and Age.'
P- 173 [6 — 9] And yet. .Divinely ; added in 1625, [13 — 17] As it was. . List: added in 1625. [14] Spartian. Vit. Sev.: quoted again in
Apoph. 98. [18 — 20] As it is seene. .and others : added in 1625,
P- 174 [3] ^g^' Lat. Scnuvi. [5] New Things : 'things meerly new'
(1612). [15, 16] Care not. .Inconveniences: omitted in the Latin.
[30] Good for: 'in respe<5l of (1612). \2,\\Rabbine: ' Kabdy' [\6i2). Abrabanel in his Commentary on Joel has the same remark, which is again referred to in the Adv. of L. i. 3, § 3, Compare also Hugo de St Vidlore (i. p. 100, Ven. 1588) ; seues somniant genere somnii con- templatorio, juvenes vident intellefluali genere visionis et re- vela torio.
?• 17s [i] Joel ii- 28. [9 — end] added in 1625. [13] Hermogenes :
see Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 11. 7 : es 5e av8pa<: tjkwv d^jpeOrf ttjv e^tv, iiir' ovfiejLiias (}>avepas voarov. According to Suidas this happened when he was 24.
p. 175 [20] Cic. Bntt. 95. [21] Lat. nimium effenmtur. [23] Lat atas proveHior. [24] Livy, xxxviii. 53 ; the phrase is from Ovid,
Her. IX. 23, 24.
Mom 337
Essay 43
Slightly enlarged from the ed. of 1612.
p. 176 [i] Aniith. 11; Virtus^ nt gemma nobilis, melius inseritur sine mnlto auro ei ornntu. In the From»s, fol. 2 3, we find, " Vertue like a ryche stone, best plaine sett." [8] Lat. ut no7i turpiter erraret.
[11 — 16] But this. .Times: added in 1625. [16] Lat. et nihilominus perpulchri. [i8j Lat. oris ct corporis tnotits. [21] 'and there is
no* (1612).
p- 177 [i] 'proportions* (1612). [2] Apelles: not Apelles, but ZeuxiS
(Cic. de Inv. ii. i, § i ; Pliny, xxxv. 36, § 2), who, when painting a pi(fture for the temple of Juno Lacinia at Croton, seledled five of the most beautiful virgins of the country, that his painting might present the best features of each. The allusion to Albert Durer is to his treatise, De Symtnetrid partiujn humani corporis. Comp. Donne's Satires, iv. 204—206;
"And then by Durer's rules survey the state Of his each limb, and with strings the odds tries Of his neck, to his leg, and waste to thighs." [3] the : added in 1625. [12 — 15] A man. .doe well : added in 1625.
[17] The Latin adds, secunduvi illtid Euripidis. The original is pre- served in Plutarch, Alcib. l. 5: irdvTOiV tiZv KoXtZv Koi to fxeToiriapov KaKov. It occurs again Apoph. 145. Bacon entered it in \}[i^ Promus^ fol. 8 a. [20] 'and by considering:' in the MS. of the ed. of 16x2.
[24] Lat. seneflutem atiietn sero Poenitcntem.
Essay 44
Slightly altered from the ed. of 161 2. Chamberlain in a letter to Sir Dudley Carleton, written Dec. 17, 1612, soon after the publication of the second edition of the Essays, says, *' Sir Francis Bacon hath set out new essays, where, in a chapter of Deformity, the world takes notice that he paints out his little cousin to the life" {Life and Times of yatnes I. i. 214). "His little cousin" was Robert Cecil, Earl of Salisbury.
p. 178 [i] Antith. 11; Deformes ftaturam nlcisci solent. [4] partt
added in MS. in the ed. of 1612. Rom. i. 31 ; 2 Tim. iii. 3. [5]
And so they have their Revenge of Nature : omitted in the Latin.
P- 179 [3I 'specially' (1612). [ii] 'vpon the whole matter' (1612).
Lat. si 7'efn diligenter introspicias. [21] Lat. Manet ilia regula quam an tea posnimiis. [24— end] 'and therefore they prooue
cither the best of men, or the worst, or strangely mixed' (1612),
Essay 45
p. 180 [14] Lat. variis eestilms reciprocantur. [20] iEsop, Fab. 275.
Prometheus made a man, Zeus a bull, and Athene a house, and Momus was chosen judge. After finding fault with the bull for not having his horns below his eyes so that he could see where to strike, and with
Z
338
Moui
the man for not having a door in his breast (see Aifv. of L. ii. 23, § 11), he said the house should have been built upon wheels that it might be removed from ill neighbours.
p. 181 [4] the Commoditie: Lat. commoditas nulla, and this seems ne- cessary to the sense. [10 — 14] Lat. qtue singula niinime eo animo enuvteramus ac si damns aliqua his incommodis omnibus vacare Possit, venun ui tot ex illis evitemus quot evitare concedatur. [16] Plutarch, Luc u II. 39; Apoph. 106. [25] in the Oratours Art:
omitted in the Latin.
p. ib2 [4] Esth, i. 6. Lat. et portionem niansionis sive familia. [5} Lat. ad pampas, magni/icentias, et ceUbritates. [7] Lat. non ut
latera. dovtus. [14] Fortie : Lat. quinquaginta. [15, 16] Lat tt subter earn cameram item alteram, similis longitudinis et latitu- dinis: qute apparatum ct instruflionem ad fcsta, liuios, et ejusmodi magnijicetitias, aSlores etiam dum se ornent, et parent, commode recipiat. [19] with a Partition betweene : omitted in the Latin.
[23] The Latin adds excepto sacello. [27] Eighteene : Lat. quin-
dccim. [30, 31] omitted in the Latin. [31] Lat. grad?is autem
iurris apertos esse, et in se revertentes, et per senos subinde divisosl utrinque statuis ligneis inauratis, vel saltern a-nei coloris cinflos. •
p. 183 [2] Lat. verum cavendum ne locus ubi famuli comedant sit dd
, imum gradum vel prope ; si enim sit, ciborum nidor ascendet^ tan' quam in tubo quodam. [8j Sixteene : Lat. viginti. [23] Lat.
latus universum arece. [25] The Latin adds sint in laquearibus. [27] Lat. ubi pingantur columfur, imagines omnigence, flores, et similia, [28 — 30] Lat. At latus ex parte familiar, simul cum
latere tertio e regione front is, compleflatur cameras prasentiales; et alias usus et decoris ordifiarii. [34] Lat. cubicula et camera.
p. X84 [6] Lat. ad planum eedificii, et minime protuberantes. [13]
Lat. diuB scilicet ex ittroque latere arece. [20] The Latin adds
quatenus ad duo latera. [25] 'Lzt. fons splendidus. [31] The
Latin adds tarn ex cameris et conclavibus et porticibus. [33] Lat,
Habeant autem portiones singula trgris destinatee [ut moderni fo^ quuntur) Antecafneram, Cameram ad cubilc et Re-cameram.
p. 185 [3] The Latin adds ex omnibus tribus lateribus. [5] Lat
ad augulos duos lateris transversi in solaria secundo. [g\ Lat.
sint autem cone lav ia ilia rebus curios is omnigcttis, et speflatu dig fits ^ refer ta. [13] Lat. qui per secretas tubos iterum transeant. Then
follows the add'tional clause ; Interior autem pars, in solaria supe* riore versus aream, forme tur in porticus et atnbulacra, bene munita et obdufla, ad usum canvalescentium. [15] The Latin adds nam
de balncis et piscinis non laquar. [16] Lat area viridis, gramine
vestiia, cum pariete in circuitu, et j'uxta parietem arboribus, ordine posit is, sata. [23 — 35] Lat. sed ambulacris supra coluinnas, non
arcus, ereHis; in summitate vera plumba, vcl lapide quadrato^ coopertis, et ad latera elegantibus statuis parvis, etnei coloris, muui* its clausam. [27] Lat. porticus hnmiliores et obie^Ue.
iaotc^ 339
Essay 46
p. 186 [5] Lat. ntaujis taniuni sunt opera, fiec sapiunt ttaiuratn. [17] The Latin adds ^w^wj. [19J Flagges: 'L.^X. t'irides qttoad folia.
[21] 'L^t. jitxta Parietem et versus solem satiis. [23] \^2X. arbus-
tum chamcple^ germanicee sive mezercoiiis.
p. 187 [20] The French Mary-gold : omitted in the Latin. [26] The
Latin zAd^sJlos cyaneus, the corn blue-bottle.
p. 188 f3] Lat. Ros<e ser(F. [4 — 7] In two copies of the edition of 1625 the following sentence is substituted: "Thus, if you will, you may haue the Golden Age againe, and a Spring all the yeare long." It is evident that this is a later alteration by Bacon himself, for on con:- paring the page on which it occurs with the same page in other copies of the same edition, it will be seen that, though the first and last lines of the page are the same rn all, yet in consequence of the substituted sentence being shorter than the original one, the copies which contain it have the following paragraph printed much more loosely in order to make it spread over the page. [6] Virg. Georg. ii. 149. (SJ
Comp. Hist. Vitce et Mortis, v. 31. [11] The Latin adds qua ex
odore Jloruin percipitur. [12] Lat. quce adhuc crescentes, nee
avulsiE, niaxiute etjiittent auras suave s, et aerem odore per/undunt. [14] Lat. odoris sui sunt tenaces nee aerem tinguni. [23] Lat. sub
yifiem Angus ti. See Hist. Vitee et Mortis, 1. 57. [25] Lat. qme
, halitum emittunt plane cardiacum. The edition of 1625 j^ads 'which,' and this in 1629 was altered into 'with:' 'which yeeld' is probably the true reading. [31 — 33] Lat. tuvt cariophyllata, tain
minores quant inajores.
p. 189 [i] The Latin adds, tunt lavendtihe Jiores. [25] Lat. hortwn
Prcecipuuin.
p. 190 [i, 2] on that Side, which the Garden stands : omitted in the Latin.
P- 191 [5] like Welts: Lat. instar Jintbriarunt. [6J Lat. in aliquibus locis sparsas, sepibus vestitas. [20] I^t. stagna et piscines exulent. [24.] The Latin adds cuvi crater ibus suis. [29] Lat. ;// perpetuo
Jluat, nee consistat. [3/] The Latin adds ut vianeat limpida.
p. 192 [19] The Latin aJds cainpanarum after 'Canopies;' and again, after the bracket, etiani rupes artifieiosas et huju.fniodi. [25] The
Latin adds, nisi quod in aliquibus locis, erigi prceeipio arboi^m series, qtue in vertiee ambulacra coniineant, ratnis arborutn cooperta cum fenestris. Subjaeeat auteni pars soli jftoribus odoris suains abunde consita, qui auras in superius exkalent ; alias /ruticetutn apertum esse sine arboribus velim. [28] \.2X,fragis prcecipue.
[29 — 32] Lat. Dumeta autem, et anibiilaera super arbores, spargi vohimus ad placitum, non ordine aliquo collocari.
P- 193 [6] Low : omitted in the Latin. [33] Lat. ne succo defraudent
arbores.
p. 194 [16] The Latin adds vemas et autumnales. [24] The Latin
adds Quantum vero ad ambulacra in clivis, et variis ascensibus ftmoenis conjicienda, ilia natjiree dona sunt, nee ubique extrui pfis^ sunt: nos autem ea posuimus, quee omul loco conveniunt. [31 J Lat. varia, parum cumjudicio, compommt.
zz
34^ iiote$
Essay 47 First published in 1597; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625.
P- ^95 [7> 8] added in 1612, but omitted in the MS. of that edition. [9] 'breedes' (1597). [10—15] Or in tender Cases. .Expound; added in 1612. [xi] IjtX. in vuliton et gestufft alterius intenttts. [12] he: 'one* (1612).
p. 196 [i — 12] Use also. .Prescription: added in 1625, [7] Lat. ad
res qiue aliqttid iniqui habent transigendas. [17] that: 'which (1597, 1612). [29] Pretext: the printed copies of the ed. of 1597
have 'precept,* but the MS. printed in the Appendix reads 'pretext.' [32] Perswade: 'winne' (1597). Weaknesse: 'weaknesses' (1597).
and : 'or' (161 2). [34] and so Goveme him : so the ed. of 1597, but ed, of 1612 has 'them.*
p. 197 [4 — end] In all.. Degrees: added in 1625.
Essay 48
First published in 1597 ; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. Th« Latin title is De Clientibtis, famulis, et amicis.
p. 198 [6] Followers: 'following* (1597), but 'followers* in the MS. [9] Wrongs: 'wrong* (1597). IjaX. clientes autem et amicifaniosi,
[15—20] Likewise.. Envie: added in the ed. of 1612, but omitted in the MS. of that edition. [15 — 17] who. .Follow: added in 1625.
[17] Inconvenience: 'inconueniency* (1612). [20] The Latin adds
si quis vere rem repute t. [21] — p. 199 [4] There is. .Tales: added
in 1625.
P- 199 [3] The Latin adds apud dominos suos. [5] of Men: added in 1625. [13I apprehendeth : 'intendeth* MS. of ed. of 1597.
[17 — 19] And besides. .Vertuous: added in 1625. [19] It is true
that : omitted in 1612. [22] Lat. quaftdoquidem ordinis paritas
ceqnas gratice conditiones tanquam ex debito poscit. [23] contrari-
wise : added in 1625. [24] Favour: 'fauours' (1597). \a2X. prodest cum deleflu afficere. [28] Discretion : added in 1625. [30] Lat.
fingi {quod aiunt) et regi ab amico aliquo, as we call it : added in 1625. [31] safe: 'good' (1597, X612). [31]— P- 200 [2] For it
shewes . . Honour : added in 1625.
p. 200 [2] Yet: 'and* (1597, 1612). \.2X. plurium potestati subjici
et veluti in partes distrahi. [3 — 5] For it makes, . Change : added in 1625, [4] The Latin translator seems to have imagined that the
metaphor is taken from the printing- press, for he x&n^txs postrema [ut nunc loquuntur) editionis. But a passage in the Adv. of L. 11, 22, § 4, shews what Bacon intended: "A Man shall find in the wisest sort of these Relations, which the Italians make touching C<7«r/rt«^j, the Natures of the seuerall Cardinalls, handsomlye and liuely painted fourth : A man shall meete wich in euery dayes Conference the deno» minations of Sensitiue^ dry, formally really hutnorous, certayne, Huomo di Prima impressione, Huomo di vltima impressiotie, and the like.** [5] 'but to take aduise' (1597, 1612}, some few: added
in 1612. [6] Adv. of L. 11. 21, § 7. [7] The Latin adds ut
adagio dicitur. [10] The Latin adds apud veteres.
iiote?; 341
Essay 49
First published in 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. p. 201 [i] and Proie(fls: added in 1625. [2, 3] And.. Good: added in
1625. [4] Bad: 'ill' (1597, 1612). [4 — 6] I meane .. Performance :
added in 1625. [6] Lat. recipiuHt et operant avide pcllicentur.
[10 — 12] or at least. .Hopes: added in 1612. [15] *an apt precept'
(1597) : but the MS. has 'apt pretext' [16 — 18] Or generally, .their
owne : added in 1625. [22] some : added in 1625. p. 202 [12 — 14] But let him.. Nose: added in 1625. [24] Lat. hoc ei
fraiidi tton sit, sed poii»s remuneretur, [25] but the Partie left to
his other Meanes: added in 1612. [25, 26] and. .Discoverie : added
in 1625. \->,\\Sute: 'suits' (1597, 1612}. p. 203 [3 — 16] Let a man.. Favour: added in 1612. [10] Quint. Inst.
Or. IV. 5, 16. [19 — 22] There are no worse.. Proceedings: added
in 1625.
Essay 50
First published in 1597 ; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. The I^tin title is De studiiset leStioue libronim.
p. 204 [t, 2] Lat. Studia et leHioues libroruvt ant vteditationum voluptati, aut orationis ornaiuento, ant negotioruin subsidio inservi- unf. The MS. oftheed. of 1612 has, "Studies serve for Pastymes, for ornaments, and for abillityes : Theire chiefe use for pastyme, is," &c. [i] Delight: 'pastime* (1597), 'pastimes' (MS.). [4] Lat.
in seriHOiie tavi familiari qiiam solenni. [5] the : added in 1625.
and Disposition of Businesse : added in 1625. [6 — 9] ' For expert men can execute, but learned men are fittest to iudgeor censure' (1597, 1612). [10] Studies: 'them' (1625). Lat. speciosa quadam socordia est,
[12] After * AffecStation' the Latin adds qu<e seipsatn prodit. [13] The Latin adds nee bene succedit. [14 — 18] For Naturall Abilities, .expe- rience : added in 1615. [19] Contemne : the ed. of 1597 has 'continue,* but the MS. rightly reads 'contemne.' Studies: 'them' (1597, 1612).
p. 205 [i] and Confute : added in 1625. [3, 4] and Take. .Discourse:
added in 1625. [3] Lat. sed ut addiscas, ponderes, et J7idicio tuo
aliquatenus ntaris. [5] Lat. sunt quos deglutire cursivtque legere
oportet. [8] not Curiously : 'cursorily' (1597). [10 — 15] Some
Bookes . .YXz-shy Things: added in 1625. [14] Bacon censures
Ramus for "introducing the Canker oi Epitomes.^' Adv. ofL. ir. 17, § II. [15 — 17] In a tradl published in 1596, dedicated by Edward
Monings to the Countess of Warwick, and reprinted by Nichols [Progresses of Q. Eliz. 111. 394, ed. 1823), we find an instance of the plagiarism of which Bacon complains in the dedication of his first edition of the Essays in 1597: "His education prince-like; generally knowen in all things, and excellent in many, seasoning his grave and more important studies for ability in judgment, with studies of pastime for retiring, as in poetrie, musike, and the mathemitikes : and for ornament in dis- course, in the languages, French, Italian, and English, wherein he is expert, reading much, conferring and writting much. He is a full man, a readie man, an exa6l vian." [16] Lat. scriptio autem.
342 iiote^
et notanim colleflio, perleSla in animo ituprimit ct altitts Jigit. [25] Contend: in the ed. of 1597 and the MS. of the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. Ovid, Her. xv. 83 ; quoted again in
Adv. 0/ L. I. 3, § 4. [30] Lat. sagittatio. [32] Sec
Adv. o/L. II. 8, § 3, where Bacon says of the mathematics, "if the wit bee to dull, they sharpen it : if to wandring, they fix it : if to inherent in the sense, they abstradl it.** And again, 11. 19, § 2 ; "If a Child be Bird-witted, that is, hath not the facultie of attention, the Mathematiques giueth a remedy thereunto ; for in them, if the witte be caught away but a moment, one is new to begin." [34]— P- 206 [ij For in Demonstrations, .again : added in 1625. p. 206 [3] For they are Cyviini SeHores; added in 1625. [4] See
Adv. of L. \. T, %T, Antoninus Pius "was called Cymini Sehor, a earner, or diuider of Comine seede, which is one of the least seedes; such a patienre hee had and setled spirite, to enter into the least and most exadl diflcrencesof causes." Dio Cass. lxx. 3. Lat. si quis ad trattscursus iugenii segttis sit. [5, 6J to call, .another: *to
find out resemblances' (161 2}.
Essay 51
First published in 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again much more in 1625.
p. 207 [i] an Opinion not wise: *a newe wisedome, indeede a fond opinion' (1597). [4] Respeifl: 'respe<5ls' (1597), but 'rcspedl' in
MS. a: 'the' (1597, 161 2). \^^ Vox. vel in paipandis, coitcili-
andis, et iraflandis singulis. [13] Lat. javipridem honorem
adept is. [16] Lat. ut videatur guis aiieri ex partibits addiStus,
et tavten parti adverser viinimc odiosus, viain guatidam stemit ad honores, per medimn fafliorntni. [17] 'passablest' (1597, 1612}.
[20 — 22] And it is often. .Moderate : added in 1625.
p. 208 [i] After ' Subdivideth' the ed. of 1597 adds 'which is good for a second fa<5Hon;' the ed. of 1612 has 'which is good for a second.' [i — 19] As the Faflion. .out of use: added in 1625. [5] Senates:
Lat. senatiis et optiinatum. [22, 23] added in 1625. [27] In
ed. of 1597 and the MS. of the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. [27] — p. 209 f 1] The Even Carriage . . House : added in 1612. [29] Lat. sed a consilio callido, quandoquidem proximus sibi quisque sit, atque ex utr&que faflione ittilitatem demetere speret. [33] be: added
in 1625.
p. 209 [i] House: the Essay ends here in the ed. of 1612. [2] Comp. Essay xv. p. 55. [7J Gen. iii. 22.
Essay 52
First published in 1597 ; enlarged in 161 2, and again in 1623. The Latin title is De avrimoniis civilibits, et dt'coro. p. 210 [3] to: added in 161 >. [4 — 6] 'But commonly it is in praise as
it is ingaine* (1597, 1612). [6] 'For as' (1597, 1612). [7] Entered in the Promus, fol. 7 a. [9] 'So it is as true' ,1597}. [13] Fcsti-
iloic^ 343
vals: 'holy-dales' (1597. 1612). [1^—16] Therefore.. Formes:
added in 1625. [14] The Latin adds regina Castiliati<i. [15] See Apoph. Hisp. collegia a Ger. Tuningio, 1609 ; " La reyna dona Ysabel dezia que el que tenia buen gesto llevara carta de recomen- dacion." Compare also Publii Syri Sent. ; /onnasa fades vnita commefidatio est. [16] them; 'good formes' (1597, 1612). almost:
added in 1625. [19] * For if he care to expresse them' (1597, 161 2\
[20] lose; Meese' (1597). {^zi^'L.z.X.. vultits et gestus et externa alia.
p. 211 [i] Antith. XXXIV ; qui aniinum ad tarn exiles obsen>ationes applicat, viagnce cogitationis capax non est. [5] 'diminish his
respedl' (1597) ; 'diminisheth respect' (1612). [7] hvit. Jioniines
ingenio/astidioso. Formall : 'strange* (1597). [7 — 14] But the
dwelling, .upon it: added in 1625. [8] Lat. loaiiio plane hyper"
bolica [quali nontiulli utnntur). [10] htit.j^defn et pondus eortim
gu(e dicuntttr. [23] Lat. ex comitate et urbanitate.
[30] — p. 212 [7] Men had need, .findes: added in 1612, but omitted in the MS. [33] The Latin adds urbanus tantum et affcclator.
[34] Adv. of L. II. 23, § 2 ; ''there is no greater impediment of Adlion, then an ouercurious obseruance of decency, and the guide of decencye, which is Tyme and season. For as Salomon sayeth, Qui rcspicit ad ventos, non seminal, &* qui respicit ad nrtbes, non vietet: A man must make his opportunity, as ofte as finde it. To conclude ; Be- hauiour seemeth to me as a Garment of the Minde, a:id to haue the Condicions of a Garmente. For it ought to bee made in. fashion : it ought not to bee too curious: It ought to bee shaped so, as to sette foorthe anye good making of the minde : and hide any deformity ; and aboue all, it ought not to be too straighte, or restrayned for exercise or mocion." This was published in 1605, and afterwards in substance transferred to the Essays ia 1612 and 1625.
p. 212 [3] Eccl. xi. 4. [7 — 9] added in 1625.
Essay 53 First published in 161 2 ; enlarged in 1625.
p. 213 [i] Lat. atqite, utft in speculis, traJiit aliquid e natjird corporis^ quod reflexio7iein pnebct. [11] Tac. Ann. xV. 48. [13] The
same is said of Time, Novum Organum, Aph. Lxxr. [17J Eccl.
vii. I. [22] ' hold it suspe<5l' (1612}.
p. 214 [4] Comp. Ess. X. p. 37, 1. 12. [15] Apparently referring to
Pliny, Ep. in. 18; Nam p7-cEcipere qualis esse debeat princeps, pul- chrum q7tide>n, sed ofierosutn ac prope superbtim est: laudate vera optimum prificipem, ac per hoc posteris, vehit e specula, lutnen quod sequantur cstendere, idem utilitatis habet, adrogantice 7tihil. [19] Tac. Agr. 41. [20 — 24] In so much..(y<?: added in 1625.
fzi] Comp. Theocr. Id. ix. 30, xii. 24. [26] After * Vulgar ' the ed. of 1612 has ' but appropriate.* [27] Prov. xxvii. 14. [31J Scorne:
in the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here.
p. 215 [6] The Latin adds Hispa7iico vocabulo. [7 — 11] Lat. ac si
artes i.llce me7noratie, magis ejus77todi hoi7ii7tes qua77i in fastigio 't:ardi7ralatus pcsitos decerent: et ta77zen [si res rite ponderetur) speat-
344 B^^^^
lativa cum civilibus non male viiscentnr. [12] 2 Cor. xi. 23.
[13] Rom. xi. 13.
Essay 54
First published in 1612 ; enlarged in 1625.
p, 216 [6] if they have never so little Hand in it : added in 1625. [13] *<5r»/<f«' (1612). [18J LiVy, xxxvii. 48. [21] — p. 217 [6] 'as if a man that should interpose himselfe to negotiate between two, should to either of them scucrally pretend, more interest then he hath in the other' (1612).
p. 217 [6] these : 'this' {1612). [7] Kindes: 'kind' (1612).
[10^13] In Militar. .another : added in 1635. [17 — 22] In Fame.
Ostentation: added in 1625. [19] Cic. Titsc. Disp. i. 15. [21] The Latin translation adds, inquit illc, and after ^ Galen , ma^^na nornina. [23 — 25] Lat Neque virtus ipsa tantiim humants natune debet fropter nominis sui celebrationem quantum sibi ipsi. [27] Lat. ad
/tunc diem vix durasset aut saltem non tarn vegeta. [28] Lat. Vrt-
nitate et j'aflantia. [33] Tac. Hist. 11. 80; see Adv. of L. ii.
23, § 25.
p. 218 [i] 'of a natural magnanimity' (1612). [2] The Latin adds qui
ttaturd vclnti comparati ad earn sunt. [10] Pliny, Epist. VI. 17.
[16 — 19] Glorious Men.. Vaunts: added in 1625. [18] \jaX. parasitis ^rtedce et esc^y sibimet ipsis et gloria vatue ntancipia.
Essay 55
First published in the ed. of 1597; omitted in the cd. of 1612, though contained in the MS. of that edition, and again printed with additions in 1625. It had been previously printed in the pirated editions of John Jaggard in 1612, 1613, and of Elizabeth J aggard in 1624. It is also in the Italian translation published in t6i8.
p. 219 [i] The MS. has "The true wynning of honour," and this is pro- bably the corre<5l reading, for the Latin gives. Honoris et existima- tionis vera et jure optimo acquisiiio ca est. [4] Wooe and : added
in 1625. [7] contrariwise: added in 1625. [14] The MS., after
'Follower,' adds; "If a man consider wherein others have given distast, and wynne honor vpon theire envye, the beame will be the quicker." [15] Lat. ita inter se committal et contemperet.
[18J Comp. Suet. Aug. 25, where the same maxim is attributed to Augustus. [21] — p. 220 [5] Honour. .Vto^t.'. added in 1625.
[21] Lat. qui comparatiz'us esty et alium prcegravat,
p. 220 [i] instar adamantis aut carbunculi. [6] The Latin adds
Ita Q. Cicero. See Q. Cic. de petit, consul, v. 17 ; quoted again in Adz', of L. ir. 23, § 15. The quotation was added in 1625,
[14I Imperiorum: added in 1625, [island Common- Wealths. ,
Isniacl: added in 1625. [21 — 23] ^wq}ci. .Side Partidas: added
in 1625. [22 J "Alphonso the JFise, (the ninth of that Name,) King of Castile, compiled the Digest of the Laives oi SpaitiCy Intituled the Siete Partidas; An excellent Worke, which he finished in seuen
iaotts 345
years." Bacon's Misc. IVorks, p. 150, ed. Rawley, 1629. The above is from a tra<5l Of a digest to he made of the lawes 0/ England, [24] or Salvatorcs I added in 1625. The Latin adds patriaruttt suarttm. [27 — 29] As AngttstJts Cccsar. .France: added in 1625,
[34] Suet. Tib. 67. p. 221 [i — 3] Both which. .Number: added in 1625. [10] Lat qui
non ultra hoc potes sunt. [15 — 20] There is an Honour. .Decijl
added in 1625.
Essay 56
First published in 161 2 ; enlarged in 1625. The Latin title is De Officio Judicis.
p. 222 [3] Antith. XLVi; Cum receditur a literdf judex transit in legislatorem. [4] 'like the presumption of the Church of /?^w^*
(1612). [6] 'vsurpeth and pra(5tiseth an authority to adde and alter' (1612). [8] Shew: 'colour' (1612). [13] Deut. xxvii. 17.
[15] Lat. lapidem fines distinguentent. In Bacon's Speech "to Justice Hutton, when he was called to be one of the Judges of the Common Pleas," one of the "Lines and Portraitures" which he gave was, "That you contain the jurisdifliojt of the Court within the ancient Meerc-S tones, without Removing the Mark." ResuscitatiOy p. 94, ed. 1657. [15] 'too blame* (1612). [22] Prov. xxv. 2b;
comp. Adv. of L. ir. 23, § 5.
p. 223 [7] Amos v. 7. [13] 'the more open' (1612} ; *the more close*
(1612). [18] Is, xl. 4. [25] Prov. XXX. 33. [26] "■'^wK Lawes
are likened to the Grape, that being too much pressed yields an hard and unwholsome Wine." Resitscitatio, -p. 176.
p. 224 [i] Ps. xi. 6. "There is a Wise and Learned Civilian, that applies the Curse of the PropJiet, Pluet super eos Lagueos, To Multi- plicity of Lawes; For they do but ensnare and entangle the People." Resuscitatio, p. 98. [3 — 9] Therefore Rerum, &'c. : added in 1625, [8] Ovid, Ti'ist. i. i. 37. [15, i6] Secondly. .P/Jf^rtf; added in 1625, [18] Ps. cl. 5, Pr. Bk. Bacon in his Speech to Justice Hutton,
quoted above, admonishes him; "That you affedl not the opinion oi Pregnancy and Expedition, by an impatient and Catching Hearing of the Cotinsellours at the Barre." p. 93. [22] 'counsell or euidence'
(1612). [24] in Hearing : added in 1625. [27] The Latin adds
advocatoruvt et testiutn.
p. 225 [4] Jam. iv. 6. [6] 'that the custome of the time doth warrant
ludges to haue noted fauourites' (1612). [9] Lat. obliqui ad judices
aditus. [12] 'speciallie' (1612). [20 — 28] And let not. .Place:
added in 1625. [24] Lat. causce medice et 7iullatenus peroratte.
[33] Matt. vii. 16.
p. 226 [27] ' Lastly' (1612) : for that. .Estate: added in 1625. [30] Not in the laws of the 12 Tables but in Cic. de Leg. \\i. 3, § 8.
p. 227 [18] Let ludges. .Soveraigntie: added in 1625. ** It is proper
in you, by all means, with your Wisdonie and Fortitude to maintain the Laws of the Realm: Wherein, neverthelesse, I would not have you Head-strong^ but Heart-strong ; And to weigh and remember
34^
Botc^
with yourself, that the 12 Judges of the Realm are as the 12 Lions under SalomorCs Throne; They must show their Stoutnesse in Ele- vating and Bearing up the Throne'^ Bacon's Speech to Justice Hutton, Resnscitatjo, p. 93. x Kings x. 20. [22] ' Neither ought Judges to be so ignorant' (1612). [28J z Tim. i. 8, quoted from the
Vulgate.
Essay 57
p. 228 [3] Eph. iv. 26. [i8] Seneca, De IrA, i. i, [20] Luke xxi. 19.
]). 229 [3] Virg. Georg. iv. 238. [4] Lat. res hunUlis est et infra
dignitatem hominis. [8 J Lat caveant homines [si modo dignitatis sua velint esse me mores) ne iram suam cum vtttn eorum qnibns irascuntur, sed cum contcmptu conjungant. [20] Lat. si qtiis
cnriosus et pcrspicax sit, in inter/retatione injuritr iilatce, qnntenus ad circumstantias ejus, ac si copitentptum spiraret. [27] Lat.
. opinio contnmelice, sive quod existimatio hominis per conseqnentiam ladatur et perstringatur^ iram intendit et multiplicat. [30] The
same saying is related in the Adv. of L. n. 20, § 12; Apoph. 180, and in Bacon's Speech against Duels (pp. 28, 29, ed. 1614) : ** But for this apprehension of a disgrace, that a fillipp>e to the person should bee a mortall wound to the reputation, it were good that men did hearken vnto the saying of Consaluo the great and famous commaunder, that was wont to say ; A Gentlcmans honor should bee, De teld crassiore,
" of a good strong warppc or webbe that euery little thing should not catch in it, when as now it scemes they are but of copwebbe lawne, or such light stuffe, which certainely is weaknesse, and not true greatnesse of mind, but like a sicke mans body, that is so tender that it feeles euery thing."
p. 230 [2] Lat. sed instare quasi ad manum opportunitatem aliquam fuajorem. [24] Lat. tempera serena et ad hilaritatem proua.
Essay 58
p. 231 [i] Eccl. i. 9. [3] Plato, Phced. 72 e; Meno, 81 d. [8] Lat abstrusus et parttm notus. [19] V.^X.. illce populum penitus non
absorbent, aut destrnunt. [20J Ovid, Met. ii. [21] i Kings
xvii, xviii.
p. 232 [i] Lat. apud Indias Orientates. [2] The Latin z^^^s, pe stile n- tias etiam Prcetereo q7tia nee ilUe totaliter absorbent. [9 — 25] See
Acosta, Hist. Nat. des Indes, iv. 25, fol. 49, for an account of the tradition of a deluge among the West Indians. "lis font entr'cux grande mention d'vn deluge auenu en leur pays, mais Ton ne pent pasbien iuger, si ce deluge est I'vniuersel, dont parle I'Escriture, ou - si 9'a est^ quelqae autre deluge, ou inondation particuliere des regions oil ils sont. Aucuns hommes experts, disent que Ton voit en ce pays Ih, plusieurs notables apparances de quelque grande inondation, & suis de I'opinion de ceux qui pensent que les vestiges & marques qu'il y a de ce deluge, ne sont de celui de No^, mais de quelqu'autre particulier, comme de celuy que raconte Phiton, ou celuy que les
^aM 347
Poetes chantent de Deucalion." [15] Plato, Tim. 25 d. [26] Ma- chiavelli, Z>isc. so/r. Liv. ii. 5. [28] Comp. Adv. of L. 1.6, § 12;
Gibbon, c. xlv. [33] Sabinian succeeded Gregory as Pope, a.d, 604. [34] The Latin adds, tunc vera j>rohibita, licet te^iebris coopertUt obrepunt tamen et stios nanciscjmtur peyiodos.
P- 233 [3] Plato, Tim. 38, &c. ; Cic. de Nat. Deor. ir. 20. "The great yeare is a space of time in the which not onely all the Planets, but also all the fixed starres that are in the firmament, hauing ended all their reuolutions do returne againe to the selfe same places in the heauens, which they had at the first beginning of the world," Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 168 a, ed. 1594. [17] The Latin adds, tempestatis
anni, semitce aut cursus.
p. 234 [6] give stay : Lat. moras injicere aut rentedia exhibere.
p. 235 [19] The Gauls crossed the Hellespont B.C. 278. [24] Lat.
naturAjixi.
p. 236 [2] The Latin adds, ut liquet in populo A raucensi, qui ad ultJ- riora Austri posit i omtiibus Peruvicnsibus foriitudine longe prce- cellunt. [9] 'LsX. aliis geutibus in prcedam cadufit. [21] The
Latin adds sed civiliores fere sunt. [25] Lat. at injindationibus
nut mig-rationibjts. [30] Lat. et novas sedes queerant, et sic alias
nationes invadant. See the Tra(5t Of the true Greatnesse of the
Kiiigdom of Britain (Bacon's IForks, vii. 57, ed. Spedding).
p. 237 [9] The Latin adds tempore A lexandri Magni. Bacon's memory seems to have been at fault for this statement. I have been unable to discover anything which could have suggested it. [12] Lat. usum
Pulveris pyrii et tormentorum ig7ieorum. [20] The Latin adds id
quod etiam tormentis igneis majoribus competit. [34] Adv. of L.
II. 10, § II : " For as it hath beene well obserued, that the Arts which florish in times, while vertue is in growth, are Militarie: and while vertue is in State are Liherall: and while vertue is in declination, are voluptuarie: so I doubt, that this age of the world, is somewhat vpon the descent of the wheele."
p. 238 [8] Lat. soUdiores et exafliores. [9] The Latin adds manetite
tamen garrulitate.
The Essay "Of Fame" was first printed by Rawley in the Resttsci-
tatio, in 1657. p. 239 [8—18] Comp. Virg. j^n. iv. 175-T190. [19] Comp. Essay
XV. p. 55. p. 240 [17] Tac. Hist. II. 80. [22] Caesar, de Bell. Civ. i. 6.
[28 J Tac. Auft. I. 5. p. 241 [2] Her. VIII. 108, 109.
Colour i p. 247 [10] Cic. Acad, apttd Augnstm. c. Acad. iii. 7.
Colour 3 p. 249 [29] Hor. Sat. i. i. 66. [31, 32] From the Latin translation of
348
iiotc^
Theocr. Id, xxvil. 6g, by Eobanus Hessus. The Greek is o/*ftariv ai£d/xei/a, KpaSCa S" oi evSov IdvO/j. p. 250 [4] Pythagoras, Ai^r. Vers. v. 12; vayruv it fiaXtar alaxvvto aavTov. ^ [10] The ed. of 1597 has 'a low,' of 1598 'Alow,' which in later editions was corrupted into * a law.* [27] accounted: 're-
counted' (1598, 1606). [30] as spurres: 'the spurres' (1598, 1606).
Colour 4 p. 251 [9] iEsop, Fai. 38 ; quoted again in Adv. 0/ L. ir. 23, § 36. This
same fable of the frogs is applied by Selden to marriage. See TabU
Talk. p. 252 [10] Livy, IV. 28.
Colour 5 p. 254 fsl or flowers: *as flowers' (1598, 1606). [22] Luke x. 41.
[31] The original, quoted by Zenodotus from Archilochus, is ttoAV oI5* dAwTTTjf, a'AX* extt'o? tv \i.iya.. Bacon found the Latin in Erasmus* Adagia, from which he transferred it to the Protnus, fol 18 a, [17] itsop, Fab. 52.
Colour 6 p. 256 [17] aAisSpvo?, Adagia, p. 597. In the Promus, fol. 19^, we find,
"Satis quercus. Enough of acornes." [32] iEsop, Fab. 50. p. 257 [18J Virg. yEn. x. 450.
Colour 7
P- 258 [3] assimilate: * assimulate' (1597) ; corre<5led in 1598. [6] Arist. Meteor. \. 12. Compare Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 179 3, ed. 1594. " Next to the Fire is the Aire which is an Element hotte and moyst, & also most fluxible, pure & cleare, notwithstading it is farre thicker & grosser as some say, towards the Poles the elsewhere, by reason that those parts are farthest from the sun : And this Element is de- uided of the naturall Philosophers into three Regions, that is to say, the highest Region, the Middle Region, and the lowest Region, which highest Region being turned about by the fire, is thereby made the hotter, wherein all fierie impressions are bredde, as lightnings, fire drakes, blazing starres and such like.
The middle Region is extreame cold by contra opposition b}' reason that it is placed in the midst betwixt two hotte Regions, and therefore in this Region are bred all cold watry impressions, as frost, snow, ice, haile, and such like.
The lowest Region is hotte by the reflexe of the sunne, whose beames first striking the earth, doe rebound backe againe to that Region, wherein are bred cloudes, dewes, raynes, and such like mode- rate watry impressions." Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 179 b, ed. 1594-
p. 25S [31] ' the sappe' (1598, 1606). [32] Adagia, p. 640, where it
stands, Spartce servi maxime serzn. [33] Henry Noel : See
Apoph. 244.
p. 259 [183 Ovid, Ars A;n. u. 662, quoted again in Adv. of L, n. 23,
MoU^ 349
$27. ^roximiiaie: ^J>rocinitaie' {isgj)', covTt6iQA\nxs<^. [25]
Matt. ix. 12.
Colour 8
p. 260 [10] Virg. yEn. xii. 600. malortim: * inaluni^ (1597} I corre<5led
in 1598. [21] hurt; *hart' (1597) ; corredled in 1598. [24] Virg.
Eel. V. 23. [34] See the ist and 3rd Philippics.
p. 261 [12] Enchiridion, c. 5. [21] Ovid, ^/«. i. 2. 10. p. 262 [i] Essay viii. p. 28.
Colour 9
p. 262 [31] Hab. i. 15, 16.
P- 263 [5] Cic. pro Marcell. 9. [11] In the De Angm. vi. 3, Soph, it, Bacon attributes this to Solomon. See Mr Spedding's note ( Works, I. p. 685). [23] Plut. Cces. 38. [30, 33] In both Hnes the ed. of
1597 has 'imitable,' but in the corresponding passage of the De Aug' vtentis the Latin is in one case inimitabilis, and in the other itnitatio- ncfn noti recipiunt, and I have therefore substituted * inimitable * in both.
p. 264 [7] Plut. Timol. 36. See Essay xl. p. 167.
Colour 10.
p. 264 [28] Virg. Eel. I. 15. [29] Sybilla: see Essay xxL p. 89.
p. 265 [6] 'it is more to him' (1598, 1606). [13] Quoted by Seneca,
Ep. I. I, §5, and introduced with the words 'ut visum est majoribus nostris.' The original is Hesiod, Works ^ Days, 367, ieiAj} 6' kv\ •trvOixeuL ^et5w. [16] Arist. de Gen. et Corr. I. 4. alterius: *vlte-
rius' (1597); corre(5led in 1598. [19] The origin of this is a pas-
sage in Dem. 01. in. 33, which Wolf translates ali7nenta stint vestrum oviniiifn socordice. See Mr Ellis's note on the De Augmentis, with Mr Spedding's addition [Works, 1. 681, 682). [22] aliments; the
editions of 1597, 1598, and 1606, all read 'elements,' but Bacon quotes the Latin when again referring to the passage, Adv. o/L. n. 23, § 13, alimenta socordice. [25] One copy of the ed. of 1597 in the Cam-
bridge Univ. Libr. (xvn. 38. 19) omits the words 'to say;' ' the' was added in 1598. Bacon made a memorandum of the anecdote in the Proinus, fol. 46 « : " The fashion of d. He6l. to the dames of London y® way is to be sicker."
p. 266 [10] Hor. Ep. I. 2. 40. Comp. Arist. Nic. Eth. i. 7; o^px^ ^fxt<TV iravToi; ; Plato de Legg. vi. 753 E ; Hesiod, Works ^ Days, 40. [24J jtwdum: added in ed. of 1598. [27, 28] for. .inception : added in 1598.
p. 267 [12] 'other' in ed. 1597; 'otherwise' (1598, 1606).
Appendix. p. 279 [20] men : omitted in the MS.
35^ ^ppcnt)ii to tje iioUjj
APPENDIX TO THE NOTES.
In preparing the present edition I have used ten different copies of the edition of 1625, the last which had the benefit of Bacon's own revi- sion. Of these ten copies no two are exadlly alike. The differences are numerous, though, except in one case, not important; but, as they throw light upon the manner in which books [)assed through the press in Bacon's time, I have subjoined a list of all that I have noticed. The cause of these differences it is not difficult to conjedlure. Corre<5lions were made while the sheets were being printed off, and the corre<5led and uncorredled sheets were afterwards bound up indiscriminately. In this way the number of different copies might be multiplied to any extent. Instances occur in which a sheet appears in three different stages : one with two errata on one page, a second with one of the errata corre<5led, and a third with both corre<5led. Another peculiarity with regard to these copies is that they differ in the title page. Upon examination it appears that the original title page was as follows: "The Essayes or Covn.seIs, civill and morall, of Francis Lo. Vervlam, Viscovnt S*. Alban. Newly enlarged. London, Printed by lohn Haviland for Hanna Barret, and Richard Whitak«er, and are to be sold at the signe of the Kings head in Pauls Church-yard. 1625." That this is the original is evident from the fa<5l that it corresponds with the entry in the books of Stationers' Hall, and also from a memorandum in a copy of the Essays in the Cam- bridge Univ. Libr. (xvii. 36. 14), "Jo: Finch 300 Martij. 1625 ex dono Authoris." The date of presentation was as early as it could well be in the year in which the book was published. Besides, on examining the copies which have the other title page, it is evident that it has been inserted. It is as follows: "The Essayes or Covnsels, civill and morall, of Francis Lo. Vervlam, Viscovnt S*. Alban. Newly written. London, Printed by lohn Haviland for Hanna Barret. 1625." From this it would seem as if the whole of the stock had come into Barret's hands, by sc me means or other, and that she cancelled the old title page and had a new one printed. I shall speak of these as the first and second title pages. The numbers attached to the following description of the ten copies to which I have referred, correspond with those given with the various readings. The first four have the second title page :
1. A copy in the British Museum, referred to by Mr Spedding.
2. In the Library of Trin. Coll. Cambridge (T, 2. i).
3. In the Cambridge Univ. Libr. (xvii. 36. 15).
8. In the Library of Christ's College, Cambridge (M. i. 6). The following have the first title page :
4. Mr Spedding's own copy.
5. A copy in the Cambridge Univ. Libr. (xvii. 36. 14).
apfcntiia to tl;c iHctc^ 351
6. 7. In the Library of St John's College, Cambridge (Bw. 7. 32 ; Ee. I. so).
9. In the Library of Christ's College, Cambridge (M. i. 5).
10. Another copy in the possession of Mr Spedding, of which he kindly sent me the readings while the present sheet was passing througlx the press.
The numbers of the pages refer to the pages of these copies which are the same throughout. Of the two readings I suppose the second to be the corredlion of the first.
p. 25 [12] Encourageth (3) — encourageth (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). p. 28 [2] to Knowledge (3) — to the Knowledge (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). p. 2914] both; (3) — both, (i, 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [loj Silence; (3) —
Silence, (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10}. [13] secret (3) — secret (i. 2. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10). p. 39 [8] mary (2. 4) — marry (i. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). p. 79 [12J Opinion: (i. 8. 10) — Opinion:) (2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9). p. 115 [6] Child (2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7)— Children (i. 8. 9. 10) [16] The
Counsc Hour Salomon (2. 3. 4. 6. 7) — The Coufisellour: Salomon (r.
5. 8. 9. 10). p. 121 [10] bould (4)— bold (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [ii] Consort (4) —
Consort, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [12] obnoxius (4) — obnoxious
(i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [13] both; (4) — both: (i. 2. 3- 5. 6. 7. 8.
9. 10). [20] Life, (4) — Life (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [22] Persons
(4) — Persons (1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [23] Persons (4) — Persons (i.
2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. lo). p. 124 [i] Counsellours (4) — Counsellours (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). p. 125 [2] times (4)— times, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [9] Occasion (4) —
Occasion (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [17] Things; (4) — Things, (i.
2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [20] dangers (4) — Dangers (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10).
p. 131 [8] Words; (4)— Words, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10).
p. 137 [24] those which, (2. 4) — those, which (i. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10).
p. T46 [7] Certainly (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — certainly (2. 4. 5. 6).
p. 147 [i] Light: (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10)— Light; (2. 4. 5. 6). [6] of that (t.
3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — of that, (2. 4. 5. 6). [23] difference (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10)— Diflference (2. 4. 5. 6).
p. 150 [i] Scicilian (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — Sicilian (2. 4. 5. 6). [7] and Faces
(i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — And Faces (2. 4. 5. 6). p. 151 [6] Flower oi Snlphttr (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — Flowers oi Sulphur (2.
4. 5. 6). [9] Friend (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. lo) — Frend (2. 4. 5. 6). [t6] Friendship (i. 3. 7. 8- 9- 10) — Frettdship (2. 4. 5. 6).
p. 163 [7] of (4. 6. 8)— oft (i. 2. 3. 5. 7. 9. 10). p. 170 [6J Arcenalls, (4. 9) — Arcenalls (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). p. 171 [6] enow (4. 9) — enough (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). p. 174 [22] Vcomafiry (4. 9) — Yeomanry, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). p. 175 L8] enough (4. 9) — enough, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). p. 201 [19] Drugs, and, (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10) — Drugs and (7). p. 202 [8] Seruice (i. 2. 4. 7) — Seruice, (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [12] Nunv
her; (i. 2. 4- 7) — Number: (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10).
35^ ^ppenl)ijf to tjje i^otc^
p. 203 [20] amisse : (i. 2. 4. 7)— amisse. (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. xo).
p. 206 [17] Leave (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10)— leave (i. 2. 4, 7^
p. 233 [6J Haltar (2. 4. 7)— Halter (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10).
p. 234 [17) seeds (i. 3. 6. 8. 9. 10)— Seeds (2. 4. 5. 7).
P- 235 [3] Fortune, (i. 3. 6. 8. 9. 10) — Fortune: (2. 4- 5. 7).
p. 236 [iij atteiuiuely, hee (2. 4. 7) — Attentiuely, he (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10).
p. 237 [17] Wise Men (2. 4. 7) — Wise Men, (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. lo). Enuie
(2. 4. 7)— Enuy (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [18] a scribe {4]— ascribe (i. 2.
3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). p. 240 [7] Baukes (2. 4. 7)— Bankes (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [15] with that,
(2. 4. 7)— with that (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [16] are. (2. 4. 7)— are: (i.
3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [18J Vsury (2. 4, 7)— Kwrj/ (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10).
(20) part (2. 4. 7)— Part (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). p. 241 [3] decay (2. 4. 9)— Decay (x. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [9] Gaine (4. 9)
—Game (r. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [21] Ruin (4. 9)— Ruine (i. 2. 3. 5.
6. 7. 8, 10). [last line] are (4. 9) — are (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10]. p. 244 [10] Vsury (4. 9) — Vsury, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10).
p. 245 [14] Money. (4. 9) — Money: (i. 2. 3. 5 6. 7. 8. ic).
p. 248 [7] to Inuent (4. 9)— to Inuefit, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [17] beene done (4. 9) — becne done, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [21] Ende (4) — End (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. loj. [last line] drawes (4) — draws (i. 2. 3. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9. 10).
p. 250 [15] dispositions (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10} — Dispositions (5. 9).
[19I Hortentius (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10) — Hortettsius (5. 9). p. 251 [2] surely (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10) — surely, (5. 9). [6] dignity (i. 2.
3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10) — Dignity (5. 9). [13] Vertue; (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10]
— Vertue. (5. 9). p. 266 [3] pleasure (i. 3. 8) — ^pleasures (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10}. [5] without
which (i. 3. 8) — without which, (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). p. 267 [3] Blene (1. 3. 8)— Blewe (2. 4. 5^ 6. 7. 9. 10). [5] And (i. 3. 8.
9. 10) — & (2. 4. 5. 6. 7). stirred (i. 3. 8) — stooued (2. 4, 5. 6. 7. 9.
10), [10] Anemonies (i. 3. 8) — Anemones (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10).
[12] Camairis (i. 3. 8) — Chamalris (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [13] There
Come (i. 3. 8) — There come (2. 4. 5, 6. 7. 9. 10). [20] Couslip, (i. 3.
8)— Couslip; (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [21] Daffadill, (i. 3. 8)— Daffadill;
(2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). p. 268 (269) [last line] Bullies (7. 9) — Bullises (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). p. 269 (270) [9] Hand, therefore Nothing (7. 9) — hand, therfore nothing
(i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). [12] Damask and Red (7, 9)^ — Damask & Red
(i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). [13] Smelles (7. 9) — Smels (r. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8.
10). [18] Marioram (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10) — Marioram, (7. 9).
(Obs. Copies 7 & 9 differ from all others on this page for the reason
given in note to p. 188). p. 270 [8] Pinks (i. 3. 8)— Pincks, and Gilly-FIowers (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10).
[9] and Cloue (i. 3. 8) — & Clone (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [10] Lime
Tree (i. 3. 8) — Lime tree (2. 4, 5. 6. 7. 9. 10}. [m] Honny-Suckles
(i. 3. 8) — Hony-Suckles (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10}. [17] Water-AIints, (i,
3. 8) — Water-Mints. (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). P* 271 [3J Garden (i. 3. Z)— Maine Garden (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). middest
2(ppettt)ix to tje J^oM 353
(x. 3. 8)— midst (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [7] side (i. 3. 8)—^/^ (2. 4.
5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [9] pleasures, (i. 3. 8) — pleasures ; (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9.
10). [17] shade, (i. 3. 8)— shade (2. 4. 5. 6. 7, 9. 10). [23] Gar-
den, (i. 3. 8) — Garden. (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). p. 272 (274; [12] let there be (7. 9)— let there bee (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). [14] And ouer euery Arck, and vpon the Vpper Hedge, ouer euery yirtrA {7. 9) — And vpon the Vpper Hedge, ouer euery ^rcA (i, 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 8. lo). [18] between (7. 9) — betweene (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6, 8. 10).
p. 273 [15] into first, (4. 8. 9)— into, first (i. 2. 3. 5. 6, 7. 10). [17] Images,
Cut (4. 8. 9) — Images Cut (i. 2, 3. 5. 6. 7. 10). p. 274 [21] is (i. 3. 6. 10)— is, (2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9). P- 275 [7] Curiosity; and Beauty (i. 3. 6. 10)— Curiosity, and Beauty (2.
4. 5. 7. 8. 9). [14] Point, (i. 3. 6. 10)— Point (2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9).
[18] Poole, (i. 3. 6. lo)— Poole, (2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9). p. 276 [22] Conuallium, (4. 8. 9) — Conuallium; (i. 2. 3, 5. 6. 7. 10). p. 277 [4] Beare-berries ; ( ) (4. 8.'9) — Beare-berries ( ;) (i. 2. 3. 5.
6. 7. 10). [6] Goose-berry (4. 8. 9) — Goose-berries (r. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 10). [12] Shade: (4. 8. 9) — Shade; (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 10).
p. 278 [6] Enclosure, (i. 3. 6. 10) — Enclosure {2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9).
p. 284 [16] Commonly (i. 3. 6. 8. 10) — commonly (2. 4. 5. 7, 9).
p. 285 [12] Commonly (i. 3. 6. 8. 10) — commonly (2. 4. 5, 7. 9). Past
line] Oddes (i. 3. 6. 8. 10) — Odds (2. 4. 5. 7. 9).
p. 286 [16] One Cannot (1. 2. 4. 6. 7. 10) — One cannot (3. 5, 8. 9).
p. 290 [2] mero (3. 7. 8)— more (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [3] grwon (3. 7.
8)— grown (i. 2, 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [12] Meanes (3. 7. 8)— Meanes; (i.
2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [23] graunt {3)— grant (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10),
[24] those which (3. 7. 8) — those, which (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9, 10).
p. 291 [i] chuse (3) — choose (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10).
p. 294 [22] again ; (3. 7. 8)— again : (i, 2. 4. 5. 6, 9. 10). [24] differ-
ence (3. 7. 8) — differences (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10).
P- 295 [3] Cases; (3. 7. 8) — Cases: (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10).
p. 309 [18] Commanders aud Soldiers (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. q. 10).
P- 313 [i5]^ep7itatton. (i. 2. 3. 4. 7. 8. 9) — Reputation: (5. 6. 10).
p. 328 [8] breake (i. 3. 7. 8) — break (2. 4. 5. 6. 9, 10). /^zV (i. 3. 7. 8) — /'/"// (2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [18] Times. When (3. 7. ^)— Times, when
(1.2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [21] much. (i. 3. 7. 8)— much; (2. 4, 5. 6,
9. 10).
Additional Note, Since writing the note on p. 188 [4-7] I have come to the conclusion that the sentence as it stands in the text is later than the shorter one which is found in some copies of the edition of 1625. My reason for this change of opinion is founded upon a more minute examination of the printing of that edition, which has convinced me that my former con- clusion was wrong.
AA
GLOSSARY.
E = Essay, F = Essay of Fame, C = Colour.
V. i. — verb intransitive, v. t. — verb transitive, v. refi. —
reflexive verb, p.p, = past participle.
A, AN. The use of 'a' or 'an' before words beginning with *h' was not at all uniform in Bacon's time. For instance, we have E. iii. p. 9, 1. 15, ^ an Heathen' ; E. v. p. 16, 1. i, ^ an high ^)eech ; E. vi. p. 20, 1. 15, * an Habit' ; E. vii. p. 24, I. 9, * an harmefull Errour' ; E. xii. p. 45, 1. 18, * an Hill' ; E. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. I, 'an Humour' ; E. Ivi. p, 22^, 1. 28, 'an Hallowed Place'. So also 'an usuall thing , F. p. 240, 1. 32 ; 'an whole age', E. xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 21 ; 'an Eunuch', E. ix. p. 31, 1. 2.
The article is redundant in the phrases *upon a weari- nesse', E. ii. p. 6, 1. 20 ; ' in a proportion', E. iii. p. 15, 1. 21 ; comp. * in a readiness ', 2 Cor. x. 2.
In the following words the prefix a- is printed separately ; 'abreast', E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 13; 'afarre', E. xlvi, p. 189, 1. I, xlvii. p. i^, 1. 13; 'apeece', E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 28; *a while', E. li. p. 208, 1. 4.
ABATE, V. /. Lit. to beat down ; hence to blunt, depress. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 33, xxix. p. 121, 1. 28.
ABLE, adj. Sufficient, capable. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 26. Comp. A(^s XX. 32, Rom. XV. 14, 2 Tim. iii. 15.
ABOVE, prep. More than. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 30.
ABSURD, adj. The Lat. absurdus is applied to the answer given by a deaf man [surdus] which has nothing to do with the question ; hence it signifies, deaf to reason, unreason^ able. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 31, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 6.
ABUSE, sb. Deception. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. X5. ,, V. t. To deceive. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 5.
ABUSING, sb. Deceiving, mockery. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 29. Comp. 1 Sam. xxxi. 4, i Chron. x. 4, and the margmal read- ings of both passages.
ACCEPT OF, V. t. To approve, receive with favour. E. iii. p. II, 1. 23, xi. p. 41, 1. 29. Comp. Gen. xxjuL 30.
ACCOMMODATE, v. i. To adapt oneself; used originally
as a reflexive verb. C. lo, p. 266, 1. 3. ACCOUNT UPON, v. t. To reckon. E. xxxi. p. 135, 1. 5. ACCOUNT, MAKE. To reckon, consider. E. xxxiii. p. 139,
1. ir, xlvi. p. 194, 1. 14. ACQUAINT, V. t. To make acquainted, E. vii. p. 24, 1. 10. ACT, sb. Adlion. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 33, ACTOR, sb. A speaker, orator, like the Lat. cUlor. E. xxv,
p. 102, 1. 18. ACULEATE, adj. Pointed. E. Ivii. p. 230, I. 3. ADAMANT, sb. A load-stone, magnet. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 5. ADMIRABLE, adj. Wonderful. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 27. ADMITTANCE, BY. By admission. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 6. ADOE, sb. Bustle. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 15, xii. p. 45, 1. 29. To do
is used in the same sense in many diale(5ls. ADUST, /./. Parched, burnt up. E. xxxvi. p. 153, L 5. ADVENTURE, sb. Chance, fortune. E. i. p. 3, I. 11. Risk.
E. liv. p. 217, 1. 14.
,, V. i. To venture. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 21.
ADVISED, p.p. Deliberate. E. xviii. p. 74, 1. 3, Ivi. p. 222, 1. 11. ADVOUTRESS, sb. An adulteress. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 27. iEQUINOCTIA, sb. The equinoxes. E. xv. p. 54, 1. 5. See
the note. A FARRE OFF, adv. Far off. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 15. AFFECT, V. t. To aim at, desire, have a liking for. E. i.
p. I, 1. 4, ix. p. 31, 1. 3, xiii. p. 47, 1. I, xxii. p. 94, 1. 6,
xxxviii. p. 161, 1. 3, xlvii. p. 196, 1. i. AFFECTION, sb. Desire, liking. E. vii. p. 25, 1. i. AFTER, adv. Afterwards. E. xxi. p. 89, 1. 11, xxix. p. 129,
1. 23, Iviii. p. 237, 1. 29. According, xxxix. p, 162, 1. 4, AGREEABLY, xxxii. p. 138, 1. 16.
AIME AT, TAKE AN. To estimate. E. xvii. p. 69, I. 26. ALLAY, sb. Alloy. E. i. p. 3. 1. 27. ALLEY, sb. A v^^alk, bowling alley. E. xxii. p. 91, 1, 16,
xlv. p. 183, I. 20, xlvi. p. ic)3, 1. 18. ALL ONE. The same. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 34, Iviii. p. 232, 1. 8. ALLOW, V. t. To approve. E. xviii. p. 71, 1. 7, xxvi. p. 105,
1. 23, Hi. p. 211, 1. 29. ALMA I ONE. Germany. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 12. ALMOST, adv. Generally; like Lat.y^r^. E. xliii. p. 176, 1. 5. AMBASSAGE, sb. Embassy. E. xxix. p. 120, 1. 30. AMIABLE, adj. Loveable; used in the passive sense. E,
xliii. p, 177, 1. 18. AMONGST, adv. Used by itself in the sense of * intermixed*.
E. xlvi. p. 192, 1. 27. AND. If. E. xxiii. p. 97, 1. 21, xl. p. 166, 1. 26. ANGRY, adj. Provoking anger. E. Ivii. p. 230, 1. 25. ANSWERED,/./. Guaranteed. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 14. ANTICAMERA, sb. An antechamber. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 33. ANTIMASQUE. A grotesque interlude introduced between
the adls of the masque, to which it served as a foil and con- trast, and hence its name. Ben Jonson {Masque of A u^rs)
AA2
356 Glo^^ars
uses antic-masque, that is, a masque in which antics ox ^o- tesque figures took part, but it is uncertain whether this is the true etymology. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 24.
ANTIQUES, sb. Grotesque figures introduced in antimas^ues. E. xxxvii. p. 157, I. 26.
APACE, adv. Hastily. F. p. 241, 1. 3.
APPARENT, adj. Manifest. E. xl. p. 165, I. 11.
APPETITE, IN. Desirous of rising. E. xlvii. p. 196,]. 16.
APPOSED,/./. Questioned. E. xxii. p. 93, 1. 28.
APPROACHES, sb. Encroachments. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 28.
APRICOCKES, sb. Apricots. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 30.
APT, adj. Adapted, fit. E. xxix. p. 120, 1. 5, 7.
ARBITREMENT, sb. Arbitration, decision. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 18.
ARE NOT. Do not exist. E. iii. p. 11, 1. 28. So 'were not.' xvii. p. 68, 1. 17. Comp. Matt. li. 18.
ARGUMENT, sb. A subjeiil for consideration. E. xxix.
p. 119, 1. 17.
ARIETATION, sb. Lat. arietatio, abutting; hence, an as- sault with a battering ram. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 18.
ARRAS, sb. Tapestry ; so called from the town Arras in Artois, where it was principally made. E. xxvii. p. 11 1,
1- 33- ARRAY, V. t. To set in order of battle. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 28. ARROGANCY, sb. Arrogance. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 22. ARTIFICERS, sb. Skilled workmen. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 17. ARTILLERY, sb. Originally any engines of war were called
artillery, and the term was retained after the invention of
gunpowder. E. xxix. p. 1-20, 1. 11. AS, coHJ. That. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 18, xxiii. p. 97, 1. 21. So as=so
that. viii. p. 27, I. 5, p. 28, 1. 4, xxxix. p. 164, 1. 12. ASKE, V. t. To require. E. vi. p. 18, I. 2, x. p. 38, 1. 12,
xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 20. ASPECT, sb. The appearance of a planet, which varied with
its position among the stars. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 11. C. 7. p. 259,
1. II. ASSAY, sb. Attempt. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 28. ASSURED,/./. Sure, trustworthy. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 34, xv.
p. 57, 1. 20, p. 63, 1. 9. ATHWART, /r</J. Across. F. p. 241, 1. 5. AT THE FIRST. At first. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 18. AT THE LEAST. At least. E. xxix. p. 126, L 29, xxxi.
AT tSe second HAND. At second hand. E. liv.
p. 217, 1. 25. ATTEMPER, v.t. To moderate. E. xiv. p. 51, L 6, Ivii.
p. 228, 1. 8. C. 8. p. 260, 1. I. AVERSATION, sb. Aversion. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 6. AVERT, V. t. To turn away. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 21. AVOIDANCES, sb. Outlets. E. xlv. p, 185, 1. 14. AWAKE, V. t. To awaken. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 33. AWAY. Used as a verb, to remove, or go away. E, liii.
p. 213, 1. 19.
B.
BABLER, sh. An Idle talker. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 32. BAND, s6. Bond. E. iii. p. 8, 1. i, 3, xv. p. 56, I. 10. BANQUET, sd. A dining hall. E. xlv. p. 182, I. 3, 13. BARBAROUS PEOPLE, sd. Barbarians. E. xvi. p. 6S,
1. 4, iviii. p. 236, 1. 21. BARRIERS, sd. The lists within which a tournament was
fought. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 7. BARTHOLOMEW-TIDE, sd. St Bartholomew's day is on
24th Aug. E. xlvi. p. 188, I. 23. BASE, adj. Literally, low; hence, in a moral sense, debased,
degraded. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 14. BATTAILE, s6. A body of troops. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 29. BAUGH, sd. E. xxxv. p. 151, 1. 16. Probably the Bass Rock. BE, 3//. E. i. p. I, 1. 3, iii. p. 11, 1. 8, xxix. p. 128, 1. 31. P>E TO PAY. We should say, 'have to pay'. C.io. p. 265, 1. 5. HEARE. To deare it = to carry it off. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 4. BEARE-BERRIES, sd. Berberries. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. n. BEARES-FOOT, sd. Hellcborus foctidus; callcJ also in
Gerarde's Herball, Ox-heele, and Setter-wort. E. xlvi.
p. 193, 1. 6. BEAUTIFY, V. t. To adorn. E. i. p. 3, 1. 6. BECAUSE, co;tj. In order that. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 18, xxv.
p. loi, 1. 15, xxxiv. p. 144, 1. 19. BECOME, V. i. To get to, betake oneself, E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 4. BECOMMEN,/./. Become. E. x.xix. p. 123, 1. 34. BEFALL TO. To happen, befall ; generally without the pre- position. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 14. BEHOLDING, adj. Beholden, indebted. E. x. p. 36, 1. i.
liv. p. 217, 1. 24. BELIKE, adv. Probably. E. li. p. 208, 1. 22. BEMOAN, V. rejl. To bemoan oneself = to lament E. ix.
P- 32. 1- 31- BENT, sb. A kind of grass, called by Gerarde Reed-grass^
which was used for chimney ornaments. E. xlvi. p. 188,
1. 27. BESTOWING, sb. Placing, settling in life. E. xxvii. p. 114,
1.31. BETWIXT, /r<;>. Between. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 24. BEYER, sb. The front part of a helmet which had openings
for the eyes, and when down covered the face. Fr. baviere.
E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 34. BIGNESSE, sb. Size. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 20. BIN = BEEN. C. 10. p. 265, 1. I.
BIRTH, sb. That which is born, offspring. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. i. BLAB, sb. A teller of secrets. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 32. BLACKES, sb. Mourning. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 1. BLANCH, V. i. To flinch. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 30.
,, V. t. To avoid. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 12.
BLUSHING, j^. The cause of blushing or shame. E. xxviL
p. 115, 1. 13.
35^ ffilo^^ars
BOARD, j^. Table. E. xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 25. BODY-HORSE, sfi. The shaft horse. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 19. BONNETS, sd. Hats, of men, as well as women. E. xli.
p. 168, 1. 13. BORDERER, sd. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 5. "A borderer, one
that dwclleth by, that commeth out of one countrie and
dwelleth in another." Baret, Alvearie. BOWED, /./>. Bent. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 33. BRAVE, V. t. To assume ostentatiously, parade. E. xv.
p. 61, 1. 23, BRAVE, adj. Fine. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1.. 15. BRAVERY, sb. Finery; hence ostentation, display, bra- vado. E. xi. p. 41P I. 7, XV. p. 61, 1. I, XXV. p. 102, 1. 29,
xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 13, liv. p. 216, I. 9. Ivii. p. 228, 1. 2. BREAK, V. t. To train, accustom. E. lii. p. 211, 1. 2. BROAKE, v.i. To negotiate. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 24. BROKEN MUSICKE. Music that is interrupted or not
continuous. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 8. Mr Chappell {Pop.
Mus. i. 246, note C ) says it means what we now term * a
string band.' BRUIT, sb. Cry. E. liv. p. 216, 1. 14. BUCKLING, /r. /. Preparing to go. E. xxi. p. 90» 1. 3. BURSE, sb. The Exchange ; Fr. bourse. E. xviii. p. 72, 1. 12. BUS IE, adj. Full of work, elaborate: now applied only to
persons. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. i. BUZZES, sb. Empty noises. E. xxxi. p. 135, I. 11. BY. By how much. E. x. p. 37, 1. 24, xx. p. 82, 1. 7, xxxiv.
p. 147, 1. 30. By the space of. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 13. BY-WAY, sb. A secret way. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 16, Ivi. p. 225, 1. 9. BY-WORD, sb, A proverb, saying. E. xxv. p. loi, 1. 21.
CAN, V. {. To be able. E. xi. p. 40, I. 19,
CANTICLE, sb. Song. E. ii. p. 7, 1. 13.
CAPABLE OF. Having capacity for. E. xxii. p. 91, 1. 12.
CAPITALL, adj. Chief. E. Ivi. p. 222, 1. 16.
CARE NOT. Are not careful or cautious. E. xlii. p. 174,!. 15.
CARD, sb. Chart. E. xviii. p. 72, 1. 31, xxix. p. 119, 1. 29.
CARRIED,/./. Carried on. E. xv. p. 56^ 1. 14.
CAST, v.i. To consider. E. xxvii. p. X14, 1. 24.
,, V. t. To contrive. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 33. To decide. E. li. p. 208, I. 26, hence ' the casting^ vote'.
CASTORE UM. A natural produdl contained in two sacs near the organs of generation of the beaver ; formerly used as a medicine, now chiefly as a perfume. E. xxvii. p. 107,
CATCHPOLE, sb. A bailiff. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 9. CENSURE, sb. Opinion. E. xxbc. p. 118, 1. 4. CERTAIN EST, adj. Most certain. E. xxxiv. p. 146, I. 34. CERTAINTY, sb. Trustworthiness. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 10. CESSION, sb. Concession. E. liv. p. 218, I. 3.
€EiIog0arg 359
CHALLENGE, v. t. To claim. E. xlviil. p. 198, 1. 7. Comp,
Ex. xxii. 9. CHAMAIRIS. The dwarf Iris, of which Gerarde enumerates
1 1 varieties. Perhaps the Iris puviila may be meant. E.
xlvi. p. 187, 1. 2. CHAPMEN, sb. Buyers. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 27. CHARACTER, sb. A stamp, mark. C. 9. p. 263, 1. 15. CHARGE, jZ^. Cost. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 14. Comp. i Cor. ix. 18.
,, V. t. To burden. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 4.
CHARGEABLE, adj. Costly, expensive. E. xxix. p. 128, 1, j. CHARGES, sb. Expences. E. viii. p. 26, U 16, xxviii.
CHECKE WITH, v. t. To hinder. E. x. p. 38, 1. 7, xxxi. p. i^, 1. 5.
CHIEFEST, adj. Chief. E. li. p. 207, 1. 6. Comp. 2 Cor. xi. 5.
CHOLER, sb. Anger. E. xxxvi. p. 15^, 1. i.
CHOP, v.i. To bandy words; from 'cnop' to change or in- terchange. Hence the slang word 'chaff'. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 20.
CHOPPING, sb. Changing. E. xxxiv. p. 146, I, 28.
CHURCH MEN, sb. Ecclesiastics. E. viii. p. 27, I. ii.
CIRCUMSTANCE, sb. This word includes all the surround- ings and accompaniments of an adlion. E. Iv. p. 219, I. 12.
CIVIL, adj. Literally, citizen-like : hence orderly, refined, and, as applied to adlions, becoming. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. i, xlviii. p. 199, 1. 9.
CIVILITY, sb. Civilization. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 7.
CLAMOUR, V. t. To disturb with clamour. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 30.
CLEARE, adj. Open. E. i. p. 3, 1. 25.
CLEARNESSE, sb. Openness. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 17.
CLEAVE, v.i. To stick, adhere. E. lii. p. 12, 1. 5, C. 8. p. 261, 1. 24.
CLOISTERED, /./. Surrounded with cloisters. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 17.
CLOSE, adj. Secret. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 4, xi. p. 42, I. 16, Ivi. p. 223, 1. 14.
CLOSENESSE, sb. Secrecy. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 13, 15, p. 19, 1. 20, xxvii. p. 110, 1. 17.
CLOVE GILLY-FLOWER, sb. Perhaps Dianthus caryo- j>hyllus. Gerarde distinguishes the Clove Gilly -Flower from the Carnation only by its being smaller both in leaf and flower. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 33.
COEMPTION, sb. A buying up. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 19.
COLLECT, V. t. To gather, infer. E. xxxv. p. 152, 1. 20.
COLLI AR, sb. An owner of coal mines. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 6.
COLOUR, V. t. To colour other mens moneyes. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 25. ' To colour strangers' goods, is when a Free-man or Denison perm.its a Foreigner to enter Goods at the Custom- house in his name'. Phillips' New World of Words, 6th ed.
COMELINESSE, sh. Beauty, grace. E. xxvii. p. X15, 1. 8, xliii. p. 177, 1. 21.
360
CSlo^jjatB
COMELY, adj. Becoming. E. x. p. 37, 1. 10, Hv. p. 218, 1. 3.
COMFORT, v.i. To strengthen. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 11.
COMMEND, V. t. To recommend. E. xxx. p. 132. 1. 21.
COMMENDATORY, adj. 'L^xXftxs commendatory -\c\.\.^x%o{ recommendation. E. Hi. p. 210, 1. 15.
COMMISERABLE, adj. Miserable, in the sense of deserv- ing compassion. E. xxxiii. p. 143, 1. 9.
COMMODITIES, sb. Advantages. E. xli. p. 168, 1. 25.
COMMON, adj. Belonging to all alike, public. Thus 'The Book of Comvion Prayer' is the book of prayer used in public, and in common by all. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 34.
COMMON PLACE, sb. A theme, or college exercise, in which a particular subje(5l was discussed. E. xxxiL p.
136, 1. 6, C. 10. p. 266, 1. 8. COMMUNICATE,/./. Shared. E. xiii. p. 48, I. 30. COMMUNICATE WITH, v,t. To share with, impart to.
E. XX. p. 84, 1. 20, xxvii. p. no, 1. 13, xxxi. p. 135, 1. 16. COMPACTED, /./. Compaa. C. 5. p. 255, 1. 26. COM PASSE, sb. Circuit. E. xxix. p. 129, I. 5. Contrivance.
C. 9. p. 264, 1. 16. COMPOSITION, sb. Temperament. E. xlii. p. 173, 1. 21. COMPOUND, v.L To settle. E. Iv. p. 220,1.24, Iviii. p.
235. 1- 4- COMPREHEND, v. t. To include, embrace. E. xlviii. p.
200, 1. 12. CONCEITS, sb. Conceptions, ideas. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 4. CONDEMNED MEN. Convi^s. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 21. CONFEDERATE,/./. Leagued, united. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 13. CONFERENCE, j3. Consultation. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 16. CONFERRE, v. i. To consult. E. I. p. 205, 1. 19. CONFIDENCE, sb. Credit. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 31, xl. p. 166,
1. 27. Boldness, xvi. p. 65, 1. 32. CONSCIENCE, sb. Consciousness. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 26. CONSENTING,/./. Agreeing. C. 7. p. 257, 1. 27. CONSORT, IN. In company, in concert. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 12. CONTAINE, v.t. To hold iii, restrain, restria. E. xxix.
p. 124, 1. 21. p. 125, 1. 17, Ivii. p. 230, 1. 5. CONTEND, V. i. To endeavour. E. Iv. p. 220, 1. 2. CONTENT, V. i. To please, give satisfadlion. E. xxxii. p.
137. 1- 13-
CONTRARIE, adv. On the contrary. C. 6. p. 257, 1. 19. CONTRARIWISE, adv. On the contrary. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 13,
ix. p. 32, 1. 10, xlviii. p. 199, 1. 23, li. p. 207, 1. 5. CONTROVERSIE, sb. Dispute. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. i. CONVENIENT, adj. Suitable. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 31. CONVERSANT IN. Conversant with. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 30. CONVERSATION, sb. Used of a man's whole walk and
manner of life. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 12. CONVERSE, V. i. To be engaged. E. xxxviii. p. 161, 1. 2. CONVERT, v.t. To change. C. 6. p. 257, 1. 11. CONVINCE, V. t. To refute. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 5. COPULATE, /.A Coupled, united. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 8. CORNELIAN-TREE. The Cornel Tree. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 7-
©lo^gatg 361
CORNELIANS, sb. The fruit of the Cornel tree, sometimes called Cornelian cherries, which were in some parts of the country used for tarts. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 34.
CORNE-MASTER, sb. An owner of com. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 7-
CORRESPONDENCE, HOLD. To bear a proportion, cor- respond. E. XV. p. 63, 1. n.
CORROBORATE,/./. Strengthened, confirmed. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 9.
CORRUPT, V. i. To become corrupt, putrefy. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 34, xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 13.
COUNT, V. t. To reckon, consider. E. i. p. i, 1. 3, xxxvL p. 154, 1. 23, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 24.
COUNTERVALE, v. t. To outweigh. C. 2. p. 240, 1. 14.
COUNTRY, adj. Belonging to one's country ; like the Lat Patrius. E. xviii. p. 74, I. 6.
COURAGES, sb. Spirits. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 2. 'Courage' appears to have been used at first for any feeling of the heart. Comp. Chaucer, C. T. prol. 22 ;
*In Southwerk at the Tabbard as I lay, Redy to wenden on my pilgrimage To Canturbury with devout corage.'
COURSE, OF. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. 14. The Lat. translation has decursu solo, that is, in its mere passage or progress, and this seems to be the meaning of the phrase.
COURSE, OUT OF. Out of order. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 16.
COVERT, adj. Sheltered. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 30. ,, sb. Shelter. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 17.
COVET, V. t. To desire earnestly. E. xxxv. p. 152, 1. 19.
CREATURE, sb. In the literal sense of 'a thing created', applied both to animate and inanimate objects. E. i. p. 2, 1. 32, vii. p. 23, 1. iQ.
CRINGE, sb. A servile bow. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 29.
CROCUS VERNUS. By this Bacon apparently means some- thing different from the plant now known by the name, which has a purple flower. According to Loudon's Hortus Britannicus, the common yellow crocus (C luteus) was not introduced till 1629. The C. susiana, which has a yellow flower, was introduced in 1605. Gerarde calls the Croctis vermis * the early flouring wilde Saffron,' and gives two kinds C. V.Jlore luteo. Yellow Spring Saffron, and C. V» Jlore albo, White Spring Saffron, which may be those to which Bacon alludes.
CROOK, V. t. To twist, pervert. E. xxiii. p. 96, 1. 20, xxviL p. 113, 1. 34.
CROSSE, adj. Opposing, contradictory. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 21.
CUNNINGLY, adv. Skilfully. E. xxix. p. 118, 1. 15.
CURIOUS, adj. Literally, careful, with the notion of over niceness or extreme accuracy ; ingenious. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 14.
CURIOUS ARTS. Magical arts. The phrase is borrowed
362
^lo^^arD
from the Vulgate rendering of A<5ls xix. 19. E. xxxv.
p. 150, 1. 26. CURIOSITIES, x3. Nice questions. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 22. CURIOSITY, sb. Elaborate work. E. xlvi. p. 192, 1. 4. CURIOUSLY, adv. Carefully, accurately. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 8. CURRANTLY, adv. Continuously. E. xxxi. p. 134, I. 7. CUSTOME, sb. Tax, impost. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 33, xxxiii. p.
142, 1. 6.
DAINTILY, adv. Elegantly. E. i. p. 2, 1. 5, xlv. p. 185, 1. 7. DAINTY, adj. Elegant. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 15. DAMMASIN, sb. The Damascene plum, or damson. E. xlvi.
p. 187, 1. 14. \.MC
DAMOSELL, sb. Damsel. E. xxxviii. p. 160, I. 23. DANGER, sb. To come in danger = to be endangered.
E. xiii. p. 47, 1. 17. In E. xlvii. p. 195, 1. 7, * danger' is
used where we should put the adjective; so 'reason' for
'reasonable'. DECEIVABLE, ad/. Deceptive. E. xliv. p. 178, I. 16. DECEIVE, V. t. To defraud, deprive. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 33,
C. 7. p. 258, 1. 31. DECENT, adj. Becoming, graceful. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 16,
xlv. p. 184, 1. 18. DECLINATION, sb. Decline, declension. E. xxii. p. 94, 1. 5.
xxix. p. 126, 1. 5. DECLINE, V. t. To turn aside. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 30. DEDUCED,/./. Brought down. E. Ivi. p. 227, 1. 7. DEEPE, adj. JProfound. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 20, DEFACE, V. t. To destroy. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 10, xvi. p. 66, 1. 27. DEFATIGATION, sb. Weariness. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 25. DEGENERATE, /./. Degenerated. E. xi. p. 41, I. 12. DELIVER, V. t. To describe. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 27. DELIVER, V. t. To let in, admit. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 25. DELIVERED,/./. Let in, admitted. E. xlvi. p. 192, I. 14. DELIVERIES, sb. Means of escape from difficulties. E.
xix. p. 76, 1. 34. DENY, V. t. To refuse. E. xlix. p. 202, I. 16. DEPENDANCES, sb. Dependencies. E. xx. p. 85, \. 14,
xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 17. DEPRAVE, V. t. To misrepresent, disparage. E. xlix. p.
202, 1. 7. DEPUTIE, sb. The Lord Lieutenant of Ireland. The word is
curious, because it is used in A<5ls xix. 38, for the Roman
proconsul. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 19. DERIVE, V. t. To turn aside. E. ix. p. 34, 1. r.
,, V. i. To be derived. C. 9. p. 262, 1. 23.
DESTITUTE, v. t. To leave destitute. E. xxxiii. p. 143, 1. 6. DIET, V. i. To take one's meals. E. xviiL p. 73, 1. 7.
DIFFICILNESSE, sh. Stubbornness. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. x6. DIGGED, p.p. Dug. E. xxiii. p. 97, 1. 32. DISABLE, V. t. To damage. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 8. DISADVANTAGEAELE, adj. Disadvantageous. E. xxviiL
p. 117, 1. 15. DISCERNE, V. t. To distinguish. E. iii. p. lo, 1. 26, xxxvi.
p. i55» 1- 33- DISCERNE OF. To discern. K xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 28. DISCOMMODITIES, J^. Disadvantages. E. xxxiii. p. 142,
1. 21, xli. p. 169, 1. 5. DISCONTENT, adj. Discontented. E. xv. p. 60, I. 18,
xlviii. p. 199, 1. 22. DISCONTENTMENT, sb. Discontent. E. ix. p. 34, I. 18,
XV. p. 57, 1. 12. DISCOURSING, adj. Discursive, rambling. E. i. p. 1, 1. 7. DISCOVER, zf. t. To uncover, disclose. E. v. p. 17, 1. 27. DISCOVERIE, sb. Disclosure. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 33, xli. p.
168, 1. 22. DISPEOPLE, V. t. To depopubte. E. Iviii. p. 231, I. 20. DISPLANT, 7f. t. To displace. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 7. DISPLEASURE, v. t. To displease. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 27. DISPOSITION, sb. Arrangement. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 5. DISREPUTATION, sb. Disrepute. E. xlviii. p. 199, 1. 32. DISSOLVE, V. t. To annul, used of laws, like the Lat. dissol-
vere. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 9. DISTANCE, sb. Variance. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 7.. DISTASTE, sb. Disgust. E. v. p. 17, 1. 17. DISTASTED, p.p. Disgusted. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 14. DITTY, sb. The words [diila] of a song, and hence the song
itself. O. Fr. dini, ditti. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 9. DIVERS, adj. Different. E. iii. p. 9^ 1. 29, xx. p. 87, 1. 20. DIVERSLY, adv. Differently. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. i. DOCTOR, sb. Teacher. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 13, xiii. p. 48, 1. 9. DOCTRINE, sb. Teaching. E. iiup. 13, I. 22. DOE, V. t. To work, produce. E. Iviii. p. 232, 1. 31. DOLE, sb. Dealing, distribution. E. xxxiv. p. 144, 1. 15. DOLOR, sh. Pain. E. ii. p. 7, 1. 12. DONATIVE, sb. A largess, gift of money. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 22,
xix. p. 81, I. 3, xxix. p. 129, 1. 25. DOUBT, V. t. To fear ; like the Lat. dubitare in the later
sense. E. xxii. p. 92, 1. 22, xxviii. p. 116, 1. a8, Iviii. p.
234, 1. 12. DRIE BLOW, sb. A joke, smart hit. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 11. DRIVE, V. t. To condudl ; still used colloquially in the same
sense. E. xli. p. i6g, 1. 13. DROWTH, sb. Drought. C. 4. p. 251, I. 11,
E.
ECCENTRICKS, sb. In the Ptolemaic system of astronomy the sun and moon were supposed to move about the earth in circles; biU in order to account for the varying velocity
3^4 ffilo^^arg
of their motion the earth was supposed not to be at the centre of these circles, which were therefore called eccen- trics. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 12.
EDGE, V. t. To incite, stimulate. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 31.
EFFECTUAL, adj. Efficient, effeaive. E. liv. p. 216, 1. 12.
EFFEMINATE, v.i. To become effeminate. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 2.
EIACULATION, sb. A darting forth. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 13.
EITHER, /r. Each. E. xxx. p. 133, 1. 14.
ELABORATE,/./. Elaborated. E. xx. p. 83, 1. 25.
ELECTION, sd. Choice. E. xliv. p. 178, 1. 10, xlviii. p. 199, 1. 25. C. 3. p. 250. 1. 14.
ELEGANCY, sd. Elegance. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 4, xlv. p. i8t;, 1. 9.
BLENCHES, si. Refutations. P. 247, 1. 4.
EM BASE, V. t. To make base, deteriorate. E. i. p. 3, 1. 29.
EMBASSAGE, sb. Embassy. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 6.
EMPLOYD MEN. Fr. employes, which is becoming natu- ralized. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 18.
EMULATION, j*. Strife, contention, as in Gal. v. 20. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 18.
ENCREASE, sb. Produce. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 1^
END, sb. Intention. E. li. p. 208, p. 30. To the end—xxi. order. E. xxii. p. 93, 1. 28, xlix. p. 201, 1. 20. TDANGER, v. t. To run the risk of. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 3.
ENDANGERING, sb. Danger, risk. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 16.
ENDANGER, v. t. To run the risk of. E. xv. p. 61, 1. -.
ENDANGERING, J^. Danger, risk. E. xxxiii. p. 142,"
ENGAGE INTO. To involve in. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 29.
ENGAGEMENT, sb. Obligation. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 18.
ENGINES, sb. Skilful contrivances, works of art involving ingenintn or skill. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 13.
ENQUIRE, V. t. Not now used as a transitive verb. E. xlviii. p. 199, 1. I.
ENRICH, V. i. To grow rich. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 28.
ENSIGNS, sb. Insignia; we have gone back to the Latin word. E. xxix. p. 130, 1. 7.
ENSUE, V. i. To follow, result. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 13.
ENTERLACE, v. t. To insert. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 12.
ENTERPRISER, sb. An adventurer. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 22.
ENTERTAINMENT, sb. Diversion; something which with- draws attention from the main subject. E. xlix. p. 201, 1. 18.
ENTRANCE, sb. Used metaphorically of elementary know- ledge. E. xviii. p. 71, 1. 4.
ENTRED LEAGUE. Formed a league. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 5.
EPICURE, sb. Epicurean. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 2. C. 3. p. 249, 1. 22.
EPICYCLE, sK In order to account for the apparent motion of the planets, sometimes dire(5l and sometimes retrograde, it was supposed in the Ptolemaic system of astronomy that each planet moved in a Small circle, the centre of which described a larger circle about the earth. These small circles were called epicycles. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 12.
EQUIPOLLENT, adj. Equivalent E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 22.
6los{0ar5 ^6^
EQUIVALENT ^WITH. Equivalent to. C. 5. P- 255, 1. 25.
ERE, ac^v. Before. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 26.
ERECTING, sd. Establishing. E. xix. p. 75, 1. 17.
ESPIAL, sd. Spy. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 22.
ESTATE, s6. State, condition. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 33, p. ^5, 1. 3, xiv. p. 51, I. 2, XV. p. 58, 1. 34, XX. p. 87, I. 12, xxu. p. 92, 1. 16, Ivi. p. 227, 1. 10.
ESTEEM OF. To esteem, value. E. x. p. 37, \. 30.
ESTIVATION, sd. A place of estivation is a summer-house. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 21.
ETHIOPE, sd. Ethiopian. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 27.
EUGH, sd. Yew. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 17.
EVACUATED,/./. Made void. C. 10. p. 267, 1. i.
EVERY, /r. Each. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 19. C. 5. p. 255, 1. 7.
EVILL-FAVOURED. Bad; literally, bad-looking, from fa- vour, as applied to the features of the face. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 6.
EXALTATION, sd. Tyrwhitt's note on the Wife of Bath's Prologue (Chaucer, C. T. 1. 6284), explains this word : " In the old astrology, a planet was said to be in its exaltation^ when it was in that sign of the zodiac, in which it was sup- posed to exert its strongest influence. The opposite sign was called its dejeflion, as in that it was supposed to be weakest." E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 13.
EXCEEDING, adv. Exceedingly. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 6.
EXCEPT, 7t. i. To make exception. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 21.
EXCUSATION, sb. Excuse. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 26, liv. p. 218, 1. 3.
EXERCISED, p.p. Praaised, trained. E. xl. p. 166, I. 24.
EXHAUST, p.p. Exhausted. E. viii. p. 27, I. 24, Iviii. p. 238, 1. 9.
EXPECT, V. t. To wait for. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 14.
EXPERIENCE, PUT IN. Experienced. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 18.
EXTENUATE, v. t. To weaken. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 6.
EXTERN E, adj. External. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 30. C. 8. p. 261, 1. 14.
EXTREME, adv. Extremely. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 10, xliv. p. 178, 1. 21.
FACILE, adj. Easily swayed, fickle. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 14.
FACILITY, sb. Fickleness. E. xi. p. 42, I. 21, Hi. p. 2x1, 1. 24
FACULTY, sb. Ability. E. xxx. p. 133, 1. 17.
FAINE, adj. Glad, and by a curious change of meaning, compelled. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 12.
FAINE, adv. Gladly. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 5.
FAINED, adj. Ficlitious. E. xxxiv. p. 144, 1. 17,
FAINT, V. i. To decay, become feeble, and hence metaphori- cally, to lose confidence. E. xvi. p. 65, 1. 13.
365 ©Io0s;arg
FAT RE, adv. Handsomely. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 27, Ivi. p. 225,
1. II. FAIRE, adj. Handsome. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 16, xxii. p. 95, 1. 24,
xlv. p. 182, 1. 22. FALL, V. i. To chance, happen. E. xiv. p. 52, L 11. FALLAXES, sb. Fallacies. P. 247, 1. 3. FALL UPON. To come to. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 13. FAME, sb. Reputation. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 11. Rumour. E. xv.
p. 55, 1- 5- F- P- 240, 1. 17. FARE, V. i. To happen. E. xvi. p. 65, 1. 16. FASCET, sb. A facet, or little face. E. I v. p. 220, 1. 2. FASHION, sb. Habit. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 31. FAST, adj. Firm. E. xv. p. 62, I. 2. Tenacious, E. xlvi.
p. 188, 1. i^. FAST, adv. Close. E. xiv. p. 52, I. 7. FASTER, adv. Closer. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 10. FAVOUR, sb. Face, coimtenance. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 14,
xliii. p. 176, 1. 17. FEARES, sb. Objedts of fear. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 8. FEARFUL, adj. Timid. E. xxix. p. 119, 1. 22, xxxi. p. 134,
1. 17, xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 3. FEARFULNESSE, sb. Timidity. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 11. FELICITY, sb. Good fortune. E. v. p. 17, 1. 16, xl. p. 166,
1. 28, xliii. p. 177, 1. 10, Iv. p. 220, 1. II. FELLOW, sb. Companion. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 19, FETCH ABOUT, v. i. To go about. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 5. FETCHING, sb. Striking. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 14. FIFT, adj. Fifth. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 20. FLAGGES, sb. The Yellow Iris. E. xlvi. p. 186, I. 19. FLASH, sb. A sudden bla^e; hence, with suddenness as the
prominent idea, an instant. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 3. FLASHY, adj. Tasteless. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 15. FLOS AFRICANUS, sb. The African marigold. E. xlvi.
p. 187, 1. 21. LOUT, • '
FLOUT, sb. A jest, taunt. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 11. FLOWER DE LICES, sb. Fleur de lis, or iris. E. xlvi. p.
187, 1. 10. FLUX, sb. FluChiation. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 16. FLY, V. t. To fly at, attack. F. p. 240, 1. i. FOLLOWING, sb. Sea. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 13. FOND, adj. Foolish. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 21. FOOTPAC E, sb. A dais or raised platform for a chair of state.
E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 30. FORECONCEYVING, /r./. Preconceiving. C. 8. p. 260,
FORESEE, z'. /. To provide. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 8, xlv. p. 184,
1. 30, Iviii. p. 236, 1. 27. FORGOT,/./. Forgotten. E. xxii. p. 93, 1. 22. FORMALIST, sb. A formal person. E. xxvi. p. 104, L X2. FORTH OF. Forth from. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 13. FORWARDS, adi. Forward. E. xviii. p. 74, 1. 4. FO WLE, sb. A bird of any kind. E. xiil p. 48, L 4, xlv p. 181,
1. 22. F. p. 240, L 2.
6Jlo<{^ar5 367
FOWLER, s^. A bird-catcher. E, xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 8. FRAME, OUT OF. In disorder. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 26. FRETTELLARIA.sb. Fritillary. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 3. FRIARLY, adj. Friarlike, monastic. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 9. FRONTED,/./. Confronted. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 2. FROWARD, adj. Cross, perverse. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 31, xxiv.
p. 100, 1. 4, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 6. FROWARD EST, adj. Most perverse. E. Ivii. p. 230, 1. 19. FROWARDNESSE, sb. Perversity. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 15. FUME, sb. Smoke, steam ; hence, an empty fancy. E. xv.
p. 58, 1. 12, Iviii. p. 233, 1. 6. FURNITURE, sb. Trappings, harness. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1.14. FUTILE, adj. Talkative. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 11, xx. p. 84, 1. 27.
GADDING, adj. Going hither and thither. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 21. GALLI ARD, sb. A lively French dance. E. xxxii. p. 137, 1. 25. GALLO-GRECIA.' Galatia. E. Iviii. p. 235, 1. 19. GARNISHED, p.p. Ornamented. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 18. GAUDERIE, sb. Finery. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 29. GEMINATION, sb. A doubling. C. 8. p. 260, 1. 4. GERMANDER, sb. Teucrium Chainadrys. E. xlvi. p.
186, 1. 19. GTNGLES, sb. Rattles. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 28. GINNITING, sb. An early apple. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 28. GLOBE, sb. A crowd, gathered round any thing. E. xi.
p. 40, 1. 34. GLORIOUS, adj. Ostentatious. E. xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 10,
xlviii. p. 198, I. 15, liv. p. 216, 1. 8. GLORY, sb. Ostentation, display. E. ix. p. 2p, 1. 17, Hv. p.
217, 1. 12, Ivi. p. 224, 1. 31. Lustre, xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 19, p. 158, 1. 8.
GO ABOUT, V. i. To endeavour. C. i. p. 247, 1. 10.
GOE NEARE. The phrase *go near to', followed by a verb,
would now be replaced by an adverb, nearly, or almost.
E. viii. p. 27, 1. 5. GOING ABOUT, sb. Endeavour. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 21. GOING FORTH, sb. An outlet, exit. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 14- GOINGS, sb. Movements. E. i. p. 3, 1. 30. GOODLY, adj. Fine, handsome. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 13,
xlv. p. 182, 1. 28. GOTTEN, p.p. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 22, xv. p. 59, 1. 27. GRACING, sb. Compliment, E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 10. GRACIOUS, adj. Graceful. E. xliii. p. 176, 1. 18, liv. p.
218, 1. 3.
GRECIA, j^. Greece. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 20. GRECIANS, sb. Greeks. E. i. p. i, 1. 16, xiii, p. 47, 1. 3, liil
p. 214, 1. 21. Comp. Joel iii. 6; Acts vi. i. GRINDED, p.p. Ground. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 3. GROSSE, IN. In the gross or mass. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 9.
368
€Hlo0^arD
GROTTA, sb. Grotto. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 21. GROUNDED, p.p. Founded, well founded. E, Hi. p. u,
I. 33, xix. p. 77, 1. 2. GROUNDS, sb. Soils. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 23. GROW BEHINDE, v,i. To get in arrear. C. 10. p. 265,
1. II. GROWEN,/./. Grown. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 21, xxx. p. 132,
GROWLING SILKE. Vegetable Silk, the produce of Bom- bax Ceiba, the silk-cotton tree of S. America. E. xxxiii. p. X41, 1. 18.
H.
HABILITATION, sb. Training. E. xxix. p. 125, I. 27. HALFE LIGHTS, AT. By twilight. The Lat. has tanquam
in crepusculo. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 20. HALFES, sb. Halves. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 31. HAND, AT A DEARE. At a great price. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 4. „ AT EVEN. To come at ez>en hand with another is to
be even with him. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 12. „ OF EVEN. Equally balanced. North's P/k/. p. 999,
"The battcU was as yet of euen /land." E. xxviii. p. 116,
1. 13. HANDLE, V. t. To treat; which is itself the Lat iroHare, to
handle. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 2, p. 34, 1. 19. HANDY-CRAFTS-MEN, sb. Artisans. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. lo. HANDY-WORK, sb. Workmanship, manufaaure. E. xlvi.
p. 186, 1. 5. Comp. Ps. xix. I. HANGED, /./. Hung with tapestry. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 7. HAP, 7/. i. To happen. E. Iviii, p. 232, 1. 5. HARDEST, adj. Hardiest. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 1. HARDY, adj. Bold. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 13. HARMEFULL, adj. Hurtful, pernicious. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 9,
xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 12. HEALTHS, sb. Toasts. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 26. HEARKEN, v. i. To get information, ascertain. E. xxxiii.
p. 142, 1. 12. EIGTH, sb. Height, t. xiv. p. _ HELPS, sb. Aids. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 26.
HEIGTH, sb. Height. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 5.
HERB A M use ARIA, sb. The Grape-Hyacinth. E. xVn.
p. 187, 1. 24. HEROICALL, adj. Heroic. E. v. p. 17, 1. 7, ix. p. 30, 1. 33,
xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 2. HERSELIKE. adj. Funereal. E. v. p. 17, 1. 13. HIACYNTHUS ORIENTALIS, sb. The garden hyacinth
brought from the Levant in 1596. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 2. HIERUSALEM, sb. Jerusalem. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 18. HIRELINGS, sb. Hired servants. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 34. HIS, pr. Its. E. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. 4. Used for the genidrc
case. £. xix. p. 78, 1. 33, xxix. p. 128, I. 16.
HITHER, adj. Nearer. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 28. HOLD, V. reji. To adhere. C. i. p. 248, 1. 9. HOLD WITH. To agree with. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 10. HOLPEN, >./. Helped. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 18, xxiv. p. roo,
\. 14, xxix. p. 118, 1. 8. Comp. Dan. xi. 34. HOLY DAY, sb. A saint's day. C. 9. p. 259, I. 2. HOME, TO KEEP. To keep at home. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 22. HONESTER, adj. More honest, E. xlvii. p, 196, 1. 25. HONNY-SUCKLE, FRENCH, sb. Hedysarum Corotui-
rium, formerly called the hatchet vetch. E. xlvi. p. 187,
1- 13- HONOURABLEST, adj. Most honourable. E. xxxiu p. 136,
L 10. HORTATIVES, sb. Exhortations. E. viiL p. 27, 1. 17. HOWSOEVER, adv. Although. E. i. p. 2, 1. 24. HUMANITY, sb. Human nature. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 13. HUMOUROUS, adj. Fanciful. E. viiL p. 27, L 3. HUNDRED, adj. Hundredth. E. xxix. p- 122, 1. 15. HUSBAND, V. t. To farm, cultivate. K xH. p. X69, 1. 12.
,, sb. An economist. E. Iv. p. 219,!. 18.
HUSBANDING, sb. Cultivation, E. xv. p. 59, 1. 5.
I ADE, V. t. To over-drive ; and, metaphorically, to pursue a
subje<5l of conversation to weariness, E. xxxil p. 136, 1. 19. lEOPARDY, sb. Risk, peril. C. 5- P- 256, 1. 6, ILL, adj. Bad. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 7. IMAGERY, sb. Devices or figures in tapestry, painting, or
sculpture. E. xxvii. p. iii, 1. 34. Comp. Ez. viii. 12,
Ecclus. xxxviii. 27. IMBASE, V. t. To make base, degrade. E. x. p. 38, 1. 20. IMBOSMENTS, sb. Projeaions in architeaure. E. xlvL
p. 191, L 14. IMPART, V. reft. To communicate. E. xx. p. 85, I. 7. IMPERTINENCES, sb. Things not belonging to a question,
irrelevant. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 14. IMPERTINENCY, sb. Irrelevance. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 26. IMPERTINENT, adj. Irrelevant E. xxvL p. 105, 1. 9. IMPORT, v.i. To be of importance. E. xxix. p. 120, 1. 15,
p. 125, 1. 24, IMPORTUNE, adj. Importunate, E. ix. p. 35, L 10, xlviiL
p. 198, 1. 5. IMPOSE UPON. To lay a restraint upon, K L p. i, 1. 13, IMPOSTUMATION, sb. A tumor. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 4. IMPRINTING, adj. Impressive. E. liL p. 211, 1. 12. IMPROPRIATE, V. t. To appropriate, E. xxix. p. 130, 1. 3, IN, prep. Into. E. i. p. i, 1. 14. IN GUARD. On guard. E. xxii. p. 94, I. 31.
BB
370 ©lojjjjarg
IN THAT. Like the Lat. in eo quod. E. ix. p. 31, 1. i. INBOWED WINDOWES. Bow-windows, or bay-windows.
E. xlv. _p, 184, 1. >;. INCENSED, p.p. Burnt. E. v. p. 17, 1. 26. INCEPTIONS, sb. Beginnings. C. ro. p. 266, I. 14- INCOMMODITIES, sb. Disadvanuges. E. xli. p. x68, I. 24. JNCONFORMITY.J3. Want of agreement. E.xxiv. p. ioo,I.i. INCUR, v.i. 'To incur into the note of others' is to come
under others* observation. E. ix. p. 31, I. 25. INDIFFERENCY, sb. Indifference. E. xx. p. 87, I. 16. INDIFFERENT, adj. Impartial. E. vi. p. 20, 1, 26, xiv.
p. 51, 1. 20, XX. p. 87, 1. 15, li. p. 207, 1. 14. INDIGNITY, sb. An unworthy adt E. xi. p. 39, 1. 11. INFAMED, /./. Branded with infamy. ^. xix. p. 78, 1. 18. INFANTERY, sb. Infantry. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 16. INFLUENCES, sb. A trace of the old belief in the power
exercised by the stars over human destiny lingers in this
word. Comp. Job xxxviii. 31. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 11, IviiL
INF^RTUNATE, adj. Unfortunate. E. iv. p. 15, I. 31, xl.
p. 167, 1. 6. INGAGED, p.p. Set fast. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 24- INGROSSING, sb. Monopoly. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 12. INORDINATE, adj. Irregular, ungovernable. E. x. p. 36,
I. 16. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 19. INQUISITIONS, sb. Investigations. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 9. INSOLENCIE, sb. Insolence. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 5, xv.
p. 61, 1. I. INSPIRE, V. t. To breathe in. E. i. p. 3, 1. 4. INTELLIGENCE, sb. Understanding. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 13.
To have intelligence = to have an understandmg, agree.
E. X. p. 37, 1. 13. INTEND, v.t. To aim at, strive after. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 31. INTENTION, sb. Endeavour. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 29. INTERESSED, p.p. Interested; the old form of the word.
E. iii. p. y, 1. 33. INTERLACE, v. t. To mix up together, insert. E. xi. p. 41,
1. 34, xl. p. 167, 1. 8. INTERLOCUTION, sb. A speaking between different per-
sons, alternate speaking; conversation. E. xxxii. p. 138,
INTERVENIENT, adj. Intervening. E. Ivi. p. 227, I. 4. INURE, V. t. To make use of E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 34- INVOLVED, AA Intricate. E. xx. p. 85, I. 25. INWARD, adj. Intimate. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 14, xx. p. 85, 1. 4. ,, Interior. E. xliv. p. 184, 1. 14. Hence, secret. E,
xxvi. p. 105, 1. 26. lOY, V. i. To rejoice. E. xxvii. p. no, I. 33. IRRITATE, V. t. To provoke. E. Iii. p. 214, I. 30. ITERATE, V. t. To repeat. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 20. ITERATION, sb. Repetition. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 19. C la
p. 266, 1. 18.
ffilo^jjarg 271
lUST, adj. Exaa. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 28.
„ sb. A tilt, tournament. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 7.
K.
KINDE, sh. Manner. E. xH. p. 171, 1. 33. KINSFOLKS, sb. Relatives. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 22, ix. p. 31, 1. 19. KNAP, sb. A knoll. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 12. KNEE TIMBER, sb. Crooked timber. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. KNIT, V. t. To fasten. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 25. KNOWLEDGE OF, TO TAKE. To take cognizance of, observe. E. xiii. p. 48, I. 18.
LANDED, p.p. Possessed of landed property. C. 5. p. 254,
1. II. LAUD ATI VES, sh. Eulogies, panegyrics. E. xxix. p. 129,
1.19. LAY, V. i. To lie. K. xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 21. LEAD-MAN, sb. An owner of lead mines. E. xxxiv. p. 146,
1. 7. LEADS, sh. A leaded roof; used by Bacon in the singular.
E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 29. LEARNINGS, sb. Sciences. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 23. LEESE, V. t. To lose, cause the loss of. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 26,
xxix. p. 119, 1. 20, xxxi. p. 134, 1. 5, xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 11. LEGEND, sb. See note. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 2. LELACKE, sb. Lilac. E. xlyi. p. 187, 1. 16. LET, V. t. To hinder. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 28. LEVITY, sb. Lightness, fickleness. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 12. LIFT, sb. The step of a horse. E. xxv. p. loi, 1. 9. LIGHT, V. i. To happen, turn out. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 25.
,, adj. Slight, unimportant. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 23.
LIGHTLY, adv. Easily. E. li. p. 208, 1. 24. LIGHISOME, adj. Light. E. v. p. 17, 1. 22, xlv. p. i8r,
1. 18. LIKE, adj. Likely. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 5, xxii. p. 93, 1. 24, xlvii.
p. 95, 1. 17, xlix. p. 203, 1. 2. C. I. p. 248, 1. 2. Had
like = was likely. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 3. LIKE TO. Like. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 20, xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. LIKE UNTO. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 16. LILIUM CONVALLWM, The lily of the valley. E. xlvi.
p. 187, 1. 25. LIVELY, adv. Vividly. E. v. p. 17, 1. i. LIVING, sb. Property. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 9. C 5. p. 254, 1. 9. LOADING, adj. Laden, burdened. *To be on the loading
part' is to aggravate. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 19. Comp. behold- ing, and beholden. LODGING, sb. Sleeping apartment. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 28.
5B2
LOOSES, sb. Properly the letting loose an arrow from the string ; hence applied to the acl of discharging any business. The Latin has exitus. It is apparently used in the same sense as "deliveries" in Essay xix. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 25.
LOT, sb. A spell, like Fr. sort. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 32. The cus- tom alluded to by Bacon is illustrated by the following passage from Thrupp's Anglo-Saxon HomCy p. 276 [Notes and Queries, 3rd S. ii. p. ii6j : "Diseases of which nothing •was understood, such as epilepsy or insanity, were supposed to arise from the influence of demons, and were dealt with accordingly. The Anglo-Saxons had a notion, common to many nations, that evil spirits could not be conjured out of one man unless they were conjured into another, or into something else. The disease was, therefore, commonly charmed into a stick, and the stick thrown into a high-way ; that it might be effecflually separated from the sufferer. It was supposed Ihat the disease, or evil spirit, would enter into the first person who picked it up."
LUCRE, sb. Gain. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 23.
LURCH, V. t. To absorb ; literally to gulp down, from a Med. Lat. word hircare, to swallow food greedily. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 8. 'To Lurchf deuour, or eate greedily. Ingurgito.' Baret, Ah)carie.
LUTE, sb. A stringed instrument of music, resembling the modem guitar. E. xxix. p. 118, I. 5.
M.
MAGNIFIE, V. i. To make great or fmportant. E. xiii. p. 48.
1. 15. Comp. Josh. iii. 7, Job vii. 17. MAINE, adj. Great, important. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 12. MAINE, sb. The important part. E. xxii. p. 95, I. 22. MAINLY, adv. Forcibly, vigorously. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 30,
xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 18. MAINTAINE, v. t. To support, uphold. E. xx\n. p. 109,
1. 28. MAKE FOR. To be for the advantage of. E. 1. p. 1, 1. 19,
xvi. p. 65, 1. 9, xxix. p. 128, 1. 5. MAKE FORTH. To proceed. E. xli. p. 169, 1. 2. MALIGNE, adj. Malignant. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 4, xxxvi. p.
153, 1. 5. MANNAGE, v. t. A term of horsemanship ; literally to make a
horse obey the hand, and so to handle generally. E. vi. p.
19, 1. 12, xxix. p. 119, 1. 9. MANNAGE, sb. Management. E. xlii. p. 174,!. n. MANNER, sb. Kinds; used as a plural. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 28. MARISH, adj'. Marshy. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 18. MARRE, v.t. To spoil. E. xxxii. p. 138, I. 14, xxxvi. p. 155,
1. 15.
ffllo^^atg 373
MARVELLED, /.A Wondered at. E. xllv. p. 179, 1. 25. MASTERIES, TO TRY. To contend for mastery or superi*
ority, E. xix, p. 77, 1. 3. MASTERY, sb. Superiority. E. xxx. p. 133, I. 6. MATE, V. t. Literally, to .stupefy or deaden ; hence to over-
power (Fr. mater). E. ii. p. 6, 1. 5, xv. p. 58, 1. 7. MATERIALL, adj. Matter of facl. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 30. MATTER, sb. Used like the Lat. materia in the literal sense
of fuel ; hence, cause generally. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 5, xv,
p. 57, 1. 8. <
MATTER, UPON THE. On the whole. E. xHv. p. 179, I. u. MEANE, sb. Means. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 14, xlix. p. 201, 1. 9.
Medium, instrument. E. xlix. p. 203, 1. 4. In a meane —
moderately. E. v. p. 17, I. 4. MEANE, adj. Humble, inferior. E. xv. p. 57, 1. 24. MEAT, sb. Food of all kinds, not exclusively nesh. The ^neat
offering of the Jews had no flesh in it. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 23. MEERE, adj. Absolute. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 7. Comp. Shaks.
M. of Ven, iii. 2 :
* I have engaged myself to a dear friend. Engaged my friend to his mere enemy.*
MEERELY, adv. Absolutely. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 20.
MEERE STONE, sb. A boundary stone ; from A. -S. gemaere,
a boundary. E. Ivi. p. 222, 1. 15. MELIORITIE, sb. Superiority. C. i. p. 248, 1. 10. MELO-COTONE, j3. Akind of peach. E. xlvi.p. 187, 1.33. MEN OF WARRE, sb. Warriors, soldiers. E. xix. p. 77,
1. 19, F. p. 240, 1. 34. MERCHANDIZING, sb. Trade. E. xH. p. 170, 1. 2. MERCURY ROD, sb. The caduceus or rod twined with
serpents with which Hermes is represented. E. iii. p. 13,
1. 24. MEW, V. t. To moult or shed the feathers. Fr. muer. E.
xxix. p. 121, 1. 20. MEZERION, sb. Daphne Mezeret^tn, caWed also by Gerarde
Dutch Mezereon, or Germane Olive Spurge. E. xlvi.
p. 186, 1. 23. MIDDEST, sb. Midst. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 6, xlv. p. 182, 1. 11. MILITAR, adj. Military. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 10. MILITIA, sb. An armed force, army. iE. xxix. p. 124, 1. 29. MILKEN WAY, sb. The Milky Way. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 5. MINDE, sb. Intention. E. xiii. p. 50, 1. 9. MINISTERS, sb. Attendants. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 28. MINTMAN, sb. One skilled in coinage. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 26.
* Hee that thinketh Spaine, to be some great ouermatch for
this Estate, assisted as it is, and may be, is no good Mint-
vtan ; But takes greatnesse of Kingdomes according to their
Bulke and Currency, and not after their intrinsique Value.'
Bacon, Cons, touching a Warre with Spaine, p. 2, ed.
1629. MISLAIER, sb. One who misplaces. E. Ivi, p. 222, 1. 15.
374 ffilo^^ats
MISLIKE, V. i. To dislike. E. xli. p. 172, I. 12.
MODELL, sb. Plan. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 33.
MOILE, V. i. To labour. E. xxxiii. p. 141, I. 24.
MONETH, sb. Month; A.-S. M(5nj(«. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. n.
MONEYES, sb. Sums of money. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 25.
MONOCULOS, sb. A one-eyed person. C. 10. p. 264, 1. 24.
MORE, adj. Greater. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 3.
MORRIS DAUNCE, sb. A dance formerly common in England on festival days, and especially on ^Iay Day, and not yet entirely out of use. The name appears to indicate that it was borrowed from the Moriscos or Moors, but no- thing is known of its origin. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 28.
MOST, adj. Greatest. E. vii. p. 23, 1. 14, xx. p. 86, 1. 26, xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 18.
MOTION, sb. Impulse. E. x. p. 38, 1. 14. Emotion, xiv. P- 52, 1. 33. Movement, xliii. p. 176, 1. 10.
MOUGHT. Might. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 5, xxii. p. 92, I. 16, xx\'ii. p. no, 1. 19.
MOUNT, sb. Mound. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. n.
MOVE, V. t. To excite. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 30.
MOWEN, p.p. Mown. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 10.
MULTIPLICATION UPON. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 14.
MUNITE, V. t. To fortify. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 9.
MURTHER, V. t. To murder. E. iii. p. 13, 1. ia.
MUSKE MELON, sb. The common melon, called also by Parkinson and Gerarde, Million. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 31.
MUSKE-ROSE, sb. Rosa moschata. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 24.
MUSTER, V. i. To count. C. 5. p. 251, I. 2.
MYSTERY, sb. A hidden meaning, known only to the ini- tiated. E. V. p. i6, 1. 18.
N.
NAME, sb. Reputation. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 10. NATURALL, adj. Native. E. xxix, p. 124, 1. 22. NATURES, sb. Kinds. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 23, xlvi. p. 187, 1. 11. NAUGHT, adj. Bad. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 28, Hi. p. 213, 1. 4- NEASTLING, sb. Place for buUding nests. E. xlvi. p. 194,
1. 23. NEEDS, adt<. Of necessity ; A. S. ne&des the gen. of ncddt
need. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 17, xii. p. 46, 1. 4, xxiii. p. 96, 1. 21. NEERE UNTO. E. xv. p. 63, 1. i. NEERNES, sb. Intimacy. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 24. NEGLECTING, adj. Negligent. E. iv. p. 15, 1. 14. NEIGHBOUR, adj. Neighbouring. E. xxix. p. 128, I. la NEPHEW, sb. A grandson. E. xxix. p. 110, 1. 9. NEVER A. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 24, xxii. p. 95, 1. 23, xxxii. p. 138
1. II, xliii. p. 177, 1. 14. NEWELL, sb. "A pillar of stone or wood, where the steps
terminate in a winding staircase." Kennett, MS. Lansd.
1033, quoted in Halliwell's Difl. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 33.
ffilo^jsarg 375
NEWES, sb. Used as a plural. E. xv. p. 54, 1, 14.
NEW MEN, sb. Like the Lat. novi /wmines, men who have
newly acquired rank. We are obliged to resort to the Fr.
parvenu to express this. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 25. NICE, adj. Scrupulous. E. xxix. p. 123, 1. 30, xxxvii. p. 156,
1. 15. NICENESSE, sb. Fastidiousness. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 16. NOBLESSE, sb. Nobility. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 16. NOTABLE, adj. Remarkable. E. liii. p. 215, I. 3. NOTABLY, adv. Notoriously, remarkably. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 2,
xxix. p. 121, 1. 29. NOTE, sb. Observation. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 25. Information.
E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 24. NOTHING NEARE. K xxL p. 89, L 18. WORTH. C. 10. p. 265, 1. 12. NOVELTIES, sb. Innovations. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 25. NOURISH, v.L To receive nourishment. E. x»x. p. 80, 1. 24-
OBIECT, p.p. Exposed. C. 5. p. 254, 1. 8. OBLIGED, p.p. Bound. E. xx. p. 82, 1. 7. OBNOXIOUS TO. Exposed to, under the influence of; and
hence, submissive, complaisant. E, xx. p. 86, 1, 12, xxxvL
P- 155. 1- 3. xliv, p. 179, 1. 16. OBTAINE, V. I. To attain ; to gain a cause in law. E. vi. p. 19,
1. 2, Ivi. p. 225, L 13. OES, sS. Round bright spots. E. xxxviL p. 157, 1. 17. Used
by Shakspere of the stars [Mid. N.'s Dr. iii. 2) :
Fair Helena, that more engilds the night Than all yon fiery oes and eyes of light.
OF. E. vi. p. 19, L 10, p. 22, 1. 2, xvii. p. 69, 1. 21, xix. p. 79, l. 31, XXV. p. 102, L 28, xxvii. p. 109, 1. 34, XXX. p. 131, 1. 3, XXXV. p. 151, L 31, li. p. 208, 1. 29, liiL p. 214, I, i. C. 3. p. 249, 1. 24. In all these passages * oV would be replaced in modern usage by other prepositions, which the reader will easily supply- In a partitive sense. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 32, xvi. p. 65, 1. 18. Of either side. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 29. Of long. E. IvL p. 224, 1. 4. Of purpose. E. ix. p. 33, L 17- Of the other side. C. 2. p. 249, 1. 10.
OFFER, sb. An attempt. C- 10. p. 266, 1. 16.
OFFICIOUS, adj'. Ready to serve, like the Lat- officiosus; not in a bad sense. E. xlviii. p- 199, 1- 27.
OFT, adv. Often. C. i- p. 248, L 4, 2. p- 248, 1. 18. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 21, viii. p. 27, 1. 27, xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 32.
OPINION, sb. Reputation. E. xxvL p. 105, 1. 30, liv. p. 217,
ORACULOUS, adj. Oracular. K vi. p. 20, I. 34-
37^ Glo^^arg
ORANGE-TAWNEY, adj. Of a dark orange colour. In Knight's Shaksjjere (ii. p. 250) it is said, Vecellio, a Vene- tian, " expressly informs us that the Jews differed in nothing, as far as regarded dress, from Venetians of the same profes- sions, whether merchants, artisans, &c., with the exception of a yellcnv bcmnet, which they were compelled to wear by order of the government." See also Sir W. Scott's descrip- tion of Isaac of York in Ixmnfwe, c. 5 : " He wore a high square yellow cap of a peculiar fashion, assigned to his nation to distinguish them from Christians.** E. xH. p. x68, I. 13-
ORDER, TO TAKE. To take measures. E. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. 20.
ORDERING, sh. Arrangement. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. lo, p. 190, 1. 32. Iviii, p. 237, I. 33.
OTHER, //. Others. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 15, xxiv. p. 100, 1. 13.
OVERCOME, v.t. In the phrase 'to overcome a bargain,* to master it, and make it one's own. E. xxxiv. p. 146, I. 15.
OVER-GREAT, adj. Excessive. E. xvii. p. 69, I. 21.
OVERGREAl'NESSE, sb. Excessive greatness. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 16.
OVER-LIVE, V. i. To survive. E. xxvii. p. 109, 1. 31.
OVER-POWER, sh. Excessive power. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 17.
OVER-SPEAKING, adj. Speaking too much. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 17.
OVERTHROWEN, p.p. Overthrown. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 2.
OYNTMENT, sb. Perfume. E. liii. p. 213, 1. 19.
P.
PACE, V. i. To proceed. E. xxxiv. p. 145, I. 20. PAIRE, V. t. To impair. E. xxiv. p. 100, 1. 13. PALME, sb. A handbreadth. E. xix. p. 78, 1. i. PARABLE, sb. A proverb. K xxvii. p. no, 1. 22. PARDON, sb. Permission. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 20. PART, sb. Party. E. xvi. p. 66, 1. 13. PARTICULAR, adj. Partial. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 22.
,, sb. Used as a substantive, like * private,* &c.
E. XV. p. 6t, 1. 34. PASS, V. i. 'Jo surpass. F. p. 239^ 1. 14. PASSAGES, sb. Digressions. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 25. PASSING, adzK Surpassingly, exceedingly. E. vi. p. ig, I. x**. PASTURAGES, sb. Pastures. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 13. PAWNES, sb. Pledges. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 17. PEECE, zf. i. To fit. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. -ji. PENURY, sb. Want. E. xxix. p. 123, 1. 17. PENYWORTH, sb. A purchase. C 9. p. 264, I. 3. PERCASE, adv. Perhaps. C. 3. p. 250, I. 7. PERCEIVING, sb. Perception. K liii. p. 213, 1. ii.
PEREMPTORY, adj. In its literal sense of deadly, destruc- tive. E. XV. p. 6i, 1. 19.
PERIOD, sb. Termination, completion. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 23.
PERISH, V. t. To destroy. E. .\xvii. p. 110, 1. 18.
PERSONAGE, sb. A representation of the human face. E. xUii. p. 177, 1. 4, 6.
PERSUADE, v.t. To recommend. E. iii. p. 13, !. 32.
PHANTASM E, sb. A phantom. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 8.
PINCK, sb. 'The blush Pincke' is merely a variety of the common Pink. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 18. * The w^//^^ Pinck ' is called by Parkinson [Paradisjis, p. 316, ed. 1629J Caryo- phylbis fftinor repens, and is described as "the smallest, both for leafe and flower of all other Pinkes that are nou- rished in Gardens." The .same Latin name is given by Ray to the Maiden Pink, Dianthns deltoides. In the and edition of Gerarde, Parkinson's plate is copied, and the flower is called C. yi?-ginetis. Miller [Gard. Diet. 7th ed. 1759) describes a kind of Dianthits as "the small creeping or Maiden Pink, commonly called the mated Pink by seeds- men." He afterwards says it was used for the edgings of borders. I cannot identify it. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 32.
PTNE-APPLE-TREE, sb. The Pine. E. xlri. p. 186, I. 17.
PITIE, sb. Used like 'reason' for the corresponding adjec- tive. E. xli. p. 168, 1, 2.
PLACE, sb. Topic. F. p. 240, 1. 6.
TAKE. Tohaveeffea. E. xxxi. p. 134, I. ir, xlix. p. 202, 1. 21.
PLACED, p.p. Put in place, or position. E. xi. p. 42, I. 10, li. p. 208, I. 20.
PLACING, sb. Position. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 16.
PLAIE-PLEASURE, sb. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 17.
PLANT, V. t. To colonize. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 22.
PLANTATION, sb. Colony. E. xxxiii.
PLASH, sb. A pool, or puddle. C. 4. p. 251, I. 11.
PLATFORM, sb. Plan. E. xlvi. p. 194, 1. 25.
PLAUSIBLE, rt^'. Praiseworthy, deserving applause. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 26, XV. p. 55, 1. 12. In Ivi. p. 222, 1. II, it seems to mean * courting applause,' and so approaches to the modern sense.
PLEASURING, pr.p. Pleasing. E. xxxvi. p. 154, I. 27.
PLENTIFUL, ndj. Lavish. E. xxviii. p. 117, 1. 6.
PLIE, sb. Bend, twist. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 3.
POESY, sb. Poetry. E. i. p. 2, 1. 18, v. p. i6, 1. 14. C 9. p. 264, I. 9.
POINT, V. t. To appoint. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 2, Iviii p. 237, 1. 26.
POINT DEYICE, adj. Exaft. E. Hi. p. 212, 1. 8.
POLER, sb. An exadler of fees. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 17.
POLING, adj. Exadling. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 2.
POLITICKES, sb. Politicians. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 31, vi. p. 18, 1. 5.
POLITIQUE, sb. A politician. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 28.
,, adj. * The Politique Body,' the body politic, or
state. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 12. Politique Ministers, or Minis- ters of State. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 6. Politique persons= politicians. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 30.
378 Glo00ars
POLL, sb. Head; whence .* poll/ a reckoning or census of
heads. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 15. POPULAR, adj- Democratic. E. xii. p. 45, I. 5. POPULARITIE, J^. A courting of popular favour. E. xlviii.
p. 199, 1. II. POPULARITIES, sb. Popular representations. Pref to
Colours, p. 245. PORTRAITURE, sb. Portrait. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. i. POSER, sb. An examiner, who /t^j^j or puts questions. Still
in use at Eton and Winchester. E. xxxii. p. 137, 1, lo. POWER, sb. *To have power with' is 'to have influence
over.' E. xxvii. p. 108, 1. 33. PRACTISE, PRACTIZE, sb. Plot, plotting. E. iii. p. 12,
1. 19, xxii. p. 91, 1. 15, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 25. PRAY IN AID. To call in .is an advocate. Comp. Adv. of
L, II. 17, § 9 : " Foi* it is a Rule, that whatsoeuer Science is
not consonant to presuppositions, must Pray in ayde of
Similitudes." E. xxvii. p. iii, 1. 6. PRECEDENT, adj\ Preceding, previous. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 13. PRECISELY, adv. With precision, exacflness. E. xlu p. 170,
1. 18. PREDICTIONS, sb. Prognostics. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 33- PREDIGESTION, sb. Premature digestion. E. xxv. p. lox,
1- 3- PREDOMINANCIE, sb. Predominance. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 5.
E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 2. PREFER BEFORE. To make superior to, promote above
E. xxiii. p. 97. 1. 7. Comp. Esth. ii. 9. PREHEMINENCE, j^. Rank. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 7. PREOCCUPATE, v. t. To anticipate. E. ii. p. 6, 1. ir. PRESCRIPTION, sb. Title, claim. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 12. PRESENCE, CHAMBER OF. Reception room. E. xlv.
p. 183, 1. 28. PRESENT, AT THIS. At the present time, now. E. xliv.
p. 179, 1. 14. PRESENTLY, adv. Immediately. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 7. Comp.
I Sam. ii. 16; Matt. xxvi. 53. PRESIDENTS, sb. Precedents. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 10, xxiv.
PRESb, 7'. t. To press upon, oppress. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 2. PRESSED, /./. Urged, enforced. E. xix. p. 76, 1. 30, Ivi.
p. 224, 1. 2. PREST, adj. Readv. E, xxix. p. 127, 1. 8. PRETEND, V. t. To put forward as a pretext E. xxiv.
p. 100, 1. 21,
,, v.i. To make pretension. E. xxxii. p. 138, I. 3,
PREVAIL, V. i. To succeed. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 9. PREVENT, V. t. To anticipate. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 23. Comp.
Ps. cxix. 148. PRICE, sb. Value. C 5. p. 256, 1. 10, 9. p. 264, I. 13. Comp.
Prov. xxxi. 10; Matt. xiii. 46. PRICK, v.t. To set, plant. E. xviii. p. 74, 1. 7, .xlvi. p. 193,
1.9.
ffilo^^ar^ 379
PRIME, sb. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 27, See the passage Itself.
PRIME, adj. Best. E. xxxiv. p. 146. 1. i^.
PRIMUM MOBILE. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 18, li. p. 209, 1. 17. See note on p, 56.
PRINCIPIALL, adj. Initial. E. xxxv. p. 151, 1. 6.
PRIVADOES, sb. Intimate friends, favorites. The Duchess of Burgundy, after instru(fHng Perkin Warbeck in his part, "sent him unknowne into Portugall, with the Lady Bramp- ton, an English Ladie, that embarqued for Portugall at that time ; with some Privado of her owne to haue an eye upon him." Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 117, ed. 1622. E. xxvii. p. 108, 1. 7.
PRIVATE, sb. Used as a substantive. Comp. B. Jonson, Sejanits, iii. i : " My Lord, this strikes at every Roman's private." E. xxxiii. p. 141, I. 6.
PRIVATENESSE, sb. Privacy. E. xi. p. 39, 1. 18.
PRIVIE, adj. Private. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 29.
PROCEEDING, sb. Course of adlion, policy. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 16, p. 62, 1. 10.
PROFIT, v.i. To make progress. E. xlii. p. 175, 1. 7, xxix. p. 126, 1. 8.
PROPER, adj. Peculiar. E. vii. p. 23, 1. 9. Personal. E. xxvii. p. 115, 1. 15, Ivii. p. 230, 1. 9.
PROPOUND, V. t. To propose. C. 4. p. 251, 1. 13.
PROPRIETY, sb. Property, peculiarity. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 14.
PROSPECTIVE, sb. Perspeaive glasses, which were appa- rently used to produce the same solid appearance as the modem stereoscope. E. xxvi. p. 104, 1. 13. Chaucer, Squire's Tale, 10548 :
'* They speak of Alhazen and Vitilyon And Aristotle, that writen in her lyves Of queynte myrrours and. pros/>ectyves"
PROYNING, sb. Pruning. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 16.
PULING, sb. A whining. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 13.
PURCHASE, V. t. To acquire, procure. E. iv. p. 14, 1. 16. Iv. p. 219, I. 12.
,, sb. Acquisition. C. 9. p. 263, I. 7.
PURPOSE, OF. Purposely. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 18. „ HAD A. Purposed. F. p. 241, 1. 4.
HAD IN. Purposed. F. p. 240, 1. 18.
PURPRISE, sb. An inclosure, precindl. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 30.
PUT ABROAD. Spread out. E. xxvii. p. in, 1. 33.
PUT UP. To offer as a prayer. E. xxxix. p. 163, I. 18.
PUTRIFIE, V. t. To corrupt. E. xlix. p. 201, 1. 2.
PYTHONISSA, sb. A woman possessed with the spirit of Python, or divination. See note. E. xxxv. p. 149, 1. 5.
QUADLINS, sb. Codlmgs. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 29. QUALITIE, sb. Rank. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 17, liii. p. 213, 1. 15. QUARRELL, sb. Lit. a cause of complaint ; hence any cause or reason. E. viri. p. 28, 1. 5, xxix. p. 126, 1. 30.
380
ffilo^^arg
QUARTER, TO KEEP. To keep one's proper place, and so be on good terms with another. E. x. p. 38, 1. 5, xxii. p. 94, 1. I.
QUEECHING, sb. Crying out But see note. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 16.
QUICKNING, sb. A giving life to. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 6.
QUIDDITIE, sb. Lit. somethingness, opposed to 'nuUitjr,* or nothingness: an old scholastic term denoting essential sub- stance. C. 10. p. 264, 1. 23.
QUIRE, sb. A choir. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. i6.
R.
RACES, sb. Breeds. E. xxix. p. 120, 1, 10.
RANGE, 7f. t. To set in order, arrange. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 28.
RANGED, p.p. Planted in ranges or rows. E. xlvi. p. 194,
1- 5- RANGES, sb. Rows. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 28. RASPES, sb. Raspberries. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 22. RATH EST, adv. Soonest; superlative of rathey early, used
adverbially. C. i. p. 248, 1. i« RAVENING, rt^*. Plundering. * Ravening fowle ' are * birds
of prey'. F« P- 240, I. 2. RAVISH, V. i. To sweep hastily away. E. xvii. p. 69, I. 4. REASON, f^. In the phrases * it is reason ', ' it were reason *,
where we should use the adje6live 'reasonable*. E. viii.
p, 26, 1. 8, xi. p. 39, 1. 17, xiv. p. 52, 1. 26. RECAMERA, sb. A back chamber. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 33. RECEIPT, sb. Receptacle. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 24. RECIPROQUE, adj. Reciprocal. E. x. p. 37, 1. 21. Used
as a substantive. E. ix. p. 37, 1. 23. RECONCILEMENT, j<5. Reconciliation. E. iii. ]
as a substantive. E. ix. p. 37, 1. 23. XONCILEMENT, sb. Reconciliation. E. iii. p. 10, I. 17. RECREATIVE, adj. Recreating, refreshing. E. xxxvn.
p. 157, 1. 32. REDUCED,/./. Brought within bounds. E. Iviii. p. 238, 1.8. REFERENDARIES, sb. Referees. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 13. REFLECT, v.i. To be refleaed. Used as an intransitive
verb. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 10. REFRAINED, /./. Bridled, restrained, held in check.
E. Ivii. p. 228, 1. 10. See note on p. 119, L 9. REFRAINING, J^. Bridling, restraining. E. ML p. 229, L 32. REGARD, IN. Because. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 23. REGIMENT, sb. Reeimen. E. xxx. REIGLEMENT, sb. Regulation. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 31. REINES, sb. The kidneys (Lat. renes\ E. I. p. 205, 1. 30. RELATION, .r^. Narrative. E. x. p. 37, 1- 27- REMEMRRING. adf. Mindful. E. xi. p. 43, 1. 17. REMOVE, sb. Removal. C. 6. p. 256, 1. 31. REMOVER, sb. A restless man. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 23. REPOSED,/./. Settled, calm. E. xlii. p. 173, 1. 17. REPUTED, /./. Well reputed of, of good reputation. E.
XV. p. 63, 1. 10.
RESEMBLANCE, sh. Comparison. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. i8.
RESEMBLED, /.A Compared. £. xx. p. 83, 1. 34.
RESORT, sb. Apparently used in the sense of a spring or fountain. In this case the phrase 'resorts and falls' is illus- trated by the following quotation from Fuller {Holy States xxv) : Mr Perkins ** was born the first, and died the last year of Queen Elizabeth, so that his life streamed in equal length with her reign, and they both had their /o2iHtai^is and /alls togcth^r.'^ See the note. In the De Au^. the true reading is probably fontes for fomites. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 21.
RESPECT, V. t. To regard, consider. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 26. ,, sb. Consideration. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 23, xiv. p. 51,
1. 17, xxiii. p. 97, 1. 25, lii. p. 212, 1. i. ,, IN. In case. E. xxviii. p. 116, I. 20.
REST, sb. Have set up their n'j/ = have staked their all. Nares [Glossary) thus explains it: "A metaphor from the once fashionable and favourite game of primero ; meaning to stand upon the cards you have in your hand, in hopes they may prove better than those of your adversary." E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 27.
REST, V. i. To remain. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 16.
RESTRAINED,/./. Restrided. E. xxvii. p. 112, I. 3.
RETIRING, sb. Retirement. E. 1. p. 204, I. 3.
RETURNES, sb. Parts of a house built out at the back. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 7.
REVEREND, adj. Venerable, deserving of reverence or re- specft. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 15, XX. p. 86, 1. 10, Ivi. p. 222, 1. 10.
RIBES, sb. Probably the Ribes ritbrum, or red currant. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 22.
RICH, adj. Valuable, precious. E. xxv. p. 102, I. 1.
RID, V. t. To get rid of, dispose of. E. xxix. p. 125, I. 11.
RIGHT, adv. Very. E. xxiii. p. 96, 1. 9.
RIOTER, sb. A riotous or dissolute person. C. 7. p. 259, I. 25-
RISE, sb. Origin, source. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 24.
RISING, /r. /. Arising. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 10.
ROUND, adj. Plain, straightforward. E. i. p. 3, 1. 25.
,, adv. Swiftly, uninterruptedly. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 2,
xxiv. p. 100, 1. 4.
RUN A DANGER = run a risk. E. xxvii. p. 113, I. 30.
S.
SACIETY, sb. Satiety. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 16, lii. p. 211, 1. 20. SAD, adj. Sober, grave; dark coloured. E. v. p. 17, 1. 21.
F. p. 240, 1. 4. SALTNESSE, sb. Wit. E. xxxii. p. 137, I. 9. SANCTUARY-MEN, sb. Men who had claimed the privilege
of sandluary. C. 7, p. 259, 1. 19. SARZA, sb. Sarsaparilla. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 20. SATYRIAN, sb. The orchis. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 23. The sweet
382 ffilo^^arg
satyrian with the white flower is probably the butterfly
orchis. SAVE, adv. Except. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 23, xlv. p. 185, 1. 15. SCANT, adv. Scarcely. C. i, p. 247, 1. 16.
,, v.t. To limit. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 10. SCANTLING, sb. Limit, dimension. E. Iv. p. 221, 1. 11. SCUTCHION, sb. Escutcheon. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 16. SEAT, sb. Site. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 7. SEA-WATER-GREENE, adj. Sea-green. E. xxxvii. p. 157,
1. 17. SECRET, adj. Silent E. vi. p. 19, 1. 31. SECRETTED, /./. Kept secret. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 19. SEEK, TO. At a loss. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 11. SEELED, p.p. Having the eyes closed. Hawks were tamed
by sewing up their eyelids till they became tradtable. E.
xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 10. SEELINGS, sb. Wainscottings. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 29. SENSIBLE OF. Sensitive to. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 4. SENSITIVE, adj\ Sensible. B. Jonson, Sejanus, v. 10.
C. 10. p. 265, I. 33. SENSUAL, adj. Affe<5ling the senses. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 19. ^ SENTENCE, sb. Sentiment, opinion. E. ii. p. 6, 1, 31, Iviii.
p. 231, 1. 4. SEQUESTER, v. t. To withdraw. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 12. SET UPON, v.t. To attack. E. xxix. p. 120, I. 22. .SEVERALL, adj. Separate, different. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 16, xix.
p. 81, 1. 6, xli. p. 171, 1. 8. SHADOW, sb. Shade. E. xi. p. 30, 1. 19. SHAPEN, p.p. Shaped, formed. E. xxiv. 1. 2. SHEEPE-MASTER, sb. An owner of sheep. Comp. 2 K,
iii. 4. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 5. SHEW, sb. Appearance. E. liii. p. 213, 1. 11.
,, 7>. t. To cause to appear. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 2. SHEWED, /./. Shewn. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 20. SHINE, V. t. To cause to shine, E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 29. SHREWD, adj. Mischievous. E. xxiii, p. 96, 1. 2. SHRIFT, sb. Confession. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 27. SHUT OUT, v.t. To exclude. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 23. SIDE, v.t. To stand by. E. xi. p. 43, 1. 8. v, refl. To range
oneself. E. Ii. p. 209, 1. 2.
„ ON THE OTHER. On the other hand. E. xx. p. 86,
1. I, xli. p. 169, 1. 34. SIGNES, sb. E. iviii. p. 234, 1. 29. Used as in the New Tes- tament. SIMILITUDE, sb. Comparison, parable. Comp. Hos. xii. 10.
E. xvii. p. 6^ I. 32. SIMULATION, sb. A pretending to be that which one is not
E. vi. throughout. SINGULAR, adj. Single. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. 11. SIT, v.i. In the phrase *to sit at a great rent,' for *to be
subject to a great rent.' E. xli. p. 169, 1. 12, SKIRTS,*^. Train. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 4.
SLIDE, sd. Smooth motion. E. xiv. p. 53, I. 4, xl. p. 167,
1. 13. SLIGHT, V. t. To pass slightly. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 28. SLOPE, adj. Sloping. E. xlvi. p. igo, 1. 19, SLUGGE, sb. Hindrance. E. xli. p. i6g, 1. 30. SMOTHER, sb. * To keep in jw^M^r' is 'to stifle;' and *to
pass in smother,' 'to be stifled.' E. xxvii. p. 112, 1. 11,
xxxi. p. 134, 1. 22. SO. Such. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 2. SOBERLY, adv. Moderately. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 11. SO FARRE FORTH. So far. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 21. SOFTLY, adv. Gently. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 7, xv. p. 56, 1. 21.
Comp. Gen. xxxiii. 14; Is. viii. 6. SOME, /r. One, some one. E. ix. p. 35, 1. 14, xxviii. p. 117,
1. 6. SOMETIME, adv. Sometimes. E. x. p. 38, 1. 18. SOOTHSAYER, j3. Literally, 'truth-teller;' a teller of future
events. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 6. SOPHY, sb. The shah of Persia. E. xliii. p. 176, I. 14. SORT, v.i. To agree. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 6, xxvii. p^ 115, I. 20,
xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 34. To associate, consort. E. vii. p. 24,
1. II. To result, issue. E. xxvii. p. 108, 1. 5, xxix. p. 124,
1. 4. To arrange. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 15. ,, sb. Class, kind. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 20. ,, IN A. In a manner. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 30. SPAKE. Past tense of ' speak.' E. i. p. 2, 1. 23. SPANGS, sb. Spangles. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 17. SPECIALLY, adv. Especially. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 14. SPECULATIVE, adj. Inquisitive. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 2. SPEND, V. t. To consume. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 3. SPEW OUT, V. t. To reje(5l with loathing. E. Ivi. p. 223,
1. 15. Comp, Rev. iii. 16. SPIALLS, sb. Spies. E. xliv. p. 179, 1. ig. SPIRITS, sb. 'High and great spirits^ men of high courage.
E. ii. p. 6, 1. 23, xliii. p. 176, 1. 15. bl'OKEN TO, p.p. Discussed. E. xx. p. 8j SPONNE, p.p. Spun. E. xxxv. p. 151, 1. 3.
SPREAD, adj. Wide spreading. C 7. p. 258, 1. 28. STABLISHED, p.p. Established. E. xxxiv. p. 148, I. 9. ST ADDLES, sb. Young trees left standing in a wood after tlie
underwood has been cut away. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 10. STAID, p.p. Steady. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 34. STALE, sb. Stale mate at chess. E. xii. p. 46, 1. 7. STAND, sb. A standstill, stagnation. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 7.
AT A. At a loss. E. i. p. i, 1. 17. STAND UPON. To insist upon. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 9.
,, WITH. To be consistent with. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 18. STATE, sb. Stability. C. 9. p. 262, 1. 12. Estate. E. xxviii.
p. 117, 1. 21, xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 7. STATELY, adv. In a stately manner. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 8. STATU A, sb. Statue. E. xxvii. p. 112, 1. 10, xxxvii. p. 157,
1. 28, xlv. p. 182, 1. 29.
384
€ilo0$ar»
STAY, STAND AT A. To stand still. E. xii. p. 46, 1. 7, xiv.
p. 52, 1. 32, xix. p. 76, 1. 5, Iviii. p. 231, 1. 16.
TO, GIVE. To check, hinder. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 6. STICKE, v.i. To hesitate. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 2, IvL p. 222, 1. 6. STIFFE, adj. Stubborn. E. li. p. 207, 1. 20. STILE, sb. Title. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 22, xxxv. p. 151, 1. 11. STIRPS, sb. Races, families; literally, stems, stocks. Lat.
stirpes. E. xiv. p. 51, 1. 11. STIRRE, v.t. To move, excite. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 20, liii. p. 214,
1.18. STOCK-GILLY-FLOWER, sb. The common stock. E. xlvi.
p. 187, 1. lo. STOND, sb. Stop, hindrance. E. xl. p. 16^, 1. 16, 1, p. 205, 1. 26. STOOVED, p.p. Warmed by a stove. E. xlvi. p. 186, L 21. STOPPINGS, sb. Stoppages. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 17. STORE, sb. Quantity. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 26. STOUT, adj. Strong, vigorous. E. xxxi. p. 131, 1. 13, xxxvi.
p. 155, 1. 4. STOU rEST, adj. Most vigorous. E. xxxi. p. 134, 1. ii. STRAIGHT, adv. Immediately, dire^ly. E. xxii. p. 94, 1. 7. STRAIGHTWAIES, adv. Direclly. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 2, xxii.
p. 05, 1. 14. STRAIN, sb. * To take too high a strain,' to make too great
an effort. Comp. Adv. o/L. 11. 22, § 10: "The first shal
bee, that wee beware wee take not at the first either to
High a stray fie or to weake." E. xlii. p. 175, L 31. STRAIT, adj. Stridt E. xv. p. 60, 1. 11. SUBMIT, v. rejl. 'Submit,' like many other words, as as-
sembte^ endeavour, repent, retire, was formerly used with a
reflexive pronoun. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 31. SUCCESSE, sb. The result, good or bad. The word 'success*
now by itself used always in a ^ood sense, was generally
accompanied by a qualifymg adjedlive. Comp. Josh. L 8.
E. xlvii. p. 195, 1. 19. SUDDAINE, UPON THE. Suddenly. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. t. SUFFICIENCIE, sb. Ability, capacity. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 33,
XX. p. 82, 1. 10, Iv. p. 221, 1. !■;.
SUFFICIENT, rt^'. Able. E.* Hi. p. 211, 1, 32.
SUGAR MAN, sb. The owner of a sugar plantation. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 10.
SURCHARGE, sb. Overcharge, excessive burden. The fol- lowing quotation from Blackstone's Gomvt. iii. 16, illustrates Bacon's usage of the word : " Another disturbance of corn- mon is by surcharging it; or putting more cattle therein than the pasture and herbage will sustain, or the party hath a right to do." E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 9, xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 15.
SURFET, V. i. To gorge oneself. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 12.
,, sb. Excess of eating or drinking, and its conse-
quences: here used metaphorically for that which causes loathing or disgust. E. Ivi. p. 223, 1. 16.
SUSPECT, sb. A thing suspeaed. E. xxiv. p. 100, 1. 23, liiL p. 213, I. 22.
38.5
SUSPECT,/./, Suspedled, suspicious. E. li. p. 208, 1. 32.
SUSTENTATION, sb. Sustenance. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 28.
SUTE, sb. Order, succession. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 24.
SWAY, BEAR. To have influence. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 10.
SWELLING, sb. Bombast, arrogance. E. i. p. 3, 1. 18.
SWEET WOODS, sb. Spices. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 21.
SWITZERS, sb. Swiss. E. xiv. p. 51, 1. 15.
SVBILLA, sb. The Sibyl. Compare Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 28. "As Tarquinius that gaue for the third part of Sybillaes books the treeble price, when he mought at first haue had all three for the simple." C. 10, p. 264, 1. 29,
T.
TAKE, V. t. To catch, captivate. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. ix. TARRASSES, sb. Terraces. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 23. TEMPER, sb. Mixture, temperament. E. xix. p. 76, 1. 17. TEMPERANCE, sb. Moderation. E. v. p. 17, 1. 5. TEMPERATE, adj. Moderate. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 2. TEMPERATURE, sb. Temperament. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 10. TEND, V. t. To attend to. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 13. TENDER, adj. Delicate. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 27, xxii. p. 93, 1. 4,
xlvii. p. 19s, 1. II. TENDERING, sb. Nursing. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 30. TENDERLY, adv. Delicately, scrupulously. E. xv. p.
55» !• 31- TERM, sb. The subjedl or predicate of a logical proposition.
E. iii. p. II, 1. 30. TEXT, sb. A quotation. "Society (saith the text) is the
happiness of life." Shaks. Loves L. Lost^ iv. 2. E. xii.
p. 44, 1. I. THAT, pr. That which. E. vi. p. 19, L 28, xii. p. 44, 1. 7,
xiii. p. 47, 1. 2, xxii. p. 92, 1. 20, Ivii. p. 228, 1. 19. THEN, conj. Than.
THEOLOGUES, sb. Theologians. E. liiu p. 215, 1. 2. THOROW,/r^/. Through. E. v. p. 17, 1. 3, xlv. p. 184, 1. 11. THOROW-LIGHTS, sb. Lights or windows on both sides of
a room. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 31. THROUGHLY, adv. Thoroughly. E, xvi. p. 65, 1. 6, Ivii.
p. 228, 1- 17. TILLER, sb. Cultivator. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 18. TIMBER MAN, sb, A proprietor of timber. E. xxxiv.
p. 146, 1. 6. TO, /rej^. For. The usage of *to' in this sense, as indicating
the obje<5l, is still common in the north. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 1. TOUCH, V. t. To refer to, glance at. E. xxix. p. 130, 1. 17. TOUCH, sb. Reference. ''Speech of touck" is speech that
touches or affeAs another. E^ xxxii. p. 138, 1. 3. In E.
Ivii. p. 229, 1. 28, it seems to mean sensitiveness. TOUCHING, prep. With reference to. E. ix. p. 35, 1. 8,
xi. p. 41, 1. 26.
CC
386 ©lo^^arg
TOURNEY, sh. A tournament. E. xxxvii. p. 158, I. 7. TO WARD N ESS L, sIk Docility. E. xix. p. 79, 1. 5. TOWNESIviEN, j6. Citizens. "Here come the /f>7i///j///^M od
procession." hiliaks. 2 Hen. 6, H. i. E, xi. p. 39, I. 20, TOY, sb. A trifl;:. E. xix. p. 75, 1. 16, xxxvii. p. 156, 1. i,
Iviii. p. 233^ I. r> TRACT, sb. ' yy^^of yeares* is length of years, like the La-.
troHus 9enefirUiis. E. xlii. p. 175, I. 23. Trait. E. vi.
p. 20, 1. iC. TRANSCENDENCES, sb. Extravagances. E. v. p. 16, 1. 14. TRASH, sb. Any thinT worthless; used as a cant word for
money: "Pclfc, trash, id est, money," Florio, p. 63. E.
xiii. p. 50, 1. g. TRAVAILE, J^. Toil, labour. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 6. TRAVELS, sb. Labours. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 25. TREATIES, sb. Treatises. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 5. 'JRENCH TO. To trench on. E. Ivi. p. 227, I. 9. TRIBUNITIOUS, adj. Lit. like a tribune, and so, violent,
turbulent. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 29. TRIUMPH, sb. A festival shew. E. xlv. p. 182. I. 5. TRIVIALL, adj. Trite. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 29, xii. p. 44, I. t,
XXXV. p. 150, 1. 34 TRIVIALLY, adv. Tritely. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 4. TROTH, sb. Truth. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 30. TRY IT, TO. 1*0 contend. E. xix. p. 79, I. 26. TULIFPA, sb. Tulip. In Parkinson s Theatrum Botanicum
it is called Turkes Cap, and in Gerarde's Ilerlntll, The
Dalmatian Cap. Lyte calls it Tulpia or Tulipa. E. xlvi.
p. 187, 1. 2. C3f the early white Tulipa Parkinson [Paradi-
sus, pp. 48 — 50, ed. 1629) mentions 15 varieties, 16 of the
early purple, 11 of the early red, and 7 of the early yellow. TURK, THE GREAT. The Sultan of Turkey. F.p. 240, 1. 33. TURNE, FOR THAT. For that purpose. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 5. TURQUET, sb. Perhaps a puppet dressed as a Turk. E.
xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 27. TUSH ! ////. A scornful interje(5lion. C. 3. p. 250, 1. 22.
U.
UNAWARES, AT. Unexpeftedly. F. xlvii. p. 106, 1. 27. UNBLESSED, adj. Accursed. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 19. UNCOMELY, adj. Unbecoming. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 8. UNDER FOO r. Below the true value. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 12. UNDER-SHERIFFRIES, sb. The offices of under-sheriffs.
UNDERSTANDING, adj. Intelligent. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 23. UNDERTAKER, sb. A contraaor. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. i. UNDERTAKING, adj. Enterprising. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 6. UNLIKE, adv. Unlikely. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 13. UNPLEASING, adj. Unpleasant. E. i. p. 2, 1. 16, x.\iL
p. 93, 1. 4. UNPROPER, adj. Improper. E. xxvii. p. 113, I. 4-
ffilo^^atg 387
UNREADY, adj. Restive. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 19. UNSECRETING, sb. Divulging, disclosure. E. xx. p. 84,
1.24. UPBRAID UNTO. To reproach with. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 22. UPON. In the following phrases : Upon a wearinesse. E. ii.
p. 6, 1. 20. Upon Negligence, xxviii. p. 116, 1. 18. Upon
the suddaine. xxix. p. 124, 1. i. Upon vaine Confidence.
p. 128, 1. 20. Upon Speed. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 27. Upon
necessitie. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. 22. Upon Bravery. E. xxxvi.
P- i55> 1- 33- Upon affection, xlviii. p. 198, 1. 10. Upon
Conscience. E. xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 32. Upon regard. Hi.
p. 211, 1. 23. Upon facilitie. lii. p. 211, 1. 23. Upon recovery.
F. p. 240, 1. 31. Redundant in E. xxxviii. p. 161, 1. 4. URE, sb. Use. E. vi, p. 21, 1. 15. Ore. E. xxxiii. p 141, I. 14. USE, sb. Interest. E. xii. p. 170, 1. 17. Practice. E. li.
p. 208, 1. 19. „ V. L 'lo be accustomed. E. xxif. p. 92, 1. 7, xxvii. p.
Ill, 1. 3, XXXV. p. 150, 1. 7, xl. p. 166, 1. 31. USED, /./. Practised. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 4.
V. VAINE, VEINE, sb. Used metaphorically in the sense of
inclination, disposition. E. i. p. i, 1. 8, ix. p. 31, 1. 18, xxxii.
P- 137, 1- 5- VALEW, V. t. To give a value to ; and so, to represent as
trustworthy. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 5. VANTAGE, sb. Advantage. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 34. VECTURE, sb. Carriage. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 30. VENA PORTA. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 21, xli. p. 169, 1. 9. See
note to p. 80. VENDIBLE, adj. Saleable. E. xv. p. 59. 1. 6. VERSION, sb. Turning, dire^ion. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 16. VESTURE, sb. Garments, dress. E. iii. p. ii, 1. 6. VICTUAL, sb. Viauals. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 11. VINDICATIVE, adj. Vindiaive. E. iv. p. 15, 1. 29. VIZAR, sb. A visor, or mask. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 22. VOICE, V. t. To proclaim, report. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 22, xHx.
p. 202, 1. 31. VOTARY, adj. ^Votary resolution' is the resolution of a
devotee. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 21. VOUCH, V. t. To quote, appeal to as authority. E. iii. p. 9,
1. 23. VULGAR, adj. Common. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 20, xxix. p. 125,
1. 17.
W. WAGGISHNESSE, j3. A joke. E. xiii. p. 48. I. 4. WAIT UPON, v.t. To watch. E. xxii. p. 92, iT i, xxxiv.
p. 146, 1. 24, Iviii. p. 233, 1. 12. WANTON, sb. A dissolute person. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 6. WARDEN, sb. A large baking pear. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. ^4. WARME, adv. Warmly. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. ai. WAX, V. i. To grow. E. xlii. p. 175, 1. 15.
388
Glo^jjarg
WAY, GIVE BEST. To succeed best. E. H. p. 207, 1. 18. „ KEEP. To keep pace. E. xl. p. 165, 1. 18. ,, PUT IN. We use the article, *put in the way.* E.
xxvii. p. 114, I. 8. „ sb. Course, E. xxix, p. 128, I. 21. Road. E. xlv.
p, 180, 1. ig. WAVES, NO. In no way. E. x. p. 38, 1, 9, xxii. p. 95, I. 26,
xxix. p. 123, 1. 9. WEALE, sb. Advantage. E, xiii. p. 47, 1. 2, xxix. p. 1x9, 1. 6. WEATHER, sb. Storm. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 19, Ivi. p. 226, 1. 20. WELT, sb. Border, edging. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 5. WERE BETl^ER. We should say 'had better.* E. xxvi.
p. 105, 1. 32, xxvii. p. 112, 1. 9, xlix. p. 203, 1. 12. WHILE, sb. Time. E. li. p. 208, I. 4. WHISPERER, sb. A detrador, malicious informer. E. xliv.
p. 179, 1. 19. WHIT, sb. A bit, small portion. Never a wAzV = not at all.
E. xii. p. 45, 1. 23. No 7vhii, in the same sense. E. xli.
p. 172, I. 16, xlv. p. 184, 1. 24. WHO, /r. He who. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 9, xxviii. p. 117, 1. 21, WHO SO, pr. Whoever. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 10. WILL, V. t. To desire, wish. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 18, xix. p. 77,
1. 10. C. 5, p. 255, 1. 22. WINDFALL, sb. Anything blown down by the wind. E.
xxix. p. 124, 1. I. -WISE, A termination denoting way, manner, fashion. E.
xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 18. WISHED, /./. Desired. E. v. p. 16, 1. 3. WIT, sb. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 3, xliv. p. 179, 1. 12. WITH, sb. A branch of the willow-tree, which u'as formerly
called a zvithy. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 20. WITH ALL, iidv. Besides. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 11. WITTY, adj. Ingenious. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 17, Ivi. p. 222, 1. 10.
In E. 1. p. 205, 1. 22, witty corresponds more nearly to the
Fr. spiritual than to any modem English word. WON, p.p. Gained. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 22. WONDERFUL, adv. Wonderfully. E. xii. p. 44, 1. 18. WONDERMENTS, sb. Surprises. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 22. WONT, p.p. Accustomed. E. xliv. p. 179, 1. 14. WORKE, v.t. To produce. C. 10. p. 266, 1. i. E. xxvii. p.
no, 1. 30, liii. p. 213, 1. 8. Influence. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 29. WORKE, sb. Pattern. E. v. p. 17, 1. 22, xlv. p. 183, 1. 27. WOULD = SHOULD. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 29, xxii. p. 92, 1. 5,
xxxi. p. 135, 1. 21, xxxii. p. 137. 1. 6, xxxiiL p. 141, I. 18,
xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 13, xlvi. p. 193, 1. 29. WROUGHT, p.p. Worked. E. lv=. p. 223, 1. 27.
Y. YEELDED, /./. Given, rendered. C. 7. p. 258, 1. 6.
Z. ZELANT, sb. Zealot. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 10. ZEALES, sb. Zealous efforts. £. Kiii. p. 232, I. 31.
CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
Uniformly printed inlSmo, with Vignette Titles by J. E. Millais,
T. WOOLNER, W. HOLMAN HUNT, SiR NOEL PaTON, ArTHDR
Hughes. Engraved on Steel by Jeens and Stodart and other Artists. Bound in extra cloth, 4^. 6d. each volume.
** Messrs. Macinillan have, in their Golden Treasuiy Series, especially pro- vided editions of standard works, volumes of selected poetiy, and original compositions, which entitle this series to be called classical. Nothing can be better than the literary execution, nothing more elegant than the material workmanship." — British Quarterly Review.
THE GOLDEN TREASURY OF THE BEST SONGS AND LYRICAL POEMS IN THE ENGLISH LAN- GUAGE. Selected and arranged, with Notes, by Professor Francis Turner Palgrave.
THE CHILDREN'S GARLAND FROM THE BEST POETS. Selected and arranged by Coventry Patmore.
THE BOOK OF PRAISE. From the best English Hymn Writers. Selected and arranged by Lord Selborne. A New and Enlarged Edition.
THE FAIRY BOOK ; the Best Popular Fairy Stories. Selected and rendered anew by the Author of **John Halifax, Gentleman."
THE BALLAD BOOK. A Selection of the Choicest British Ballads. Edited by William Allinqham.
THE JEST BOOK. The Choicest Anecdotes and Sayings.
Selected and an^anged by Mark Lemon.
^BACON'S ESSAYS AND COLOURS OF GOOD AND
' EVIL. With Notes and Glossarial Index by W. Aldis
Wright, M.A.
THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS from this World to that
which is to come. By John Bunyan. THE SUNDAY BOOK OF POETRY FOR THE YOUNG. Selected and arranged by C. F. Alexander.
A BOOK OF GOLDEN DEEDS of All Times and All Countries. Gathered and Narrated Anew by th3 Author of *'Thb Heir of Redclypfe."
THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES.
— THE ADVENTURES OF ROBINSON CRUSOE.
Edited, from the Original Edition, by J. W. Clark, M.A., Follow of Trinity CoUefje, Cambridge.
•<^ THE REPUBLIC OF PLATO, Translated into English, with Notes by J. Ll. Davirs, M.A., and D. J. Vaughan, M.A.
THE SONG BOOK. Words and Times from the best Poets > and Musicians. Selected and arranged by John Hullah, Pro- fessor of Vocal Music in King's College, London.
LA LYRE FR ANCAISE. Selected and arranged, with Notes, by GusTAVK Masson, French Master in Harrow School.
TOM BROWN'S SCHOOL DAYS. By An Old Boy.
A BOOK OF WORTHIES. Gathered from the Old Histories and written anew by the Author of *' The Heir op Red- clyffe."
GUESSES AT TRUTH. By Two Brothers. New Edition,
THE CAVALIER AND HIS LADY. Selections from the Works of the First Duke and Duchess of Newcastle. With an Introductory Essay by Edward Jenkins, Author of **Ginx*s Baby," &c.
SCOTTISH SONG. A Selection of the Choicest Lyrics of Scot" land. Compiled and arranged, with brief Notes, by Mary Carlyle Aitken.
"^ DEUTSCHE LYRIK : The Golden Treasury of the Best Ger- man Lyrical Poems. Selected and arranged, with Notes and Literary Introduction, by Dr. Buchheim.
HERRICK : Selections from the Lyrical Poems. Arranged, with Notes, by F. T. Palgrave.
POEMS OF PLACES. Edited by II. AV. Longfellow. England and Wales. Two Vols.
MATTHEW ARNOLD'S SELECTED POEMS.
THE STORY OF THE CHRISTIANS AND MOORS IN SPAIN. By C. M. Yonge, Author of ** The Heir of Kedclytfe." With Vignette by Holman Hunt.
LAMB'S TALES FROM SHAKESPEARE. Edited by the Rev. A, Ainger, M.A., Reader at the Temple.
THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES 3
VpOEMS of WORDSWORTH. Chosen and edited, with Preface, by Ma^tthew Arnold. (Also a Large Paper Edition, Crown 8vo, 9s.) SHAKESPEARE'S SONGS AND SONNETS. Edited with Notes by Professor Fkancis Turner Palgrave. — POEMS FROM SHELLEY. Selected and arranged by Stopford a. BrooKE, M.A. (Also a Large Paper Edition, Crown 8vo, 125. M.) ESSAYS OF JOSEPH ADDISON. Chosen and edited
by John Richard Green, M.A., LL.D. POETRY OF BYRON. Chosen and arranged by Matthew Arnold. (Also a Large Paper Edition, Crown 8vo, 95.) -- SIR THOMAS BROWNE'S RELIGIO MEDICI; Letter to a Friend, &c., and Christian Morals. Edited by W. A. Greenhill, M.D. ^THE SPEECHES AND TABLE TALK OF THE PROPHET MOHAMMAD. Chosen and Translated, with an Introduction and Notes, by Stanley Lane-Poole. WALTER SAVAGE LANDOR, SELECTIONS FROM THE WRITINGS OF. Arranged and Edited by Professor Sidney Colvin. SELECTIONS FROM COWPER'S POEMS. With
Introduction by Mrs. Oliphant. AVith a Vignette. LETTERS OF WILLIAM COWPER. By the Kev. W.
Benham, B.D., F.S.A. THE POETICAL WORKS OF JOHN KEATS. Edited by Professor Francis Turner Palgrave. Large Paper Edition. 95. LYRICAL POEMS OF ALFRED, LORD TENNYSON. Selected and Annotated by Professor Francis T. Palgrave. Large Paper Edition. 8vo, 95. IN MEMORIAM. By Alfred, Lord Tennyson. Poet- Laureate. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. ^ THE TRIAL AND DEATH OF SOCRATES. Being the Euthyphron, Apology, Crito, and Phaedo of Plato. Translated into English by F. J. Church, M.A.
%* Ot}ier Volumes to follow.
MACMILLAK and CO., LONDON.
MACMILLAN AND CO/S PUBLICATIONS.
THE COLLECTED WORKS OF JOHN MORLEY. A
New I':<lition. In nine volames. Globe 8vo, 5s. each. Voltaire, 1 Vol Didfrot and the Encyclopedists, 2 Vols. Rousseau, 2 Vols. On Compromise, 1 Vol. Miscellanies. 3 Vols.
Now Publishing, in Crown 8vo, price 2«. Od. each.
ENGLISH MEN OF LETTERS.
EDITED BY JOHN MORLEY.
JOHNSON. By Lfrlie Stephen.
SCOTT. By R. H. Hutton.
GIBBON. Bv J. C. MoRiBoN.
SH ELLEY. Bv J. A. Stmonds.
HUME. By Pr)f. Huxley, F.RS.
GOLDSMITH. By Wiluam Black.
DEFOE. ByW. MiNTO.
BURNS. By Principal Shairp. -SPENSER. By R. W. Church,
Denn of St. Paul's. /THACKERAY. By Anthony
Troli/)pe. -BURKE. By John MoR ley. -MILTON. Bv Mark Pattison. fH A W T H O R N E. By Henry James.
SOUTHEY. By Prof. DowDEN. 'CHAUCER. ByA. W.Ward.
COW PER. By Gold win Smith.
BUNYAN. By J. A. Froude. ' BYRON. By John Nichol.
LOCKE. By Thomas Fowler.
-POPE Bv Leslie Stephen. /CHARLES LAMB. By Rev.
Alfrkd Ainger. ^DE QUINCEY. By David Masson.
LAN DOR. By Sidney Colvin. -DRYDEN. By George Saints-
BURV.
-WORDSWORTH. By F. W. H.
MVKRS.
BENTLEY. By Prof. R. C. Jebb.
S W I FT. By Leslie Stephen. <DICKENS. By A. W. Ward.
GRAY. By Edmund Gosse.
STERNE. By H. D. Trails IMACAULAY. Bv J. C. Morison.
SHERIDAN. By Mrs. Oliphant. jFIELDING. By Austin DoBsoN. .ADDISON. By W. J. Courthopr. ^BACON. By R. W. Church, Dean of wSt. Paul's.
COLERIDGE. By H. D. Traill.
KEATS. By Sidney Colvin.
[In the Press. Other Volumes to follow.
ENGLISH POETS. Selections, with Critical Introductions
by various Writers, and a General Introduction by Matthew Arnold.
Edited by T. H. Ward. M.A. 4 vols. Crown 8vo, 7«. 6d. each. Vol. I. CHAUCER to DONNE. I Vol. III. ADDISON to BLAKE.
II BEN JONSON to DRYDEN. | IV. WORDSWORTH to ROSSETTI. CHARLES LAMB'S COLLECTED WORKS. Edited,
with Introduction and Notes, by the Rev. Alfred Ainger, M.A. Three
Volumes. Globe 8vo, 5«. each. 1. Essays of Elia. 2. Plays, Poems, and Miscellaneous Essays. S. Mrs.
Leicester's School ; the Adventures of Ulysses ; and other Essays. THE WORKS OF THOMAS GRAY. In Prose and Verse.
Edited by Edmund Gosse, Clark Lecturer on Enpjlish Literature at the
University of Cambridge With Portraits. In Four Volumes. Globe 8vo, 20«. RALPH WALDO EMERSON, The Collected Works of
Globe Svo, 5s. each. 1. Miscellanies. With anlntrodnctory Essay by John Morley. 2. Essays.
3. Poems. 4. English Traits: and Representative Men. 5 Conduct
of Life; and Society and Solitude. 6. Letters ; and Social Aims, &c.
MACMILLAN & CO., LONDON.
24
V